M2 Bradley M3 Turret Operators Manual TM 9-2350-252-10!2!1984

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
ID lol.1 :
ADV .
ADVANCE TM 9-2350N -252-10-2 LIB

• COPY ALDERMA RAR
Y
Pau MOONENTS
UNIV ERSI
RETE TYRENT
TE DEPA
JAN 14 1985
OF VIRGINIA
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
PREVENTIVE
ol
MAINTENANCES
con
C
ta
CHECKS & SERVICES 2-39

OKOL
OTO
OX- OY
3
MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS
3-1
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURES
FIGHTING VEHICLE, INFANTRY, M2
(2350-01-043-5920 ) ALPHABETICAL .
INDEX
AND Index 1
FIGHTING VEHICLE, CAVALRY, M3

(2350-01-049-2695 )
TURRET
HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA LIBRARY
X004830286 JULY 1984
85-27
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SUMMARY OF WARNINGS
AND FIRST AID
This list summarizes critical WARNINGs in this manual . They are repeated
here to let you know how important they are . Study these WARNINGs care.
fully ; they can save your life and the lives of soldiers with whom you work .
WARNING
Radiation Hazard
The antireflective coating on all

infrared optics contains thorium
fluoride which is slightly radioac .
tive . The only potential hazard
involves ingestion (swallowing or
inhaling) of this coating material .
Dispose of broken lenses , etc., in
accordance with AR 385.11 .
WARNING
Cleaning solvent is poisonous and can burn. Continued exposure to sol.

vent can cause skin problems .
Always use in area with good air flow, away from heat or flames .
Do not breathe solvent fumes .
Do not put hands in solvent.
Apply solvent with brush.
If solvent gets on hands, wash them .
It solvent gets in eyes, flush eyes with fresh water and get medical help.
Keep fire extinguisher nearby.
a
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
Noise from vehicle or weapons can damage hearing of soldiers in vehicle . All pe
sonnel in vehicle MUST WEAR DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION when gun or
vehicle is operated. Hearing protection devices must be properly worn to provide
effective protection .
11 DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION is not worn, the sale level of noise exposure
will be exceeded in a short time . Hearing loss occurs gradually . Each noise expo.
sure that exceeds the ear protection guidelines below willcause a le riporary haar.
ing loss . Over time , the loss in hearing will become permanent . ? : an each day's
operation , and be sure all crew and riders have the required ear protectors . Spare
earplugs must be available .
DEFINITIONS :
DH - 132 - The " tankers helmet," also called " CVC " helmet . Must be in
good condition , with liner and earcups fitted tightly , and chin strap worn
at all times .
EARPLUGS Only standard issue earplugs are acceptable . All of the

C
dismounted squad soldiers must be trained in how to use them . Since

they may be removed and lost , spares must be carried .
H.251 HEADSET – The listen.cnly headset provided for the dismounted
squad while in the vehicle .
DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION Use of two hearing protection

.
devices at the same time . For this vehicle , use earplugs with either the
DH - 132 helmet or the H -251 headset .
1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
EAR PROTECTION GUIDELINES

DRIVER
1. Must wear DH - 132 at all times .
2. Must wear DH.132 plus earplugs for operations exceeding 14 miles

(23 km ) in 24 hours .
3. Must close hatch immediately if 25mm gun is fired over front part of
vehicle (4980 mils to 710 mils) .
4. Must close hatch for TOW firing .
5. Hatch may remain popped during all other firing and vehicle
operation .
GUNNER AND COMMANDER
1. Must wear DH - 132 at all times .
2. Must wear DH.132 plus earplugs for all operations exceeding 14 miles
(23 km ) in 24 hours .
3. Hatches may be open at all times .
REMAINING SQUAD AND RIDERS

1. Must wear DH - 132 or H - 251 headset at all times
2. Soldiers with DH - 132 or H -251 headset must also wear earplugs for all
operations exceeding 14 miles (23 km ) in 24 hours .
3. Must close cargo hatch it over 10 rounds of 25mm are fired to sides of
vehicle and personnel have only DH - 132 or H -251 headset (4700-5400
mils and 800-2100 mils) .
4. Must close cargo hatch immediately if 25mm cun is fired over rear of
vehicle , even with double hearing protection (2100-4700 mils) .
5. Hatch may be open for all other firing and vehicle operation .
USE OF RADIO WITH EARPLUGS
Wearing earplugs in addition to your DH.132 helmet or headset can actu .

ally improve your ability to hear the radio in a high level noise area. DO
NOT remove the earplugs to use the radio .
с
C
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
If you enter turret when turret power

is on, you could be killed or injured .
Do not enter turret while turret
power is on .
If turret is operated when turret

shield door is open, soldiers could
be killed or injured . Close and latch
tuttet shield door before you oper.
aie turret .
WARNING
Soldiers near moving turret or guns

could be killed or injured . Equip.
ment could be damaged . Clear sol .
diers and equipment from top of
vehicle before you move turret or
guns .
WARNING
Gases from weapons could poison

you. Make sure vent fans are on
when weapons are fired.
d
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
Looking at sun through integrated

sight unit (ISU) could cause blind.
ness . Do not look at sun through
ISU .
WARNING
Accidental firing of 25mm gun could

kill or injure soldiers. Make sure man.
ual SAFE handle is in SAFE.
Accidental firing of weapons during

boresighting could kill or injure sol.
diers. Clear weapons of ammo or
missiles before boresighting.
WARNING
A cartridge explosion could kill or in.

jure soldiers. Handle ammo with
care . Do not bump primers against
any hard surface.
e
C
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
You could be injured by moving

25mm gun it 25mm gun guard is not
in place during operation . Keep
25mm gun guard in place during
operation of 25mm gun .
WARNING
An open bolt explosion could kill or

injure soldiers . Misfire could be
hang fire. If gun mistires , co not
immediately press MISFIRE button
on weapon control box. Instead ,
C
release trigger and wait 5 seconds
before proceeding .
25mm gun cookoff could kill or
injure soldiers . If gun is hot , do not
try to inspect feeder, remove round,
or recycle gun . All soldiers must
leave vehicle for 30 minutes before
you start corrective action . Driver
a n d n
Rusplacemente
l
must not exit through driver's
haich .
injure soldiers . If machine gun is
Re 34ys
ce pa
8
Cookoff of live round could kill or
2-
hot , do not inspect tray, remove
round , or recharge gun . Close
machine gun access doors. Leave
hicle for 30 minutes . Driver must
not exit through driver's hatch.
)
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Accidental firing of coax machine

gun could kill or injure soldiers .
Clear coax machine gun of ammo
before you remove coax machine
gun from vehicle.

gun could kill or injure soldiers .
Make sure manual safety is in sale
position with " S " showing .
WARNING
Soldiers on top of vehicle in path of

moving TOW launcher could be
killed or injured . Check top of vehi .
cle . Make sure no soldiers or equip .
ment are in path of moving TOW
launcher .
g
C
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Accidental firing of TOW missile

could kill or injure soldiers . Make
sure ARM -SAFE - RESET switch is in
SAFE .
TOW backblast could kill or injure

soldiers . All vehicle personnel must
be inside of vehicle when TOW mis .
sile is fired . Close all hatches and
ramp. Keep everyone at least 246
feet ( 75 meters) from TOW blast
area .
Misfired TOW missiles could kill or

injure soldiers . Wait 30 minutes
after last firing attempt before you
unload missile . Follow all orders
carefully.
WARNING
Reaching into rotor when turret

power is on can result in injury to
soldiers . Turn off turret power
before reaching into rotor.
h
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
WARNING
Electrical trouble could cause

smoke grenades to fire and kill or
injure soldiers . Before you load
smoke grenades, make sure TUR.
RET POWER and GRENADE
LAUNCHER switches are OFF . Do
not place any part of your body in
front of smoke grenade launchers.
If mishandled , misfired smoke gre.

nades could kill or injure soldiers.
Very carefully , hand smoke gre.
nades to helper standing outside of
vehicle .
If misfired smoke grenades fire dur.

ing unloading, soldiers in the area
could be killed or injured. Keep tur.
ret pointed downrange until smoke
grenades are removed .
WARNING
Heat could set off smoke grenades

and kill or injure soldiers . Do not
place smoke grenades on hot sur
faces .
For artificial respiration and first aid , see FM 21.11 .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
HEADQUARTERS
Technica ! Manual DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 9-2350-252-10-2 WASHINGTON , DC ,
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FIGHTING VEHICLE, INFANTRY, M2
(235C -01-048-5920)
FIGHTING VEHICLE, CAVALRY, M3
(2350-01-043.2695)
TURRET
Reporting Errors and Recommending

Improvement
You can help improve this manual . If you find

ery mistakes , or if you know a way to improve
the procedures , please let us know . Mail your
9:19 :, DA Form 2028 ( Recommended Changes
to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form
2028-2, located in the back of this manual ,
directly to: Commander, US Army Armament
Materiel Readiness Command , ATTN : DRSAR
MAS Rock Island , l1 61299. A reply will be sent
to you .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL V
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION .. 1.1

Section | General Information 1-1
ll Equipment Description and Data 1.7
111 Technical Principles of Operation . 1-23
i
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS ( cont )
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2.1

Section 1 Description and Use of Operator's
Controls and Indicators 2.1
Il Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS) 2-39
III Operation Under Usual Conditions 2-135
IV Operation Under Unusual Conditions .... 2-435
....
CHAPTER 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 3-1
Section I Troubleshooting Procedures 3.1
II Maintenance Procedures .3.33
CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY

EQUIPMENT ... 4.1
CHAPTER 5 AMMUNITION 5-1
) APPENDIX A REFERENCES A.1
APPENDIX B COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND

BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS B. 1
Section 1 Introduction .... B.1
Il Components of End Item B-3
Basic Issue Items B-5
APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ..C.1

Section Introduction C.
11 Additional Authorization List .. 0.0
APPENDIX D EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND

MATERIALS LIST .... D- 1
Section 1 Introduction .... D-1
11 Expendable Supplies and Materials List D-3
APPENDIX E STOWAGE GUIDE E.1

Section 1 Introduction .. E.1
11 Turret Stowage 5.3
ji
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont )
ALPHABETICAL INDEX Index 1
DA FORM 2028-2
METRIC CONVERSION CHART
iii (iv blank ) ,

TM 9.2350-252.10-2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual tells you how to use the Infantry Fighting Vehicle ( IFV) and the
Cavalry Fighting Vehicle (CFV) turret . The hull operation is covered in
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
Before starting a task or applying power to the turret , read HOW TO USE
THIS MANUAL and CHAPTER 2 , Section I. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF
OPERATOR'S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS .
WHAT'S IN THE MANUAL FRONT TO BACK
SUMMARY OF WARNINGS AND FIRST AID lists the warnings and first aid
information in this manual . The warnings cover hazards that could kill or
injure personnel . Shorter versions of these warnings may appear in the
task procedures .
TABLE OF CONTENTS tells you where each chapter, section , and appen .
dix starts. Information you need most often is listed on the front cover.
) CHAPTER 1 covers general information . It also gives a brief description of
major parts and features of the vehicles .
CHAPTER 2 covers descriptions and functions of all controls and indica.

tors. It also includes preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS)
and operation procedures.
CHAPTER 3 covers troubleshooting and maintenance procedures author.

ized for crew performance.
CHAPTER 4 covers maintenance of auxiliary equipment on the vehicles .
CHAPTER 5 covers information about ammo .
APPENDIK A lists references to be used by personnel in operating and

maintaining the turret. These references include technical manuals and
other publications.
APPENDIX Blists components of end item and basic issue items.

Components of end item are those items which are assembled and become
a permanent part of the vehicle. Basic issue items are items needed to put
the vehicle in operation , operate it , and do emergency repairs .
)
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL (cont)
APPENDIX C lists additional items required to support the turret during

operation .
APPENDIX D lists expendable supplies and materials.
APPENDIX E shows you where to stow equipment in the turret .
ALPHABETICAL INDEX lists the page number where major contro ! s. pro
cedures , indicators, systems , and subsystems are found in this manual .
DA FORM 2028-2 is used to report errors and to recommend improvements

for procedures in this manual . Three blank DA Forms 2028-2 are in the back
of this manua!. A sample is provided to show you how to fill out the DA
Form 2028-2 .
Metric conversion chart converts US Cus : omary measurements to their

metric equivalents . Measuremenis in this manual are given in both US
customary and metric units .
5
vi
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
Which type of procedure do you use ?

There are four difierent types of procedures or tasks in this manual . They
are : operation tasks , maintenance tasks, Preventive Maintenance Checks
and Services ( PMCS ) tasks , and troubleshooting tasks . Decide which of
the four types of tasks you need to use .
How do you find the correct task or procedure ?
Pick a key word from the turret part or system to be used during the task .
Look in the ALPHABETICAL INDEX for this key word or the name of the
action you will perform . Turn to the page indicated .
The ALPHABETICAL INDEX lists each task under one or more headings .
The task , SHUT DOWN TURRET could be found :
Under " S "

Shut down turret .. 2-423
Under " T "

) Turret:
Shut down 2-423
How do you read the tasks ?
Pay attention to all warnings , cautions , and notes . These can appear in all
four types of tasks . These help you avoid harm to yourself , other person .
nel , and equipment . They also tell you things you should know about the
task . Before you start, get all the tools , supplies , and personnel you need
to do the task .
Start with step 1 and do each step in the order given . Numbered (or primary)
steps tell you WHAT to do . Substeps tell you HOW to do it .
Look at the illustrations. These show you where the equipment and parts
are located on the vehicle . Illustrations in this manualshow you closeups of
equipment, special tools , parts, and other helpful information .
) vii
C
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
The following examples show you what to look for when reading a task .
Operation Tasks and Maintenance Tasks
Operation tasks tell you how to operate the turret and its parts . Each opera.
tion task details steps which need to be performed to complete the task .
Maintenance tasks help the crew keep the turret in operating condition .
Crew members are authorized to remove , clean , inspect , lubricate , and
install certain parts in the turret .
Both operation tasks and maintenance tasks use the same format . Look at
the sample given below .
Sample of Setup Items
The sample below shows the DESCRIPTION and INITIAL SETUP sections
on the first page of a task . liems to watch for are listed in herecend. Match
them with the sample.
1
BORESIGHT WEAPONS SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
This tas. cove's Boresign : 25mm Gun Ipage 2684 Bcresich ! Coay
Na: - - Uunipage 2194 Einz : ! $ * : Sza's
2. Da, S.9m. Using convenien : ' ace' Venec icaze 2
199 Bores.shi NigriSign : Ca , Sig .. ! Using
BUOCY Bc'esigne Meinos Cage 2.202 Bo'esigne
TOV Launcher ( page 2 2 : 9
IN... SEJE
5
Tecis Perscore fecuo
25 Coen' acas Gun
3 lite 13 AOS 6 Meige ' ( HI
76 Doresign ! ** 6
Il 29 A :: e References
Faltis screwdriver 1/8 inch TM 9.2350 252.10.1
( iler 5. A :: B
Sosre wrench exiers or 1/2 1
Equipment Corsions
inellier 25 A : 8 .
Socie! wiens raisne ' handle Engine siosped
1/2 inc " SC C ! Ilier 36 ACO B ITM 9.357 252 10-1 )
Sockel wrench socre 1.2 inch 25mm gur unioasec ipaçe 2 303 )
sa di 9 16 nct 12 D! opening Coax machine gun unioaded
llle 68 AC : B (page 2359
Fiat.lic screwolve 3 / 8inch TOW Missile launcher unloaded
wide Diace lliem 64 AC : B ( page 2430
Gunners na! cn cover over.
Maleria's Dans (page 250
Turrer llave ' lock er gaged
Widing rap Illem 10. App D ) ( page 2.141 )
4. MASTEP DOWE Switch ON
IN 92356 252 10.1)
vill
0
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Legend to Sample Above
1 ) TITLE
0 This is the name of the task .
2 ) DESCRIPTION This describes the overali actions you will per .

form . It also gives you the page where each
action begins .
3 ) TOOLS These are the tools and equipment you will need
to do the task .
4 ) MATERIALS/ These are the supplies and parts you will need to
PARTS do the task . These can be obtained from organi .
zational maintenance .
5 ) PERSONNEL These are the personnel needed to do the task .

REQUIRED
6 REFERENCES These are the other technical publications you .

will need to do the task .
7 ) EQUIPMENT These are the conditions the equipment must be

CONDITIONS in before you start the task . You will be referred
to the task or technical publication needed to
meet each equipment condition . This reference
will be given in parentheses after each equip.
ment condition .
Some tasks will include all of the above items . Other tasks will include only
some of the above items .
Read the INITIAL SETUP section carefully before you start any task . Get
the tools and supplies listed and the personnel needed . Be sure the equip
ment is in the condition required .
)
ix
C
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ( cont )
Sample of Task Steps

The sample below shows you things to watch for when performing zien.
Read all steps, substeps , warnings, cautions , and notes before siarting the
task. Items to watch for are listed in the legend . Match them with the
sample .
TM 9.2350-252 10.2
1 CLEAN 25MM GUN RECEIVER

WARNING
Solvent fumos con
burn and could poi.
son you Rond wom.
ing on front page of
this manual
2 CAUTION
Cleaning agents can damage
olocico . C85 49 Solvents from
960 ' solenec 56a ' su cabie .
elecincai connectors and onve
motor
NOTE
3 Whon Cleaning soivent is used
instead of ABC , you do not have to DRIVE
romove cloaning agent parts can be MOTOR
air dnod or wiped dry with chean dry
wiping mg SEAR 7
SOLENOID
4 20 CLEAN SURFACES OF 25MM
GUN RECEIVER .
a Put cleaning solvent on SEAR !
clean wiping rag . SOLENOID
5 b. Clean exposed surfaces of CABLE
Ww
25mm gun receiver with ww ELECTRICAL
cleaning solvent Keep si CONNECTORS
solver : away from electrical n CHAMEER
connecio's sea ' soiendid BRUSH
sea ' scien010 cable , and drive
motor
1 WARNING This describes danger to yourself and other per.

sonnel .
22 CAUTION This describes possible damage to equipment .

3 NOTE This tells you about conditions that affect the
step immediately following it .
4 STEP This tells you WHAT to do .
х
)
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
5 ) SUBSTEP This tells you HOW to do it .
6) LOCATOR This helps you locate equipment on the vehicle .
7 ) CLOSEUP This shows you a closeup of the equipment .
Some tasks will include all of the above items . Some will not .
Read all of the task before starting. Follow the steps in the order given .
The words END OF TASK will tell you when you have finished the task .
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services ( PMCS) are made on a daily

and weekly basis . Preventive maintenance must be performed to keep your
turret operating .
Five
There are four types of PMCS as follows:
Need on
The BEFORE ( B ) PMCS should be done just before you operate
the turret .
The DURING ( D) PMCS should be done when you operate the tur.
ret . Monitor the turret and its systems as you operate the turret .
Perform DURING (D) PMCS on a system only when the system is
required to complete your mission .
The AFTER (A) PMCS should be done after completing yourmis

sion .
The WEEKLY ( W ) PMCS should be done weekly .

monthly
the MONTHLY (M ) Pucs should be done mon
If anything seems wrong with the turret or its systems and you cannot fix it
yourself, notify organizational maintenance . Common things to watch for in
every area inspected are loose bolts or damaged welds .
)
xi
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

The sample below shows you what to look for when you read a PMCS
procedure . For more information on PMCS, see page 2-39.
PAEVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
DURING ID OPERATION CHECKS COM ,
TEA! ITEV TO BE INSPECTED Eguigmen : De leoned
1 AC Procedure NOT READY'AVAILABLE !
ISU OPERATION ( coni )
RANGE CONTROL
KNOU
GUNNER'S
EYE PIECE
! CAUTION
Elovatno 10 mos um !!SU : 30
range control in a wiki camage
ISU Srilayocentro 2001c 30 gr STATUS
all operators inc.D ! linng , adjust INDICATOR
mont and I'oubleshooting
72 Check that iamo ben... - RANGE COniro Ocis 11 :
.90* into Qunne sevediece

TUP RANGE conig Knocomo : c 30
2.
73 Checm ina : s : atus incica : c ! shows same lange selling as
on RANGE corio Knot
Rance or siatus indicato ' is

not the same as range on
3. PANGE Contici nob
74 Check that view rises in @levation as range setting in.

creases
4
View does not ise in elevation
as 'ange selling increases
5
This is the name of the turret system , part, or
TITLE function being checked .
2 ) STEP (S) This tells you what needs to be done before you
do the check.
3 CHECK This tells you what to check.
4 ITEM This tells you the sequence for doing the PMCS .
NUMBER
5 NOT READYI This tells you what conditions will have to be cor
AVAILABLE rected before you perform your mission.
CONDITION
xii
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Troubleshooting Tasks
Troubleshooting tasks help the crew solve common problems and mal
functions. The Troubleshooting Symptom Index on page 3.1 lists some
malfunctions common to your turret . You will be guided to the
Troubieshooting Table by the Troubleshooting Symptom Index .
Sample of Troubleshooting Task
The samples below show you things to watch for when performing a
troubleshooting task. Items to watch for are listed in the legend . Match
them with the samples .
TM 9.2350.252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
1 CORRECTIVE ACTION
O COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM

2 COAX MACHINE GUN FAILS TO FEED AND IS NOT A HOT GUN
d
hc eek art boar
2
NOTE
Charger handle is neid 10
preveni forward movement of
bolt Coax machine gun is not if
gli ht
100 rounds or more have been
am y
tired within 2 minutes.
Hold charger handle Pull back on charge handle until you feel tension
and oper cover assembly check and note if malfunction exisis Pull
back charger handle
ro
CHARGER
HANDLE
COVER
ASSEMBLY
1 ) SYSTEM This tells you which turret system the trouble.

shooting task is covering.
2 MALFUNCTION This tells you the turret malfunction .
)
xiii
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL (cont )
TM 9.2356252-10-2
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE ICont )
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORAECTIVE ACTION
COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM iconi )
Move manual salely to sale ( S) .
MANUAL
SAFETY
3
Open feed i'ay .
Sie : 1. Check that charicer is clear of ammo.
4
a 1 : chamber is no: clea: c. ammo , remove among
ficm chambe !
0
FEED TRAY
CHAMBER

33 ) TEST OR This tells you what test or inspection you should
INSPECTION make to find the cause of the malfunction .
4 CORRECTIVE This tells you what to do to fix the malfunction .

ACTION
( 5 ) LOCATOR This helps you locate equipment in the turret .

6 CLOSEUP This shows you a closeup of the equipment .
xiv
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
DEFINITION OF TASK TERMS
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
Pay attention to all warnings and cautions within the task . Ignoring a
warning could cause death or injury to yourself or other personnel . Ignoring
a caution could cause damage to equipment . Notes contain facts to make
the task easier. Warnings , cautions, and notes always appear just above
the step to which they apply.
WARNING
Lowering ramp could
WARNINGs: Call attention to things injure soldiers. Make
that could kill or injure personnel . sure no one is in
Warnings are also listed at the front of ramp zone before
the manual . you lower ramp . If
tactical situation per.
mits , sound horn belore dropping
ramp .
CAUTION
CAUTIONS: Call attention to actions Improper cable removal can cause a
or materials that could damage equip. short circuit . Remove negative
ment . cable before you remove positive
cable .
NOTE
NOTEs: Contain important facts to When quick release pin is removed , mir.
make the task easier . ror control knob will spring back into
locked position .
HELPER
Helpers are needed in tasks that require more than one person . A helper
may be needed to help lift heavy objects or act as an outside observer.
If a helper is needed to perform a task , the INITIAL SETUP will tell you .
Example : Personnel Required :
Driver
) Helper ( H)
XV
c
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
If a helper assists with a step , the step will include: " Have helper assist."
Example : 3. PUSH UP TRIM VANE .

HAVE HELPER ASSIST .
If a helper performs the action alone, the step will start with " (H )".
Example : 2. ( H ) MOVE MASTER POWER

SWITCH TO ON .
LOCATIONAL TERMS
The terms " front", " rear ", leit " , and " right" are used to indicate where
items are located on the vehicle and turret . Think of these locations as if
you were standing on the ramplacing the inside of the vehicle or sitting in
the turret facing the 25mm gun .
1
FRONT 1
C
LEFT
クス
シー
ズ
REAR
RIGHT
xvi
1
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Section 1. GENERAL INFORMATION
TURRET FOR INFANTRY FIGHTING VEHICLE ( IFM), M2 I CAVALRY

FIGHTING VEHICLE (CFV), M3
T
O
>
I
1941
22
IC I C
TOO
(1)
Left Front View
1.1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TURRET FOR INFANTRY FIGHTING VEHICLE (IFV ), M2 I CAVALRY

FIGHTING VEHICLE (CFV ), M3 (cont)
Right Rear View
1.2
)
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
SCOPE
This manual tells you how to operate and maintain the turret in the IFV and
the CFV . It contains information you need to know in order to operate and
maintain the turret and weapons system . It tells you what to do and what
not to do, and how to protect the safety of yourseif and others.
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 tells how to operate and maintain the automotive and
hull part of the IFV and the CFV.
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment

maintenance will be those prescribed by TM 38-750, The Army Maintenance
Management System (TAMMS). DA PAM 738.750
HAND RECEIPT
Hand receipts for Components Of End Item (COEI ), Basic Issue Items ( Bll ) ,
and Additional Authorization List (AAL) items are in TM 9.2350-252-10- HR .
3 This manual is to aid in property accountability and is available through :
US Army Adjutant General , Publications Center, 2800 Eastern Blvd. , Balti
more , MD 21220 .
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS

(EIR)
If your IFV or CFV needs improvement , let us know . Send us an EIR. You ,
the user, are the only one who can tell us what you don't like about your
equipment . Let us know why you don't like the design . Tell us why a
procedure is hard to perform. Put it on a Quality Deficiency Report (SF 368 ).
Mail it to us: Commander, US Army Armament Materiel Readiness
Command , ATTN : DRSAR -MAF.AA, Rock Island , IL 61299. We'll send you a
reply.
)
1.3
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
The following manuals tell you how and when to destroy Army materiel to
prevent enemy use :
TM 750-244-2
TM 750-244-5-1
TM 750-244-6
HEARING PROTECTION
You must use ear plugs and other approved hearing protectors while you
are aboard the IFV and CFV . The CVC helmet does not have enough hear.
ing protection . Make sure you know how to use the ear plugs and hearing
protectors that are issued to you . Keep them clean and ready to use .
NOMENCLATURE CROSS REFERENCE LIST
This listing includes nomenclature cross references used in this manual .

COMMON NAME OFFICIAL NOMENCLATURE
Cleaning solvent Dry cleaning solvent , PD-680
Coax ammo box cover Coax ammo panel cover
Coax machine gun Machine gun , 7.62mm , M240C
Fast turret switch Siew , gradient , or rate switch
25mm gun Gun , automatic , 25mm , M242
25mm gun barrel Barrel assembly
25mm gun feeder Feeder assembly
25mm gun receiver Receiver assembly
Intercom Intercommunications control box
Jack Receptacle
Plug Connector
Latch Pin
Lower clutch Lower feed shaft stop
override knob
Rubber cap Discharger cap
Sear release Sear release link
Smoke grenade launcher Grenade discharger
Track and bolt assembly Bolt and track assembly
TOW missile Guided missile , surface attack,
BGM -71A, TOW
Upper clutch Upper feed shaft stop
override knob
1.4
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
The following alphabetical list gives definitions for uncommon abbrevia .
tions used in this manual .
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AP Armor- Piercing
AZ Azimuth
AZ Boresight Azimuth Boresight
BIH Black-on- Red Display
BRSIT Boresight
BRT Brightness
CGE Command Guidance Electronics
CHG Charge
CKT BKR Circuit Breaker
CON Contrast
CVC Combat Vehicle Crewman
DN Down
EL Elevation
EL Boresight Elevation Boresight
EOD Explosive Ordnance Disposal
EP Externally Powered
FDR Feeder
INT Intercom
INT ONLY Intercom Only
ISU Integrated Sight Unit
MALF Malfunction
OVRD Override
PLRT Polarity
PWR SUP Power Supply
RAD Radio
RET BRT Reticle Brightness
RFI Radio Frequency Interference
SS Single Shot
STAB Stabilization
TOW Tube Launched , Optically
Tracked , Wire Guided
TRCKR Tracker
WIH Red -on -Black Display
1-5 ( 1-6 blank)

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Section II . EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
EQUIPMENT PURPOSE, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES
The purpose of the turret is to provide a two-man weapon station for the FV
and the CFV . These vehicles are able to defeat enemy armored vehicles
because of the turret's fire power and assault features. Its components can
also be used against low-flying aircraft, gun emplacements , and other
targets.
The turret can traverse in either direction at a high rate of speed . Either the
commander or the gunner can select , arm , and fire the following weapons: a
1
25mm gun (the main gun), coax machine gun , or TOW launcher. In addition ,
two smoke grenade launchers are provided . Crew members are assigned
individual weapons which are stowed in the squad area.
An integrated sight unit (ISU) is in front of the gunner. The ISU allows day
and night viewing from inside the turret. A relay sight extends from the ISU
to the commander's station.
1
1
H
1.7
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25MM GUN
21
N.
25MM GUN 25MM GUN
WEAPON !
CONTROL
I BOX
PURPOSE, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES:
25mm gun is a rotor installed , externally powered , automatic gun .

25mm gun can fire armor-piercing (AP) ammunition or high -explosive (HE)
ammunition .
25mm gun can fire single shots , 100 + 25 rounds per minute . or 200 + 25
rounds per minute .
Weapon control box allows selection of ammunition and rate of fire.
25mm gun can be operated with electrical power or manually.
Vehicle interlocks prevent 25mm gun from firing electrically if :

.
25mm gun is below -1 ° over rear deck

25mm gun is over cargo hatch cover, and cargo hatch cover is open
past POP- UP position
25mm gun is over driver's hatch cover, and driver's hatch cover is open
past POP-UP position
ISU allows day and night vision for aiming 25mm gun .
1.8
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
COAX MACHINE GUN
LE
COAX MACHINE GUN
To
He
COAX
MACHINE GUN
Ammo feed system is powered by coax machine gun.

7.62mm , rotor installed, gas operated , air cooled , fully automatic machine
gun.
Operated manually or with electrical power.
Vehicle interlocks prevent coax machine gun from firing electrically if :

C C
Coax machine gun is below -1 ° over rear deck

C
Coax machine gun is over cargo hatch cover, and cargo hatch cover is
open past POP-UP position
Coax machine gun is over driver's hatch cover, and driver's hatch
cover is open past POP-UP position
ISU allows day and night vision for aiming coax machine gun.
1.9
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
TOW LAUNCHER
TOW CONTROL BOX
1
ISU
ca
IT
TOW LAUNCHER
TOW missile is tube launched , optically tracked , and wire guided .

TOW launcher holds two TOW missiles . One TOW missile is fired at a
time .
Select lever allows both power and manual TOW rotor operation .
Elevation handwheel allows manual elevation of TOW launcher.
TOW control box allows launcher to be moved electrically to firing or

stowed position, missile tube selection, and TOW guidance system
testing .
Indicator lights tell when TOW test fails , which system fails , and
condition of TOW.
TOW will not fire if:
TOW is below 13 ° over rear deck

.
- Driver's hatch cover or cargo hatch cover are in POP-UP or OPEN

position .
Vehicle is moving more than 3 miles per hour
- ISU is not in higher power
ISU allows day and night vision for aiming TOW.

1.10
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
INTEGRATED SIGHT UNIT
ISU
ISU WINDOWS
Night sight unit uses super-cooled circuits . It must be on for 10 minutes

before it is used .
Day/ night viewer moves with weapons when soldier is sighting and aiming .
ISU unity window allows location of targe : in daylight ( for tracking with ISU).
Gunner's and commander's eyepieces magnify target . They enable both the
gunner and the commander to see the same thing at the same time .
Select switches allow controlled day and night viewing . Select switches
also allow aiming with the use of reticle displays .
Reticle displays tell which weapon , range , and ammo have been selected .
Boresight controls and kits help you boresight guns and TOW launcher.
1.11
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TURRET DRIVE AND STABILIZATION SYSTEM
TURRET TRAVERSE DRIVE

SELECT LEVER
No
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
E TURRET HANDLES
V
like
TRAVERSE
TURRET HANDWHEEL
TRAVEL
LOCK

Turret can be moved 360 ° to the right or left .
Travel lock allows turret to be locked when not in use .
Select levers permit either manual or power operation of turret .
Handwheels enable manual operation of the turret by the gunner.

Gunner's control handles enable electric power operation of the tur.
ret by the gunner .
Drive system power enables the commander to override gunner's

control of turret.
1.12
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
PERISCOPES AND SUPPORT SIGHTS
FRONT RING SIGHT
-VANE SIGHT
linlich
COMMANDER'S
GUNNER'S PERISCOPES
PERISCOPES
COMMANDER'S BLACKOUT
PERISCOPES COVER

Eight periscopes for daylight viewing in all directions by com .
mander.
Two periscopes for daylight viewing to right and left of main sight by
gunner .
Blackout covers for periscopes . Closed blackout covers prevent the

interior light from being seen from outside .
2
Front ring sight is used when aiming and firing at low- flying aircraft .
It is also used as an emergency sight for ground targets .
Vane sight is used by commander in order to quickly aline turret with target.
1.13
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS
RADIO
RING
ANTENNAS
SIGHT
COAX VANE SIGHT
MACHINE
GUN ISU
SMOKE GRENADE
LAUNCHER
25 ? |?! GUW ! TOW LAUNCHER
Turret Exterior
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTS
:
1
II
Mail
223
GUNNER'S
9
7
COMMANDER'S
CONTROLS ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTS CONTROLS
Turret Interior
1.14
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
The following items describe the turret components seen above :

RADIO ANTENNAS. Two antenna mounts are on the turret . One is to the
right of the commander's hatch cover. The other is at the rear , on the
center line of the turret .
PERISCOPES. Seven wide-vision M17 periscopes and one M27 periscope

allow 360 ° vision at the commander's station . These periscopes have
blackout covers . The gunner has two periscopes with blackout covers .
RING SIGHT. The ring sight is mounted on the outside of the turret . It is
used to track flying targets and also as backup for the ISU . The eyepiece
alines the ring sight on the target . A thumbscrew adjusts the eyepiece .
The ring sight tracks with the 25mm gun.
VANE SIGHT. The commander uses the vane sight in order to quickly
aline the turret with the target .
INTEGRATED SIGHT UNIT (ISU ). The ISU has both day and night vision
sight relay for the commander and gunner .
BACKUP SIGHT. The backup sight is a mechanical sight used in the event
of an ISU failure . It allows aimed daylight firing of 25mm gun in AP or HE
mode .
COAX MACHINE GUN. The coax machine gun uses 7.62mm ammo . It is
lightweight , gas operated , and air cooled . It is fed by a metallic link belt .
SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER. Two electrically fired smoke grenade

launchers are located on the turret , one on the right front and one on the
left front . Each launcher fires four smoke grenades .
25MM GUN . The 25mm gun is an electrically powered , chain driven

weapon . It is controlled for single shot and low and high automatic rates of
fire . It is fed by a metallic link belt .
GUNNER'S CONTROLS. Gunner's controls include control handles , lev.

ers , and handwheels . They are for either manual or power operation of the
turret and weapons . Control boxes , indicator lights , slope indicators , ele.
vation indicators , azimuth indicator, and a floor switch are used .
COMMANDER'S CONTROLS. The commander's controls consist of a

weapon and turret override control handle , a relay sight eyepiece , and peri
scopes . Also included are slope indicators , elevation indicators , azimuth
indicators , intercom system , turret and weapon control boxes .
1.15
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS ( cont )

ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT SYSTEM . The annunciator light system is a buil :
in warning light system for the turret . Annunciator lights are locaied on the
turret control box . TOW control box, and annunciator box . The lighis
indicate something is wrong in the turret .
TOW LAUNCHER. The TOW launcher is located on the left side of the tur.
ret . The launcher tube carries two TOW missiles
TURRET ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . The turret is powered by four 12 volt wet

cell batteries located in the hull . Power from the batieries is supplied to the
turret through a slip ring . Two 12 volt wet cell batteries provide emergency
power to the turret . The two emergency batteries are located in the turret
under the left floor piate .
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MODELS
JFV CFV
Personnel 3 crew members 3 crew members

6 squad members 2 squad members
Firing Ports 6 None
Missiles
TOW 2 ready 2 ready
10 stowed
TOW 5 sio sec . 27 NO OSAGON

DRAGON combination
LAW 3 stowed 3 stowed
Ammunition
25mm 300 ready 300 ready
600 stowed 1200 stowed
7.62mm (M240C) 800 ready 800 ready
1540 stowed 3600 stowed
7.62mm ( M60) 2200 stowed 5060 stowed
5.56mm (M231 ) 4200 stowed None
5.50mm (M16A1 ) 2520 stowed 1460 stowed
1.16
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
EQUIPMENT DATA
TURRET ( TWO- MAN)

Armament .. 25mm gun
TOW missile launcher
Coax machine gun
Traverse . 360 ° continuous
Elevation
25mm gun and coax machine gun + 59 ° to -9 °
TOW missile launcher .. + 29 ° to -19 °
Slew rate , maximum elevation and traverse ..60 ° /sec
Slew rate , TOW ... 15 ° / sec
Tracking rate , minimum 0.05 mil / sec
Stabilization system .. Electric
Ring gear, pitch diameter ..60 in ( 152.4 cm)
COMMUNICATIONS (COMMANDER'S VEHICLE)
Radio , IFV ( standard ) AN /VRC -46,1 set
AN /GRC - 160 , 1 set
Radio , CFV (standard) AN /VRC - 12, 1 set
AN /PRC - 77, 1 set
Other configurations exist
NIGHT VISION EQUIPMENT
Sight, gunner.... ... Thermal imagery

Sight, commander . Optical relay from gunner's sight
BACKUP SIGHT
Depth .. 11.62 in (29.5 cm )

Width .. 5.25 in (13.3 cm )
Height .. 16.75 in (42.5 cm)
Weight ... 49.5 lb (22.5 kg)
Line of sight, elevation .. -10° to + 60 °
True field of magnification 10 °
Magnification 5X
Focus -4 ° diopters to + 4 ° diopters
25MM GUN
Caliber.. 25mm dual feed
Weight
Receiver Assembly 95 lb (43.1 kg)
Barrel Assembly 90 lb (40.9 kg)
1.17
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
EQUIPMENT DATA (cont)
25MM GUN
Feeder Assembly 58 lb (26.3 kg )

Total Gun System 243 1b ( 110.3 kg )
Dimensions
Length Overall ... 107.5 in (2730 mm)
Width .. 13.0 in (330 mm)
Height ... 15.0 in (380 mm )
Length Behind Front of Feed 22.2 in (563 mm)
Barrel Length ... 80 in (2032 mm)
Rate of Fire .. Single Shot : 100. 200 rdspm
Time to Rate 0.15 sec
Time to Stop 0.12 sec
Power Required . .. 1.5 1.5
Cisaring Method (Cookoff Safe) . Open Bol :
Safety ... Absolute Hangfire Protection
Case Ejection . Forward
Peak Recoil Force . .. 9000 lb /40,032 Newtons
) Reliability 10,000 - 18.000 MRBS
COAX MACHINE GUN
Caliber.. ... 7.62mm

Weight
Weapon Complete 22.2 lb (10.3 kg) .
Earre ! Assembly 5.92 1b (2.7k
Length
Weapon .. 41.161 in ( 1045.5 mm
Barrel Assembly 24.742 in (528.45 mm)
Rate of Fire
Cyclic ..... 650-950 rdspm
Change barrels every minute
Sustained ... 100 rdspm (4.5 sec burst)
Change barrels every 10 minutes
Rapid .... 200 rdspm ( 2-3 sec bursi)
Change barrels every 2 minutes
Range
Maximum ... 3725 meters
Maximum effective ... 900 meters
(tracer burnout)
Maximum grazing . 600 meters
)
1.18
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER
Discharger
Weight... .. 11.2 lb (5.1 kg)
Width . 11.5 in (292 mm )
Height . .
9.5 in (241 mm )
Depth .. 6.31 in ( 160 mm )
Tubes: (4 each)
Length .... 7.13 in ( 181 mm)
Inner diameter 2.62 in (67 mm)
Discharger Cap ( 1 per discharger tube)

Weight.... 0.1 lb (0.05 kg)
Outer diameter 3.37 in (86 mm )
Depth ...... 2.75 in (70 mm)
TOW MISSILE SYSTEM
Integrated Sight Unit

Weight ... 190 lb (86.4 kg)
Length 8.3 in (21.1 cm)
Height .. .. 26.2 in (66.6 cm)
Width .41.3 in ( 105.9 cm)
Command Guidance Electronics

Weight ... ... 27 lb (12.2 kg)
Length .. . 12.9 in (32.6 cm)
Height .. 10.3 in (26.0 cm)
Width 8.6 in (21.7 cm)
Launcher Assembly
Weight . 130 lb (58 kg)
Length . 47.5 in ( 120.7 cm )
Height .
13.7 in (34.8 cm)
Width O
20.3 in (51.5 cm)
Power Control Unit

Weight . 18 lb (8.2 kg)
Length 13.5 in ( 34.2 cm)
.
Height . 5.0 in ( 12.7 cm)

Width . .7.0 in ( 17.7 cm)
1.19
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
EQUIPMENT DATA (cont)

.
RADIO SET AN / VRC-46
Weight 56 1 : 4 1b ( 25.5 kg ,
Height . 6 3/4 in ( 17.2 cm )
Depth 13 3/8 in ( 34.3 cm )
Width . 15 3/8 in ( 39.4 CM
.
Frequency range From 30.00 to 75.95 16-3

0.05- MHz interva's
Number of frequency settings ... 920
Tuning facility .. Manual tuning
Operating conditions Push -to -talk and release-to - receive
Modesofoperation ... Voice ( radiotelephonei .
rotransmission ( radio relay .
and X.mode
Audio input and output . Five.pin panel receptacles :
controlieoilities Tarmour : 30 receptac.etor
remote coniroi by radio- intercoin
and C -2299 /VRC ; A.mode operation facility
Operating power . .... 22 to 30 voiis do
Used in .. Vehicles provided with 24 volt battery system
Transmission distance . Approximately 5 miles ( 8 km )
( using whip antenna) on lower power
i Transmitted on all
Squelch tone signal...
settings of SQUELCH switch except
OLD ON position
Duty cycle Capable of operating continuously
on high power in 120 ° ambient
temperature with input po .. !O2
volts dc : and for 1 hour with
input power of 30 voits do
Squelch types:
Carrier (operative in OLD SQUELCH)..... Responsive to carrier
noise
Tone ( operative in NEW SQUELCH) . Responsive to
squelch tone signal
7 Antennas ::
1 F requency range 30.00 to 76.00 MHZ
Antenna type... Whip antenna
Frequencymatchingnetworks . 10 sets which are automatically
selected by tuning controls of
receiver - transmitter
1-20
!
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
RADIO SET AN /PRC - 77
Weight . 13 lb ( 5.9 kg)

Height . . 4 in ( 10.2 cm)
Width .. 11 in (27.6 cm)
Depth . 11 in ( 27.6 cm)
Frequency range:
Low band .. 30.00 to 52.95 mc
High band .. 53.00 to 75.95 mc
Number channels . ..920
Types of transmission and reception :
Transmission ... Voice
Reception ... Voice
Distance range ..5miles (8 kilometers)
(varies with conditions )
Types of antennas:
Long antenna .. .... Antenna AT-271A /PRC ;
10 feet long, multisection whip
RADIO SET AN /GRC - 160
Frequency range :
Low band ... 30.00 to 52.95 mc
High band ... 53.00 to 75.95 mc
Number ofchannels . . . . ...920
Type ofsquelch ....
Tone operated
by 150 -cps tone
Audio transmission and reception
Capability:
Method ... Push -to-talk and release - to -receive
Transmission . Voice
Reception ... . Voice
Antenna . Antenna AS- 1729/VRC
Amplifier-Power Supply Groups
OA - 3633 /GRC and OA -3633A /GRC :
Weight ... .. 21 lb (45.5 kg)
Length .. 6 1/4 in (15.9 cm)
Depth .
12 in (30.5 cm)
Height.. .12 in (30.5 cm)
Input voltage 0
22 to 28 volts dc
Output voltage . 13 volts dc ( regulated );
3 volts dc ( regulated );
2.6 volts dc ( unregulated )
Frequency response of loudspeaker .... 300 to 3,000 cps
1.21 (1.22 blank)

1
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
Section III . TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
! TURRET
Hatches
Two torsion bar- assisted hatch covers serve the commander and gunner .
Both hatch covers can be latched in OPEN or CLOSED positions . The com .
mander's hatch cover can also be latched in POP-UP position . From this
position , the commander can see 360 ° . both hatch covers have inside
locks which prevent entry from the outside .
The commander's hatch cover has an emergency cable release in the squad
area. In the event that the commander and gunner are injured , the hatch
cover can be popped by pulling the cable release. This permits entry to the
turret from the outside when both hatch covers are locked inside .
Turret Drive System
The turret drive system consists of azimuth . gun elevation , and TOW
elevation drives . It also has the TOW launcher mechanism , electronic
control assembly, gunner's and commander's handstations, gun gyro, and
hull / turret gyro .
4
An electric motor drives a gearbox which connects with the azimuth drive ,
TOW and rotor elevation , or TOW launcher lift mechanism . Three gyro
assemblies signal vehicle rate of movement to the electronic control
! assembly . Turret drives can be activated from handstations . To prevent
accidental control action , palm switches on the hand controls must be
1
pressed while the handstation : 3 :1.ovec . Al crises can be manually oper
ated by the rotation of handviheers at the cunner's station .
Turret Travel Lock
3) A turret travel lock is located above the turret entrance . The travel lock's
1) linkage and gearmechanism can lock the turret in a stationary position . It
1) can also prevent turret rotation when the azimuth drive is in action .
1
1.23
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION (cont )
Turret Shield
A metal shield surrounds the turret basket. The shield keeps the turret
baskei swing area free of obstructions. It also gives the crew members safe
access from the rear of the vehicle to the driver's station . In addition , it also
holds stowage items . The shield has a sliding door facing rear. Personnel
can open the door from inside or outside the turret . The door should be
closed when the turret is moving under power.
Coax Machine Gun Access Doors
Coax machine gun access doors give access to the coax machine gun
when it is mounted in the turret . Foam rubber seals on the door prevent
toxic fumes from entering the turret . The doors also give protection from
ballistic fragments .
25mm Gun Guard
A metal guard to the rear of the 25mm gun prevents the weapon from hit
ting crew members during stabilized turret operation . However, in case
gun failure . the metal guard does not offer protection from toxic fumes nor
from a blast and fragmentation .
TOW Missile System
The TOW missile system is tube launched , optically tracked, and wire
guided . The four major components of the TOW are the Integrated Sight
Unit ( ISU), the Command Guidance Electronics (CGE), the Power Control
Unit ( PCU ) , and the TOW Launcher . In addition , there are controls, displays ,
and logic and power interfaces . Modular parts contribute to the
maintenance of the ISU .
The ISU has a day vision telescopic sight and a night vision sight which
gives a television type picture of the scene that is viewed . Through the TOW
tracker, the CGE continuously corrects the missile flight's trajectory by
sending pitch and yaw signals. These signals indicate the line of sight to
the target .
The CGE gives signals to the TOW missile . These guidance interfaces and
commands activate the missile before it is launched and guide the missile
during flight .
1.24
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
All of these events occur when the gunner presses the trigger to fire the
i
missile . A timer controls events during before launch and afte : launch peri .
ods .
The PCU connects and supplies various kinds of direct current and alter.
nating current voltages . These voltages are supplied to the ISU . CGE . and
other fire control components . The PCU circuitry includes overvoliage .
undervoltage, and overcurrent protection as well as built - in tes : for ine
various types of power.
The TOW missile launcher holds two TOW missiles . It is located on the left
sideofthe turret . The launcher can be placed in either retracied position 10
stow the launcher or an erected position beiore the missile is fired . In the
erected position , the launcher is tilted so that missiles can be loaded from
the cargo hatch opening . Armor gives proieci.on from smaliars damage
to the TOW launcher and the missiles .
25mm Gun
The 25mm gun can be installed or removed in thres parts: barrel , feeder, and
receiver. It has both electrical and manual fire control . The 25mm gun is exter.
nally powered .
The 25mm gun has dual feed capability. The 25mm ammocarsheie 70 rounds
of
AP and 230 rounds of HE ammo . It can also fire single shot 100
+25 , or 200 + 25 rounds per minute .
When the trigger signal is received an electric motor drives the track and
boli assembly and the feeder.The feede placecancercuisini
: : ontofthe
bolt and the bolt moves forward and locks. The round is fired , the bolt
un locks , and the spent case is extracted by the rearward motion of the
bolt. The rotor turns to place the spent roundinio the ejecichute while a
ne wround is placed in front of the bolt . On the ner : forward motion of the
bolt, the spentroundis ejected by a finger on the bolt carrier.
To
prevent the firing of a round in the open bolt position , a hangfire
Protection system has been provided. If the round in the breech does not
e immediately , the bolt will stop in the misfire position . just before
locking
1.25
1
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION (cont)
25mm Gun Feed System
Linked belt ammo is stored below the 25mm gun in an ammunition box that
has two sections . The first section stores 70 rounds of armor- piercing ( AP)
ammo . The second section stores 230 rounds of high explosive ( HE )
ammo . Each ammo belt feeds through its own forwarder and chute . The
forwarders are manually operated . They are used only during the loading of
ammo . The ammunition box has two sensors that tell when the 25mm gun
is low on ammunition . These sensors cause the LO AMMO indicator light
to go on and automatically stop the firing of the 25mm gun . This leaves the
end of the ammunition belt in a position that is easy to reload . The new
ammunition can be easily attached to the old belt . In an emergency , the
gunner can override the automatic shutoff by pressing the LO AMMO
OVRD button on the weapon control box .
Coax Machine Gun
The coax machine gun is gas operated and belt fed . It feeds from open bolt
position . The barrel is air cooled . The rate of fire is controlled by three gas
regulator settings . Regardless of bolt position , the feeder cover can be
opened or closed without damage to feeder cover or ammo .
A trigger sear releases the operating rod and bolt assembly . The bolt strips
a round from the belt in the feed tray and stops when the round is fully
chambered . The operating rod forces locking lugs into the receiver. Then
the firing pin strikes the primer. Burning gases go from the barrel through
the gas port to the gas piston at the front end of the operating rod . Gas
pressure forces the operating rod back which retracts the firing pin , raises
the locking levers , and removes the spent case . As the bolt moves to the
rear , the spent case is ejected , and the live round moves into the feed tray .
The bolt continues to the rear until it strikes the buffer assembly . The cycle
is repeated as long as the trigger is held .
1.26
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
Coax Machine Gun Feed System
Eight hundred rounds of ammo are stored in the ammo can which is behind
the coax machine gun located on the right side of the turret . The ammo is in
a belt held together by links. The belt feeds through the forwarder , feed
chute, feed tray, and then to the coax machine gun . The projectile is fired
through the barrel . The links and expended casings eject into a plenum
chamber around the weapon . A sensor detects when the last rounds are
about to be fired and stops firing . This leaves the end of the belt in a
position for easy reloading . The reloader can link a new belt to the old belt .
in emergencies, the gunner may continue firing by overriding the automatic
Shutoff .
Coax Machine Gun Mounting

The coax machine gun is rigidly mounted into the front cracle assembly by
two lug mounts on the receiver. The rear of the coax miccinine gun is
secured to the rear mount on the 7.62mm rotor .
Turret Ventilation System
When one of the weapons is electrically operated , toxic gases from the
coax machine gun and 25mm gun are vented automatically . When guns are
manually fired , fans on the right side of the rotor can also be manually
Operated.
Smoke Grenade Launcher
wo electrically fired smoke grenade launchers are located on the iront

Sides of the turret : one on the right and one on the left . Each launcher
carries four smoke grenades . A signal switch on the weapon control box
aunches all eight smoke grenades at the same time . When fired , the
Smoke grenades form a smoke curtain some distance from the vehicle .
Radios
Radio installation is the responsibility of the user. Two antenna mounts and
MT- 1029 /VRC radio mount are provided with the vehicle. Both antenna
nounts are on the turret, one to the right of the commander's hatch and the
ther on the center line of the turret at the rear .
1.27
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CHAPTER 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Section 1. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR'S
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
GUNNER'S HATCH CONTROLS
HATCH
COVER
HANDLE
HATCH !
COVER
LATCH
/
QUICK
RELEASE
IPIN
HINGE
LATCH
HANDLEI
HATCH COVER HANDLE Hand grip raises and lowers gunner's

hatch cover .
HATCH COVER LATCH Locks or releases gunner's hatch cover.

HINGE LATCH HANDLE Locks gunner's hatch cover in FULL OPEN
position .
QUICK RELEASE PIN Locks and unlocks hinge latch handle.
2.1
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
COMMANDER'S HATCH CONTROLS

THATCH
1
JPIN
ILEVER
HATCH
COVER
HANDLE
)4(
2)
HATCH
COVER
LATCH
QUICK HINGE
RELEASE LATCH
PINI HANDLE
HATCH COVER HANDLE Hand grip raises and lowers commander's

hatch cover .
HATCH COVER LATCH Locks or releases commander's hatch

cover .
HATCH PIN LEVER Allows commander's hatch cover to be

moved to LEVEL position.
INGE LATCH HANDLE Allows commander's hatch cover to be

moved to POP- UP, UPRIGHT, or FULL
OPEN position .
UICK RELEASE PIN Locks and unlocks hinge latch handle .

2-2
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
COAX MACHINE GUN
In
:
1.)
VL
CHARGER TRIGGER
HANDLE
o
ouve
KUS
MANUAL
SAFETY EL KNOB AZ KNOB
MANUAL SAFETY Prevents coax machine gun from firing

when in up position with " S " showing .
TRIGGER Fires coax machine gun.
CHARGER HANDLE Charges coax machine gun .

AZ KNOB Manually adjusts coax machine gun left
and right.
EL KNOB Manually adjusts elevation of coax

machine gun .
2.3
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
COMMANDER'S LIGHTS
UTILITY
UTILITY
LIGHT LIGHT
2
BLACKOUT - WHITE
FLOOD-SPOT
1 ico TWIST
SWITCH
RING
‫زدن‬
!
UTILITY
LIGHT
OFF.DIM.BRIGHT
SWITCH
UTILITY
LIGIT
SIGNAL
BUTTO
UTILITY LIGHT OFF.DIM Turnii urity light on or off and allows for
BRIGHT SWITCH brightness control .
UTILITY LIGHT SIGNAL Allows utility light to be used for signaling ..

BUTTON
UTILITY LIGHT FLOOD Focuses utility light to narrow or wide

SPOT TWIST RING beam .
UTILITY LIGHT BLACKOUT. Allows utility light to be changed from

WHITE SWITCH blackout to white light for blackout or
normal operating conditions .
2.4
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
le
BLACKOUT
SERVICE
LIGHT
LENS
WHITE
SERVICE SERVICE
LIGHT LIGHT
KNOB
LENS
SERVICE LIGHT KNOB Turns service light on or off .
SERVICE LIGHT LENSES Allow service light to be changed from red

to white light for blackout or normal oper.
ating conditions .
2.5
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
COMMANDER'S LIGHTS ( cont )
1
!
pinpaniyatini
-
LIGHT
SELECTOR
SWITCH 8
(D
BLACKOUT
RELEASE
BUTTON
LIGHT SELECTOR SWITCH Selects blackout or white light .
BLACKOUT RELEASE Releases light selector switch from

BUTTON blackout position .
2.6
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
GUNNER'S LIGHTS
ra
Mant
LIGHT SELECTOR
SWITCH
e
BLACKOUT
RELEASE
BUTTON
LIGHT SELECTOR SWITCH Selects blackout or white light .

BLACKOUT RELEASE Releases light selector switch from
BUTTON blackout position .
2.7
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
HATCH INTERLOCK OVERRIDE
"T
09
C.
Word
WIATI
HATCH INTERLOCK
TOVERRIDE SWITCH
TH
AE
LA
ATCH INTERLOCK Allows turret operation in combat situa.

VERRIDE SWITCH tion if cargo or driver's hatch switch
fails .
2-8
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK
BBC
T
3
TRAVEL
LOCK
LEVER
TRAVEL LOCK LEVER Locks turret in position when engaged .

Unlocks turret when disengaged .
2.9
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
COMMANDER'S INTERCOM CONTROLS

‫ر‬
‫م‬
ITS
MONITORU
SWITCH
VOLUME
1
KNOB
RADIO
752COM
FACONTERCOM
SWITCH
MACE
CA.
Co Oy
istis .
und
no
ITO
INTERCOM AMPLIFIER
ONITOR SWITCH Allows selection of intercom channels .
OLUME KNOB Controls intercom volume.
NTERCOM AMPLIFIER Amplifies power of intercom .

A Selects radio or intercom.
ADIO- INTERCOM SWITCH
z -10
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
GUNNER'S INTERCOM CONTROLS
MONITOR
SWITCH
bilio
: 45 00 :
VOLUME
KNOB
F。
FLOOR
SWITCH
MONITOR SWITCH Allows selection of intercom channels .
VOLUME KNOB Controls intercom volume .
FLOOR SWITCH Allows gunner to speak over intercom .
2.11
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
COMMANDER'S TURRET POSITION INDICATORS
)(right
10 2
L()R
TURRET POSITION
INDICATOR
lli©
@
6350 640050 100
AZIMUTH SLOPE
POINTER
INDICATOR INDICATOR
TURRET POSITION Indicates turret position in relation to

INDICATOR
vehicle.
AZIMUTH INDI
CATOR Indicate position of turret from 0 to 6400
AND POINTER mils in relation to vehicle.
SLOPE INDICATOR Vehicle is level when bubble is centered

in black circle. Vehicle is on 5 degree
slope when bubble touches blue circle .
Vehicle is on 10 degree slope when bub.
ble touches red circle .
2.72
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUNNER'S TURRET POSITION INDICATORS
12
Di
e 10
ITURRET POSITION
INDICATOR
SLOPE
INDICATOR
‫פוזות‬
( 0
fe
.!)W
GUN ELEVATION
| INDICATOR
POINTER
о
is ००००
TURRET POSITION Indicates turret position in relation to
INDICATOR vehicle .
GUN ELEVATION Indicate elevation of 25mm gun and coax
INDICATOR AND POINTER machine gun in hundreds of mils . For ex.
ample, a reading of " 10 " on gun elevation
indicator is equal to 100 mils .
SLOPE INDICATOR Vehicle is level when bubble is centered
in black circle . Vehicle is on 5 degree
slope when bubble touches blue circle .
Vehicle is on 10 degree slope when bub.
ble touches red circle .
2.13
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SELECT LEVER CONTROLS

I.
TURRET TRAVERSE DRIVE

SELECT LEVER
waW
st TOW ELEVATION DRIVE

SELECT LEVER
Les
GUN ELEVATION
tal 997'5 SELECT
İLEVER
TU RRET TRAVER
SE DRIVE Selects POWER or MANUAL mode for
SELEC
T LEVER traversing turret .
TOW
E D
SELE LEVATION RIVE Selects POWER or MANUAL mode for el
CT LEVER evation and depression of TOW missile
launcher. In MANUAL mode , only TOW
electrical operation will be disabled .
GU
SE ELEVATION
NCT
LE DRIVE Selects POWER or MANUAL mode for
LEVER
elevation of 25mm gun and coax
machine gun .
2-1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUNNER'S HANDWHEEL CONTROLS
‫جج‬
TURRET TRAVERSE
HANDWHEEL
‫مد‬
۱۱/۱
GUN
TRIGGEA ELEVATION
SWITCH HANDWHEEL
TURRET TRAVERSE Manually traverses turret right or left .
HANDWHEEL
TRIGGER SWITCH Fires 25mm gun , coax machine gun , or

TOW missile.
GUN ELEVATION Manually elevates or depresses 25mm

HANDWHEEL gun , coax machine gun, or TOW launcher.
2.15
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TURRET CONTROL BOX
RELAY BOX CIRCUIT

BREAKER SWITCH
san ?
nici
JO
Com
TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
AND INDICATOR U
LIGHT
Biser CAFE DANS

PONER STEM 19:21
Swo Oi man
. IM
TURRET POWER
SWITCH AND
INDICATOR
LIGHT
RELAY BOX CIRCUIT ON position is for norma ! Oporation .

BREAKER SWITCH Moves automatically to OFF position
when power surge occurs . Must be
manually moved to ON position for return
to normal operation .
TURRET POWER SWITCH Turns turret power ON or OFF. Indicator
AND INDICATOR LIGHT light goes on when power is on .
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM Powers turret traverse and elevation of
SWITCH AND INDICATOR TOW launcher and 25mm gun system . In .
LIGHT dicator light goes on when power is on .
2.16
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW ABORT
SWITCH
I'DAN !
Sost A
SW
DO
STAB SWITCH AND IFAN LAMP

TEST SWITCH
INDICATOR LIGHT
STAB SWITCH AND Turns on stabilization drive for turret

INDICATOR LIGHT drive and elevation . Maintains turret on
target while vehicle is turning or climb.
ing . When indicator light goes on , turret
and gun are ready to operate in stabi.
lized mode .
FAN -LAMP TEST SWITCH FAN position (up) manually turns on gun
fans . At center position gun fans auto
matically turn on when gun fires. LAMP
TEST position (down) turns on all indicator
lights in turret for bulb check.
TOW ABORT SWITCH Causes TOW missile wire to be cut so

missile aborts .
2.17
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TURRET CONTROL BOX ( cont)
sw .
(0)
...
Ayo
TOW OFEN
ABORT HATCH
BACK UP
PWR
NO FIRE
ZONE
) 8
MANUAL
DRIVE
DRIVE
MALF
OPEN HATCH Annunciator light on indicates open

driver's or cargo hatch cover.
BACK UP PWR Annunciator light on indicates firing con .

e trol system is operating on emergency
see -p2ag6 batteries and that turret drive system
2 cannot operate electrically.
NO FIRE ZONE
Annunciator light on indicates weap.
on(s), if fired , is (are) in a position that
MANUAL DRIVESee on could cause damage to vehicle.
.
. Annunciator light on indicates a select
2. lever is in MANUAL mode .
DRIVE MALF Annunciator light on indicates drive

system is malfunctioning.
)
2.18
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
COMMANDER'S HAND STATION
COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
16
HANDLE
TRIGGER
SWITCH
TET
IP
FAST
TURRET
SWITCH
PALM SWITCH
DRIFT
BUTTON
COMMANDER'S Controls turret elevation, traverse, 25mm

CONTROL HANDLE gun , coax machine gun, and TOW missile
systems. Overrides gunner's control
handles when palm switch is squeezed if
TOW missile is not in flight.
PALM SWITCH Activates turret drive and releases turret
drive brakes . Arms trigger switch .
FAST TURRET SWITCH Increases speed of turret traverse and
weapon elevation.
TRIGGER SWITCH Fires 25mm gun, coax machine gun , or
TOW missile when depressed .
DRIFT BUTTON Reduces drift in turret stabilization

system.
2.19
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
GUNNER'S HANDSTATION
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
TE ‫ܒܶܕ݂܂‬ HANDLES
a
DRIFT BUTTON
FAST TURRET
SWITCH
TRIGGER
SWITCH
GUNNER'S PALM SWITCH

CONTROL
HANDLE
GUNNER’S CONTROL Control traversing of turret and elevation

HANDLES of weapon system .
TRIGGER SWITCHES Fire 25mm gun , coax machine gun , or
TOW missiles .
FAST TURRET SWITCHES increase speed of turret traverse and

weapon elevation.
PALM SWITCHES Activate turret drive and release turret

drive brakes .
DRIFT BUTTON Reduces drift in turret siabilization

system .
3
2.20
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WEAPON CONTROL BOX
alb
Oi
ARM.SAFE- RESET SWITCH
AND INDICATOR LIGHT
SEAR
INDICATOR
LIGHT
will
Oo
O
MISFIRE
BUTTON
10 A :
OVO
PNL
LIGHT
DIMMER
KNOB
SEAR INDICATOR LIGHT Indicates 25mm gun bolt is in SEAR

position . Blinking indicator light indicates
25mm gun bolt is in MISFIRE position.
ARM -SAFE- RESET SWITCH Selects ARM and SAFE positions for
AND INDICATOR LIGHT 25mm gun , coax machine gun , and TOW
missiles . RESET position will clear all
weapons selected . Indicator light goes on
when weapon is armed .
MISFIRE BUTTON Brings 25mm gun bolt back to SEAR posi.

tion after trigger is depressed when
25mm gun misfires.
PNL LIGHT DIMMER KNOB Adjusts panel lights on weapon control
box from bright to DIM-OFF .
2.21
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WEAPON CONTROL BOX ( cont )

AP HI
APSS AP LO BUTTON AND BUTTON AND
BUTTON AND INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATOR
INDICATOR LIGHT
LIGHT
AC .
NC
.
PIOTT
)G
OFF
HESS HELO HE HI
BUTTON AND BUTTON AND BUTTON AND
INDICATOR INDICATOR INDICATOR
LIGHT LIGHT
ILIGHT
AP SS BUTTON AND Selects 25mm AP single shot mode . Indi .
INDICATOR LIGHT cator light goes on when AP SS is
selected .
AP LO BUTTON AND Selects 25mm AP low rate of fire (about

INDICATOR LIGHT 100 rounds per minute). Indicator light
goes on when AP LO is selected .
AP HI BUTTON AND Selects 25mm AP high rate of fire (about

INDICATOR LIGHT 200 rounds per minute) . Indicator light
goes on when AP HI is selected .
HE SS BUTTON AND Selects 25mm HE single shot mode . Indi .

INDICATOR LIGHT cator light goes on when HE SS is
selected .
HE LO BUTTON AND Selects 25mm HE low rate of fire (about

INDICATOR LIGHT 100 rounds per minute). Indicator light
goes on when HE LO is selected.
HE HI BUTTON AND Selects 25mm HE high rate of fire (about

INDICATOR LIGHT 200 rounds per minute) . Indicator light
goes on when HE HI is selected .
2.22
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GRENADE LAUNCHER SWITCH

TRIGGER BUTTON AND
AND INDICATOR LIGHT
INDICATOR LIGHT
WE
AR SEN
TIR
KWC
NESS HE :: HEM : CRC
RESET
LO AMMO
INDICATOR
7.62 BUTTON AND LIGHT
INDICATOR LIGHT
LO AMMO OVRD BUTTON
7.62 BUTTON AND Serocis ocax machine gun firing mode.

INDICATOR LIGHT Indicator lignt goes on when coax
machine gun is selected.
LO AMMO OVRD BUTTON Allows 25mm or coax machine gun to fire
remaining ammo after LO AMMO indica.
tor light flashes .
LO AMMO INDICATOR Starts flashing and 25mm or coax

LIGHT machine gun stops firing when end of
bet passes sensors on ammo can . Stays
on when LO AMMO OVRD button is
pressed .
GRENADE LAUNCHER Selects power ON or OFF to smoke gre.

SWITCH AND INDICATOR nade launcher. Indicator light goes on
LIGHT when smoke grenade launcher is armed .
TRIGGER BUTTON AND Fires all eight smoke grenades. Indicator

INDICATOR LIGHT light goes on when trigger button is
pressed .
2-23
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW CONTROL BOX
MISSILE TUBE 1 BUTTON

AND INDICATOR LIGHT
TOW BUTTON
AND INDICATOR LIGHT
()
3
UP
TCW 1 2
MISSILE TUBE
MISSILE TUBE 2 BUTTON
TRAR CGE
AND INDICATOR LIGHT
PWR SUP
TOW TEST BUTTON

AND INDICATOR LIGHT
LAUNCHER UP.DN SWITCH

AND INDICATOR LIGHT
LAUNCHER UP- DN Raises or lowers TOW missile launcher

SWITCH AND INDICATOR when palm switches on commander's or
LIGHT gunner's control handle (s) are squeezed .
Indicator light goes on when launcher is in
raised position.
TOW BUTTON AND Selects TOW missile firing mode. In

INDICATOR LIGHT dicator light goes on when TOW mode is
activated .
MISSILE TUBE 1 AND 2 Select TOW missile launcher tube 1 or 2

BUTTONS AND for firing. Indicator light goes on when its
INDICATOR LIGHTS tube is selected and flashes when
selected tube is empty.
TOW TEST BUTTON AND Indicator light goes on for 12 seconds

INDICATOR LIGHT when TOW TEST button is pressed. In
dicator light goes off when test is done.
2.24
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
UP O O
DN TOW
LAUNC IR MISSILE TUBE
O TRCKR CGE
Toh
TEST PUR SUP
1 2
) MISSILE TUBE
TRCKR CGE
PWR SUP
TRCKR Annunciator light on indicates malfunc.

tion in TOW tracking system .
CGE Annunciator light on indicates malfunc

tion in Command Guidance Electronics
system .
PWR SUP Annunciator light on indicates malfunc.

tion in power supply of TOW missile
system .
2.25
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ANNUNCIATOR BOX
TOW CKT OPEN 25 FDR MANUAL

OPEN HATCH MALF DRIVE
AMMO SW NO FIRE 25 GUN DRIVE
REVERSE ZONE MALE MALF
Go Go
TOW CKT OPEN Annunciator light on indicates a mai

function in TOW electrical system .
OPEN HAR Annunciatoris . Crise cätes Cris:'s

hatch or cargo ha'ch is open .
r
25 FDR MALF r Annunciator light on indicates a 2-18 bette
sere pe malfunction in 25mm gun feeder .
MANUAL DRIVE Annunciator light on indicates turret
drive unit select lever is in manual posi
‫ص‬-
tion .
AMMO SW REVERSE ge Annunciator light on indicates AP and

See pa HE ammo switches are reversed .
NO FIRE ZONE 1
8 Annunciator light on indicates
. weaponis ) , if fired , are in a position that
ə
could damage vehicle . Triggers do not
work if annunciator light is on . add to 2-18
25 GUN MALF Annunciator light on indicates misfire
protection system is malfunctioning .
DRIVE MALF Annunciator light on indicates drive
system is malfunctioning .
)
2:26
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
COMMANDER'S ISU CONTROLS
ab
vhiensl
0
0
2212
FOCUS BARREL
FOCUS BARREL Adjusts focus of reticle in commander's

eyepiece.
2.27
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUNNER'S ISU CONTROLS
E ‫تیة‬
Cm
NE
To
HIGH LOW
MAG
ISWITCH
RET
BRT
RET BRT
KNOB
ce
ISU
ISU Sight system that enables gunner and

commande ! to locate and track targets
during ca ; cr nich : operations .
MAG SWITCH Selects HIGH or LOW magnification of

scene for both day and night vision . LOW
setting is 4x magnification. HIGH setting
is 12X magnification .
RET BRT KNOB Controls brightness of TOW and gun
reticles in DAY and NIGHT mode .
2-28
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
28 30 2
26
9
8
4
22220
ö
21 1225
91 DL
FOCUS 2 ARPEL RANGE

SENSOR CONTROL
SELECT
KNOB
SWITCH
CLEAR
NIGHT DAY
NEUTRAL
RANGE CONTROL KNOB Sets range of 25mm gun from 0 to 3000

meters .
SENSOR SELECT SWITCH Filters light entering ISU . NIGHT setting

allows target viewing at night using night
vision system . There are two DAY settings:
CLEAR and NEUTRAL. CLEAR setting
allows target viewing under normal day.
light conditions . NEUTRAL setting filters
bright sunlighi and protects eyes against
damage from laser light .
FOCUS BARREL Adjusts focus of reticle in gunner's

eyepiece .
2.29
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUNNER'S ISU CONTROLS ( cont )

e
FOCUS KNOB
SUEVISION
‫ܫܢܘ‬
MYT VISION BRT KNOE CON ! KO3

‫ܫܐܘ‬
1.9iSWITCH . : 70 :
WH WIGHT VISIOS ON
Р
Р
OFF
R
T SH BRT CON R BASIT
NIGHT VISION WH setting produces red images on a

PLRT SWITCH black background B4 setting produces
black images on a red background
BRT KNOB Adjusts night vision scene brighiness

CON KNOB Adjusts night vision scene contrast .
NIGHT VISION PWR ON position turns on night sight . BRSIT

SWITCH position turns on night sighi boresight
lamp and thermal resistor for Buddy
boresight procedure .
FOCUS KNOB Adjusts focus of night vision scene .
2.30
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NIGHT BORESIGHT
CONTROLS
GUN BORESIGHT
2012
3
4
5 5
61 16
O
O
GUN BORESIGHT
CONTROLS
TOW BORESIGHT
CONTROL
NIGHT BORESIGHT Knobs adjust azimuth and elevation of

CONTROLS gun reticle .
GUN BORESIGHT Knobs adjust the gun reticle in azimuth

CONTROLS and elevation when in GUN mode .
TOW BORESIGHT Adjusts the scene in elevation when in

CONTROL TOW mode .
2.31
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUNNER'S ISU CONTROLS ( cont )
SZE
SOCO
NIGHT SIGHT
COVER SERIDLE
DAY SIGHT
FAN COVER HANDLE
DEFOGGER
HIGH LOW
C-F
FAN DEFOGGER
SWITCH
DAY SIGHT COVER Releases day sight cover door for day
HANDLE sight .
NIGHT SIGHT COVER Releases night sight cover door for night
HANDLE sight .
FAN DEFOGGER SWITCH Defogs ISU day and night windows .
2-32
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25MM GUN CONTROLS
SAFE
☺
SEAR
RELEASE
SEAR MANUALI
RETRACTOR SAFE
LEVER HANDLE
SEAR RELEASE Allow's sear solenoid plunger to be

depressed manually so 25mm gun can
be manually cycled .
MANUAL SAFE HANDLE Prevents 25mm gun from firing when
handle is in SAFE position .
SEAR RETRACTOR LEVER Allows sear solenoid plunger to be
depressed and locked out manually so
25mm gun can be manually fired .
2-33
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25MM GUN CONTROLS ( Cont )
UPPER CLUTCH
OVERRIDS KNOO
BOLT POSITION INDICATOR
LOWER CLUTCH
OVERRIDE KNOB
FEED SELECT
SOLENOID KNOB
UPPER CLUTCH Provides upper feed shati of 25mm gun

OVES PIDE KNOB with a manual release so shaft can be
rotated backward during unloading .
LOWER CLUTCH Provides lower feed shaft of 25mm gun

OVERRIDE KNOB with a manual release so shaft can be
rotated backward during unloading .
FEED SELECT SOLENOID Provides manual selection of 25mm AP

KNOB or HE ammo.
BOLT POSITION Shows position of bolt .

INDICATOR
2.34
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
AMMO CAN CONTROLS
H DIE
1
T
lis
>
X
.
p.com
on
©
HE
AP
HE-AP
SELECTOR
SWITCH
HE- AP SELECTOR Signals to ISU which ammo is loaded in

SWITCH ammo chutes.
2-35
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
MAIN FUEL MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE
bom
TI . 06 .
Ltika
E
1
7
:
MAIN FUEL MANUAL

SHUTOFF VALVE
AU
MAIN FUEL MANUAL Starts and stops fuel flow to engine.

SHUTOFF VALVE Main fuel manual shutoff valve is ac
cessed when turret is traversed to 4100
mils.
2-36
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
TOW LAUNCHER ( EXTERIOR)
DUST COVER
GY
TOW MANUAL LIFT

RELEASE HANDLE
ང ་
ད ངང་
DUST COVER Protects TOW launcher tubes from dust

and debris . Dust cover is removed for
TOW firing .
TOW MANUAL LIFT Lowers TOW launcher.

RELEASE HANDLE
2-37
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
BACKUP SIGHT
EYEPIECE
ASSEMBLY
LOCK
LEVER
T
NO
FLANGE JOINT EYECUP
Free 0.2 1
DIOPTS
ISCALE
NOTE
Backup sight is in gunner's position .
LOCK LEVER Holds eyepiece and flange assembly in

gunner's or commander's position .
FLANGE JOINT Permits rotation of eyepiece housing

assembly from one position to another.
EYECUP Provides cushion for operator's eye .

Prevents injury to eye from vehicle motion.
Can be deflated for use with gas mask.
EYEPIECE ASSEMBLY Adjusts focus of backup sight . Range is
from – 4 to + 4 diopters.
-
DIOPTER SCALE Permits reading diopter setting for each

operator.
2-38
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Section II . PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND

SERVICES ( PMCS)
SCOPE
This section details preventive maintenance checks and services ( PMCS)

required for the turret ( including " before firing" checks and services ) .
Refer to TM 9-2350-252-10.1 for the PMCS required for the hull .
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS
Every mission begins and ends with paperwork . There isn't much of it ,
but you have to keep it up . The forms and records you fill out have many
uses . They are a permanent record of the services , repairs , and changes
made to your vehicle . They are reports to organizational maintenance
and to your commander. They are checklists that tell you what was wrong
with the vehicle after its last use . They also tell you whether those faults
have been recaired . For information on forms and records see TI 38.750.
73
2,3
PMCS PROCEDURES
1 Obey all WARNINGs and CAUTIONS when you do your PMCS .
2 Do your BEFORE ( B) PMCS just before you operate the IFV/CFV.
3 Do your DURING ( D) PMCS during turret operation . Monitor the turret

and its component systems while you ar3 actually operating your
vehicle . Perform a ( D ) check of comporieri system only when actual
operation of that system is required for a mission .
4 Do your AFTER (A) PMCS right after operating the turret.
5 Do your WEEKLY (W) PMCS weekly,

Do your Monthly ( иM) Paris Monthly
6 If something does not work , troubleshoot it using the Troubleshooting
Symptom Index on page 3-1 of this manual . Notify your supervisor.
7 Always do your PMCS in the same order so it gets to be a habit . With prac
tice, you will spot anything that is wrong .
2.39
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
PMCS PROCEDURES (cont)
8 If you find anything wrong which will make your vehicle NOT
READYIAVAILABLE , notify organizational maintenance right away . If
you find something wrong , but you can still complete your mission,
write it up . Use the DA Form 2404 (Equipment Inspection and
Maintenance Worksheet) . Use item numbers from the PMCS chart for
the " TM Number" column on the form .
9 When you do your PMCS, take along the tools you will need to
make all the checks. You will always need wiping rags.
10 Keep the turret clean . Dirt, grease, oil , and debris only get in the way,
and may cover up a serious problem . Clean your turret as you work and
as needed .
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could
poison you. Read
warning on front
page of this manual.
11 Use dry cleaning solvent (Item 11 , App D) on metal surfaces. Use scrub
bing soap (Item 23, App D) and water when you clean rubber or plastic
surfaces. Use denatured alcohol (Item 15, App D ) or clean water with
scrubbing soap (Item 23, App D) when you clean optical surfaces.
NOTE
Step 12 does not apply to gun eleva.
tion drive preload out or to traverse
drive mounting hardware . These have
preset values .
12 Bolts, nuts, and screws : Check for looseness and missing , bent, or
broken parts. If you find a loose one, tighten it. If you can't tighten it,
notify organizational maintenance. Look for chipped paint, bare metal,
or rust around bolt heads.
13 Welds: Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, cracks, or gaps where parts
are welded together. If you find a bad weld, notify organizational
maintenance.
2.40
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
NOTE
Connectors on traverse drive should
be hand tightened .
14 Electrical wires and connectors : Look for cracked or broken insulation ,
bare wires , and loose or broken connectors . Tighten loose connectors .
Make sure wires are in good shape . If you find cracked or broken in
sulation , bare wires , or broken connectors, notify organizational main
tenance .
NOTE
Perform WEEKLY (W) PMCS , as well
as BEFORE ( B ) PMCS, if:
(1 ) You are the assigned turret opera.
tor and have not operated the tur.
ret since the last WEEKLY (W)
PMCS , or
(2) You are operating the turret for the
first time .
2.41
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BEFORE (B) OPERATION CHECKS

You may need to clean the turret or weapons in order to perform the
required checks. If you clean the turret or weapons , be sure to observe the
following:
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
bum and could poi
son you. Read warn .
Ing on front page of
this manual .
Benzene (benzol) ,
paint thinner, gaso
line, and diesel fuel
oil can bum and
could poison you.
Do not use benzene
(benzol), paint thinner, gasoline, or
diesel fuel oil for cleaning.
CAUTION
Steam, water, or air under pressure

can damage sighting and fire con
trol equipment gears and bearings.
Do not clean Inside of turret with
steam, water, or air under pressure.
Petroleum products will damage
rubber that is not resistant to petro
leum. Do not get petroleum prod.
ucts on rubber parts.
NOTE
The word " damage" used in the PMCS
tables is defined more clearly on page
2-39 of this manual . Be sure to read
and understand these definitions
before doing you PMCS.
2-42
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
ITEM ITEM TO BE INSPECTED Equipment will be reported

NO . Procedure NOT READYIAVAILABLE if :
TURRET EXTERIOR
25MM GUN
Cuir BARREL
I
MUZZLE रह
BRAKE
FRONT RING
SIGHT
1 Creck area outside of turret for objects that will block

traversing turret.
a. If an object is found , move it out of the way.
2 Check that front ring sight is clean and not damaged.
a. If front ring sight is dirty, clean it . See task: CLEAN
FRONT RING SIGHT, page 3-116.
3 Check muzzle brake of 25mm gun for obstructions .
2-43
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
BEFORE (B) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
NO . Procedure NOT READYIAVAILABLE it :
TURRET EXTERIOR (cont)
DUST COVER
TOW LAUNCHER
TUBES
oko
TOW
LAUNCHER
4 Check TOW launcher for dents and other external damage .

Remove dust cover from TOW launcher.
5 Check for debris and damage inside TOW launcher tubes.

a. If debris is found in TOW launcher tubes , clean TOW
launcher tubes . See task : CLEAN / INSPECT TOW
LAUNCHER , page 3-106.
6
Check dust cover for tears .
Install dust cover on TOW launcher.
2.44
T13.2050-252-10-2

G CONTACT
POINTS
ANTENNA
SUPPORT BASE
HiVTENNA MOUNT
WARNING
You can be bumed If
you touch antenna
during radio trans.
mission . Do not
touch antenna when
signal is being
transmitted .
NOTE
Both 1FV and CFV normally have rear
ontonna inste !! ad and side antenna
mount covered . If vehicle is Unit Com .
mand vehicle , it will have both anten.
.
nas installed .
7 Check antenna mounts for damage to antenna support
bases and contact points.
2-45
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
BEFORE ( B ) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont)
TURRET EXTERIOR (cont)
GRENADE LAUNCHER
SMOKE GRENADE TUBE
STOWAGE BIN
SMOKE GRENADE RUBBER CAP

SMOKE
LAUNCHER
GRENADE
Remove rubber caps from grenade launcher tubes.
8 Check rubber caps for damage.
9 Check smoke grenade launchers for debris and damage.
a . If unfired smoke grenades are found in grenade
launcher tubes , remove unfired smoke grenades . See
task : UNLOAD / STOW SMOKE GRENADES ,
page 2-419 .
b. If smoke grenade launcher is damaged, do not load it.
c . If debris or dirt is found inside grenade launcher tubes ,
clean smoke grenade launcher. See task : CLEAN
INSPECT SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS ,
page 3.112 .
Install rubber caps on grenade launcher tubes.
10 Check smoke grenade stowage bins for debris and
damage.
a. If debris or dirt is found inside smoke grenade

stowage bins , remove debris. Wipe inside of smoke
grenade stowage bins with clean , lint-free cloth.
2.46
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

NO. Procedure NOT READYIAVAILABLE if :
TURRET SHIELD DOOR
une
‫אוחזייוחוויות‬
TUSEST SHIELD DOOR
Open and close turret shield door. See task : OPERATE

TURRET SHIELD DOOR, page 2-139.
11 Check that turret shield door locks in closed position.
Turret shield door will not

lock in closed position .
2.47
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BEFORE ( B) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont)
TURRET INTERIOR
f
DI
lilc
ITRAVEL
LOCK
ILEVER
12 Check turret interior for objects that should not be there ,

like spent casings , mechanic's tools, and debris .
a . If objects are found , remove them .
Operate travel lock lever. See task : OPERATE TURRET

TRAVEL LOCK, page 2-141 .
13 Check that turret travel lock is not damaged or broken , and

make sure that it engages .
Turret travel lock does not

engage and lock turret in
desired position .
2.48
TM 9.2350.252.10.2

NO . Procedure NOT READY AVAILABLE it :
Traverse turret to HE load position (2150 mils ) . See task :

OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE , page 2.152 .
TURRET
TO DRIVE
SYSTEM
SWITCH
7
SWOC
Move TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch to OFF .
HANDLE
17-1
HE AMMO
CAN DOOR
14
Have helper check HE ammo can door to see that it opens,

closes , and latches .
a. (H ) Turn handle and remove HE ammo can door.
b. (H) Install HE ammo can door and turn handle to latch .
HE ammo can door cannot be

closed and latched , or turret
cannot be traversed.
2-49
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TURRET INTERIOR (cont)
ROLLER RETAINER
ROLLER
HANDLE
HE TOP AMMO
CAN DOOR
Turn handle and remove HE top ammo can door.

Rotate roller rapidly on roller retainer.
NOTE
Roller retainer will lock when moved all
the way to the right. Unlock roller
retainer by moving it to the left.
Grasp roller and move roller retainer to the right and to

the left .
15 Check that roller and roller retainer operate freely.
a . If roller or roller retainer drags or binds, try rotating

roller on roller retainer, or moving roller retainer back
and forth .
b. If roller or roller retainer still drags or binds, notify

organizational maintenance. Do not load or fire HE
ammo during mission.
2-50
TM 9.2350-252.10-2

HE AMMO CAN
LOADING RAILS
HANDLE
1
RETROREFLECTOR
HE TOP AMMO
CAN DOOR
16 Check HE ammo can loading rails and retroreflector.
a . If loading rails in HE ammo can are dirty, wipe with

clean cloth .
b. If retroreflector on HE top ammo can door is dirty, wipe

with clean , lint-free cloth.
Install HE top ammo can door and turn handle to latch.

2.51
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
LITEM BEFORE ( B) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont )
ITEM TO BE INSPECTED Equipment will be reported
NO . Procedure NOT READY'AVAILABLE it :
TURRET INTERIOR (cont )
TURRET DRIVE
. . can
SYSTEM SWITCH SOSEM AVA
D
USC
i
Move TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch to ON .
Traverse turret to AP load position (4350 mils). See task :

OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE, page 2-152 .
1
TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
A TUA ! Dan Ton

POWER SAM ABOAT
O!
Move TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch to OFF.

2-
52
Ta 3.2 53.252.10.2

LOADING RAILS
HANDLE
RETROREFLECTOR
AP AMMO CAN KIN 7923

AP AMMO
CAN DOOR
17 Have helper check AP ammo can doo ? 10 ses inai ii opens ,

Cioses , and latches .
( H ) Turn handle and remove AP ammo can door.
(H) Install AP ammo can door, and turn handle to latch .
AP ammo can door cannot be

closed and latched , or turret
cannot be traversed.
Have heiper turn handle and remove AP ammo can dock.
18 Have helper check AP ammo can loading rails and

retroreflector.
a. (H ) If loading rails in AP ammo can are dirty, wipe with

clean cloth .
b. (H ) If retroreflector on AP ammo can door is dirty, wipe

with clean , lint-free cloth .
Have helper install AP ammo can door, and turn handle to

latch .
2.53
TM 9.2350.252.10.2

BEFORE ( B) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
IM PRE OAM Ton

PONER SSTM ABORT
o
OWO
i

Traverse turret to 6400 mils. See task : OPERATE TURRET IN
POWER MODE, page 2-152 .
Have crew move MASTER POWER switch to OFF. See
TM 9.2350-252-10.1 .
2-5
4
TM 9.2350-252.10-2

Adjust commander's seat . See task: ADJUST GUNNER'SI

COMMANDER'S SEATS , page 2-144 .
ca
COMMANDER'S
SEAT
19 Check that commander's seat can be moved freely and

locked in raised and lowered positions.
COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER
Open and close commander's hatch cover. See task:

OPEN/CLOSE COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER, page 2.145 .
20
Check that commander's hatch cover can be

locked in OPEN or CLOSED position.
Commander's hatch cover

cannot be locked in OPEN or
CLOSED position.
2.55
1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NO . Procedure NOT READYIAVAILABLE it:

Irish
theon
F
COMMANDER'S
PERISCOPE
GUNNER'S
PERISCOPE
PERISCOPE
LENSES
BLACKOUT COVERS
21 Check commander's sevenleight periscopes and gunner's

two periscopes for dirty or cracked periscope lenses.
a. If periscope lenses are dirty, wipe with clean,

lint-free cloth.
Open and close blackout covers . See task: CLOSEIOPEN

BLACKOUT COVERS, page 2-176 .
22 Check that blackout covers are not torn and stay in place
when fastened .
2-56
TM 9.2350-252.10.2

ol
GUNNER'S
SEAT
Adjust gunner's seat . See task : ADJUST GUNNER'S /

COMMANDER'S SEATS , page 2-144 .
23 Check that gunner's seat can be moved freely and locked in

raised and lowered positions .
GUNNER'S HATCH COVER
Open and close gunner's hatch cover . See task : OPENI

CLOSE GUNNER'S HATCH COVER , page 2-150 .
24
Check that gunner's hatch cover can be locked in OPEN

or CLOSED position .
Gunner's hatch cover cannot

be locked in OPEN or CLOSED
position .
2.57
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NO . Procedure NOT READYIAVAILABLE if:
DAY SIGHT
: OCO
COVER HANDLE
NIGHT SIGHT
COVER HANDLE
SIGHT COVER
HINGES
BALLISTIC SIGHT
COVER DOORS
Pull day and night sight cover handles and open ballistic
sight cover doors.
25 Check that ballistic sight cover doors open and close

smoothly. Have helper check outside of vehicle.
a. If sight cover hinges are dirty, clean with wiping rag .
Ballistic sight cover doors do

not open .
2-58
T ! 3.2250-252.10.2

NO. Procedure NOT READYIAVAILABLE if:
O D U K
KOV
ISU WINDOWS
CAUTION
ISU window coating is easily
damaged. Do not breathe on
window surface. Do not use any
cleaning material that is not
specially approved for cleaning ISU
windows.
26 Have helper check to see if ISU windows are dirty or

broken.
1
a. If ISU windows are dirty, have helper clean ISU win .

dows. See task: CLEAN ISU, page 3-101 .
ISU windows are broken .
2.59
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
BEFORE (B ) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
25MM GUN SYSTEM
N
ZIPPER
VR
GUN COVER
: OV
15 H
O
BOLT POSITION INDICATOR
Remove 25mm gun guard and open gun cover. See task:
OPERATE 25MM GUN GUARD AND GUN COVER ,
page 2-169.
27 Check gun cover, zippers , and bolt position indicator for

dirt and damage .
a. If bolt position indicator is dirty, wipe with clean ,

lint-free cloth .
2.60
(
T ! 2.2050-25 :10-2

25MM GUN
*OGO
86
GUN POWER
CABLE
g
28 Check that gun power cable on 25mm gun is attached
and not damaged .
Gun power cable is cut or

damaged .
2-61
T : 9.2350.23 . :?
PREVENTIVË MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
25MM GUN SYSTEM (cont)
i- l'l
312
CO3
AP FEED CHUTE
HE FEED CHUTE RM
29 Check AP and HE feed chutes for damage.
Both AP and HE feed chutes

are cracked or separated .
2.62
Tini 9.2350-252-10-2

UL
AP LINK
EJECT CHUTE
coin
ANY
HE LINK
EJECT CHUTE
30 Check AP and HE link eject chutes for damage.
Both AP and HE link eject

chutes have broken pins.
2-63
Tiv 9.2350 ??
का
yo
*OGE 25MM GUN

T
( GE
Dry cycle 25mm gun manually in HE. See task : DRY CYCLE
25MM GUN MANUALLY , page 2-449 .
31 Check 25mm gun for damage.
25mm gun cannot be dry fired

manually using handcrank as.
sembly.
2-64
Tavi 9.2350.252.1.2

COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM

COAX MACHINE GUN
16:
ACCESS DOORS
cil
og Z
HANDLES
SEAL COAX MACHINE GUN
‫ހހ‬ ‫ހ‬
ަެ‫ހ ހ‬.‫ދ‬
.
ު‫ހިހ‬
Open and close coax machine gun access doors . See task :
OPERATE COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS ,
page 2-172 .
32
Check that handles secure coax machine gun access

doors in closed position .
Coax machine gun access
doors cannot be closed and
secured .
Open coax machine gun access doors . See task: OPERATE

COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS, page 2-172 .
33 Check seals on coax machine gun access doors for
damage .
2-65
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BEFORE (B) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont)
BEFORE ( B ) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont)
‫ا‬
‫کدیهر‬
‫دفرر‬
‫ریور‬
LATCH
7.62MM
AMMO
FEED
31
CHUTE m
alou
ng
Thabo
BRACKET
REAR GUN MOUNT
34
Check 7.62mm ammo feed chute and two latches for

damage .
a . If two latches are broken or do not secure 7.62mm

ammo feed chute in place , do not load or fire coax
machine gun during mission .
35 Check rear gun mount.

a. If rear gun mount is cracked , or if bracket is bro.
ken , do not load or fire coax machine gun during
mission .
b . If rear gun mount is rusty , lubricate with lubricat

ing oil (Item 19 , App ).
D).
2.66
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

ZI :
7
s s
ss s s
Wa
BORESIGHT
16 KNOBS
COAX
MACHINE
GUN
Turn boresight knobs for coax machine gun back and'15 : 15 .
36 Check boresight knobs on coax machine gun for rust , dirt ,

and free movement .
a. If boresight knobs are rusty or dirty, wipe with clean

cloth .
b. If boresight knobs are rusty, lubricate with lubri.

cating oil (Item 19, App D).
c. If boresight knobs still do not move freely, notify

organizational maintenance. Do not load or fire coax
machine gun during mission.
2-67
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM (cont )
ELEVATION PIN
4
IT / !
cente
37 Check elevation pin .
a. If elevation pin is rusty, lubricate with lubricating

oil (Item 19, App D ).
.
2-68
1
TMV S.2350 252.iui

COAX REAR
MACHINE MOUNTING PIN
GUN
m o
li .cD
1
Move rear mounting pin for coax machine gun up and

down , and install in coax machine gun .
33 C -cck operation of rear mounting pin for coax machine gun .

a . It rear mounting pin fa !! s out or is missing , notify
organizational maintenance. Do not install , load , or fire
coax machine gun during mission .
b. If rear mounting pin does not move up and down freely,

exercise rear mounting pin until it moves freely.
c. If rear mounting pin still does not move freely, notify

organizational maintenance. Do not install , load , or fire
coax machine gun during mission.
2.69
TM 9.2353.252.10.2
PREVETIVE MAI: ITENANCE CHECKS
NO . Procedure NOT READY AVAILABLE if :
TURRET MANUAL OPERATION
GUN
ELEVATION
HANDWHEEL GUN ELEVATION
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER
CAUTION
TOW elevation and gun elevation
linkage is easily damaged. Never
tum gun elevation handwheel with
both TOW elevation drive select
lever and gun elevation drive select
lever in MANUAL position.
Manually elevate and depress 25mm gun . See task : OPER

ATE TURRET MANUALLY , page 2.439 .
39 Check operation of gun elevation drive select lever and gun
elevation handwheel .
Gun elevation drive select

lever cannot be locked in
MANUAL position. Turning
gun elevation handwheel does
not elevate or depress 25mm
gun .
2.70
... ? 12:30

birly
TURRET TAPICE
DRIVE SELECT LEVER
TURRET TRAVERSE
HANDWHEEL
Traverse turret manually . See task : OPERATE TURRET

MANUALLY , pa jo 2-439 .
40 Check operation of turret traverse drive select lever and tur.

ret traverse handwheel..
Turret traverse drive select

lever cannot be locked in
MANUAL position . Turning
turret traverse handwheel
does not traverse turret .
2-71
Till 9.2350-252.10.2

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT AND INTERCOM
ALL
17 I.T
04/ ali
B
INTERCOM
CONTROL BOX
CLIVE
IHI
41 Check radio system. See TM 11-5820-401-12 .
Radio system does not work.
Operate intercom system . See page 2.173 , and

TM 9-2350-252-10-1 . Set commander's, gunner's and drive
er's intercom control boxes to ALL positions .
42 Check intercom system to make sure that commander,

gunner, and driver can communicate.
Commander and driver cannot

communicate.
2.72
1
11
CCCCCC.252...

‫شد‬
HATCH livTERLOCK
OVERRIDE SWITCH
W.11.
☺ WINTI
AE
‫مدار‬
)
43 Check that HATCH INTERLOCK OVERRIDE

switch is OFF .
2.73
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
DURING (D) OPERATION CHECKS
required checks . If you clean the turret or weapons, be sure to observe the
following :
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could
poison you . Read
warning on front
page of this manual .
CAUTION
rubber that is not resistant to
petroleurh. Do not get petroleum
products on rubber parts.
NOTE
Turret electrical motors may overheat
when operating under severe condi .
tions . It DRIVE MALF annunciator
light comes on, recycle turret drive
system . If light comes on again , shut
down turret power and wait for at least
3 minutes . If light comes on again ,
notify organizational maintenance .
2.74
Lai 3.2.3.252.10.2

ISU MIRROR CONTROL KNOB
MIRROR CONTROL
KNOB
Vi
ct
QUICK RELEASE
PIN
CAUTION
ISU will be damaged it turral power is
turned on with mirror control knob in
locked or engaged (in) position. Cake
sure mirror control knob is in
unlocked or disengaged (out) posi.
tion before you turn on turret power.
44 Check that mirror control knob is in unlocked position , and that

quick release pin is installed and safety wired .
Mirror control knob is not

safety wired in unlocked posi .
tion .
2.75
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
DURING ( D) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont)
ISU COOLDOWN
10 .
ulif
TURRET POWER
INDICATOR LIGHT
/
ITURRET
POWER
I SWITCH
Move MASTER POWER switch to ON . See

TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
Move TURRET POWER Switch to ON .
45
Check that TURRET POWER indicator light goes on .
TURRET POWER indicator light

does not go on .
2.76
22.10.2

NIGHT
VISION
PWR
SWITCH
-ord
WH NIGHT VISION ONY

Р
BIH BRT
i e
w
CON R BRSIT
OFF
NOTE
ISU night sight requires 10 minutes
cool down after NIGHT VISION PWR
switch is moved to ON . You should
perform other turret checks while ISU
is cooling down.
Move NIGHT VISION PWR switch to ON .
46 Check that closed cycle cooler is operating and can be

heard .
Closed cycle cooler cannot be

heard .
2.77 1
TIM 9.2350.252.10-2
DURING (D) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
INDICATOR LIGHTS AND GUN FANS
FO
FAN.LAMP
TEST SWITCH
IVACI CAN
$ 510
IA
.
WEAPON
CONTROL
BOX
FICO
POL
c
C
.0:
(
:OO
0:
):0(
()1(
Move FAN -LAMP TEST switch to LAMP TEST and hold .
47 Check that all lights on weapon control box are on .

No lights on weapon control
box are on .
2.78
TM 9-2350-252-10-2

Itis
SA
MI
: OCO
12
10
LT
TURRET POSITION
INDICATOR D Toh 2
Lavinop MISSILE TUER
TACIT CG
TOW
PWP SL
TOW CONTROL BOX
48 Check that all lights on turret position indicator at gun

ner's and commander's station are on .
49 Check that all lights on TOW control box are on .

All lights on TOW control box
are not on .
2.79
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
INDICATOR LIGHTS AND GUN FANS (cont)
۱ ‫مهر‬ JAM
FAN -LAMP TEST
S.SI Ayo
SWO
SWITCH
TURRET CONTROL BOX

50
Check that all lights on turret control box go on .
No lights on turret control box
are on .
Move FAN -LAMP TEST switch to FAN .

51
Check that gun fans can be heard .

Gun fans cannot be heard .
Move FAN - LAMP TEST switch to OFF .
TURRET POWER OPERATION

TURRET DRIVE
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM SWITCH
SYSTEM
INDICATOR LIGHT S11
SW
19)
Start engine. See TM 9.2350-252-10-1 .

52 Check that TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM indicator light is on .

TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM in.
dicator light is not on .
2.80
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

COMMANDER'S CONTROL HANDLE
COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
HANDLE
Close driver's hatch cover. See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 . Close

cargo hatch cover. See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
Use intercom to tell all crew members that turret is to be
operated in POWER mode . See task : OPERATE INTER.
COM SYSTEM , page 2-173 and TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
Release turret travel lock . See task : OPERATE TURRET
TRAVEL LOCK , page 2-141 .
Traverse turret right and left with commander's control
handle . See task : OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2.152.
53 Check that turret traverses to right and left.

Turret will not traverse.
Fast traverse turret to left and then to right with command

er's control handle . Then traverse turret to 6400 mils . See
task: OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE, page 2-152 .
54 Check that turret traverses at a fast speed to left and then

to right .
Elevate and depress 25mm gun. See task: OPERATE TURRET

IN POWER MODE, page 2-152 .
55 Check that 25mm gun elevates and depresses .
25mm gun does not elevate or

depress.
2.81
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
DURING ( D ) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
GUNNER'S CONTROL HANDLES

GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
Traverse turret to right and to left with gunner's control

handles . See task: OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2.152 .
56 Check that turret traverses to right and to left.
Turret does not traverse.
With gunner's control handles , fast traverse turret to left ,

and then to right . Then traverse turret to 6400 mils . See
task : OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE , page 2.152 .
57
Check that turret traverses at a fast speed to left and then
to right.
With gunner's control handles , elevate and depress 25mm

gun . See task : OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE,
page 2.152.
58 Check that 25mm gun depresses and elevates.
25mm gun does not depress or

elevate .
2-82
(
TM 9.2350-252.10.2

NO . Procedure NOT READY!AVAILABLE if :
DECK CLEARANCE SYSTEM
.nl
OPEN HATCH
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHT
10. C. OPEN 7 FDP MASAL

OPE MAC DR VE
36 .
Rivis 204
ANNUNCIATOR BOX
Open driver's hatch cove ! io PO ?.0 ? position . See

TM S - 2350-252-10-1 .
59 Check that OPEN HATCH annunciator light on annunciator box

is on .
Close driver's hatch cover. See TM 9.2350-252-10-1 . Open

cargo hatch cover to POP - UP position . See
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 .
30 Cieck thet OPEN HATCH ennurciator light on annuncia

tor cox is on .
OPEN HATCH annunciator

light is not on.
2-83
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
DECK CLEARANCE SYSTEM (cont)
WARNING
25mm gun barrel
can hit soldiers and
open hatches if tur.
ret is operated with
HATCH INTER
LOCK OVERRIDE
SWITCH in ON position. Soldiers
can be killed or injured . Equipment
can be damaged . Make sure
SWITCH is in OFF position before
you operate turret.
Depress 25mm gun to – 180 mils . See task : OPERATE

TURRET IN POWER MODE , page 2-152 .
With 25mm gun depressed to -180 mils , traverse turret to
-
left and right in full circle . See task : OPERATE TURRET IN

2-84
(
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

II STA
DRIVER'S HATCH COVER
NOTE
Barrel of 25mm gun will elevate by
itself before reaching rear deck. Barrel
will pass over rear deck , then depress
by itself - 180 mils . Check that GUNNER'S
CONTROL
switch is OFF. HANDLES
61 Check that 25mm gun elevates and depresses by itself

when passing over rear deck .
Turret will not traverse . Turret

stops traversing when 25mm
gun reaches deck . 25mm gun
strikes rear deck .
Elevate 25mm gun to O mils . See task : OPERATE TURRET

IN POWER MODE , page 2-152 .
Open driver's hatch cover to UPRIGHT position . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
Try to traverse turret to left and right . See task : OPERATE
TURRET IN POWER MODE , page 2-152 .
62 With driver's hatch cover in UPRIGHT position, check that tur.

ret does not move when gunner's control handles are used .
Turret moves when gunner's
control handles are used with
driver's hatch cover in UP.
RIGHT position .
2.85
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
DURING (D ) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
DECK CLEARANCE SYSTEM ( cont)
::
CARGO
HATCH
COVER
GUNNER'S CONTROL HANDLES
Close driver's hatch cover. See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 ,

Open cargo hatch cover to UPRIGHT position . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
Try to traverse turret left and right . See task : OPERATE
TURRET IN POWER MODE, page 2.152 .
63 With cargo hatch cover in UPRIGHT position, check that tur

ret does not move when gunner's control handles are used.
Turret moves when gunner's
control handles are used with
cargo hatch cover in UPRIGHT
position.
2-86
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

TOW
BUTTON
TOW TEST
INDICATOR
TO
LIGHT LAUN MISSILE TUBE
TRCK CGE
70h
TESTI PWR SLP
NO FIRE ZONE
ANNUNCIATOR TOW CKT OPEN 25 FDR MANUAL
SOEN MATCM MALF DRIVE
LIGHT AMMO SW DRIVE
NO FIRE 25 GUM
REVERSE ZONE MALF MALE
Close cargo hatch cover. See TM 9.2350-252-10-1 . Raise

TOW launcher. See task : OPERATE TOW LAUNCHER IN
POWER MODE , page 2-362.
Open cargo hatch cover. See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
Press TOW button .
Wait 12 seconds until TOW TEST indicator light goes off .
64 Check that NO FIRE ZONE annunciator light is on .
NO FIRE ZONE annunciator

light is not on.
Close cargo hatch cover. See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .

65 Check that NO FIRE ZONE annunciator light is off.
NO FIRE ZONE annunciator

light is not off.
Lower TOW launcher. See task : OPERATE TOW

LAUNCHER IN POWER MODE , page 2-362.
2-87
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ITEN ITEM TO BE INSPECTED Equipment will be reported
ISU OPERATION
0.00
GU .. !ER'S
EYEPIECE
SETICLE
)0(
:O
0()
HESS
BUTTON
STATUS
INDICATOR
00
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ' S '! ray
cause blindness . Do
not look ai sun
through ISU .
NOTE
When HE SS button is pressed, HE SS
indicator light should come on.
Press HE SS button.
66 Check that reticle is present in gunner's eyepiece, and that
status indicator reads HE.
Reticle is not present in

gunner's eyepiece.
2-88
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

UNITY
WINDOW
२०
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
HIGH LOW
MAG
MAG
SWITCH
Move MAG switch to HIGH until it clicks .
67 Check view through gunner's eyepiece.
View through gunner's eye .

piece is not much larger than
view through unity window.
2.89
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
DURING ( D) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
NO . Procedure NOT READYAVAILABLE if :
ISU OPERATION (cont)
SENSOR
SELECT
SWITCH
CLEAR
DAY
NIGHT
a
NEUTRALY
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
RET BRT
KNOB
RET
BRT
Look through gunner's eyepiece.

Move SENSOR SELECT switch to NEUTRAL, and then to
CLEAR.
68 Check that reticle view in gunner's eyepiece gets darker in

NEUTRAL and brighter in CLEAR.
Turn RET BRT knob to right and to left .
69 Check that reticle in gunner's eyepiece becomes brighter,

and then dimmer.
2.90
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

RETICLE
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
00
FOCUS BARREL
FOCUS BARREL
en
미
COMMANDER'S
EYEPIECE
Turn focus barrel on gunner's eyepiece .
70 Check that focus barrel focuses reticle in gunner's eyepiece .
Turn focus barrel on commander's eyepiece .

71 Check that focus barrel focuses reticle in commander's
eyepiece .
Focus barrel does not focus

reticle in gunner's or
commander's eyepiece .
2.91
vi 92350452-10-2
NO . Procedure NOT READY'AVAILABLE if :
ISU OPERATION (coni)

7930
?
01
2?
18
16
91
0
47
RANGE CONTROL
KNOB
‫څه به زا‬
::: :::
CAUTION
Sereting gun to maximum with ISU 130
12..ge control knob at 0 will damage
ISU . Set range control knob to 30 for STATUS
all operations except firing, adjust. INDICATOR
ment and troubleshooting .
72 Check that lamp behind RANGE control knob is lit.
Look into gunner's eyepiece .

Turn RANGE control knob from 0 to 30.
73 Creck that status indicator shows same range setting as

on RANGE control knob.
Range on status indicator is

RANGE control knob.
74 Check that view rises in elevation as range setting in.

creases .
View does not rise in elevation

as range setting increases.
2.92
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

AP SS
INDICATOR LIGHT
AP SS BUTTON
9)
$
ė
ho
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
RETICLE
환
30
STATUS INDICATOR
NOTE
AP SS indicator light should come on
when AP SS button is press.
Press AP SS button.
75 Check that reticle is present in gunner's eyepiece and that

status indicator reads AP.
2.93
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
ISU OPERATION ( cont)

1
२० c
११.
20
2242
OL 8
GUNNER'S RANGE
EYEPIECE CONTROL
KNO3
‫سینما‬ STATUS
INDICATOR
00A
Look into cunner's eyepiece .

Turn RANGE control knob from 30 to 0 .
76 Checking ? Situs indicato : shows the same range setting

as on Fun Conio knos .
Range on status indicator is

RANGE control knob.
77 Check that view lowers in elevation as range setting

decreases .
View does not lower in eleva.

tion as range setting
decreases .
2.94
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

7.62
INDICATOR LIGHT
O
sw
7.62 BUTTON
D)
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
RETICLE
00
STATUS
INDICATOR
NOTE
When 7.62 button is pressed, 7.62 in.
dicator light should come on.
Press 7.62 button.
78 Check that reticle is present in gunner's eyepiece and that

status indicator reads 7.62.
2.95
2 TM 9-2350-252-10-2
DURING (D) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont)
1
2
10 6 014
16 20
18
2 o
OE 82
22
92492
RANGE
CONTROL KNOB
10 ?
STÁTUS
INDICATOR
Turn RANGE control knob from 0 to 10.
79 Check that status indicator shows the same range setting

as on RANGE control knob.
80 Check that view rises in elevation as range setting in

creases .
2-96
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

CLEAR
li
c
NIGHT DAY
NEUTRAL
( SENSOR
SELECT SWITCH GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
W/ H
р
fa
OCH
NIGHT VISION
PLRT SWITCH (
B/H
NOTE
Night sight can operate only after
cooling down for 10 minutes .
Move SENSOR SELECT switch to NIGHT.
81 Check that night view can be seen through gunner's

eyepiece .
Night view cannot be seen

through gunner's eyepiece
after night sight has cooled
down for 10 minutes.
Move NIGHT VISION PLRT switch from WIH to BIH .
82 Check that night view in gunner's eyepiece changes from

red-on- black to black-on- red .
2.97
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
NO . Procedure NOT READYAVAILABLE if :
BRT KNOB
NIGHT VISION GUNNER'S

EYEPIECE
BRT CON
CON KNC3
FOCUS !
KNOB
Turn BRT and CON knobs to adjust brightness and con.

trast of view in gunner's eyepiece .
83
Check that BRT and CON knobs adjust brightness and con
trast of view in gunner's eyepiece.
BRT and CON knobs do not
adjust brightness and contrast
of viev in gurnerse epiece
NOTE
A freewheeling effect will be noticed it
focus knob is turned left more than
seven to nine turns from a fully right
position.
Turn FOCUS knob to focus view in gunner's eyepiece.

84
Check that view comes into focus in gunner's eyepiece.

View does not come into focus
in gunner's eyepiece.
2.98
TM 9-2350-252-10-2

CLEAR
GUNNER'S
VIGHT DAY EYEPIECE
MEUTRAL 1
SENSOR
SELECT SWITCH ON
р
W OFF
R
BRSIT
NIGHT VISION
PWR SWITCH
Move NIGHT VISION PWR switch to OFF.

Move SENSOR SELECT switch to CLEAR.
85 Check that view changes from night to day.
View does not change from

night to day.
2.99
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
DRY FIRE OPERATION OF 25MM GUN
TURRET POWER
SWITCH
Birt Ton
E DAME
соо с PONE S STEM ABORT?
WOO
TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
WARNING
If 25mm gun tires
during dry fire o
ation, soldiers could
be killed or injured.
Before you dry fire
25mm gun , check
that 25mm gun is unloaded and
manual SAFE handle is in SAFE.
Hands can get

crushed it gun rotor
moves. Turn off tur.
ret power before
reaching into rotor.
CAUTION
25mm gun is easily damaged.
Checks should be made in exact
order shown.
Move TURRET POWER switch to OFF.
Move TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch to OFF .
Remove 25mm gun guard and open gun cover. See task :
OPERATE 25MM GUN GUARD AND GUN COVER ,
page 2.169.
2.100
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

SAFE
MANUAL
SAFE HANDLE
Move manual SAFE handle to SAFE position .
86 Check that manual SAFE handle moves to SAFE position .

Manual SAFE handle will not
move to SAFE position .
2.101
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
DRY FIRE OPERATION OF 25MM GUN (cont)

BOLT POSITION
INDICATOR
SEAR POSITION
In de On
$ 5
TURRET
POWER
SWITCH
TURRET DRIVE
DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
SHAFT HANDLE
Move TURRET POWER switch to ON .

CAUTION
25mm gun can jam if 25mm gun is
cycled when bolt and feeder are not
in SEAR. Before you dry fire 25mm
gun, check that bolt and feeder are
timed to SEAR.
87 Check that bolt position indicator is in SEAR position.

a. If bolt position indicator is not in SEAR position , see
task: TIME 25MM GUN FEEDER , page 2-240.
88 Check that drive shaft handle turns.

a. If drive shaft handle turns over 1/2 inch , see task : POSI
TION 25MM GUN BOLT IN SEAR POSITION ,
page 2-243 .
2.102
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

Pw
OOO
AP SS BUTTON
0:00
OL
O
o
MOX
SEAR INDICATORI
LIGHT
ARM - SAFE -RESET

SWITCH LO AMMO
INDICATOR LIGHT
Press AP SS button .
Move ARM -SAFE-RESET switch to ARM .
89 Check that SEAR indicator light is on.
SEAR indicator light is not on .

90
Check that LO AMMO indicator light flashes.

2.103
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
AP SS INDICATOR
SEAR INDICATOR LIGHT
LIGHT
LO AMMO
LO AMMO OVRD INDICATOR LIGHT
BUTTON
Press LO AMMO OVRD button.
91 Check that LO AMMO , AP SS, and SEAR indicator lights

are on , but not flashing.
LO AMMO, AP SS, and SEAR in

dicator lights are not on, or are
flashing.
2.104
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

TRIGGER SWITCHES
-
ET‫ادزاه‬.
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
200
BOLT POSITION
INDICATOR
NOTE
When trigger switches are squeezed ,
25mm gun will dry fire and cycle to
MISFIRE position because no ammo
is in 25mm gun .
Squeeze trigger switches on gunner's control handles .
92 Check that bolt position indicator is in MISFIRE position .

Bolt position indicator is not in
MISFIRE position.
2.105
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
DURING (D ) OPERATION CHECKS (cont)
SEAR
INDICATOR LIGHT AP SS BUTTON
00
Oo
Di ?
0:
0
MISFIRE
BUTTON
NOTE
Do not operate 25mm gun in POWER
mode when sear retractor is engaged.
25mm gun will shut down.
Press AP SS button.
NOTE
SEAR indicator light will go off when
MISFIRE button is pressed.
Press MISFIRE button.
2.106
TM 9.2350-252.10-2

TRIGGER
BOLT POSITION SWITCHES
INDICATOR
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
SEAR
INDICATOR
o
0:00
CULO
LIGHT
o
VSC
O
O)
NOTE
When trigger switches are squeezed,
25mm gun will cycle to SEAR position
and SEAR indicator light will come on.
Squeeze trigger switches on gunner's control handles.
93 Check that bolt position indicator is in SEAR position, and

that SEAR indicator light is on.
Bolt position indicator is not in

SEAR position , or SEAR in
dicator light is not on .
2-107
TM 9-2350-252-10-2 1


AP LO
AP SS AP HI
BUTTON
BUTTON BUTTON
OCE
o(
o
LLN
O
A >
O
HE SS HE HI
BUTTON HE LO BUTTON
BUTTON
94
Check dry fire operation of 25mm gun in HE SS mode by

repeating check 89 and pressing HE SS button instead of AP
SS button . After completing check , repeat checks 90 thru 93.
NOTE
When firing 25mm gun in AP LO or AP
HI, press AP SS button before pressing
MISFIRE button. When firing 25mm gun
in HE LO or HE HI, press HE SS button
before pressing MISFIRE button.
95 Check dry fire operation of 25mm gun in AP LO mode by

repeating checks 89 thru 93 and pressing AP LO button .
96 Check dry fire operation of 25mm gun in AP HI mode by
repeating checks 89 thru 93 and pressing AP HI button .
97 Check dry fire operation of 25mm gun in HE LO mode by
repeating checks 89 thru 93 and pressing HE LO button .
98 Check dry fire operation of 25mm gun in HE HI mode by
repeating checks 89 thru 93 and pressing HE HI button .
2.108
TM 9.2350-252.10-2

pot
TRIGGER SWITCH
1
PALM
ICOMMANDER'S
SWITCH
ICONTROL HANDLE
Liat
NOTE
To operate 25mm gun with command.
er's control handle, trigger and palm
switches must be pressed at the same
time .
99 Repeat checks 87 thru 98. Use commander's control handle

instead of gunner's control handles.
2.109
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
DRY FIRE OPERATION OF COAX MACHINE GUN
ICOAX
MACHINE GUN
recoany
CHARGER me
HANDLE
MANUAL
WARNING
SAFETY
If coax machine gun
fires during dry fire
operation, soldiers
could be killed or
injured . Before you
dry fire coax
machine gun , check that coax
machine gun is unloaded and feed
chute is empty.
Open coax machine gun access doors . See task: OPER

ATE COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS , page 2.172 .
Push manual safety down to fire position .
Pull charger handle back firmly .
100 Check that manual safety moves down into fire position.
101 Check that charger handle moves smoothly and charges
coax machine gun .
2.110
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

ARM
7.62 INDICATOR COAX
INDICATOR
LIGHT MACHINE GUN
LIGHT
ACCESS DOORS
}
C
© O. LO AMMO
INDICATOR
LIGHT
LO AMMO OVRD
ARM -SAFE -RESET 7.62 BUTTON
SWITCH BUTTON
Close coax machine gun access doors . See task : OPER

ATE COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS , page 2-172 .
102 Check that coax machine gun access doors can be closed
and latched securely.
Coax machine gun access

doors cannot be closed and
latched securely.
Press 7.62 button.

Move ARM -SAFE - RESET switch to ARM .
103 Check that ARM indicator light comes on.
ARM indicator light does not go

on .
104 Check that 7.62 indicator light comes on.

105 Check that LO AMMO indicator light flashes.
Press LO AMMO OVRD button .
106 Check that LO AMMO indicator light stays on but stops

flashing.
2.111
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

DURING (D) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont )
DRY FIRE OPERATION OF COAX MACHINE GUN (cont )

UF
w
3.
w
w
n
.
CHARGER
HANDLE
TRIGGER SWITCHES
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
(C) Open coax machine gun access doors . See task : OPER.
ATE COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS , page 2-172 .
(C) Pull back and hold charger handle.
(G) Squeeze and release trigger switches on gunner's control

handles .
(C) Slowly allow charger handle to move forward until bolt is

forward and fully seated.
107 Check that coax machine gun has dry fired .
a. If bolt does not move forward and seat fully, troubleshoot

coax machine gun . See TM 9-1005-313-10.
2.112
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

TRIGGER SWITCH
PALM COMMANDER'S
CONTROL HANDLE
SWITCH
NOTE
To operate coax machine gun with
commander's control handles , trigger
and palm switches must be pressed
together.
108 Repeat check 107. Use commander's control handle instead

of gunner's control handles .
2.113
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
DURING ( D) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont )
SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER OPERATION

WARNING
Smoke grenades
could kill or Injure
1 .. soldiers. Before you
make this check ,
make sure smoke
grenade launchers
ODOC
are empty
GRENADE LAUNCHER
CO
00
HINDICATOR LIGHT
0010
o
00:
(
GRENADE LAUNCHER
SWITCH
Move GRENADE LAUNCHER switch to ON .
109 Check that GRENADE LAUNCHER indicator light comes on .
a. I GRENADE LAUNCHER indicator light does not come

on , do not load smoke grenades.
TRIGGER
(@
INDICATOR LIGHT
o
0:00
TRIGGER
0
BUTTON
0(:
:
O
):0(
Press TRIGGER button .
110 Check that TRIGGER indicator light comes on when TRIG

GER button is pressed .
a. If TRIGGER indicator light does not come on, do not

load smoke grenades.
Move GRENADE LAUNCHER switch to OFF.
2.114
TM 9-2350-252-10-2

TOW LAUNCHER OPERATION
TOW INDICATOR
LIGHT TOW
BUTTON HIGHS LOW
MAG
ine
SWITCH MAG
TOW TEST TOW TEST INDICATOR LIGHT

BUTTON
Raise TOW launcher . See task : OPERATE TOW

LAUNCHER IN POWER MODE , page 2-362 .
Move MAG switch to HIGH until it clicks .
Press TOW button .
111 Check that TOW indicator light comes on and stays on .

112 Check that TOW TEST indicator light comes on and then goes
off after 12 seconds .
a. If TOW indicator light does not go on , or TOW TEST

indicator light does not go off after 12 seconds , press
TOW TEST button and repeat checks 111 and 112 .
b . If TOW indicator light does not stay on or TOW TEST
indicator light does not go off after 12 seconds follow
ing repeat of checks 111 and 112, do not load TOW mis
siles .
2:115
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW LAUNCHER OPERATION (cont)
(
0:00
0
OLO
O
0
0): 10
:
!:
ARM - SAFE -RESET

SWITCH
O
PUNOD OSIY
fo
02
JANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTS
WARNING
Accidental firing of
TOW missile could
kill or injure sol .
diers . Make sure
TOW launcher is
unloaded .
Move ARM -SAFE- RESET switch to ARM .
113 Check that TRCKR, CGE , and PWR SUP annunciator lights
stay off.
a. If TRCKR, CGE, or PWR SUP annunciator lights come

on, do not load TOW missiles .
2.116
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

TOW CKT OPEN

ANNUNCIATOR BOX
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT
TOW CKT OPEN 7S FOR MANUAL

OPEN MATCH MALF DRIVE
REVERSE ZONE MALF MA !
114 Check that annunciator lights on annunciator box stay off .

a. If TOW CKT OPEN annunciator light comes on , do
not load TOW missiles .
0"
STATUS
GUNNER'S INDICATOR
RETICLE
EYEPIECE WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
not look at sun
through ISU .
Look into gunner's eyepiece .

Turn RET BRT to right .
115 Check that reticle is illuminated in gunner's eyepiece .
116 Check that status indicator reads TOW.

2.117
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
DURING ( D) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont )
TOW LAUNCHER OPERATION (cont)
MISSILE TUBE 1
INDICATOR
TOW INDICATOR MISSILE TUBE 2
LIGHT
LIGHT INDICATOR
ILIGHT
LAUNCHER UP
MISSILE
INDICATOR LIGHT
TUBE 2
5 : 1 BUTTON
vo
TOW BUTTON S? MISSILE

TUBE 1
BUTTON
Press MISSILE TUBE 1 button .

Press MISSILE TUBE 2 button .
117 Check that MISSILE TUBE 1 and MISSILE TUBE 2 indicator

lights flash when MISSILE TUBE 1 and MISSILE TUBE 2
buttons are pressed .
Press TOW button..

118 Check that TOW indicator light goes off .
Lower TOW launcher . See task : OPERATE TOW
LAUNCHER IN POWER MODE , page 2-362 .
119 Check that TOW launcher bangs against side of turret and
LAUNCHER UP indicator light goes off.
a . If TOW launcher does not bang against turret , or
LAUNCHER UP indicator light stays on , lower TOW
launcher manually . See task : OPERATE TURRET MAN
UALLY , page 2-439 .
2.118
TM 9-2350-252-10-2

STABILIZATION CONTROLS
STAB
STAB INDICATOR
SWITCH LIGHT
u
Poni VM ASCART
i
)i
O
ed
CAUTION
Drive system can get damaged. Do
not operate turret in STAB mode if
gun barrel has been removed.
NOTE
Commander may override gunner's
control handles by squeezing palm
switch on commander's control han.
dle . To return control to gunner's con.
trol handles , gunner must center
gunner's control handles and com.
mander must release palm switch on
commander's control handle.
Turret power must be on for at least 15

seconds prior to STAB operation . This
will allow time for gyro spinup.
Gunner's control handles must be at

centered position when measuring
drift.
Vehicle must be stationary when you

check drift .
Move STAB switch to ON .
120 Check that STAB indicator light is on.

2.119
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
STABILIZATION CONTROLS (cont)
TURRET
N CONTROL
BOX
Pisa ' TUPPI DAN ! ton

POWER 551CM ABORT
O SW
DRIVE MALF
TOW CKT OPEN 25 FDR MANUAL ANNUNCIATOR
OPEN HATCH MALF DRIVE
LIGHT
REVERSE ZONE MALF MALF
ANNUNCIATOR DRIVE MALF

BOX ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHT
NOTE
when operating under severe condi.
tions . It DRIVE MALF annunciator
system. It DRIVE MALF annunciator
light comes on again, shut down turret
power and wait for at least 3 minutes.
If DRIVE MALF annunciator light
comes on again, notify organizational
maintenance .
121 Check that DRIVE MALF annunciator lights on turret control

and annunciator boxes are not on .
2.120
TM 9-2350-252-10-2

GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
PRE
GE
GUNNER'S
CONTROL HANDLES
AP SS
QOTEC
BUTTON TARGET
)
O
o
C
090
Ova
0
DOC
3.
O:
HESS
BUTTON 00 A
Look through gunner's eyepiece and select target.

Press AP SS or HE SS button .
Squeeze and hold palm switches on gunner's control han.
dles . Center AP or HE reticle on target using gunner's con
trol handles . Center gunner's control handles and release
palm switches .
2.121
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
STABILIZATION CONTROLS (cont)

RETICLE TARGET
PALM
GUNNER'S SWITCH
CONTROL
HANDLES
DRIFT
BUTTON 00 A
Press DRIFT button and hold for at lease 1 second and

then release .
Center gunner's control handles and squeeze palm

switches for 10 seconds and then release .
NOTE
The center ring in reticle is 1 mil wide.
You should use the width of the center
ring to estimate amount of stabiliza.
tion drift .
If DRIFT button is pressed while vehi .

cle is moving , stabilization drift will
Increase. Stop vehicle before correct.
ing stabilization drift. Vehicle must be
stationary before pressing DRIFT but.
ton .
122 Check that reticle does not move off target more than 1 mil in 10
seconds .
a. If center ring of reticle moved more than 1 mil away

from point aimed at on target , repeat check 122 , a sec .
ond time to verify .
4o. TT center ring of reticle moved more than 1 mil away
from point aimed at on target during repeat of check
122 , notify organizational maintenance .
2.122
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

RETICLE TARGET
00
NOTE
Perform check 123 only if reticle
moves off target more than 1 mil in 10
seconds.
123
RepeatCeacheck.132
la ry for stabilization drift.
a. If reticle still moves off target more than 1 mil in 10 sec .
onds after repeating check 122 twice , notify organiza
tional maintenance.
2.123
1
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
AFTER (A) OPERATION CHECKS

required checks. If you clean the turret or weapons, be sure to observe the
following:
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could
poison you. Read
warning on front
page of this manual.
Benzene (benzol),
paint thinner ,
gasoline, and diesel
fuel oil can bum and
could poison you.
Do not use benzene
(benzol), paint thinner, gasoline, or
CAUTION
can damage sighting and fire con.
Do not clean Inside of turret with

rubber that is not resistant to petro
leum. Do not get petroleum prod.
2.124
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

25MM GUN NOTE

New firing pin must be installed after
every 8,000 rounds fired .
25mm gun must be cleaned ,
inspected , and lubricatied daily when
It has been fired .
Remove 25mm gun feeder. See page 3-34 .

Remove 25mm gun barrel. See page 3-39.
Remove 25mm gun receiver. See page 3-41 .
Remove track and bolt assembly . See page 3-44 .
Disassemble track and bolt assembly . See page 3-48.
124 Clean , inspect , and lubricate 25mm gun . See page 3-52 .
25mm gun is damaged.
Assemble track and bolt assembly . See page 3-69.

Install track and bolt assembly . See page 3-73.
Install 25mm gun receiver. See page 3.77.
Install 25mm gun barrel . See page 3-80 .
Install 25mm gun feeder. see page 3-83 .
COAX MACHINE GUN
NOTE
Coax machine gun must be cleaned,
Inspected, and lubricated daily when
it has been fired .
Remove coax machine gun . See page 3-91 .
125 Clean , inspect , and lubricate coax machine gun . See

page 3.96 .
Install coax machine gun . See page 3-97 .
2.125
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
AFTER (A) OPERATION CHECKS
SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS
NOTE
Smoke grenade launchers must be
cleaned and inspected daily when
smoke grenades have been launched.
126 Clean and inspect smoke grenade launchers . See

page 3.112.
TOW MISSILE LAUNCHER
NOTE
TOW missile launcher must be
cleaned and inspected daily when
TOW missiles have been fired .
127 Clean and inspect TOW launcher. See page 3.106 .
2.126
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WEEKLY (W) OPERATION CHECKS
required checks . If you clean the turret or weapons , be sure to observe
the following :
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could poi.
son you . Read warn.
this manual .
Benzene (benzol ) ,
paint thinner, gaso.
line , and diesel fuel
oil can burn and
could poison you .
Do not use benzene
(benzol), paint thinner, gasoline , or
CAUTION
can damage sighting and fire con.
Do not clean inside of turret with

rubber that is not resistant to petro.
leum . Do not get petroleum prod.
2.127
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WEEKLY ( W ) OPERATION CHECKS
TURRET EMERGENCY BATTERIES
128 Check turret emergency batteries . See page 3.120 .

25MM GUN
NOTE
25mm gun must be cleaned ,
inspected , and lubricated weekly ,
whether it has been fired or not.
Remove 25mm gun feeder . See page 3.34.

Remove 25mm gun barrel . See page 3-39.
Remove 25mm gun receiver. See page 3.41 .
Remove track and bolt assembly . See page 3.44 .
Disassemble track and bolt assembly . See page 3-48 .
129 Clean , inspect, and lubricate 25mm gun . See page 3-52.
25mm gun is damaged .
Assemble track and bolt assembly . See page 3-69.

Install track and bolt assembly . See page 3-73 .
Install 25mm gun receiver. See page 3.77.
Install 25mm gun barrel . See page 3-80 .
Install 25mm gun feeder. See page 3-83 .
COAX MACHINE GUN
NOTE
If coax machine gun is not used, it still
needs complete cleaning and lubricat .
ing at least every 90 days . If unusual
conditions exist, shorten this interval.
Remove coax machine gun . See page 3.91 .
130 Clean , inspect , and lubricate coax machine gun . See

page 3-96 .
Install coax machine gun . See page 3.97.

2-128
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

NOTE
TOW missile launcher must be
cleaned weekly, whether it has been
tired or not.
131 Clean and inspect TOW launcher. See page 3-106.
SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER
NOTE
Smoke grenade launchers must be
cleaned and inspected weekly ,
whether smoke grenades have been
fired or not .
132 Clean and inspect smoke grenade launchers . See

page 3-112.
2.129
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WEEKLY ( W ) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont )
COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER CUSHIONING PAD
..us.
CUSHIONING PAD
13
133 Check cushioning pad on commander's hatch cover for

cracks and missing pieces .
2-130
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER HATCH PIN LEVER
LHATCH PIN LEVER
Open commander's hatch cover. See task: OPEN / CLOSE

COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER, page 2.145.
134
Check that hatch pin lever on commander's hatch cover
moves freely and is operating correctly.
Close commander's hatch cover. See task : OPEN / CLOSE

COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER , page 2-145 .
2.131
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WEEKLY (W) OPERATION CHECKS ( cont )
GUNNER'S HATCH COVER CUSHIONING PAD
ott
CUSHIONING PAD
e แ
a
t
135 Check cushioning pad on gunner's hatch cover for cracks

and missing pieces .
2.132
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
MONTHLY (M) OPERATION CHECKS

You may need to clean the inside of your vehicle in order to perform the
required checks . If you clean the inside of your vehicle , be sure to observe
the following :
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could poi.
son you . Read warn .
this manual .
Benzene ( benzol ) ,
paint thinner, gaso.
line , and diesel fuel
oil can burn and
could poison you .
Do not use benzene
(benzol) , paint thinner , gasoline , or
diesel fuel oil for cleaning .
CAUTION
Steam , water, or air under pressure
can damage sighting and fire con .
Do not clean inside of vehicle with
steam , water, or air under pressure .
Water entering engine exhaust sys.

tem can damage engine . Do not
allow water to enter engine exhaust
system .

rubber that is not resistant to petro.
leum . Do not get petroleum prod .
ucts on rubber parts .
2.133
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MONTHLY ( M ) OPERATION CHECKS
thingsto
ii
INDICATOR
MANUALLY TRAVERSE TURRET TO 6400 MILS . See task:

OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY , page 2.439 . A
136 Check that color of indicator is blue .

V
MANUALLY TRAVERSE TURRET TO 3200 MILS . See task :
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY , page 2-439 .
Color of indicator is white .
END OF PMCS
2.134
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
Section III . OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

TASK INDEX
Task Page Task Page

Safety Instructions for Close / Open Blackout
Weapons .. 2.137 Covers . 2.176
Operate Turret Shield Door . 2-139 Operate Turret Lights .

. .. 2.177
Operate Turret Travel Lock . 2-141

.
Boresight Weapons System 2-183
Adjust Gunner's / Commander's Boresight Backup Sight .... 2-220
Seats .... 2-144
Reposition Backup Sight
Open / Close Commander's Hatch Eyepiece . 2.225
Cover .... 2.145
Adjust Eyepiece Diopter ... 2-226
Open / Close Gunner's Hatch 2.227
Cover ... 2-150
Deflate / Inflate Eyecup
Zero ISU and 25mm Gun ... 2-228
Operate Turret in Power
Mode ... 2-152 Zero Coax Machine Gun 2-232
Immediate Action to Stop Run . Time 25mm Gun Feeder ... 2-240
away Turret 2.168
Position 25mm Gun Bolt in
Operate 25mm Gun Guard and Sear Position . 2-243
Gun Cover 2-169
Load 25mm Gun Feeder ... 2-246
Operate Coax Machine Gun
Access Doors 2.172 Load / Reload 25mm HE
Ammo 2-254
Operate Intercom System 2.173
Load / Reload 25mm AP
Ammo .. 2.267
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.135
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TASK INDEX (cont)

Task Page Task Page
Fire 25mm Gun 2-277 Clear Coax Machine Gun ... 2-354
Immediate Action When Unload 7.62mm Ammo .. ... 2.359
.....
25mm Gun Misfires 2-295
Operate TOW Launcher in
Immediate Action When Power Mode ... 2-362
25mm Gun is in Cookoff Zone
Fire TOW Missiles 2-366
(But Not in MISFIRE) ... 2-300
Immediate Action When TOW
Unload 25mm Gun Feeder .. 2-303
Missile Hang Fires / Misfires 2-377
Unload / Stow 25mm HE
2-316
Load / Reload TOW
Ammo
Launcher 2-387
Unload / Stow 25mm AP
Ammo
Unload TOW Launcher .....
... 2-400
2-324
Load / Stow / Reload Smoke
Load / Reload Coax Machine Gun
Grenades 2-405
Ammo 2-333
Launch Smoke Grenades ... 2-410
Fire Coax Machine Gun .... 2-340
Immediate Action When Smoke
Immediate Action When Coax
Grenades Fail to Launch ... 2-413
Machine Gun Fails to Fire .. 2-347
Unload / Stow Smoke
Immediate Action to Stop Run. Grenades .. 2-419
away Coax Machine Gun ... 2-351
Shut Down Turret 2-423
2.136
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR WEAPONS
SAFE WEAPONS CONDITIONS
1. The 25mm gun is safe when :

Bolt is in SEAR position .
The ARM -SAFE- RESET switch on weapon control box is in SAFE.
The manual SAFE handle on 25mm gun is in SAFE.
2. The coax machine gun is safe when :
The ARM-SAFE-RESET switch on weapon control box is reset to

SAFE, and manual safety is set to " S " (safe).
Ammo is removed from feed tray and firing chamber is clear of

ammo .
See page 2-354 for clearing coax machine gun .

3. TOW missile launcher is safe when :
The ARM -SAFE - RESET switch on weapon control box is reset to

SAFE .
4. Smoke grenade launchers are safe when :
The GRENADE LAUNCHER switch is OFF.
BORESIGHTING
All weapons listed in paragraphs 1 thru 4 must be cleared before bore.

sighting is attempted .
GO TO NEXT PAGE 2.137

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAR 25MM GUN
1. The 25mm gun is cleared by :
Unloading ammo from AP and HE sides of 25mm gun .
Removing ammo rounds from 25mm gun.
Inspecting face of bolt and chamber.
2. See page 2-303 to unload and clear 25mm gun.
2.138
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE TURRET SHIELD DOOR

DESCRIPTION
This task covers: Operate Turret Shield Door From Squad Area
(page 2.139). Operate Turret Shield Door From
Inside of Turret (page 2.140).
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required: Equipment Conditions :

Crew member Turret travel lock set
(page 2-141 )
Turret traversed to 6400 mils
(page 2-152)
OPERATE TURRET SHIELD DOOR FROM SQUAD AREA
WARNING
7 If turret is operated
with turret shield
door open, soldiers
或 could be killed or in.

jured. Close and
latch turret shield
door before you operate turret.
OUTSIDE
TURRET
SHIELD
DOOR
LATCH
1. CLOSE TURRET SHIELD DOOR.
a . Lift up outside turret shield TURRET
6-1
door latch and slide turret SHIELD
shield door closed . DOOR
ER
b. Check that outside turret

shield door latch locks turret
shield door closed .
GO TO NEXT PAGE 2 : 139

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
If you enter or exit
turret with turret
power on , you may
be injured or killed.
Do not enter or exit
turret while turret
power is on. Keep turret shield door
closed and latched while turret
power is on.
2. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR. OUTSIDE

TURRET
a. Push outside turret shield SHIELD
door latch down and slide DOOR
turret shield door open. ILATCH
b. Check that outside turret TURRET

shield door latch locks turret SHIELD
shield door open . DOOR
OPERATE TURRET SHIELD DOOR FROM INSIDE OF TURRET

3. CLOSE TURRET SHIELD DOOR.
a. Push inside turret shield door
latch down and slide turret
b. Check that inside turret
4. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR . INSIDE

TURRET
a . Push inside turret shield door SHIELD
latch down and slide turret DOOR
shield door open . LATCH
b. Check that inside turret
shield door open .
END OF TASK
2.140
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL LOCK
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required :
Gunner
WARNING
A soldier in turret
opening could be
CCCO
killed or injured if
turret moves. Turret
travel lock must be
locked when you
enter or exit turret. x
Fi
1. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK IN
LOCKED POSITION .
a. Push travel lock lever to 1
LOCKED position .
ad
Tie TRAVEL
LOCK
LEVER
2. MOVE TURRET TRAVERSE TURRET TRAVERSE

DRIVE SELECT LEVER TO DRIVE SELECT LEVER
MANUAL POSITION .
PUSHBUTTON
a. Press and hold pushbutton.
b. Move turret traverse drive
select lever to MANUAL
position .
c. Release pushbutton .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SPRING
TURRET HANDLE
TRAVERSE
3. REMOVE SPRING FROM HANDWHEEL
HANDLE.
TURRET
TRAVERSE
HANDWHEEL
ATAVO
Time
‫ق‬/
2000
TEETH
TRAVEL
LOCK
4. TURN TURRET TRAVERSE LEVER
HANDWHEEL SLOWLY WHILE
PUSHING ON TRAVEL LOCK
LEVER TO INSURE THAT TEETH
MESH . RELEASE TURRET
TRAVERSE HANDWHEEL.
2-142
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
TURRET TRAVERSE
PUSHBUTTON
DRIVE SELECT LEVER
OOO
5. MOVE TURRET TRAVERSE

DRIVE SELECT LEVER TO
2
POWER POSITION .
select lever to POWER TURRET
position . TRAVERSE
HANDWHEEL SPRING HANDLE
c. Release pushbutton.
6. INSTALL SPRING ON HANDLE.

a. Turn turret traverse handwheel
so that handle is at top .
b. Install spring on handle.
TRAVEL
CAUTION LOCK
Ring gear can get damaged if travel LEVER
loc! co bully disengaged . Maii .
sure travel lock is fully disengaged.
7. RELEASE TRAVEL LOCK LEVER .

a. Pull travel lock lever all the way
back to OPEN position.
END OF TASK
2.143
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
ADJUST GUNNER'S/ COMMANDER'S SEATS
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions :

Gunner Gunner or commander seated
Commander in turret
GUNNER'S
SEAT
COMMANDER'S
SEAT
NOTE
Adjustment of gunner's and command.
er's seats is the same.
1. RAISE GUNNER'S OR
COMMANDER'S SEAT.
a. Pull up control handle and

hold while seat rises. Release
control handle. Check that
seat is locked in place.
2. LOWER GUNNER'S OR
COMMANDER'S SEAT.
a. Pull up control handle and

hold.
b. Push down on seat. Release
CONTROL
control handle. Check that
HANDLE
seat is locked in place.
END OF TASK
2.144
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
OPEN/CLOSE COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER
INITIAL SETUP

Commander Commander seated in turret
WARNING COMMANDER'S
Unlatched hatch HATCH COVER
cover could swing
and injure soldiers .
TU Make sure gunner's
and commander's
hatch covers are
latched and secure.
1. OPEN COMMANDER'S HATCH

COVER.
PUSHBUTTON
a. Press pushbutton and

remove quick release pin
from bottom holes .
BOTTOM
QUICK HOLES
RELEASE
PIN
[ HATCH
b. Push hatch cover latch to
COVER
open commander's hatch
LATCH
cover to POP-UP position.
COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER

TM 9.2350.252.10-2
HATCH
PIN LEVER
2. MOVE COMMANDER'S HATCH
COVER TO LEVEL POSITION . COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER
a. Move hatch pin lever to left
and swivel commander's hatch
cover to LEVEL position.
b. Move hatch pin lever to right
to lock commander's hatch
cover in LEVEL position .
3. MOVE COMMANDER'S HATCH

COVER TO UPRIGHT OR FULL
의
OPEN POSITION .
COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER
so
HINGE
LATCH
pa HANDLE
PUSHBUTTON
a . Pull down and hold hinge
latch handle inside turret .
b. Move commander's hatch

cover to desired position and
release hinge latch handle
QUICK BOTTOM
4. LOCK HINGE LATCH HANDLE .
RELEASE HOLES
PIN
a . Move hinge latch handle up.
2.146
TM 9-2350.252.10.2
b . Press pushbutton , and install

quick release pin in bottom TOP HOLES HINGE
holes . LATCH
PUSHBUTTON HANDLE
5. UNLOCK HINGE LATCH
HANDLE .
a. Press pushbutton , and
from bottom holes . BOTTOM
HOLES
b. Press pushbutton , and install QUICK
quick release pin in top RELEASE
holes . PIN
WARNING COMMANDER'S
Commander's hatch HATCH
cover can swing and COVER
injure you . Make
sure you support
commander's hatch
cover with one hand
before pushing hinge latch handle
down .
HINGE
6. MOVE COMMANDER'S HATCH HATCH ! LATCH
COVER TO POP-UP POSITION . HANDLE
COVER
HANDLE
a. Hold hatch cover handle in
one hand to support
commander's hatch cover.
Push hinge latch handle
down with other hand ,
COMMANDER'S
HATCH
COVER )
во
b. Pull commander's hatch cover

to LEVEL position , and release
hinge latch handle .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
HATCH
PIN LEVER
c. Move hatch pin lever to left

and swivel commander's hatch
cover to POP- UP position .
d . Move hatch pin lever back to

right .
COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER
CAUTION
If commander's hatch cover is
closed when in LEVEL position,
hatch pin lever mechanism can get HATCH
damaged . Make sure commander's COVER
hatch cover is in POP- UP position HANDLE
LI
before closing .
7. CLOSE COMMANDER'S HATCH

COVER .
a. Grasp hatch cover handle COMMANDER'S

with one hand .
HATCH COVER
2.148
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOP HOLES
b. Pull down on hinge latch
handle with other hand , and PUSHBUTTON
BOTTOM
release commander's hatch HOLES
cover. 없
c . Pull commander's hatch
cover down to CLOSED posi .
tion , and release hinge latch QUICK
handle . RELEASE
HINGE
PIN
d . Press pushbutton , and LATCH
COMMANDER'S HANDLE
HATCH COVER
from top holes.
e . Press pushbutton , and install
quick release pin in bottom
holes .
END OF TASK
2.149
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
OPEN / CLOSE GUNNER'S HATCH COVER
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Gunner seated in turret
WARNING HATCH COVER HANDLE

Unlatched hatch GUNNER'S
cover could swing HATCH
and injure soldiers. COVER
US Make sure gunner's
and commander's
hatch covers are
latched and secure .
1. OPEN GUNNER'S HATCH
COVER . HATCH COVER LATCH
a. Push hatch cover latch to
release gunner's hatch cover.
2. PUSH GUNNER'S HATCH
COVER BACK TO FULL OPEN
POSITION .
a. Hold hatch cover handle, and
push cover up and back to
FULL OPEN position.
3. LOCK GUNNER'S HATCH
COVER IN FULL OPEN
POSITION .
DN
QUICK
RELEASE
a. Push gunner's hatch cover PIN
until it locks in place .
b. Press pushbutton and remove PUSH
quick release pin from bot BUTTONI
tom holes
C. Press pushbutton and install

quick release pin in top holes HINGE
TOP BOTTOM
to lock hinge latch handle. HOLES HOLES
LATCH
HANDLE
2.150
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TOP
4. RELEASE GUNNER'S HATCH HOLES
COVER FROM LOCKED
POSITION . QUICK
RELEASE
a. Press pushbutton and remove PIN
quick release pin from top PUSH
holes .
BUTTON
BOTTOM
HOLES
b. Press pushbutton and install

quick release pin in bottom
holes . QUICK
RELEASE
PIN
c . Pull up hinge latch handle .
PUSH
HINGE
BUTTON LATCH
HANDLE
5. CLOSE GUNNER'S HATCH
COVER
a. Grip hatch cover handle and HATCH

pull gunner's hatch cover COVER
closed . HANDLE
b. Check that hatch cover HATCH
latch is locked . COVER ‫יך‬
LATCH
END OF TASK
2.151
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE
DESCRIPTION
This task covers : Traverse Turret (page 2-153) . Elevate and Depress
Gun Rotor ( page 2-158) . Operate in STAB Mode
(page 2-160) .
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner MASTER POWER switch ON
Commander (TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
25mm gun receiver installed
References: ( page 3-77) .
25mm gun feeder installed
TM 9.2350-252-10-1
(page 3-83)
25nım gun barrel installed
(page 3-80)
WARNING
If you enter turret
with turret power
TY
on , you may be
injured or killed . Do
not enter turret
while turret power is
on. Keep turret shield door closed
and latched while turret power is
on .
If turret is operated with turret

shield door open , soldiers could be
killed or injured. Close and latch
turret shield door before you oper.
ate turret .
Unlatched hatch
cover could swing
and injure soldiers .
U Make sure gunner's
and commander's
hatch covers are lat .
ched and secured .
2.152
2
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
Feed chutes and connectors can
get damaged . Make sure feed
chutes are installed on feeder
before traversing turret.
ISU will be damaged if turret power
is turned on with mirror control
knob in the locked or engaged (in)
position . Make sure mirror control
knob is in the unlocked or dis .
engaged (out) position before you
turn on turret power .
NOTE
tions . If DRIVER MALF annunciator
light comes on , recycle turret drive
system. If DRIVE MALF annunciator
light comes on again , shut down turret
power and wait for at least 3 minutes.
comes on again, notify orgaizational
maintenance.
TRAVERSE TURRET
1. CHECK THAT DRIVER'S HATCH
COVER IS IN CLOSED OR
POP- UP POSITION . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
2. CHECK THAT CARGO HATCH

COVER IS IN CLOSED OR
POP- UP POSITION . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
3. CLOSE AND LATCH TURRET

SHIELD DOOR. See task:
OPERATE TURRET SHIELD
DOOR , page 2-139 .
4. RELEASE TURRET TRAVEL
LOCK. See task : OPERATE
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK ,
page 2-141 .
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Sudden vehicle
movement can
throw you out of ve
PAk hicle. Do not stand

on seat while vehi.
cle is in motion.
Wear lap safety belt while vehicle is
in motion .
CAUTION
Lap safety belts hanging from seat
can get caught in turret shield door LAP SAFETY
opening and damage turret. Secure BELTS
lap safety belts.
5. PUT ON LAP SAFETY BELTS .
NOTE
Both gun elevation drive select lever
and turret traverse drive select lever
must be in POWER mode to enable
power operation. If either gun eleva.
tion drive select lever or turret traverse
drive select lever is in MANUAL mode ,
power operation will be disabled.

DRIVE SELECT LEVER TO PUSHBUTTON
POWER POSITION .
select lever right to POWER
position .
PUSHBUTTON
7. MOVE TOW ELEVATION DRIVE
TURRET
SELECT LEVER TO POWER
TRAVERSE
POSITION . DRIVE SELECT
a. Press and hold pushbutton . LEVER
b. Move TOW elevation drive

position . TOW ELEVATION
c. Release pushbutton . DRIVE SELECT LEVER
2.154
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
8. MOVE GUN ELEVATION DRIVE

POSITION .
a. Press and hold pushbutton .
TAM
b. Move gun elevation drive
position.
GUN ELEVATION
PUSHBUTTON
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER
pole
TURRET
POWER
SWITCH
‫ی ام‬ TURRET DAME TOW

DOM SYSTEM ABORT
9. MOVE TURRET POWER
SWITCH TO ON .
SMO
WARNING
25mm gun barrel
can hit soldiers and
open hatches if tur.
ret power is oper.
ated with HATCH
INTERLOCK OVER
RIDE SWITCH in ON position. Sol .
diers can be killed or injured . TUPCE DAN Tм
DOMES SSM ABCAT
Equipment can be damaged . Make SWOO
ON
sure HATCH INTERLOCK OVER

RIDE SWITCH is in OFF position
before you operate turret .
10. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM TUBRET DRIVE
SWITCH TO ON . SYSTEM SWITCH
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2. 155
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Soldiers near move
ing turret or guns
could be killed or
injured . Equipment
could be damaged .
Clear soldiers and
equipment from top of vehicle
before you move turret or guns.
NOTE
Azimuth indicator shows position of
turret in mils . It also shows position
for HE LOAD , AP LOAD, and TOW
LOAD . *
Turret position indicator shows posi.
tion of turret in relation to vehicle .
Numbered lights 1 thru 12 will go on as OO
turret reaches each position.
11. TRAVERSE TURRET . PALM

SWITCHES
a. Squeeze and hold palm
switch(es) on gunner's con COMMANDER'S
trol handles or commander's CONTROL
control handle . HANDLE
b . Turn gunner's control

handles or commander's
control handle to left or GUNNER'S
right . Turret will traverse left CONTROL PALMI
HANDLES SWITCH
or right .
2.156
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
11
.
7
c . Note position of turret on
azimuth indicator or turret TURRET POSITION INDICATOR
position indicator while
traversing turret .
d . When turret has traversed to AZIMUTH
desired position , center gun. INDICATOR
ner's control handles or
commander's control han.
6250 os 100
dle. Release palm
switch(es).
NOTE
1
It fast turret switch(es) are released
before control handle(s) are centered ,
turret will stop immediately . For
smooth operation of turret, control PALM
handle(s) should be centered before SWITCHES
releasing fast turret switch(es).
12. TRAVERSE TURRET AT HIGH
FASTI
SPEED . TURRET
a . Squeeze and hold palm SWITCHESI
switch(es) on gunner's con.
trol handles or commander's
control handle . GUNNER'S CONTROL HANDLES
b. Depress and hold fast turret

FAST
switch(es) on gunner's con
trol handles or commander's TURRET
PALM ISWITCH
control handle . SWITCH
C. Turn gunner's control handles
or commander's control
handle to left or right . Turret
will traverse to left or right at COMMANDER'S
a high rate of speed CONTROL
HANDLE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
d . Note position of turret on

azimuth indicator or turret
position indicator while AZIMUTH
traversing turret . INDICATOR
e . When turret has traversed to

desired position, center gun.
TURRET
dle. Release fast turret and
POSITION
palm switch( es) . INDICATOR
ELEVATE AND DEPRESS GUN ROTOR
WARNING FAST
Soldiers near move TURRET
PALM
ing turret or guns SWITCH SWITCH
could be killed or
injured . Equipment
could be damaged .
Clear soldiers and COMMANDER'S
equipmen : from top of vehicle CONTROL HANDLE
De
NOTE
25mm gun and coax machine gun are
mounted in turret so they both point in
same direction . When gun rotor ele.
vates , both gun systems elevate . FAST TURRET
When gun rotor depresses , both gun SWITCHES
systems depress.
Gun rotor can elevate to 1050 mils and
depress to - 180 mils. Each line on
elevation indicator equals 10 mils .
Each number on elevation indicator
PALM
equals 100 mils .
SWITCHES
It is normal for 25mm gun to drop to
mechanical stop when operating over
rough terrain .
The gun elevation drive is designed to GUNNER'S
slip it loads in excess of 110 lbs . (50
CONTROL
kgs.) are applied to barrel . Slippage HANDLES
under these conditions are normal .
2-158
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
13. ELEVATE AND DEPRESS GUN

ROTOR .
a . Squeeze and hold palm
control handle.
FAST
TURRET PALM
b. Rotate and hold gunner's or SWITCH SWITCH
commander's control han. PALM
dle( s) back or forward until SWITCH
gun rotor reaches desired
position .
c . Center gunner's control
control handle and release FAST
palm switch(es) . TURRET
GUNNER'S
SWITCH
CAUTION CONTROL
If you release fast turret switch(es) HANDLES
before you center control handle(s),
rotor drive may be damaged. Center COMMANDER'S
control handle ( s) before you CONTROL HANDLE
release fast turret switch(es).
14. ELEVATE AND DEPRESS GUN

ROTOR AT HIGH SPEED .

FAST
switch(es) on gunner's con TURRET
trol handles or commander's PALM
SWITCH SWITCH
control handle .
b . Depress and hold fast turret
control handle .
c. Rotate and hold gunner's or

dle(s) back or forward . Gun
rotor will elevate or depress
at high speed .
GO TO NEXT PAGE 2-159
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
COMMANDER'S
CONTROL HANDLE
d . When gun rotor reaches

desired position , center gun.
dle . Release fast turret and
palm switch(es) . FAST
PALM TURRET
SWITCH SWITCH
OPERATE IN STAB MODE
FAST TURRET SWITCHES

WARNING
You could be injured
by moving 25mm
gun If 25mm gun
guard is not in place PALM
during stabilized SWITCHES
mode operation .
Keep 25mm gun guard in place
during stabilized mode operation of
25mm gun. GUNNERS
CONTROL HANDLES
CAUTION
Drive system can get damaged. Do
not operate turret in STAB mode if
gun barrel has been removed .
NOTE
tions . If DRIVE MALF annunciator
system. If DRIVE MALF annunciator
light comes on again , shut down turret Dunia
: ‫و ام احناعی‬
S STM ASS
power and wait for at least 3 minutes . ao SW On O
comes on again , notify organizational
maintenance .
15. MOVE STAB SWITCH TO ON . STAB

SWITCH
2.160
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
-RIHO
If either DRIVE
MALF annunciator
light comes on ,
fu
?
weapons will not
stay on target. Sol.
diers could be killed
or injured if weapons are fired. Move
TURRET POWER switch to OFF if
either DRIVE MALF annunciator
ANNUNCIATOR DRIVE MALF
light comes on. ANNUNCIATOR
BOX
LIGHT
16. CHECK THAT DRIVE MALF
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS ON 25 FOR MANUAL
TOW CKT OPEN
TURRET CONTROL AND OPEN MATCH MALE DRIVE
ANNUNCIATOR BOXES ARE REVERSE ZONE MALF MALF
NOT ON .
a. If DRIVE MALF annunciator
lights are not on , go to step TA IUDA ! ' DAN Tos
DONC S STM
27 . Swo
A
4 .
b. If either DRIVE MALF ..
annunciator light is on , go to IN
j's
step 17.
DRIVE MALF
TURRET
ANNUNCIATOR
CONTROL
BOX LIGHT
TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
17. MOVE STAB SWITCH TO OFF . TURRET VE Ton

OMES SYSTM ABORT
SWO
to
18. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM

SWITCH TO OFF , THEN BACK 11
TO ON .
STAB SWITCH

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
19. CHECK THAT DRIVE MALF DRIVE MALF

ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS ON ANNUNCIATOR
BOX LIGHT
TURRET CONTROL AND
ANNUNCIATOR BOXES ARE
NOT ON .
TOW CUT OPEN 25 FOR MANAL
OPEN MATCH DP
a . If DRIVE MALF annunciator
AMMC SW NO FIRI 25 GUN DRVE
lighis are not on , move REVERSE ZONE MALE MA :
STAB switch to ON , then go

to step 27 .
b . If either DRIVE MALF annun . TURRET DRIVE MALF
ciator light is on , go to step CONTROL ANNUNCIATOR
20 . BOX LIGHT

Tuan JAN. T
SWITCH TO OFF . Done SUSTEM ABOA
SWOO
21. MOVE TURRET POWER (o

SWITCH TO OFF . sno
TURRET STAB
POWER SWITCH
SWITCH
TURRET DRIVE
HOO
SYSTEM SWITCH
WARNING
o
OXO
o
oC1
)(0
weapons could kill

or injure soldiers .
O
Make sure ARM eo

SAFE.RESET
switch is in SAFE .
ARM.SAFE- RESET SWITCH
22. MOVE ARM - SAFE - RESET
SWITCH TO RESET , THEN TO TURRET
TURRET DRIVE
SAFE . POWER
SYSTEM SWITCH
SWITCH
23. WAIT 2 TO 3 MINUTES , THEN
MOVE TURRET POWER TEO
$ 5117
Tou ME
ABO
SWITCH TO ON . Swan C
JO
o)
SWITCH TO ON .
2.162
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
WARNING
by moving 25mm
RE gun If 25mm gun
guard is not in place
during stabilized
mode operation .
Keep 25mm gun guard in place
during stabilized mode operation of
25mm gun . III DAN TOM
PONEP $ STEM ABORT
O SWO
25. MOVE STAB SWITCH TO ON .
..
WARNING
If either DRIVE
MALF annunciator STAB
light comes on , SWITCH
weapons will not TURRET DRIVE MALF
stay on target. Sol. CONTROL ANNUNCIATOR
diers could be killed BOX LIGHT
or injured if weapons are fired . Move
TURRET POWER switch to OFF if
hiin
either DRIVE MALF annunciator Plot TURE! DAME Toh
Donis $ STEM A8097
light comes on.
26. CHECK THAT DRIVE MALF
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS ON
TURRET CONTROL BOX AND
ANNUNCIATOR BOX ARE NOT DRIVE MALF
ON . ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR
BOXN
a. If either DRIVE MALF LIGHT
annunciator light is on , do
not continue task. Notify TOW CKT OPEN 2S FOR MANUAL
organizational maintenance. OPEN
7 ‫ܝ‬ MATCM MALF FORIVE
AMMC SW NO FIRE 25 GUN DRIVE
REVERSE ZONE MALS MALF
b. If DRIVE MALF annunciator GO
lights are not on , go to
bO0
step 27. AP SS BUTTON

o
1.
)(0
27. PRESS HE SS OR AP SS
OM
BUTTON . of ir
HE SS
BUTTON

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
띈
WARNING
Looking atat sun
through ISU could
cause blindness. Do
not look at sun
through ISU .
NOTE
Gunner or commander must turn con.
trol handle(s) to track target.
Stabilization controls assist gunner or

commander in tracking target. Once
reticle is centered on target and palm
switch(es) is (are) held , stabilization
controls assist in maintaining reticle
on target while vehicle is moving.
STAB is designed for use when vehi.

cle is moving . However, vehicle does
not have to be moving for STAB to
GUNNER'S
operate.
EYEPIECE
TARGET
28. SELECT TARGET THROUGH

HUTAN
GUNNER'S EYEPIECE.
C
00
2.164
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
29. ALINE RETICLE ON TARGET.

switch (es ) on gunner's or PALM
commander's control han- SWITCH COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
dle( s) . HANDLE
b. Turn gunner's or
commander's control
handle(s) right or left until
target azimuth is alined in
reticle . PALM SWITCHES
c. Rotate gunner's or
commander's control
handle(s) forward or back
until target elevation is alined
in reticle .
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
d . Release palm switch (es).
TARGET
NOTE AZIMUTH
Center ring in all gun reticles is 1 mil
wide. Use width of center ring to esti.
mate amount of stabilization drift .
30. CHECK FOR STABILIZATION

DRIFT .
00
switch (es) on gunner's or
commander's control han . ELEVATION
dle(s) . Keep control handle(s) TARGET

centered . RETICLE
b. Check that reticle does not

move off target more than 1
mil in 10 seconds .
c . If reticle does not move off
target , go to step 34 .
00
d . If reticle moves off target
more than 1 mil in 10 sec .
onds , go to step 31 .
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
PALM
SWITCH
31. RELEASE PALM SWITCHES .

DRIFT
BUTTON
NOTE PALM
If DRIFT button is pressed while vehi . SWITCH
cle is moving, stabilization drift will
increase. Stop vehicle before correct. PALM
ing stabilization drift. Vehicle must be SWITCH
stationary before pressing DRIFT but.
ton .
DRIFT
32. PRESS DRIFT BUTTON AND
BUTTON
HOLD FOR 1 SECOND.
TARGET
33. CHECK FOR STABILIZATION RETICLE
DRIFT .
a. Repeat step 30 .
b . If reticle still moves off tar
get more than 1 mil in 10
seconds after repeating step
30 twice , notify organiza
tional maintenance .
00
34. FIRE 25MM GUN AS

REQUIRED . See task : FIRE
25MM GUN , page 2-277 .
35. FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN AS

‫! مهام‬ TURRET DAME TON
REQUIRED . See task : FIRE POWER SYSTEM ABORTI
OSNO O
COAX MACHINE GUN ,
page 2-340 .
36. MOVE STAB SWITCH TO OFF .

STAB SWITCH
2.166
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
37. TRAVERSE TURRET TO 6400

TURRET
MILS . SEE STEP 11 .
POWER
SWITCH
SWITCH TO OFF . Ta TUARE ' DAME TON
PONU SYSTEM ASORT
WARNING O SWO!
If you exit turret

when turret power is
on , you could be
killed or injured. Do
not exit turret while TURRET DRIVE
turret power is on. SYSTEM SWITCH

SWITCH TO OFF .
40. SET TRAVEL LOCK. See task :

OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL
LOCK, page 2-141 .
41. RELEASE LAP SAFETY BELTS .
LAP SAFETY
42. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR . BELTS
See task : OPERATE TURRET
SHIELD DOOR, page 2.139.
END OF TASK
2.167
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
IMMEDIATE ACTION TO STOP RUNAWAY TURRET
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required: References :

Gunner TM 9-2350-252-10-1
Commander (C)
Driver Equipment Conditions:
Turret traversing out of control
1. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE

SYSTEM SWITCH TO OFF .
a. If turret does not stop, go to
step 2.
[]
b. If turret stops, go to step 4.
2. (C) USING INTERCOM , TELL

DRIVER TO MOVE MASTER
POWER SWITCH TO OFF. See TURRET DRIVE
TM 9-2350-252-10.1 . SYSTEM SWITCH
a. If turret does not stop, go to
step 3. DU
IPPI OME
S510
On
ABOT
./som
b . If turret stops, go to step 4 .
3. (C) MOVE TURRET POWER

SWITCH TO OFF .
4. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK. See TURRET

POWER
task: OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL
SWITCH
LOCK , page 2-141 .
5. DO NOT OPERATE TURRET IN
POWER MODE. NOTIFY
ORGANIZATIONAL
MAINTENANCE.
END OF TASK
2.168
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE 25MM GUN GUARD AND GUN COVER
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Turret power off (page 2-16)
GUN
GUARD 25MM
LATCH GUN
GUARD
WARNING
You could be injured B
CCAU
TION
by moving 25mm gun
If 25mm gun guard is {
not in place during
POWER mode opera.
tion . Keep 25mm gun
guard in place during POWER mode
operation of 25mm gun. 25MM GUN GUARD
1. REMOVE 25MM GUN GUARD.

a. Turn gun guard latch to right
and lower 25mm gun guard .
0
0
0
b. Remove 25mm gun guard from

0
gun guard support mount.

JOG
GUN GUARD O
SUPPORT MOUNT

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BOLT
GUN COVER
POSITION WINDOW
INDICATOR TAB
2. OPEN GUN COVER.
a. Lift tab from over left and right

zippers. Unzip left and right ТАВ :
zippers.
b. Pull gun cover window away
from bolt position indicator.
c. Fold gun cover down and out RIGHT
of way of 25mm gun . LEFT ZIPPER
GUN COVER
ZIPPER
25MM GUN
GUN COVER
3. CLOSE GUN COVER.
a. Pull gun cover up and over

rear of 25mm gun.
b. Place gun cover window over
bolt position indicator.
c. Zip left and right zippers
closed. Lower tabs over left
and right zippers.
25MM
GUN GUARD
4. INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD.

u
Oo
a. Place 25mm gun guard in gun

guard support mount.
GUN GUARD
SUPPORT MOUNT
2.170
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25MM
GUN
GUARD
CCAUTION
GUN
b. Close 25mm gun guard . Turn GUARD
gun guard latch to left to lock
LATCH
25mm gun guard .
IL
END OF TASK
2.171
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS
INITIAL SETUP
Commander
LEFT COAX RIGHT COAX

MACHINE GUN MACHINE GUN
ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR
1. OPEN COAX MACHINE GUN FOR

ACCESS DOORS .
a . Pull down two handles .
b . Pull out left coax machine
View
JIN
gun access door.
c. Push in right coax machine

!!.
gun access door.

d . Release two handles .
RIGHT COAX
LEFT COAX MACHINE GUN
MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOOR
ACCESS DOOR HANDLES
e
2. CLOSE COAX MACHINE GUN

ACCESS DOORS .
a . Pull down two handles .
EL
b. Pull out right coax machine

gun access door.
c. Push in left coax machine
gun access door.
d . Release two handles .
END OF TASK
2:172
TM 8-2350-252-10-2
OPERATE INTERCOM SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required: Equipment Conditions:

Commander (TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
TURRET POWER switch ON
References : Relay box assembly switch ON .
TM 9 2350-252-101 (page 2-16).
Radio-intercom switch in
INTERCOM position (page 2-10)
Intercom amplifier ON .
(page 2-10)
CVC HELMET
NOTE IHELMET
Procedure for operating intercom sys. ICORD
tem is same for gunner and com. QUICK
mander except for step 6 (gunner
be DISCONNECT
only). PLUG
1. PLUG IN CVC HELMET.
a. Plug helmet cord into quick

disconnect plug.
A
IT INT
ORZOZY
COM
RAD
INT JACK JACK
b. Plug long cord into INT

jack . Plug short cord into
LONG JSHORT
RAD jack CORD
CORD

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CVC HELMET
2. PUT ON CVC HELMET.

a. Place CVC helmet on head .
Adjust chin strap as needed. CHIN STRAP
NOTE INTERCOM
ALL position operates radios and CONTROL
intercom . INT ONLY position operates BOX
only intercom . Use ALL position when ALL
talking to another vehicle . I.VT.
O
마
1 ТО,
3. SELECT CHANNEL ON
U
INTERCOM CONTROL BOX.
4. MOVE HELMET SWITCH ON

LEFT OF HELMET TO REAR TO
TALK AND LISTEN .
བ
HELMET
SWITCH
a
ALL
ST
Zaini
OR
INTERCOM E
CONTROL
5. ADJUST VOLUME KNOB ON BOX
INTERCOM CONTROL BOX. དུ༣༠
VOLUME
KNOB
2.174
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
. FLOOR SWITCH
6. HAVE GUNNER PRESS FLOOR

SWITCH TO TALK. RELEASE
FLOOR SWITCH TO LISTEN .
END OF TASK
2.175
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
CLOSEIOPEN BLACKOUT COVERS
INITIAL SETUP
Gunner or Commander
6000
NOTE
There is one blackout cover for each of
the 10 turret periscopes on IFVICFV.
The one shown here is in gunner's
area .
BLACKOUT
COVER
70
1. CLOSE BLACKOUT COVER.
BLACKOUT
a. Pull blackout cover tab up . COVER
TAB
b . Press edges of blackout
cover against periscope
glass to secure in place. PERISCOPE
2. OPEN SLACKOUT COVER.
a. Pull blackout cover down .

b. Press blackout cover against BLACKOUT
bottom of periscope to COVER
secure .
END OF TASK
2.176
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
OPERATE TURRET LIGHTS
DESCRIPTION
This task covers : Operate Service Light (page 2: 177). Operate Utility
Light ( page 2-179) . Operate Dome Lights
( page 2.181 ) .
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions:

Commander MASTER POWER switch ON
Gunner (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
References :
TM 9-2350-252-10.1
OPERATE SERVICE LIGHT
NOTE
There are five bases from which ser.
vice light can be operated .
Service light is normally stowed on
base to right of 25mm gun guard .
Service light can be mounted on any
one of three bases behind 25mm gun
guard : 25mm gun guard must be
removed and gun cover must be
opened. Step 1 applies only if service
light is to be mounted behind 25mm
gun guard .
1. REMOVE 25MM GUN GUARD
AND OPEN GUN COVER . See
task : OPERATE 25MM GUN
GUARD AND GUN COVER ,
page 2-169.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.177
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
21
BASE
coo
NOTE
Steps 2 and 3 tell you how to move
sevice light from one base to another.
You should place service light where
you need it .
2. PULL SERVICE LIGHT FROM

BASE. SERVICE
LIGHT
3. PUSH SERVICE LIGHT ONTO
BASE .
NOTE
BLACKOUT
Blackout light is used in night SERVICE
operations . White light is used in day LIGHT
operations . LENS
4. OPERATE SERVICE LIGHT.
a . If using service light during

day operations, pull out SERVICE SERVICE
LIGHT LIGHT
blackout service light lens. KNOB
b. Turn service light knob to left
or right to turn on service light .
c. Turn service light knob to left
or right to turn off service
light . BLACKOUT
SERVICE SERVICE
d. Snap in blackout service light LIGHT LIGHT
lens . LENS
SERVICE
LIGHT
KNOB
2.178
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
5. PULL SERVICE LIGHT FROM

BASE , IF INSTALLED , BEHIND
25MM GUN GUARD . BASE
6. PUSH SERVICE LIGHT ONTO
BASE.
7. INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD
AND CLOSE GUN COVER . See
task: OPERATE 25MM GUN
page 2-169 .
SERVICE
OPERATE UTILITY LIGHT LIGHT
NOTE
There are five bases from which utility
light can be operated . Utility light can
also be operated in hand .
Utility light is normally stowed on
base on right coax machine gun
access door.
Utility light can be mounted on any
one of three bases behind 25mm gun
guard . 25mm gun guard must be
removed and gun cover must be
opened. Step 8 applies only if utility
light is to be mounted behind 25mm
gun guard . UTILITY
Steps 9 and 10 tell how to move utility LIGHT
light from one base to another. You
should move light where you need it.
AND OPEN GUN COVER. See
GUARD AND GUN COVER,
page 2.169 .
9. PULL UTILITY LIGHT FROM BASE
BASE .
10. PUSH UTILITY LIGHT ONTO
BASE .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOTE
Blackout light is used in night
operations. White light is used in day
operations.
FLOOD.SPOT twist ring on utility
light may be used to increase light
cover area .
UTILITY
LIGHT
11. OPERATE UTILITY LIGHT.
FLOOD-SPOT
a. Move utility light TWIST RING
UTILITY
blackout-white switch to LIGHT
blackout (red) position or UTILITY
BLACKOUT
LIGHT WHITE
white position. OFF.DIM .
SWITCH
b. Turn utility light OFF -DIM BRIGHT
BRIGHT switch all the way to SWITCH
right for bright light. I UTILITY
ILIGHT
c . Turn utility light FLOOD
SPOT twist ring to left.
d. Press utility light signal
button to operate utility light
manually .
UTILITY
e. Turn utility light FLOOD.
LIGHT
SPOT twist ring to right. SIGNAL
f. Turn utility light OFF.DIM BUTTON
BRIGHT switch to right.
g . Turn utility light OFF- DIM.
BRIGHT switch to far left to
turn off utility light.
2.180
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
12. PULL UTILITY LIGHT FROM

BASE , IF INSTALLED , BEHIND
25MM GUN GUARD . UTILITY
LIGHT
13. PUSH UTILITY LIGHT ONTO
BASE.
14. INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD

AND CLOSE GUN COVER . See
BASE
page 2.169 .
OPERATE DOME LIGHTS
21
1
This
LIGHT
SELECTOR
NOTE SWITCH
Ramp must be closed to operate white
and blackout dome lights .
BLACKOUT
All white dome lights are operated in
D(
RELEASE
Q
the same way. BUTTON
15. OPERATE WHITE DOME

LIGHTS. STOP
a. Press blackout release
WHITE
button. Move light selector DOME DOME
switch past stop toward LIGHT LIGHT
edge of dome light .

TM 9-2350-252-10-2
LIGHT
SELECTOR
SWITCH
b. Press blackout release

button . Turn light selector STOP
di
o
switch past stop to off
position.
BLACKOUT
RELEASE
BUTTON
NOTE
All blackout dome lights are operated LIGHT
in the same way. SELECTOR
SWITCH
16. OPERATE BLACKOUT DOME
LIGHTS .
DOME
a. Turn light selector switch ILIGHT
toward center of dome light.
0
LIGHT
BLACKOUT SELECTOR
DOME SWITCH
LIGHT
E
Ō
b. Turn light selector switch

past stop to oft position . STOP
END OF TASK
2.182
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BORESIGHT WEAPONS SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
This task covers: Boresight 25mm Gun (page 2.184 ). Boresight Coax
Machine Gun (page 2-194). Boresight Night Sight to
Day Sight Using Convenient Target Method (page 2
199) . Boresight Night Sight to Day Sight Using
Buddy Boresight Method (page 2-202). Boresight
TOW Launcher (page 2-209) .
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : References:
25mm boresight adapter TM 9-2350-252-10-1

(Item 13, App B)
7.62mm boresight kit Equipment Conditions :
(Item 39, App B) Engine stopped
Flat-tip screwdriver, 1/8 inch (TM 9-350-252-10-1 )
(Item 61 , App B) 25mm gun unloaded ( page 2-303)
Socket wrench extension , 1/2 Coax machine gun unloaded
inch ( Item 25 , App B) (page 2-359)
Socket wrench ratchet handle , TOW missile launcher unloaded
1/2 inch sq dr (Item 36, App B) (page 2-400)
Socket wrench socket , 1/2 inch Gunner's hatch cover open
sa dr, 9/16 inch 12 pt opening (page 2-150)
( Item 68, App B) Turret travel lock engaged
Flat -tip screwdriver, 318 inch (page 2-141 )
wide blade ( item 64 , App B) MASTER POWER switch ON
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
Gunner
Helper (H )

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BORESIGHT 25MM GUN
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
not look at sun
through ISU .
25mm gun may re
sult in death or in
jury . Make sure
ARM - SAFE- RESET
switch is in SAFE
position.
Accidental firing of 25mm gun dur.

ing boresighting could result in
death or injury. Clear and unload
25mm gun before boresighting.
1. START ENGINE. See
1
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
NOTE
A square shape makes the best target
to boresight 25mm gun.
2. DRIVE VEHICLE TO WITHIN
3960 FEET ( 1200 METERS) OF
SUITABLE TARGET, AND POSI . TURRET
TION VEHICLE FACING TAR POWER
GET . See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 . SWITCH
3. STOP ENGINE . See Pim ' TOW

TUARE DEME
PONER SYSTEM NORT
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
4. MOVE TURRET POWER SWITCH

TO ON .
2.184
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
(D"
: OOO
NOTE
ISU needs 10 minutes to cool down
after NIGHT VISION PWR switch is
moved to ON . If night sight is to be ON
aso
boresighted to day sight , NIGHT
VISION PWR switch should be turned P
W OFF
on now .
NIGHT VISION R
PWR SWITCH BRSIT
5. MOVE NIGHT VISION PWR
SWITCH TO ON .
000
NIGHT SIGHT
COVER HANDLE
DAY SIGHT
COVER HANDLE
UDSA
6. RAISE BALLISTIC SIGHT COVER
DOORS .
a. Pull down on day and night
sight cover handles .
a
RANGE
CONTROL KNOB
28 30
22 26
4
8
2
10
20
7. MOVE RANGE CONTROL KNOB

TO O.

TM 9-2350-252-10-2
HIGH LOW
MAG
ISWITCH
8. MOVE MAG SWITCH TO HIGH

UNTIL IT CLICKS . MAG
DE
SENSOR SELECT SWITCH
CLEAR
9. MOVE SENSOR SELECT NIGHT DAY
SWITCH TO CLEAR OR
NEUTRAL.
O NEUTRAL
‫مرنا‬
17.,0
. lng
.
pi
AP SS BUTTON
OKOS
NOTE
0.000
25mm gun can be boresighted by

pressing either AP SS or HE SS
c
button. AP SS will be used in this task.

O
LO AMMO light will flash when AP SS

o
)O
or HE SS button is pressed.
(1)0
c.c
10. PRESS AP SS BUTTON .
2.186
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
UTI
11. CHECK THAT AP APPEARS ON

STATUS INDICATOR .
a. If AP appears on status
indicator, go to step 12. - :
b. If AP does not appear on 15
status indicator, notify
organizational maintenance . 00 A
I STATUS
INDICATOR
TURRET TRAVERSE
OCO
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER

MANUAL POSITION .
b. Move turret traverse drive PUSHBUTTON

position.
1
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
t GUN ELEVATION
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER

SELECT LEVER TO MANUAL
POSITION .
a. Press and hold pushbutton. PUSHBUTTON

position .
PUSHBUTTON

POSITION .
TOW ELEVATION
a. Press and hold pushbutton. DRIVE SELECT
b . Move TOW elevation drive LEVER
select lever to POWER
position.
2.188
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
GUN
RETICLE
15. CENTER GUN RETICLE ON
AIMING POINT OF TARGET.
a. Manually elevate or depress

25mm gun and traverse turret
-
as needed . See task :
OPERATE TURRET
MANUALLY, page 2-439. 00 A NAIMING
POINT
CAUTION
Too much force will damage
boresight telescope . Do not jam
boresight telescope into 25mm
boresight adapter.
NOTE
Shank of boresight telescope is
tapered . You should slide shank into
25mm boresight adapter far enough
so that you can turn boresight
telescope and boresight telescope
will hold its own weight.
25MM BORESIGHT ADAPTER

16. (H) INSTALL 25MM BORESIGHT
ADAPTER AND BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE .
a. Push 25mm boresight EYEPIECE

25MM GUNU
adapter into 25mm gun barrel
BARREL
until seated .
BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE
SHANK
b. Push shank gently into 25mm
boresight adapter until
✓
seated .
c . Turn boresight telescope so

tua
fiat
25MM BORESIGHT
ADAPTER
that eyepiece is at top.

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
d . Tell gunner that boresight EYEPIECE

telescope and 25mm
BORESIGHT
boresight adapter are in .
TELESCOPE
e . Hang red streamer on 25mm
125MM BORESIGHT
boresight adapter. ADAPTER
17. (H) FOCUS BORESIGHT

TELESCOPE ON TARGET. RED
STREAMER
a . Look into eyepiece and move
vernier focus dial up or down .
VERNIER FOCUS DIAL
b. Rotate eyepiece .

LOCK. See task: OPERATE
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK,
DI
page 2-141 .
WARNING 그
Fast motion of
25mm gun during
boresighting could
cause injury. Make
고 sure
MANUAL
turret is in
mode .
Move 25mm gun very slowly during
boresighting
TARGET
NOTE
Gunner and helper do steps 19 and 20
together . AIMING
POINT
19. (H) ALINE ELEVATION
CROSSHAIR IN BORESIGHT
RETICLE ON AIMING POINT OF
TARGET.
ELEVATION
a. Tell gunner to manually CROSSHAIR
elevate or depress 25mm gun
as needed . See task:
OPERATE TURRET
MANUALLY , page 2-439 . BORESIGHTI
RETICLE
D
2.190
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
20. (H) ALINE AZIMUTH AIMING

CROSSHAIR IN BORESIGHT 1 POINT
TARGET.
a. Tell gunner to manually

traverse turret as needed. See AZIMUTHU NBORESIGHT
task: OPERATE TURRET CROSSHAIR TRETICLE
MANUALLY, page 2-439.
21. ( H ) CHECK ACCURACY OF

BORESIGHT TELESCOPE .
a. Rotate boresight telescope

coc
e Janna
90 ° to right , and look at aim
ing point in boresight reti . BORESIGHT
cle .
TELESCOPE
n n a
b . Rotate boresight telescope
90 ° to left , and look at aim.
ing point in boresight reti .
Pla BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE
cle .
INNER RING
c . If aiming point stayed in
inner ring of boresight reti .
cle for both steps a and b
AIMING POINT
above , go to step 22 .
d . If aiming point moved out of

AIMING POINT
inner ring of boresight reticle,
boresight telescope is not
accurate. Insert another
boresight telescope and INNER RING
repeat steps 17 thru 21 .

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
FOCUS
22. TURN FOCUS ESAPEL TO BARREL
FOCUS GUN RETICLE .
NOTE
Boresight reticle and gun reticle must
be focused on same aiming point of IGUN
target. IRETICLE
23. CHECK ALINEMENT OF GUN

TARGET.
AIMING
a. If gun reticle is alined on 00 $ POINT
aiming point of target , go to
step 25.
IGUN
1RETICLE
b. If gun reticle is not alined on

aiming point of target, go to AIMING
step 24 . | POINT
00 .
IGUN
BORESIGHT
COVER
QUN SORESIGHT
24. ALINE GUN RETICLE ON

AIMING POINT OF TARGET.
a. Lift GUN BORESIGHT cover .
1
2.192
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
b. Turn EL knob to aline

elevation of gun reticle on CUN BORESIGHT
aiming point of target .
c. Turn AZ knob to aline
azimuth of gun reticle on
AZ EL
aiming point of target .
KNOB KNOB
IGUN
RETICLE
d . If gun reticle does not aline .
on aiming point of target, AIMING

notify organizational POINT
maintenance .
00A
GUN
o BORESIGHT
e . Close GUN BORESIGHT ICOVER
cover .
GUN BORESIGHT
BORESIGHT
25. (H) REMOVE BORESIGHT TELESCOPE
TELESCOPE AND 25MM 25MM GUN
BORESIGHT ADAPTER FROM BARREL
25MM GUN BARREL .
a Pull boresight telescope

gently from 25mm boresight
25MM
adapter. BORESIGHT
ADAPTERI
25MM GUN
b . Pull 25mm boresight adapter IBARREL
and red streamer out of
25mm gun barrel .
c . Tell gunner that boresight
telescope and 25mm IRED
boresight adapter are out. STREAMER

TM 9.2350.252.10-2
BORESIGHT COAX MACHINE GUN
WARNING
coax machine gun
may result in death
✓ or injury. Make sure
ARM - SAFE RESET
.
switch is in SAFE
position.
gun during boresighting could result
in death or injury. Clear and unload
1 coax machine gun before bore.
sighting.
Looking at sun
through ISU may
cause blindness. Do
not look at sun LO AMMO
through ISU . INDICATOR
7.62 BUTTON
LIGHT
NOTE
c
.0
LO AMMO indicator light will flash

•).
OO1°
when 7.62 button is pressed .

)(0
26. PRESS 7.62 BUTTON .
2.194
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
27. CHECK THAT 7.62 APPEARS IN

STATUS INDICATOR .
a . If 7.62 appears in status
indicator, go to step 28 . - *
b . If 7.62 does not appear in
organizational maintenance . 00
STATUS
INDICATOR
GUNI AIMING
TARGET. RETICLEN IPOINT
a. If gun reticle is alined on
aiming point of target , go to
step 29.
b. It gun reticle is not alined on
aiming point of target , notify
organizational maintenance. 00
NOTE
Coax machine gun can be boresighted
on same target as 25mm gun. While
moving to commander's station ,
handwheels or controls should not be 4
moved .
‫ܕ ܐ‬
29. SIT IN COMMANDER'S SEAT. 平行。COMMANDER'S
SEAT

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
‫ܢ‬ ‫ܢ‬ ‫ܢܐ‬ €

CAUTION
Too much force will damage bore
sigh : telescope. Boresight tele.
scope should not be jammed into
boresight adapter. COAX
MACHINE
30. (H) INSTALL BORESIGHT GUN BARREL
ADAPTER AND BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE.
a. Push boresight adapter into BORESIGHT

coax machine gun barrel . IADAPTER
b. Push shank of boresight BORESIGHT

ADAPTER
telescope into boresight
adapter. EYEPIECE
Oia
c. Turn boresight telescope so BORESIGHT

TELESCOPE
d . Tell gunner that boresight IRED
telescope and boresight STREAMER
adapter are in . VERNIER
FOCUS
e. Hang red streamer on DIAL SHANK
boresight adapter. BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE
EYEPIECE
31. (H) FOCUS BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE ON TARGET.
a. Look into eyepiece and move

vernier focus dial up or down.
VERNIER
b. Rotate eyepiece. FOCUS
DIAL
2.196
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
32. OPEN COAX MACHINE GUN AIMING

TARGET
ACCESS DOORS . See task : POINTI
OPERATE COAX MACHINE
GUN ACCESS DOORS ,
page 2-172 .
NOTE
To move coax machine gun to right, AZ
knob is tumed back toward you. To move
coax machine gun to left, AZ knob is
tumed forward.
33. ( H) ALINE AZIMUTH AIMING

CROSSHAIR OF BORESIGHT POINT
TARGET. BORESIGHT
RETICLE
AZIMUTH
CROSSHAIR
19
D D I
DO
VID
AZ
a. To move coax machine gun KNOB
left or right , tell gunner to

move AZ knob .
b . If gun reticle cannot be bore
sighted, notify organizational
maintenance .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TARGET
AIMING BORESIGHT
POINT RETICLE
ELEVATION
CROSSHAIR
.34. (H) ALINE ELEVATION
mo
CROSSHAIR IN BORESIGHT
Ty
TARGET.
a. To move coax machine gun
up or down , tell gunner to
move EL knob .
b . If gun reticle cannot be EL

boresighted , notify organiza KNOB
tional maintenance . BORESIGHT
ADAPTER
35. (H) REMOVE BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE AND BORESIGHT
ADAPTER.
me@i)
a. Pull boresight telescope

gently from boresight BORESIGHT
adapter . TELESCOPE
b . Pull boresight adapter and BORESIGHT

red streamer from coax ADAPTER
machine gun barrel .
COAX MACHINE
c. Tell gunner that boresight
GUN BARREL
telescope and boresight
adapter are out. RED
STREAMER
d. Remove red streamer.

ACCESS DOORS . See task :
GUN ACCESS DOORS .
page 2-172 .
2.198
TM 9.2350-252. 10-2
BORESIGHT NIGHT SIGHT TO DAY SIGHT USING

CONVENIENT TARGET METHOD
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
cause blindness. Do
Doc not look

through ISU .
at sun
CAUTION
Outside air temperature changes of
20 ° F (11 °C) can cause night sight to
lose accuracy. When outside air
temperature changes by 20 ° F
(11 °C), boresight night sight to day
sight.
NOTE
There are two methods of boresighting
night sight to day sighi. Convenient tar.
get method (steps 37 thru 44) should be
used when visibility is good for 3280
feet (1000 meters ). Buddy boresighting
method (steps 45 thru 64) should be
used when visibility is poor, but not less
than 656 feet (200 meters).
Night sight to day sight should not be ON

boresighted until 25mm gun is
P
boresighted. W OFF
R
BASIT
37. CHECK THAT NIGHT VISION
PWR SWITCH IS ON .
CLEAR
NIGHT VISION
PWR SWITCH
38. MOVE SENSOR SELECT
SWITCH TO NIGHT.
NIGHT
O
NEUTRAL
DAY
USENSOR SELECT
ISWITCH
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.199
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NIGMI VISION ON
Õcome: Ofr
39. TURN BRT KNOB TO ADJUST IAT INSIT
BRIGHTNESS . BRT
KNOB CON KNOB
40. TURN CON KNOB TO ADJUST
CONTRAST .
dil
FOCUS
IT
KNOB
!
NOTE
A freewheeling effect will be noticed if VOS

seven to nine tums from a fully right
position.
41. TURN FOCUS KNOB TO FOCUS
GUN RETICLE.
AIMING
NOTE
POINT JELEVATION
When boresighting night sight to day
sight after boresighting 25mm gun, sta. CROSSHAIR
tus indicator will show either AP SS or
HE SS. If coax machine gun has been
boresighted after boresighting 25mm
gut , status indicator will show 7.62
when boresighting night sight to day
sight.
42. ALINE ELEVATION CROSS
HAIR AND AZIMUTH CROSS
00
AZIMUTH
HAIR IN GUN RETICLE ON CROSSHAIR
AIMING POINT OF TARGET .
2-200
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NIGHT BORESIGHT
111
COVER
a. Lift NIGHT BORESIGHT

cover .
b. Turn EL knob to aline O @
elevation crosshair on aiming
point of target. AZ EL
KNOB KNOB
c. Turn AZ knob to aline
azimuth crosshair on aiming SENSOR SELECT
point of target . 1SWITCH
CLEAR

SWITCH TO CLEAR OR
NIGHT
o
NEUTRAL
DAY
AZIMUTH
NEUTRAL. CROSSHAIR
44. CHECK ALINEMENT OF GUN AIMINGI

RETICLE ON AIMING POINT OF POINT
TARGET.
-
a . If elevation crosshair and

azimuth crosshair in gun
reticle aline on aiming point, ELEVATION
night sight is boresighted to CROSSHAIR 00
day sight .
b . If elevation crosshair and ELEVATION
CROSSHAIR
reticle do not aline on aiming
AIMING
point, notify organizational 1 POINT
maintenance .
00
JAZIMUTH
ON
ICROSSHAIR

TM 9.2350-252.10-2
COD
NIGHT BORESIGHT
COVER
NT TOAINONT
C. Close NIGHT BORESIGHT

cover .
BORESIGHT NIGHT SIGHT TO DAY SIGHT USING BUDDY

BORESIGHT METHOD
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
cause blindness. Do
not look at sun
through isu.
CAUTION
Outside air temperature changes of
20 ° F (11 ° C) can cause night sight
to lose accuracy. When outside air
temperature changes by 20 ° F
(11 °C), boresight night sight to day
sight.
NOTE
There are two methods of boresight .
ing night sight to day sight. Conven .
ient target method (steps 37 thru 44)
should be used when visibility is good
for 3280 feet (1000 meters). Buddy
boresighting method (steps 45 thru
64) should be used when visibility is
poor , but not less than 656 feet (200
meters ). You should not boresight
night sight to day sight until 25mm
gun has been boresighied .
45. START ENGINES OF TWO

VEHICLES. See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
2-202
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
ima
200 METERS
46. DRIVE TWO VEHICLES TO

LEVEL GROUND AND POSITION
THE TWO VEHICLES FACING
EACH OTHER , NO LESS THAN
‫جم‬
Cools
656 FEET (200 METERS) APART.
See TM 9-2350-252-10-1. .
47. STOP ENGINES OF TWO

VEHICLES. See
TM 9-2350-252-10.1 .
2011
TUARE' DAME TO
48. MOVE TURRET POWER SYSTEM ABO
SWITCHES IN BOTH
VEHICLES TO ON .
TURRET POWER SWITCH
OOO
NIGHT VISION
NOTE PWR SWITCH
Alter NIGHT VISION PWR switch is
turned on, night vision control need 10
W.M NIGHT VISION O
minutes to cool down .
OFF
BRT CON OR SIT

SWITCHES IN BOTH
VEHICLES TO ON .

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
31.03
IL,
NOTE
25mm gun can be boresighted by
pressing either AP SS or HE SS but.
ton. AP SS will be used in this task. LO
AMMO indicator light will flash when
0.000
AP SS or HE SS button is pressed .
01
Oo
138
()
o
47)(
O.
50. PRESS AP SS BUTTON .
0O
;)1(01
O(
(0)
AP SS BUTTON
GUN RETICLE
51. CHECK THAT AP APPEARS ON

STATUS INDICATOR .
a. If AP appears on status indi .
cator , go to step 52.

b. If AP does not appear on
status indicator, notify 006
organizational maintenance. STATUS
INDICATOR
52. TURN FOCUS BARREL TO

FOCUS GUN RETICLE .
с
FOCUS BARREL
2.204
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
‫ܫܨܘ‬
NIGHT VISION
ON IPWR SWITCH
OFF
R
SWITCH TO BRSIT.
BRSIT
NOTE
Day sight gun reticle is allned with
boresight lamp on other vehicle.
Night sight gun reticle is alined with
thermal resistor on other vehicle . ELEVATION
CROSSHAIR
54. (H) ALINE ELEVATION
CROSSHAIR IN GUN RETICLE
ON BORESIGHT LAMP OF
OTHER VEHICLE.
a. Tell boresighting gunner to

manualiy elevate or depress
25mm gun as needed . See
task : OPERATE TURRET 00
MANUALLY , page 2-439. BORESIGHT
AZIMUTH
LAMP
CROSSHAIR
55. ALINE AZIMUTH CROSSHAIR IN
GUN RETICLE ON BORESIGHT
LAMP OF OTHER VEHICLE.
a. Tell boresighting gunner to

manually traverse turret as
needed . See task : OPERATE
TURRET MANUALLY , 00 .
page 2.439 . BORESIGHT
LAMP
02
CLEAR
NIGHT DAY
SENSOR
SELECT NEUTRAL
SWITCH TO NIGHT. SWITCH

TM S-2350.252.10.2
57. TURN BRT KNOB TO ADJUST
10:
NIGHT VISION ON
BRIGHTNESS .
IRT CON
☺.
BRSIT
OFF

CONTRAST . BRT CON
KNOB KNOB
FOCUS
NOTE KNOB
A freewheeling effect will be noticed if
position. CONC
59. TURN FOCUS KNOB TO

FOCUS GUN RETICLE .
ITHERMAL
1RESISTOR
RETICLE ON THERMAL GUNI
RESISTOR OF OTHER VEHI RETICLE
CLE.
a. If elevation crosshair and
reticle are alined on thermal 00
AZIMUTHI
resistor of other vehicle , CROSSHAIRI ELEVATION
night sight is boresighted . CROSSHAIR
Go to step 62 .
b . If elevation crosshair and IGUN
azimuth crosshair in gun IRETICLE
-
reticle are not alined on
thermal resistor of other
či
vehicle, go to step 61 . ITHERMAL
00 :
RESISTOR
2.206
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NIGHT
BORESIGHT
COVER
‫نمی‬
61. ALINE ELEVATION CROSS.
@
HAIR AND AZIMUTH EL
AZ
CROSSHAIP IN GUN RETICLE KNOB
KNOB
ON THERMAL RESISTOR OF
THERMAL
OTHER VEHICLE . RESISTOR
ELEVATION
a . Lift NIGHT BORESIGHT
CROSSHAIR
cover .
b. Turn EL knob to aline eleva .

tion crosshair on thermal
resistor of other vehicle .
c . Turn AZ knob to aline
azimuth crosshair on ther. 00 A
mal resistor of other vehicle . GUN
RETICLE AZIMUTH
CROSSHAIR
d . CIOSE NIGHT EORESIGHT

NOW DORISON
cover .
NIGHT BORESIGHT
COVER
CLEAR
& NIGHT DAY
62. MOVE SENSOR SELECT SENSOR NEUTRAL

SWITCH TO CLEAR OP. SELECT
NEUTRAL . SWITCH

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

RETICLE ON BORESIGHT
LAMP OF OTHER VEHICLE.
GUN
RETICLE
a . If crosshairs in gun reticle
are alined on boresight lamp
of other vehicle , go to
step 64.
BORESIGHTU
LAMPI 00 A
ELEVATION GUN
CROSSHAIR RETICLE
b. If elevation crosshair and

reticle are not alined on
boresight lamp of other vehi.
cle, notify organizational
maintenance.
BORESIGHT 00 $ JAZIMUTH
LAMP CROSSHAIR
10
ON
α3α
64 , MOVE NIGHT VISION PWR W OFF

SWITCH TO OFF. R
NIGHT VISION BRSIT
PWR SWITCH
2-208
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BORESIGHT TOW LAUNCHER
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
not look at sun
through ISU.
TOW missile could
result in death or in.
jury . Make sure
ARM.SAFE - RESET
switch is in SAFE
position.
Accidental firing of TOW missile
could result in death or injury .
Unload and clear TOW launcher
before boresighting.
65. SELECT A SUITABLE TARGET TARGET

3960 FEET ( 1200 METERS)
AWAY FROM YOU. REPEAT
STEPS 1 THRU 5.
OOO MAG
SWITCH
다.
HIGH LOW
9

MAG
UNTIL IT CLICKS .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-209
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
SENSOR
CLEAR SELECT
SWITCH

SWITCH TO CLEAR OR
NEUTRAL.
NIGHT
NEUTRAL
O DAY
WARNING
Soldiers on top of
vehicle in path of
moving TOW launch.
er could be killed or
,
5
RHA
injured. Check top of

vehicle. Make sure
no soldiers or equipment is in path of
moving TOW launcher. are
68. RAISE TOW LAUNCHER . See

task: OPERATE TOW
LAUNCHER IN POWER MODE,
PM
page 2-362 . PONER
TADO ' DRME
SYSTEM
Ton
ASORT
mere

B)
SWITCH TO OFF .

かに
TOW BUTTON
ON 2
MASSIV TBT
WOO
TACKP
70. PRESS TOW BUTTON .
AWP ST
2-21 0
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
los
on
70
NOTE
0-34
After depressing TOW button , TOW
indicator light will come on. TOW TOW INDICATOR LIGHT
TEST indicator light will come on for
about 12 seconds and then go out.
71. CHECK THAT TOW INDICATOR OKO

LIGHT STAYS ON WHEN TOW 3 2
LALSCHE MSS... 35
TEST INDICATOR LIGHT GOES C!
OUT. PE S?
TOW TEST
INDICATOR LIGHT
72. CHECK THAT TOW APPEARS

ON STATUS INDICATOR .
a. If TOW appears on status in
ros
dicator, go to step 73.

b. If TOW does not appear on
organizational maintenance . STATUS INDICATOR

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Soldiers on top of
vehicle in path of
moving TOW launch.
er could be killed or
2 Injured. Check top of

vehicle. Make sure
no soldiers or equipment is in path of
moving TOW launcher.
Fast motion of TOW launcher during
boresighting could cause injury.
Make sure TOW launcher and turret
are in MANUAL mode. Move TOW
launcher very slowly during bore .
sighting.
CAUTION
Operating TOW elevation hand .
wheel with both TOW elevation
ll
drive select lever and gun elevation
drive select lever will break linkage.
Check that gun elevation drive PO
select lever in the MANUAL posi.
tion is in POWER position before
manual TOW operation .
TOW ELEVATION
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER

POSITION .

position .
G
PUSHBUTTON
2.212
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
7$ 7976

POSITION .
select lever to POWER posi VISI
tion .
PUSHBUTTON GUN ELEVATION

DRIVE SELECT LEVER
TURRET TRAVERSE
DRIVE SELECT LEVER

MANUAL POSITION .

select lever to MANUAL PUSHBUTTON
position.
c . Release pushbutton.
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
CAUTION
Too much force will damage bore. IU S
sight telescope. Do not jam bore . T O R
‫ܝܺܝ‬
sight telescope Into TOW launcher. AU
NOTE
Shank of boresight telescope is
tapered . Slide shank into TOW
launcher far enough so that boresight
telescope will hold its own weight. BORESIGHT
TOW
TELESCOPE
LAUNCHER
EYEPIECE
76. ( H ) INSTALL BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE .
a. Push shank of boresight

telescope gently into TOW
launcher until seated .
b. Turn boresight telescope so

BORESIGHT
4C
SHANK
TELESCOPE
c . Tell gunner that boresight

telescope is in .
th
d. Hang red streamer on

boresight telescope .
77. RELEASE TURRET TRAVEL RED

LOCK . See task : OPERATE STREAMER
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK,
page 2-141 .
2.214
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Fast motion of TOW
launcher during
boresighting may
result in injury .
Make sure TOW
launcher and turret
are in MANUAL mode . Move TOW
launcher very slowly during bore. AIMING POINT
sighting . TARGET
CAUTION
Manual operation of TOW launcher
with both TOW and gun elevation
drive select levers in MANUAL posi. .
tion will break linkage . Check that

gun elevation drive select lever is in
POWER position before manual
६०
operation of TOW launcher. AZIMUTH
CROSSHAIR
78. ALIGN AZIMUTH CROSSHAIR
OF TOW RETICLE ON AIMING
POINT OF TARGET . VERNIER FOCUS
DIAL
a. Manually traverse turret as EYEPIECE
needed . See task : OPERATE
TURRET MANUALLY ,
page 2-439.
C
79. (H ) FOCUS BORESIGHT TELE
SCOPE ON TARGET . BORESIGHT TELESCOPE
a. Look into eyepiece and move 2001
AR
vernier focus dial up or down .
b. Rotate eyepiece .
TARGET
BORESIGHT TELESCOPE

TM 9-2350-252-10-2
TARGET
80. (H) CHECK ALIGNMENT OF
BORESIGHT TELESCOPE RETI.
WATT
CLE ON AIMING POINT OF
TARGET.
a. If the azimuth crosshair of
AIMING
the boresight telescope reti. POINT
cle aligns on the aiming
point of the target , tow
launcher is boresighted in
azimuth . Go to step 82 . BORESIGHT
TELESCOPE
b . If the azimuth crosshair of AIMING
the boresight telescope reti. POINT
cle does not align on aiming
point of target , go to step
81 .
81. (G) ALIGN TOW MISSILE

LAUNCHER IN AZIMUTH .
a. Loosen eight tow launcher AZIMUTH V
mounting screws. Use CROSSHAIR
socket wrench socket ,
extension and handle.
b . Pivot tow missile launcher
within its armor box until
boresight telescope azimuth
crosshair aligns on aiming
point of target . Use 3/8 inch
flat-tip screwdriver .
ARMOR TOW
c . Tighten four center tow BASE
BOX LAUNCHER
PLATE
launcher mounting screws
so tow launcher will not
pivot on base plate . Use
socket wrench socket ,
extension , and handle .
d . Tighten four end tow
launcher mounting screws
so launcher will not pivot on
base plate . Use socket END CENTER END
wrench socket , extension , MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING
and handle. SCREWS SCREWS SCREWS
2.216
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
e . Repeat step 80 to check

alignment of boresight tele.
scope on aiming point of tar. TARGET
get .
82. (H ) CHECK ELEVATION ALIGN

MENT OF BORESIGHT TELE.
SCOPE RETICLE ON AIMING AIMING
POINT
POINT OF TARGET .
a. If elevation crosshair of the
boresight telescope reticle
BORESIGHT
aligns on the aiming point of
TELESCOPE
the target , go to step 84.
b . If the elevation crosshair of
the boresight telescope reti.
cle does not align on the AIMING
aiming point of the target , POINT
go to step 83.
CAUTION
Operating gun elevation handwheel
with both TOW elevation drive
select lever and gun elevation drive
select lever in MANUAL position
will break linkage . Check that gun ELEVATION
elevation drive select lever is in CROSSHAIR
POWER position before manual
TOW operation .
83. (H ) ALIGN ELEVATION CROSS
HAIR OF BORESIGHT TELE.
SCOPE RETICLE ON AIMING
POINT TO TARGET .
a. Tell gunner to manually ele

vate or depress TOW
launcher as needed . See
task : OPERATE TURRET
MANUALLY , page 2-439.
GO TO NEXT PAGE 2. 217

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
84. CHECK ELEVATION ALIGN .

MENT OF TOW RETICLE ON
a . If elevation crosshair of
TOW reticle aligns on aim.
ing point of target , TOW
launcher is boresighted in
elevation , go to step 86 . ELEVATION
b . If elevation crosshair of CROSSHAIR TARGET
TOW reticle does not align

on aiming point of target , go
to next step.
85. ALINE ELEVATION CROSS.

HAIR OF TOW RETICLE ON
30
a. Turn TOW boresight adjust AIMING POINT

ment screw until elevation
crosshair alines on aiming TOW BORESIGHT
point of target . Use flat -tip ADJUSTMENT SCREW
screwdriver.
b. Remove screwdriver after
alining elevation crosshair.
c . If aiming point of target
moves up or down from ele.
vation crosshair after remov. GUN BORESIGHT
ing screwdriver, notify
organizational maintenance .
TOW BUTTON
ON 2
LAUNOD SS : T.gr
:
F 5.7
2.218
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BORESIGHT TOW LAUNCHER

TELESCOPEN
87. ( H ) REMOVE BORESIGHT TEL.
ESCOPE .
a. Pull boresight telescope and
КС
II
red streamer gently from
TOW launcher .
b . Tell gunner that boresight

telescope is out .
c . Remove red streamer.
88. LOWER TOW LAUNCHER . See

task : OPERATE TOW RED STREAMER
page 2-362.
:Cill
TAT TUAREN DAME TON

POWER SYSTEM ABORT
SWO
OO
19
SWITCH TO OFF. TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
END OF TASK
2.219
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
BORESIGHT BACKUP SIGHT
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : Equipment Conditions:

Socket head key hex drive Engine stopped
wrench , 9/64 inch (TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
( Item 84, App B) 25mm gun unloaded
Flat-tip screwdriver, 3/16 in . (page 2.303) .
(Item 62 , App B) Coax machine gun unloaded
Open end wrench , 7/16 inch (page 2-359) .
(Item 78 , App B) TOW missile launcher unloaded
Socket wrench socket , (page 2-400 ).
Gunner's hatch cover open
7/16 inch (Item 67 , App B)
(page 2.150).
Personnel Required: Turret travel lock engaged
(page 2.141 ).
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 ).
References:
TM 9.2350-252-10-1
WARNING
Looking at the sun
through backup
sight unit may cause
blindness . Do not
look at sun through
unit.
WARNING
gun could kill or
injure soldiers. Make
sure manual safety
handle is at SAFE .
Accidental firing of gun during

boresighting could kill or injure
soldiers . Clear gun of ammo before
boresighting .
2.220
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Your hands could be
injured if they strike
objects when you
crank 25mm gun
manually. Keep your
hands clear of
objects near hand crank.
Fast motion of gun
during boresighting
could caus . injury.
Make sure turret is
In manual mode .
Move gun very
slowly during boresighting.
NOTE
Backup sight should be boresighted
Immediately after boresighting 25mm
gun. Turret and ISU controls should not
be operated until backup sight is
boresighted.
Backup sight is boresighted on same
target as 25mm gun. Do not move hand
wheels or controls .
1. BORESIGHT 25MM GUN . See

page 2.183 .
2. REPOSITION BACKUP SIGHT

TO COMMANDER'S POSITION .
See task : REPOSITION BACKUP
SIGHT EYEPIECE , page 2-225 .
3. FOCUS BACKUP SIGHT . See
task : ADJUST EYEPIECE DIOP.
TER , page 2-226 .
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
TARGET
JRETICLE CROSSHAIRS,
AIMING POINT
AIMING MIMAGE CENTERED
POINT
IMAGE
4. LOOK AT AIMING- POINT IMAGE
Titii
IN BACKUP SIGHT RETICLE .
a. If aiming point image is in
center of reticle crosshairs,
backup sight is correctly
boresighted. IRETICLE CROSSHAIRS ,
AIMING.POINT
IMAGE NOT CENTERED
b. If aiming- point image is not in

center of backup sight reticle
crosshairs, do steps 5 thru 9.
IRETICLE
5. PERFORM ELEVATION LINK: CROSSHAIRS ,
AGE ADJUSTMENT. AIMING POINT
IMAGE
a. Loosen locknut on crank . Use CENTERED
open end wrench . IVERTICALLY
b . Aline backup sight reticle
crosshair with target .
A
c . Adjust thumbscrews on crank

until reticle crosshair comes
to horizontal line of aiming .
point cross .
Siisissa
d . If adjustment cannot be done
by using thumbscrews , con
tact organizational mainte LOCKNUT
)?y
nance .
CRANK
e . Tighten locknut on crank . Use
socket wrench socket .
THUMBSCREWS
2.222
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOO
HORIZONTAL
6. LOOSEN HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW. LOCK SCREW
a. Turn horizontal adjustment
lock screw about one turn to HORIZONTAL
left . Use 9/64 inch socket ADJUSTMENT
head key wrench . SCREW
NOTE
TARGET
Tuming horizontal adjustment scrow
to the right moves reticle to the right.
Tuming horizontal adjustment screw AIMING .
to the left moves roticle to the left. POINT
IMAGE
7. CENTER AIMING -POINT IMAGE .

RETICLE CROSSHAIRS ,
a. Turn horizontal adjustment AIMING.POINT
screw to center aiming- point IMAGE CENTERED
image . Use 3/16 inch screw .
driver.
Hitta
HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTMENT
8. LOCK HORIZONTAL ILOCK SCREW
ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW .
a. Tighten horizontal adjustment HORIZONTAL
lock screw . Use 9/64 inch ADJUSTMENT
socket head key wrench . SCREW

TM 9-2350-252.10.2
RETICLE CROSSHAIRS,
AIMING POINT
IMAGE CENTERED
9. CHECK AIMING POINT IMAGE.

a. If aiming- point image is
centered , backup sight is
correctly boresighted .
RETICLE CROSSHAIRS ,
AIMING POINT
IMAGE NOT CENTERED
b. If aiming- point image is not

centered, repeat steps 5 thru 8.
END OF TASK
2-224
TM 92350-252-10-2
REPOSITION BACKUP SIGHT EYEPIECE
INITIAL SETUP
Gunner or Commander
EYEPIECE HOUSING
ASSEMBLY
........
LOCK LEVER
1. REPOSITION EYEPIECE.
a. Press lock lever toward
eyepiece housing assembly.
b. Swivel eyepiece housing
assembly downward . Release
lock lever.
c. Push eyepiece housing
assembly into new position.
LOCK
人
LEVER
2. CHECK THAT EYEPIECE IS
LOCKED IN NEW POSITION .
a. Lock lever is spring lock

loaded . Check that lock lever
has snapped into slot on
flange joint. EYEPIECE
HOUSING
ASSEMBLY
FLANGE JOINT
END OF TASK
2.225
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ADJUST EYEPIECE DIOPTER
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required:
Gunner or Commander
NOTE
The eyepiece diopter focuses the
TE
backup sight. Eyepiece diopter must

be adjusted for each operator.
1. FOCUS EYEPIECE DIOPTER

a. Look through eyepiece on
backup sight .
b . Turn focus ring left and right
until backup sight reticle is in
focus .
DIOPTER SCALE
NOTE
Each operator has a different diopter
setting. When you operate the backup FOCUS RING
sight, turn the focus ring to your
BACKUP
setting.
SIGHT
2. FIND EYEPIECE DIOPTER RETICLE
SETTING .
a. Find diopter scale behind
eyepiece.
b. Read number on diopter scale
opposite white mark on focus
ring . This is diopter setting.
END OF TASK
2.226
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
DEFLATEIINFLATE EYECUP
INITIAL SETUP
Gunner or Commander
EC
©
NOTE
When gas mask is used, eyecup must
deflate so operator will see eyepiece
reticle in focus .
FLAP
1. DEFLATE EYECUP. PLUG
a. Lift flap on eyecup and pull
from hole .
b. Tilt plug behind eyecup.

2. INFLATE EYECUP .
a. Lift flap and insert plug firmly

in hole .
EYECUP
END OF TASK
2-227
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ZERO ISU AND 25MM GUN
INITIAL SETUP

(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
References: Turret operating in power mode
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 ( page 2-152)
25mm gun feeder loaded
(page 2-246)
25mm gun boresighted
(page 2.184)
WARNING
Live ammo can kill
or injure soldiers . TARGET
Choose suitable tar.
get area. Make sure
no soldier or obsta .
cle is in line of fire .
1111
Clear target area of all troops.
1. SELECT TARGET THAT IS 1200
METERS (3960 FEET AWAY
FROM YOU .
6214
10
16
128
220
2 HIGH LOW
OC 82 92 1
2. TURN RANGE CONTROL KNOB
TO 12 .
RANGE
MAG
3. MOVE MAG SWITCH TO HIGH CONTROL MAG
UNTIL IT CLICKS . KNOB SWITCH
2-228
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
w t
ne ar
sade handle
a
ist
4. MOVE MANUAL SAFETY DOWN
sm
Wi
TO FIRE POSITION .
MANUAL li
SAFETY
o
house
CAUTION
HE ammo will explode target. Do
not use HE ammo to zero ISU and
Fila
25mm gun .
NOTE
8.
It using TP-T ammo in AP system , HE.
AP selector switch must be in HE. AP
SS button must be selected on
weapon control box.
If using TP.T ammo in HE system , HE:

AP selector switch must be in HE. HE
SS button must be selected on
weapon control box.
AP SS BUTTON
co
NIC NOO
O
5. PRESS AP SS BUTTON OR HE
ON
RE
SS BUTTON (TP - T ONLY).

NE RI
NON
6. TRAVERSE TURRET AND ELE.

VATE OR DEPRESS 25MM GUN
O
TO ALINE RETICLE ON TAR HE SS BUTTON

GET . See task : OPERATE TUR
RET IN POWER MODE, ARM.SAFE - RESET
page 2.152 . SWITCH
7. MOVE ARM -SAFE - RESET 70w

00
SWITCH TO ARM .
ST
a cre

TM 9.2350-252.10-2
TRIGGER
od SWITCHES
8. FIRE ONE ROUND AT TARGET .

GUNNER'S
a. Squeeze trigger switches on CONTROL
gunner's control handles . HANDLES
TARGET RETICLE
9. LOOK AT STRIKE OF ROUND

THROUGH GUNNER'S EYE.
PIECE .
a. If strike of round is centered
on target and reticle , 25mm
gun is zeroed .
STRIKE 12
OF ROUND
GUNNER'S EYEPIECE
TARGET RETICLE
b . If strike of round is not cen .

tered on target and reticle , go
to step 10 .
12
GUNNER'S EYEPIECE STRIKE
OF ROUND
2.230
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUN BORESIGHT
COVER
GUN BORESIGHT
AZ EL
CONTROL KNOB CONTROL KNOB
10. ALINE RETICLE ON CENTER
OF STRIKE OF ROUND .
a. Open GUN BORESIGHT ELEVATION
cover .
CROSSHAIR
b. Turn EL control knob to
aline elevation crosshair on
strike of round .
c . Turn AZ control knob to
aline azimuth crosshair on
strike round .
AZIMUTH 12
d . Close GUN BORESIGHT STRIKE
CROSSHAIRI OF ROUND
cover.
TARGET RETICLE
11. TRAVERSE TURRET AND ELE
VATE OR DEPRESS 25MM
GUN TO ALINE RETICLE BACK
ON TARGET . See task: OPER
ATE TURRET IN POWER
MODE , page 2-152 .
12
12. REPEAT STEPS 7 AND 8 UNTIL
25MM GUN IS ZEROED .
13. NOTIFY ORGANIZATIONAL

MAINTENANCE IF 25MM GUN
CANNOT BE ZEROED .
END OF TASK
2.231
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
ZERO COAX MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP

( TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
References : Coax machine gun boresighted
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 (page 2.194)
Coax machine gun loaded
(page 2-333)
ARM -SAFE -RESET switch in
SAFE (page 2-21 )
WARNING
Live ammo can kill
or injure soldiers . JARGET
get area. Make sure
no soldier or obsta.
cle is in line of fire . III
1. CHOOSE TARGET 800 METERS
FOUND
(2624 FEET) FROM VEHICLE.
ETICLE

TO 8. RANGE
12l9 m
0
o
.0 CONTROL
26 20
KNOB
20
‫ܐܐ ܐܬ‬
2.232
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MIOMS LOW
UNTIL IT CLICKS .
MAG IMAG
4. OPEN COAX MACHINE GUN
SWITCH
OPERATE COAX MACHINE GUN
ACCESS DOORS , page 2-172 .
film
‫ان‬
‫دي‬ ‫ز‬
‫رز‬
5. CHECK POSITION OF MANUAL
SAFETY ON COAX MACHINE
GUN .
a. If manual safety is in position
with " S " showing, push
manual safety down to firing MANUAL
position . Go to step 7. SAFETY
b. If manual safety is in firing

position with " S " not showing ,
go to step 6.
MANUAL
SAFETY

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
6. CHARGE COAX MACHINE

GUN .
a. Pull charger handle back until
bolt locks to the rear.
‫اگر‬
‫رویزررد‬
‫در‬
WARNING
Gases from weap
ons are poisonous.
Close coax machine CHARGER
gun access doors HANDLE
before you fire coax
machine gun .

ACCESS DOORS. See task:
ACCESS DOORS , page 2.172.
‫مباه‬
g1otat
: 2
1
7.62 INDICATOR LIGHT
OD
NOTE
D
7.62 indicator light comes on when
OX
7.62 button is pressed.

(0)
CT

7.62 BUTTON
9. TRAVERSE TURRET AND ELE
VATE OR DEPRESS GUN
ROTOR TO ALINE RETICLE ON
CENTER OF TARGET. See task:
OPERATE TURRET IN POWER
MODE, page 2-152.
2.234
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
oIci
o
0
O
C
OA
a
SWITCH TO ARM . y
ARM.SAFE - RESET SWITCH
२
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
16000
HANDLES
TRIGGERI
SWITCH
11. FIRE SHORT BURST FROM
COAX MACHINE GUN .
a . Squeeze trigger switch (es)

on gunner's control handles
TRIGGER
or commander's control
SWITCH
handle .
TRIGGER
SWITCH
COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
‫الع‬
HANDLE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
Boresight for weapons system will
be inaccurate if gun boresight con .
trols are moved . Do not move gun
boresight controls on ISU to zero
coax machine gun.
STRIKES
NOTE OF ROUNDS
Each lead line and each space
between lead lines is 2.5 mils . Each
crosshair is 5.0 mils.
TARGET
12. EXAMINE STRIKES OF ROUNDS

ON TARGET .
a. If strikes of rounds are

7
centered on target and
reticle, coax machine gun is 08 STRIKES
zeroed . Go to step 18. OF ROUNDS
TARGET
b. If strikes of rounds are not

centered on target and
reticle , go to steps c and d
STRIKES
08
below .
OF ROUNDS ELEVATION
c. Estimate the number of mils

elevation between strikes of
rounds and center of reticle . .
RETICLE
08
2.236
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
AZIMUTH
RETICLE
d . Estimate the number of mils

azimuth between strikes of
rounds and center of reticle.
08
STRIKES
ACCESS DOORS. See task: OF ROUNDS
GUN ACCESS DOORS,
page 2.172 .
NOTE
‫نوود‬
‫ووررود‬
‫ر‬
Each click of EL knob equals 0.5 mil *
adjustment on reticle .
Turning EL knob to right elevates
strikes of rounds . Turning EL knob to
left depresses strikes of rounds.
14. TURN EL KNOB TO ADJUST

ELEVATION .
a. Turn EL knob right or left the

number of clicks required to
adjust elevation
(2 x estimated
mils = elevation).
EL KNOB

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOTE
Each click of AZ knob equals 0.5 mil
adjustment on reticle.
Turning AZ knob back moves strikes
of rounds to right . Turning AZ knob
forward moves strikes of rounds to
left. IAZ
CC KNOB
15. TURN AZ KNOB TO ADJUST
AZIMUTH .
a. Turn AZ knob back or forward
the number of clicks required
to adjust azimuth
( 2 x estimated mils = azimuth ).

OPERATE COAX MACHINE STRIKES
GUN ACCESS DOORS , TARGET
OF ROUNDS
page 2-172.
17. CHECK FOR PROPER ZERO OF
COAX MACHINE GUN .
a. Repeat steps 11 thru 16 until
strikes of rounds are
centered on target .
ACCESS DOORS . See task:
OPERATE COAX MACHINE 08
GUN ACCESS DOORS ,
page 2-172 .
2.238
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MANUAL SAFETY
19. PUSH MANUAL SAFETY UP TO
SAFE POSITION WITH " S "
SHOWING .

GUN ACCESS DOORS ,
page 2.172 .
END OF TASK
2.239
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TIME 25MM GUN FEEDER
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Vehicle parked
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
References: 25mm gun cleared and
unloaded (page 2.303)
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 25mm gun feeder removed
(page 3-34)
1. PUSH IN FEED SELECT SOLE.

NOID KNOB TO AP POSITION .
5
$
FEED SELECT
SOLENOID KNOB
WOAM
SHAFT
NUT
2. TURN WORM SHAFT NUT.

a. Press in timer release rod.
b. Hold timer release rod in and
turn worm shaft nut one
complete turn.
TIMER RELEASE
C. Release timer release rod .
ROD
2.240
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WORM
SHAFT
NUT
3. CYCLE 25MM GUN FEEDER TO
SEAR POSITION .
a . Turn worm shaft nut left until
there is a click and timer
release rod pops out .
TIMER RELEASE
ROD
CETT
BOLT
och
POSITION
SEAR
INDICATOR
POSITION
b. While turning worm shaft nut,

check bolt position indicator
to ensure that it does not bind
while cycling 25mm gun feeder
to SEAR .
25MM GUN FEEDER
SPROCKETS
c . Check that rotor moves one .

third turn and stops , and that ROTOR
sprockets move continuously .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.241
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FEED SELECT
BOLT
SOLENOID KNOB
POSITION
INDICATOR
4. CHECK BOLT POSITION

INDICATOR.
a. If bolt position indicator is not
117-
in SEAR position, notify
5. PULL OUT FEED SELECT
SOLENOID KNOB TO HE
POSITION . REPEAT STEPS 2 SEAR
THRU 4 . POSITION 25MM GUN FEEDER
END OF TASK
2-242
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
POSITION 25MM GUN BOLT IN SEAR POSITION

INITIAL SETUP

Gunner 25mm gun feeder removed
(page 3.34)
References : Vehicle parked
TM 9 2350-252-10.1 (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
ili
1. CHECK POSITION OF DRIVE

DRIVE
SHAFT HANDLE.
SHAFT
a. If drive shaft handle is out, go HANDLE
to step 3.
b. If drive shaft handle is not out,
go to step 2.
2. PULL OUT DRIVE SHAFT

HANDLE.
407
a. Press lock button.

b. Pull out drive shaft handle.
c. Release lock button. DRIVE JLOCK
SHAFT
BUTTON
HANDLEI
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-243
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
3. LOCK BOLT IN SEAR POSITION .

a . Turn drive shaft handle
forward until it stops turning.
b. If drive shaft handle stops
turning , go to step 5.
c. If drive shaft handle does not
stop turning, sear is not IDRIVE
SHAFT
engaging. Go to step 4.
THANDLE
9
1
SEAR
RETRACTOR
LEVER
NOTE
Bolt will not lock in SEAR position Erla
when sear retractor lever is engaged .
4. RELEASE SEAR RETRACTOR

LEVER.
a. Press hard on upper right tab UPPER

of sear retractor lever. RIGHT TAB
5. CHECK THAT DRIVE SHAFT

HANDLE WILL NOT TURN .
a. If drive shaft handle will not
turn, bolt is locked in SEAR
position . DRIVE
SHAFT
THANDLE
2.244
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
b. If drive shaft handle turns, bolt

is not locking in SEAR
position. Notify organizational
maintenance .
6. INSTALL 25MM GUN FEEDER .
‫از‬
‫ها‬
See page 3-83 .
DRIVE
SHAFT
HANDLE
END OF TASK
2.245
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
LOAD 25MM GUN FEEDER
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : Equipment Conditions :

14mm ratchet wrench 25mm HE ammo loaded
(Item 83, App B) (page 2-254)
25mm AP ammo loaded
Personnel Required : (page 2-267)
Gunner

AND OPEN GUN COVER. See
page 2.169.
333
M
RA
2. CHECK THAT BOLT POSITION
DO
INDICATOR IS IN SEAR
CA
N'
NI
POSITION .
CO
ON
EXI
L
a. If bolt position indicator is in

SEAR position , go to step 3 .
b. If bolt position indicator is not
in SEAR position , time 25mm BOLT POSITION
gun feeder . See task: TIME
INDICATOR
25MM GUN FEEDER,
page 2-240 .
2.246
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
-1
S
150
SAFE
WARNING
25mm gun could kill
or Injure soldiers.
Make sure manual
safe handle is in
SAFE.
MANUAL
3. CHECK THAT MANUAL SAFE SAFE
HANDLE IS IN SAFE POSITION . HANDLE
4. MANUALLY ELEVATE 25MM

GUN TO 200 MILS. See task:
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY ,
page 2-439.
CAUTION
25mm gun feeder can be damaged if
feed select solenoid knob is not all
the way in AP or HE position. Do not
cycle 25mm gun feeder with food
select solenoid knob part way In AP
or HE position.
5. PULL OUT FEED SELECT
SOLENOID KNOB TO HE
POSITION .
FEED SELECT
SOLENOID
KNOB
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-247
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
till!
‫شان‬
NOTE IHE AMMO

If lower clutch override knob does not IFORWARDER
start to come out, notity organiza.
M
6. FORWARD HE AMMO TO 25MM

GUN FEEDER.
SHAFT
a. Put 14mm ratchet wrench on
shaft of HE ammo forwarder
with wrench handle pointing 14MM RATCHET WRENCH
down .
b. Turn HE ammo forwarder

shaft right until lower clutch
override knob starts to come
out .
c . If HE ammo jams , do step 7.

d . If HE ammo does not
jam , remove 14mm LOWER CLUTCH
ratchet wrench and go to OVERRIDE KNOB
step 8.
2.248
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
7. DOWNLOAD HE AMMO .
a . Put upward pressure on HE AMMO

14mm ratchet wrench FORWARDER
HE RELEASE
and turn HE release han . HANDLE
IKHT
dle to right .
b. Hold HE release handle up
while turning HE ammo for
warder shaft left .
पर
c . Let go of HE release handle
and turn HE ammo forwarder
shaft left until HE release
handlepops back into place.
d . Repeat steps a thru c
above until HE ammo is
free from 25mm gun
feeder .
e . Repeat step 6 . 14MM RATCHET WRENCH
LOWER CLUTCH
OVERRIDE KNOB
NOTE
Lower clutch override knob will come
out about 1/4 inch , then go back in as
each round is loaded .
8. LOAD 25MM GUN FEEDER

WITH TWO ROUNDS OF HE
AMMO .
lower feed shaft extension .
b. Turn lower feed shaft exten
sion to right until lower
clutch override knob goes in LOWER
the second time . FEED 14MM
SHAFT RATCHET
EXTENSION WRENCH

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
9. TAKE TENSION OFF HE HE AMMO HE RELEASE

AMMO . FORWARDER HANDLE
a. Move 14mm ratchet wrench
to HE ammo forwarder.
b. Türn HE ammo forwarder
shaft slightly right , and lift
HE release handle.
c . Turn HE ammo forwarder
shaft to left to take tension
off HE ammo .
d . Turn HE ammo forwarder
shaft right until lower
clutch override knob is fully 14MM RATCHET WRENCH
seated .
FEED SELECT
SOLENOID KNOB
10. PUSH IN FEED SELECT SOLE

LOWER CLUTCH
OVERRIDE KNOB
AP AMMO
FORWARDER
[
NOTE
SHAFT
If upper clutch override knob does not
start to come out, report to organiza .
11. FORWARD AP AMMO TO

25MM GUN FEEDER .
shaft of AP ammo forwarder 14MM RATCHET
WRENCH
with wrench handle pointing
down .
2.250
0-2
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
AP FORWARDER
b. Turn AP forwarder shaft left SHAFT
until upper clutch override

knob starts to come out . 14MM
RATCHET
c . If AP ammo jams , do step IWRENCH
12 .
d . If AP ammo does not jam , 9
go to step 13 .
UPPER CLUTCH
OVERRIDE KNOB
AP
AMMO
FORWARDER
SHAFT
AP
12. DOWNLOAD AP AMMO . RELEASE
HANDLE
a. Put upward pressure on
14mm ratchet wrench and
turn AP release handle .
14MM
RATCHET
WRENCH

TM 9.2350-252. 10-2
AP
FORWARDER
SHAFT
b. Hold AP release handle up
AP
while moving 14mm ratchet RELEASE AP
wrench to straight down HANDLE
position . FEED
CHUTE
c. Let go of AP release han
dle, and turn AP forwarder
shaft right until AP release
handle pops back into
place.
d. Repeat steps a thru c above
until AP ammo is free from 14MM
25mm gun feeder. RATCHET
WRENCH
e . Repeat step 11 .
UPPER FEED
SHAFT EXTENSION
NOTE
Upper clutch override knob will come 14MM RATCHET
WRENCH
out about 1/4 inch, then go back in, as
each round is loaded . UPPER CLUTCH
OVERRIDE KNOB
13. LOAD 25MM GUN FEEDER
WITH ONE ROUND OF AP
AMMO .
upper feed shaft extension .
b. Turn upper feed shaft exten.
sion left until upper clutch
override knob goes back
in the first time .
25MM
GUN FEEDER
2.252
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
AP
AP FORWARDER
AMMO SHAFT
14. TAKE TENSION OFF AP FORWARDER
AMMO .
a. Move 14mm ratchet wrench AP
to AP ammo forwarder. RELEASE
HANDLE
b. Turn AP forwarder shaft
slightly left , and lift AP
release handle.
h
C. Turn AP forwarder shaft
right to take tension oft AP
ammo .
14MM
FTCHET
WRENCH
UPPER CLUTCH
OVERRIDE KNOB
d . Turn AP forwarder shaft left

knob is fully seated .
15. CLOSE GUN COVER AND
INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD .
See task : OPERATE 25MM GUN
page 2.169 .
END OF TASK
2-253
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LOAD/ RELOAD 25MM HE AMMO
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : References:
14mm ratchet wrench TM 9.2350-252-10-1
( Item 83 , App B)
Equipment Conditions:
Personnel Required : Vehicle parked
Gunner (TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
Helper ( H ) MASTER POWER switch ON
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
NOTE
The 25mm HE ammo is loaded and
reloaded in the same way . Total num.
ber of rounds required during reload
depends on number of rounds left in
ammo can .
If using TP-T ammo in AP system . HE

sha
AP selector switch must be in HE and

HE SS selected .
1. TRAVERSE TURRET TO HE
LOAD POSITION ( 2150 MILS ) .
See task : OPERATE TURRET IN
POWER MODE , page 2-152 .
2. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK . See
ይትባቱ
task : OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL

‫ ܗܢ ܐ‬. SA
LOCK, page 2-141 . S ;
(

SWITCH TO OFF.

TO OFF . TURRET POWER SWITCH
2,254
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25MM AMMO
5. (H) OPEN TURRET SHIELD CAN DOOR
DOOR. See task : OPERATE
TURRET SHIELD DOOR ,
page 2.139.
6. TURN HANDLE AND REMOVE

25MM AMMO CAN DOOR.
HANDLE
7. TURN HANDLE AND REMOVE
ACCESS DOOR. ACCESS HANDLE
DOOR
LOADING RAILS
8. CLEAN LOADING RAILS . WIPE

LOADING RAILS WITH CLEAN
CLOTH .
HANDLE
‫مس صنع‬
‫ير‬
:1
•
9. (H) TURN HANDLE AND

REMOVE HE AMMO CAN
DOOR
10. STOW SQUAD SEATS. HE AMMO

See TM 9-2350-252-10.1 . CAN DOOR

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
4?
FLOOR PLATE
FLOOR
PLATES
2
1
WARNING
A cartridge explo ::
slon could kill or in ::
jure soldiers. Handle
ammo with care. Do
行 not bump primers
against any hard
surface.
NOTE FASTENER HANDLE

Seven 25mm ammo boxes, AP or HE,
can be stowed in IFV floor. Eight
25mm ammo boxes , AP or HE, can be
stowed in CFV floor.
11. (H) UNSTOW HE AMMO BOXES

FROM FLOOR.
a. Lift and turn nine fastener FLOOR
PLATE
handles .
FLOOR
b. Remove three floor plates . HE AMMO BOXES
c. Unstow HE ammo boxes.
d. Install three floor plates.

e. Lift and turn nine fastener
handles .
2-256
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
THE AMMO
BOXES
12. STACK HE AMMO BOXES .
13. UNSTOW SQUAD SEATS . See
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 .
WARNING
A cartridge explo.
sion could kill or in .
ammo with care. Do
not bump primers SEAT NO . 4
against any hard
surlace. AMMO RACKS
NOTE
Thirteen ammo boxes , AP or HE, can
be stowed in IFV ammo racks . Thirty.
two ammo boxes , AP or HE, can be CUCC
stowed in CFV ammo racks.
STRAPS
14. (H) UNSTOW HE AMMO
BOXES FROM IFV AMMO
RACKS, IF NECESSARY. SEAT NO . 5
a. Fold down backrests of seats

No. 4, No. 5, and No. 8. STRAPS
b. Unbuckle straps on ammo
AMMO
racks .
RACKS
N
oyuw
c. Unstow HE ammo boxes

from ammo racks.
d . Fasten and tighten straps on
ammo racks .
SEAT NO . 8
e. Raise backrests of seats
No. 4 , No. 5, and No. 8.
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
15. ( H ) STACK HE AMMO BOXES .
HE AMMO BOXES
AMMO
RACKS
Qytes
16. (H) UNSTOW HE AMMO
BOXES FROM CFV AMMO
RACKS , IF NECESSARY.
STRAPS
a. Unbuckle straps on ammo
racks.
b . Unstow HE ammo boxes
from ammo racks .
АММО RAMP
c. Fasten and tighten straps on RACKS
ammo racks .
17. (H) STACK HE AMMO BOXES.
CAUTION
Rounds not correctly alined can jam
in 25mm ammo can and chutes.
Jams can damage feed system .
Check that rounds are alined and
even at tips.
ROUNDS
18. (H) PP.EPARE FIRST AMMO
FIRST
ALL
BELT.
AMMO
a. Place first ammo belt on BELT
LINKS
vehicle floor with links on
bottom. Point rounds to left
side of vehicle . Empty single EMPTY
link should be to rear of SINGLE
vehicle . LINK
2-258
Плаотлтты
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
FIRST AMMO BELT

ROUNDS
LINKS
b . Check for misalined rounds .

Aline ali misalined rounds
with other rounds . EMPTY
DOUBLE SINGLE
19. (H ) PREPARE SECOND AMMO LINK ILINK
BELT .
SECOND
a. Place second ammo belt on AMMO
vehicle floor with links on BELT
bottom. Point rounds to left
side of vehicle. Double link
should be next to empty
single link of first ammo belt.
b . Check for misalined
MISALINED
rounds. Aline all
ROUND
misalined rounds with
other rounds.
CAUTION
Links can bend if you do not remove
rounds properly. Bent links can jam
teeder. Hold one round down while
pulling other round up and free.
20. ( H ) REMOVE FIRST ROUND SECOND
FROM SECOND AMMO BELT. AMMO
a. Hold one round down while BELT
pulling other round up and
free.
b. If round does not release
from link, stop pulling on
round . To free round from FIRST ROUND
link, twist and pull up on

round at same time.

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ALINEMENT EMPTY SINGLE

21. (H) JOIN SECOND AMMO LINK
BELT TO FIRST AMMO BELT. LIPS
a. Place empty single link on

top of empty double link.
b . Aline alinement lips of empty
single link with alinement
grooves of empty double link.
c. Press down on empty single
link until it is fully seated in
empty double link.
EMPTY
DOUBLE
LINK ALINEMENT
GROOVES
ALINEMENT GROOVE
d. Place loose round on top of

o
joined links. Aline alinement LOOSE
groove on loose round with ROUND
alinement tangs on double

link.
e. Press down on loose round
VALINEMENT
until it is fully seated . TANGS
DOUBLE LINK
22. (H) CHECK AMMO BELT FOR

CODEC
MISALINED ROUNDS .
a. Aline all misalined rounds
with other rounds.
23. (H) JOIN AMMO BELTS AS MISALINED

REQUIRED ROUND
a. Repeat steps 19 thru 22
until no more than 230
rounds are in ammo belt.
2-260
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
PO
NOTE
Ammo belt must be loaded with links
to top and rounds pointed to right of
vehicle . Rounds are counted as you
load .
24. ( H) LOAD FIRST 44 ROUNDS IN

AMMO CAN .
a. Turn ammo belt over, so links
are on top. Rounds should
point to right of vehicle.
b . Count out 5th and 19th
24TH AND
rounds. Feed ammo belt with
25TH ROUNDS
double links first into ammo 19TH ROUND
6000
can. Hang first five rounds on LOADING
RAIL
loading rail .
0000
abooo
c . Hang 19th round on loading
0000000
0008
rail .
d . Count next 25 rounds. Hang

both 24th and 25th rounds on
loading rail .
5TH ROUND
AMMO
BELT
UPPER
ROLLER AMMO
CAN
25. RELEASE UPPER ROLLER.

a. Pull upper roller to rear of
ammo can.

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FORWARDER
UPPER ROLLER
JAMMO
BELT
26. FORWARD AMMO BELT.
a. Push first five rounds under
upper roller. Guide rounds up
into forwarder until first
round is engaged in sprocket . SHAFT
LOADING RAIL
b. Place 14mm ratchet wrench

on HE forwarder shaft .
14MM RATCHET
WRENCH HE FORWARDER
0000000000
SHAFT
19TH ROUND
LOADING RAIL
d
spoouu
oo
C. Turn forwarder clockwise

c
using 14mm ratchet wrench

0 c
until 19th round drops off

.0
oooo
loading rail .
oooo
9
d. Remove 14mm ratchet

oo
wrench .
2-262
TM 9-2350.252.10.2
FORWARDER
UPPER ROLLER
27. LOCK UPPER ROLLER.

a. Push upper roller toward
forwarder.
IAMMO
ICAN
28. (H) LOAD NEXT GROUP OF

ROUNDS ON AMMO BELT INTO
AMMO CAN .
a. Count next 25 rounds.
b. Hang both 24th and 25th FRONT ACCESS
rounds on loading rail . DOOR OPENING
24TH , 25TH
24TH , 25TH
ROUND
ROUND
po
oo
29. (G) (H) LIFT AMMO BELT LOOPS

OO
OVER BAFFLE.
C
o
LOADING
po
oc
a . Reach under first loop of RAILI

ammo belt through front
0
00
8
access door opening.

b. Lift first loop up . Move first
loop to left over baffle.
BAFFLE
c. Lift second loop over baffle FIRST LOOP
by repeating steps a and b
SECOND LOOP
above .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
RIGHT SIDE
ACCESS DOOR
OPENINGI
30. (H) LIFT AMMO BELT LOOPS
Com
OVER ROLLER .
a. Reach under third loop of
ammo belt through right side
access door opening.
b. Lift third loop up. Move third
loop to left over roller.
c. Lift fourth loop over roller by
repeating steps a and b
above .
NOTE
Total number of rounds required dur. 2018
ing reload depends on number of FOURTH LOOP
rounds left in ammo can. BAFFLE
There must be a single empty link at ROLLER

end of ammo belt. THIRD LOOP
31. (H) LOAD AMMO BELT UNTIL

25 50 75 100 125 150 175
AMMO CAN IS FULL.
200
a. Count rounds in groups of 25 .
H
géoH
A 225
XMOOC
b. Hang both 24th and 25th

dése
DOC
8
00
rounds on loading rail . 230

c. Continue to load ammo belt
until all 230 rounds are in
ammo can.
d. Place single empty link under
last loop of ammo belt.
2.264
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
HANDLE
HE
AMMO
CAN
DOOR
32. (H) INSTALL HE AMMO CAN

DOOR AND TURN HANDLE .
33. INSTALL ACCESS DOOR AND 25MM

TURN HANDLE. AMMO CAN
DOOR
34. INSTALL 25MM AMMO CAN HANDLE
DOOR AND TURN HANDLE.
HANDLE
ACCESS DOOR
WARNING
11 HEAP selector
switch is at AP with
HE ammo loaded ,
rounds will fall
short . Soldiers
could be killed or
injured . Check that HE - AP selector
L
switch is at HE when you load HE

ammo.
NOTE
If mission requires AP- DS or AP ammo
to be loaded in HE ammo cans , HE-AP ☺
selector switch must be in AP.
35. (H) MOVE HE-AP SELECTOR AP

HEAP
SWITCH TO HE. SELECTOR
SWITCH
36. ( H) STOW EMPTY AMMO CANS.
See TM 9.2350-252-10-1.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.265
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
37. ( H) CLOSE TURRET SHIELD

TURRET SHIELD DOOR,
ma
page 2.139.
10,
WARNING
Soldiers near mov.
ing turret or guns
could be killed or in .
jured . Equipment
could be damaged.
Clear soldiers and
equipment from top of vehicle
ITURRET DRIVE
38. MOVE TURRET POWER SYSTEM SWITCH
SWITCH TO ON .
ruary TUARI ' AME
POWER SSIV ASOR
39. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM SWOO
SWITCH TO ON .

LOCK. See task: OPERATE
JTURRET POWER
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK, SWITCH
page 2-141 .

MILS . See task : OPERATE
TURRET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2.152.
END OF TASK
2.266
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LOADIRELOAD 25MM AP AMMO
INITIAL SETUP
Tools: References:
14mm ratchet wrench TM 9.2350-252-10-1

(Item 83, App B)
Equipment Conditions :
Materials /Parts:
Vehicle parked
Lint-free cloth (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
(Item 14 , App D ) MASTER POWER switch ON
Personnel Required : (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Gunner
Helper (H)
NOTE
The 25mm AP ammo is loaded and
reloaded in the same way. Total num.
ber of rounds required during reload
depends on number of rounds left in RHLA•
ammo can.
It using TP-T ammo in AP system, be

sure HEAP selector switch is in HE
and AP SS is selected.
1. TRAVERSE TURRET TO AP LOAD
POSITION (4350 MILS). See task: TURRET DRIVE
OPERATE TURRET IN POWER SYSTEM SWITCH
MODE, page 2-152 .
‫راه‬
TURFC ! PANE TON
DOME SUSTM ABORT
2. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK. See SW w O
task: OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL CC
LOCK , page 2.141 .

SWITCH TO OFF. ITURRET
POWER
4. MOVE TURRET POWER SWITCH SWITCH
TO OFF.

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
5. (H) OPEN TURRET SHIELD LOADING RAILS HANDLE

TURRET SHIELD DOOR,
page 2-139.
6. (H) OPEN AND REMOVE AP
ri
AMMO CAN DOOR FROM AP
AMMO CAN .
a. Turn handle and remove AP
ammo can door.
7. CLEAN LOADING RAILS. WIPE

LOADING RAILS WITH CLEAN
CLOTH . AP AMMO
AP AMMO CAN CAN DOOR
8. STOW SQUAD SEATS . See
TM 92350-252-10-1.
WARNING
A cartridge explo
slon could kill or In
‫تلفة‬
jure soldiers . Handle
ammo with care . Do
not bump primers
against any hard FLOOR PLATES
surface .
NOTE
Seven ammo boxes, AP or HE, can be
stowed in IFV floor. Eight ammo
boxes, AP or HE, can be stowed in
CFV floor.
9. UNSTOW AP AMMO BOXES

FROM FLOOR .
a. Lift and turn nine fastener FASTENER
handles. HANDLE
FLOOR
b. Remove three floor plates. PLATE
FLOOR
2.268
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
c. Unstow AP ammo boxes.

d. Install three floor plates.
e . Lift and turn nine fastener
handles.
9. STACK AP AMMO BOXES .
11. UNSTOW SQUAD SEATS , IF

NECESSARY. See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
АР
元。 WARNING AMMO
A cartridge explo. BOXES
sion could kill or
injure soldiers .
Handle ammo AP
with care. Do not AMMO
bump primers BOX
against any hard surface.
NOTE
inz
Thirteen ammo boxes , AP or HE, can i
be stowed in IFV ammo racks . Thirty.
two ammo boxes, AP or HE, can be
stowed in CFV ammo racks .
12. UNSTOW AP AMMO BOXES

FROM IFV AMMO RACKS , IF
NECESSARY.
AMMO
RACK SEAT NO.4
a. Fold down backrests of
seats No. 4 , No. 5 , and
No. 8 .
b. Unbuckle straps on ammo

racks .
STRAPS
SEAT NO . 5 SEAT NO. 8

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
c . Unstow AP ammo boxes from

AMMO
ammo racks
RACKS
d . Fasten and tighten straps on
ammo racks .
e . Raise backrests of seats
T
No. 4 , No. 5, and No. 8 .
13. STACK AP AMMO BOXES .

STRAPS
SEAT NO . 8
AMMO
RACKS
full
STRAPS
14 . UNSTOW AP AMMO BOXES

FROM CFV AMMO RACKS , IF
NECESSARY .
a. Unbuckle straps on ammo
racks.
b . Unstow AP ammo boxes from
ammo racks .
c. Fasten and tighten straps on

ammo racks .
15. STACK AP AMMO BOXES.
AMMO
RACKS
STRAP
2-270
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
Rounds not correctly alined can jam
In ammo can and chutes. Jams can
damage food system . Check that
rounds are alined and oven at tips.
NOTE
Steps 16 thru 23 apply to loading
25mm AP ammo for the first time .
Step 24 applies to reloading 25mm AP

ammo.
FIRST AMMO BELT
16. (H) PREPARE FIRST AMMO

BELT.
LINKS
a. Place first ammo belt on
bottom . Point rounds to left
side of vehicle. Empty single EMPTY
link should be to rear of SINGLE
vehicle . LINK
b. Check for misalined rounds. DOUBLE

LINKI SECOND
Aline all misalined rounds AMMO
with other rounds. BELT
17. (H) PREPARE SECOND AMMO

BELT.
a. Place second ammo belt on
bottom . Point rounds to left
side of vehicle. Double link
MISALINED
should be next to empty ROUND
single link of first ammo belt.
b. Check for misalined rounds.
Aline all misalined rounds
with other rounds.

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
CAUTION
Links can bend if you do not remove
rounds properly. Bent links can jam
feeder .
SECOND
18. ( H) REMOVE FIRST ROUND AMMO
FROM SECOND AMMO BELT. BELT
a. Hold one round down while

FIRST
pulling the other round up ROUND
and free .
b. If round does not release LINK
from link, stop pulling on
round . To free round from ALINEMENT EMPTY SINGLE
link, twist and pull up on LIPS LINK
round at same time .
19 . ( H) JOIN SECOND AMMO BELT

TO FIRST AMMO BELT .
a . Place empty single link on
top of empty double link .
b. Aline alinement lips of empty
single link with alinement ALINEMENT
grooves of empty doutie link . EMPTY DOUBLE
GROOVES
LINK
C. Press down on empty single
link until it is fully seated in
empty double link . ALINEMENT GROOVE
d . Place loose round on top of LOOSE

DOUBLE TROUND
joined links. Aline alinement
LINK
groove on loose round with
alinement tangs on double
link .
e. Press down on loose round
until it is fully seated .
ALINEMENT TANGS
2.272
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
MISALINED
20. (H ) CHECK AMMO BELT FOR
TROUND
MISALINED ROUNDS .
a. Aline all misalined rounds
with other rounds .
21. ( H) JOIN AMMO BELTS AS

REQUIRED
a. Repeat steps 17 thru 20
until no more than 70
>
rounds are in ammo belt .
CAUTION AMMO
If ammo is not correctly loaded, it ICAN
can jam in chutes and damage feed
system. Always place end of ammo
belt with double links in ammo can
first. The empty single link will go in
FIRST
ammo can last.
DOUBLE
LINKED
26TH ROUND
NOTE ROUND
Ammo belt must be loaded with links
LOADING
down and rounds pointed to left side RAIL
of ammo can .
22. ( H) LOAD AMMO BELT ONTO

LOADING RAIL. 25TH ROUND
a. Aline ammo belt with ammo

can and hang first double
AMMO
linked round onto loading rail .
ICAN
b. Count out the first 25 rounds.
Hang both 25th and 26th
rounds onto loading rail.

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
23. FORWARD AMMO BELT. SINGLE

LINKED
a . ( H ) Lift single linked end of END OF
AMMO CAN
Enooo
ammo belt up into forwarder. AMMO BELTI
Push last round up until it is
engaged in sprockei .
NO
FORWARDER
oga
TWO LOWEST ROUNDS
FORWARDER
E SHAFT
b. Place 14mm ratchet wrench

on shaft on forwarder.
c. Turn forwarder to right using his
14mm ratchet wrench . Have
helper tell you when two 141.M
lowest rounds hang down the RATCHET
same distance from loading WRENCH
rail . IAP FEED
d . Remove 14mm ratchet 49TH ROUND 1 CHUTE
wrench from forwarder. Go
to step 25.
LOADING
NOTE RAILI
Step 24 applies to reloading 25mm AP
ammo .
24. JOIN AMMO BELT TO ROUND
HANGING FROM AP FEED
CHUTE .
AMMOL
ΤΙΣ
a . Count rounds on loaded BELTI

ammo belt below loading rail .
Forty -nine, less amount
below loading rail , will give
you amount of rounds that
can be added .
2-274
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
EMPTY
b. Join ammo belts as
SINGLE
required . Repeat steps 16 LINK
thru 20 until you get ‫وند‬
‫گ‬
desired amount of new -
rounds .
EMPTY
DOUBLE
LINK
c. Join empty single link of new

ammo belt to empty double
link of loaded ammo belt
hanging from AP feed chute .
ALINEMENT
GROOVE LOOSE
ROUND
JOINED
DOUBLE
LINK LINKS
S
IT
d . Place loose round in joined ALINEMENT
links . Aline alinement groove TANGS
on loose round with aline .
ment tangs on double links .
Press down until it is fully FIRST DOUBLE
seated . LINKED ROUND
e. Hang first double linked LOADING

round (end of ammo belt) RAIL
onto loading rail .
26THU
f . Hang both 25th and 26th
ROUND
rounds onto loading rail . AMMO
25TH !
CAN
ROUND

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25. ( H ) INSTALL AND CLOSE AP
co
AMMO CAN DOOR .
a . Install AP ammo can door on
AP ammo can . Turn handle .
HANDLE
WARNING
if HEAP selector
switch is at HE with AP AMMO
AP ammo loaded , CANT
rounds will fall long .
AP
Soldiers could be
*.
AMMO
killed or injured . CAN
Check that HE - AP selector switch
DOOR
is at AP when you load AP ammo.
26. ( H) MOVE HE-AP SELECTOR D ☺

อ
WC
SWITCH TO AP .
27. ( H ) STOW EMPTY AMMO CANS . HEAP

See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 . SELECTOR
I SWITCH
28. (H) CLOSE TURRET SHIELD 0 ปี
DOOR . See task : OPERATE TURRET
TURRET SHIELD DOOR , DRIVE
page 2.139. SYSTEM
SWITCH
SWITCH TO ON .
Prics T
sw
; 30. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM

ON
6
OND SWITCH TO ON .

ADING LOCK . See task : OPERATE ITURRET
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK, POWER
page 2-141 . ISWITCH
32. TRAVERSE TURRET TO

6400 MILS. See task: OPERATE
TURRET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2-152.
END OF TASK
2.276
TM 9.2350-252 10-2
FIRE 25MM GUN
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions (cont ) :

Gunner 25mm AP ammo loaded
Commander ( page 2-267).
25mm HE ammo loaded
References : (page 2-254 ) .
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 (page 2-246)
Turret operating in power mode
Equipment Conditions : ( page 2-152 )
ARM - SAFE - RESET switch in
ISU and 25mm gun boresighted
( page 2.183) . SAFE ( page 2-21 )
ISU and 25mm gun zeroed Engine running
(page 2-228) . (TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
1
WARNING
Live ammo can kill
Choose suitable tar .
get area . Make sure
Clear target area of all troops .
CAUTION
If steps are taken out of order, 25mm
gun will not cycle properly and
could be damaged . Follow steps in
order.
NOTE
When you prepare to fire 25mm gun ,
watch indicator lights on control boxes .
See that proper lights go on and off
when you use buttons and switches . If
they do not, notity organizational main .
tenance .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.277
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
NOTE
If 25mm gun is to be fired at night ,
NIGHT VISION PWR switch on ISU
1
must be moved to ON 10 minutes
before operation of ISU . See step 19.
i 6
1
1. IF DAY FIRING , PULL DAY SIGHT
‫خت‬
‫ د‬-
COVER HANDLE TO OPEN DAY
SIGHT COVER DOOR . IF NIGHT
FIRING , PULL NIGHT SIGHT
COVER HANDLE TO OPEN
NIGHT SIGHT COVER DOOR . See TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
page 2-33 .
2. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM Sosi AT

SWITCH TO OFF. o sus
(0)
3. REMOVE 25MM GUN GUARD,
page 2-169.
:)
SAFE
4. MOVE MANUAL SAFE HANDLE

TO FIRE POSITION .
5. CLOSE GUN COVER, AND

INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD.
See task: OPERATE 25MM GUN
MANUAL SAFE
page 2.169.
HANDLE
2.278
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
The first round of
ammo alter teed
change can fall long
or short. Soldiers can
» be killed or injured.
Be sure that range
safety procedures include consider .
ation of this hazard before firing .
If ammo cannot be selected, trigger
switch may be sticking. Gun may fire
accidently. Soldiers may be killed or
injured . Check that switch does not
stick. If switch sticks, download all
weapons and notify organizational
maintenance.
NOTE
拉力
When feed change is made , the first

round fired will be the same as previous
rounds. However, automatic elevation
correction for range will be set for the
new ammo selection . If one HE round is
fired using AP superelevation correc .
tion, the round will fall short. If one AP
round is fired using HE superelevation
correction, the round will tall long.
AP LO
If using TP.T ammo in HE system , AP HI
select HE SS on weapon control box. AP SS
6. SELECT AMMO AS REQUIRED .

c
a . Press AP SS or HE SS button
for single shot AP or HE
1)(0
ammo .
1
b. Press AP LO or HE LO button
for 100 rounds/ minute AP or
HE ammo . HE H !
HE SS
c . Press AP HI or HE HI button HE LO
for 200 rounds/ minute AP or
HE ammo .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
12
MI
SEAR
INDICATOR
LIGHT
7. CHECK SEAR INDICATOR LIGHT.
Ook
o
o
A'00
o
a. If sear indicator light is on , go
©
0.
to step 18. o
o
b. If sear indicator light is not on, C C
go to step 8 .
IDEE'DAN Tu
POWER S STM ABCAT
a SWO
TO OFF.

TURRET
POWER
GUARD AND GUN COVER, SWITCH
page 2-169.
2-280
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
FEEDER HANDLE
000
10. RAISE FEEDER HANDLE .

a. Push and hold feeder handle
latch down .
F
b . Raise feeder handle up.
c . Release feeder handle latch .
Feeder handle should be
locked up.
FEEDER HANDLE 1
LATCH

LEVER .
a . Push in hard on left side of
sear retractor lever until you
hear a click .
SEAR
RETRACTOR
LEVER
S
12. PRESS IN AND HOLD SEAR

RELEASE . SEAR
RELEASE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
13. LOWER FEEDER HANDLE.

latch down .
b. Lower feeder handle down .
locked down .
FEEDER HANDLE FEEDER

LATCH HANDLE
14. CHECK BOLT POSITION INDICA.

TOR . BOLT POSITION
a. If bolt position indicator is INDICATOR
just out of SEAR, manually
back up drive shaft handle
until bolt position indicator is
EAR in SEAR position .
E4CTOR
ER
DRIVE
SHAFT
HANDLE

INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD.
page 2.169 .
2
7 2.28
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
WARNING
If you enter turret
with turret power on ,
you may be injured or
killed . Do not enter
1
turret while turret
国
power is on . Keep
turret shield door closed and latched
while turret power is on .
NOTE
If 25 FDR MALF annunciator light
comes back on after TURRET POWER TURRET POWER
SWITCH
switch is moved back to ON , notity
organizational maintenance.
A ADAM On
POME SOSTEM AS
16. MOVE TURRET POWER SWITCH SWO
TO ON
e
6
1
ANO
SEAR INDICATOR LIGHT
FORO
0
o
00:0
o
o
C
17. CHECK SEAR INDICATOR

)0(
LIGHT.
a. If sear indicator light is on , go

to step 18 .
b. If sear indicator light is not TURRET DRIVE
on when checked a second SYSTEM SWITCH
time , notify organizational
maintenance .
Dnes ABS

109!!()
SWITCH TO ON .
a . If night firing , go to step 19.
b. If day firing , go to step 25 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-283
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
.000
NOTE
Night vision controls need 10 minutes
to cool down after NIGHT VISION
PWR switch is moved to ON .
19. MOVE NIGHT VISION PWR WH NIGHT VISION O
SWITCH TO ON . OFF
M BRT CON RSIT
NIGHT VISION
PWR SWITCH
SENSOR SELECT
SWITCH
20. MOVE SENSOR SELECT CUTAR
SWITCH TO NIGHT. MGMT DAY
NURA
2:284
晏
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
NOTE
WIH position on NIGHT VISION PLRT
switch shows red image on black
background in gunner's and com .
mander's eyepiece . BIH position on
NIGHT VISION PLRT switch shows
black image on red background in
NIGHT VISION
gunner's and commander's eyepiece.
PLRT SWITCH
21. MOVE NIGHT VISION PLRT NIGHT VISI , ON
SWITCH TO WIH OR BIH AS
DESIRED .
Õ BPSIT
COA
BAT CON
KNOB KNOB
CONTRAST.

BRIGHTNESS .
q
@
24. TUPN FOCUS KNOB TO FOCUS FOCUS

IMAGE IN GUNT, EP'S EYE : IKNOB
PIECE . GO TO STEP 26 .
CLEAP
25. MOVE SENSOR SELECT DAV
SWITCH TO CLEAR OP. NEU .

TRAL .
NIG
ONEUTRAL
SENSOR SELECT
SWITCH
RET
ВРТ
26. TURN RET BRT KNOE TO

ADJUST FETICLE EFIGHTNESS.
RET BBT
KNOB

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
So
HIGH LOW
UNTIL IT CLICKS.
MAG
MAG SWITCH
NOTE
Stadia line is calibrated for a target that
is about 5 feet (1.5 meters ) in height.
This height is the same as that of most
tracked vehicles and medium size cargo 9
trucks .
ID
28. FIND RANGE OF TARGET

USING RANGE FINDER IN RETI .
11
CLE .
a. Traverse turret and/or elevate
or depress 25mm gun as
needed to center target STADIA
between stadia line and base. LINE
RETICLE
line in reticle. See task : OPER
ATE TURRET IN POWER
MODE , page 2-152 .
b . Read range of target at point
where target touches both
stadia line and baseline .
10 ,
TARGET
BASELINE
2.286
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
NOTE
Status indicator in bottom of reticle
should show type of ammo selected
(AP or HE) and range of target selected
on range control knob (10 equals 1000
meter).
TO RANGE ESTIMATED IN STEP RANGE
28. CONTROL
KNOB
30. CENTER TARGET IN RETICLE. (10 )
6
802 14
a. Traverse turret and/or elevate
1168
or depress 25mm gun as N
needed to center target in
20
reticle . See task: OPERATE DE82 92 Z ZZ
TURRET IN POWER MODE,
page 2.152 .
RETICLE TARGET
WARNING
weapon can kill or
injure soldiers .
Weapon will fire if
you press trigger
switch when ARM .
SAFE -RESET switch is in ARM . Take 10
care not to depress trigger switches
on gunner's control handles, com.
mander's control handle, or turret tra.
verse handwheel. Make sure spring
is installed on turret traverse hand.
T
wheel.
.7
!!!
Gun can fire accidently when you

ARM.SAFE
arm weapon iſ trigger switch is stick.
RESET SWITCH
Ing. Soldiers can be killed or injured.
Check that switch is not sticking. If
switch is stuck, download all weap
ons and notity organizational mainte.
ON
0
‫ ܀‬،))
nance.
:1
31. MOVE ARM -SAFE -RESET

SWITCH TO ARM .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-287
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
N G
I
New
R
An
W
WARNING su
An open polt explo.
siog can kill or injure
soldiers. If 25mm
gun stops firing, see
step 34 for misfire
procedure.
Noise from vehicle
or weapons could
damage hearing of
Us soldiers in or near
vehicle . Use ear.
plugs and other
hearing protectors when vehicle or
gun is opeated. Read waring at
front of manual .
CAUTION
Plenum must be cleared of links after
200 rounds fired .
TRIGGER SWITCHES
? NOTE
If 25mm gun has been uploaded, pulling
trigger switch will result in misfire. This
is normal because no round was put IPALM
into feed rotor during uploading . Use SWITCHES
misfire procedure for first cycle. 25mm
gun should fire on second cycle.
32. FIRE 25MM GUN AT TARGET.
GUNNER'S
a. Squeeze trigger switches on CONTROL
gunner's control handles or HANDLES
palm and trigger switches on
commander's control handle .
TRIGGER
SWITCH COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
HANDLE
PALM
SWITCH
2-288
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
۱۱
/
b. If turret is operating in
manual mode , fire gun using
trigger switch on turret
n
kui
traverse handwheel.
c. It gun fires , go to step 37.
d . If gun fails to fire , go to
step 33 . TRIGGER
SWITCH
TURRET
TRAVERSE
1,
HANDWHEEL
SEAR
INDICATOR
ILIGHT
33. CHECK SEAR INDICATOR
LIGHT
o
(
a. If sear indicator light is flash

O
A
00:0
ing go to task: IMMEDIATE

1)( 01
ACTION WHEN 25MM GUN

.
0
MISFIRES , page 2-295.

:
b. If sear indicator light is not

flashing , go to step 34.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-289
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

task: OPERATE 25 MM GUN
page 2-169 .
COOKOFF
DANGER
‫ܕܪܝܐ‬
ZONE
35. CHECK BOLT POSITION

INDICATOR.
a . If bolt position indicator is in
COOKOFF DANG ER ZONE ,
go to task: IMMEDIATE
ACTION WHEN 25MM GUN BOLT
IS IN COOKOFF ZONE (BUT POSITION
NOT IN MISFIRE), page 2-300. INDICATOR
c . If bolt position indicator is in
any position other than SEAR ,
MISFIRE , or COOKOFF DAN .
GER ZONE , go to trouble .
shooting task : 25MM GUN
STALLS OR FAILS TO FIRE
AND IS NOT A HOT GUN ,
page 3-2 .
BOLT
POSITION
INDICATOR
page 2.169 .
2.290
TV 9.23
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LH
MIFS
NOTE
Vibration during firing may cause 25
FDR MALF annunciator light to come
on . Corrective action must be per
formed before 25mm gun will function. man
cor
37. CHECK 25 FDR MALF firit
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT.
a. If 25 FDR MALF annunciator TOW CKT OPEN 25 FDP MANUAL
Whe
OPEN MATCM MALE DRIVE rour
light is on , go to next step. AMMC SW NO FIRE 25 GUN DRIVE
b. If 25 FDR MALF annunciator
light is not on, go to step 43.
5081
REVERSE
25 FDR MALF
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT
ZONE MALF MALE
1
viou
vati
fort
TOU
COIT
one
leva
8
6
loni
sele
Ste
leec
25m
TURRET
DT
POWER
40 F
SWITCH
A UPRET DAME TOA a

.
POWER SYSTEM ABORT
38. MOVE TURRET POWER SWITCH WOO
TO OFF.
MS

TO ON .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-291
2282
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
The first round of
ammo after feed
change can fall long
or short. Soldiers
can be killed or in.
jured . Be sure that
range safety procedures include
consideration of this hazard before
firing .
NOTE
When feed change is made , the first
round fired will be the same as pre .
vious round . However, automatic ele .
vation correction for range will be set
for the new ammo selection . If one HE
round is fired using AP superelevation
correction , the round will fall short . If
one AP round is fired using HE supere.
1
levation correction , the round will fall
long .
If using TP -T ammo in HE system ,
select HE SS on weapon control box .
Steps 40 and 41 can be performed if
feed change is desired when firing
25mm gun .
40. RESELECT AMMO AS AP SS AP LO AP HI

REQUIRED
(
a. Press AP SS or HE SS button
20:10
for single shot AP or HE

ammo .
)
i(s
b. Press AP LO or HE LO button
for 100 rounds / minute AP or
HE ammo .
HESS HE HI
c . Press AP Hi or HE HI button HELO
for 200 rounds /minute AP or
HE ammo .
2.292
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
25 FDR MALF
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT
TOW CKT OPEN 25 FOR MANUAL

OPEN HATCH HALS DRIVE
41. CHECK 25 FDR MALF ANNUN AWMC SW NO FIRE 25 OJA DRIVE
REVERSE ZONE MALF MALG
CIATOR LIGHT.
a. lf 25 FDR MALF annunciator
light is on , notify organiza
b. If 25 FDR MALF annunciator

light is not on , resume firing .
NOTE
C(
Steps 42 thru 47 should be performed X
O
0
O
when firing is completed .
U(0)
0O
SWITCH TO SAFE .
ARM -SAFE -RESET

SWITCH
SS Ace
icon
SWO

SWITCH TO OFF.
44. MOVE TURRET POIVER SLVITCH

TURRET
TO OFF.
DRIVE
SYSTEM
TURRET SWITCH
AND OPEN GUN COVER . See POWER
task : OPERATE 25MM GUN SWITCH
page 2.169.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.293
TI. 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
25mm gun could kill
Clear and safe
25mm gun when fire
mission is com .
pleted .
46. CLEAR. 25MM GUN . See task :
UNLOAD 25MM GUN FEEDER ,
page 2.303 .
47. CLOSE GUN COVER , AND

page 2.169.
END OF TASK
2.234
1
y
TL 4 S A V U 7 27 0 TM 9.2350-252-10-2
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN 25MM GUN MISFIRES
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner (G) Turret operating in power
Commander (C) mode ( page 2-152)
25mm gun failed to fire and
References : SEAR indicator light
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 is flashing (page 2-277)
WARNING
weapon can kill or
injure soldiers .
Weapon will fire if
you press trigger
switch when ARM
SAFE -RESET switch is in ARM . Take
care not to depress trigger switch
accidentally. Make sure spring is
installed on turret traverse hand .
wheel handle .
25mm gun cookoff could kill or

injure soldiers. If gun is hot, do
not try to inspect feeder, remove
round , or recycle gun . All soldiers
must leave vehicle for 30 minutes
before you siart corrective action.
Driver must not exit through driv.
er's hatch.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.295
Sortid
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
NOTE ARM -SAFE- RESET

25mm gun barrel is considered hot SWITCH
enough to cause cookoft if 100 rounds
have been fired in 15 minutes .
O
1. CHECK THAT ARM -SAFE
O
ta
0
RESET SWITCH IS IN ARM . so 0

O
(O),
0
/
OOO
WARNING
An open bolt TRIGGER SWITCHES
explosion could kill
or injure soldiers.
Misfire could be
hang fire. If gun
misfires , do not
immediately press MISFIRE button
on weapon control box.
2. (G) RELEASE TRIGGER

SWITCHES ON GUNNER'S
CONTROL HANDLES AND
WAIT 5 SECONDS .
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
2.296
E UJIZUOWUUU
VU TT 5 2 47 47 4 "
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
AP SS
BUTTON
MISFIRE
BUTTON
.
3. PRESS AP SS OR HE SS BUT
TON .
@
.
4. (G) PRESS MISF ! SE BUTTON .
)%C
NOTE
HESS
25mm gun should cycle from MISFIRE TRIGGER SWITCHES
BUTTON
to SEAF position when trigger
switches are squeezed .
5. (G) SQUEEZE TRIGGER
SWITCHES ON GUNNER'S
CONTROL HANDLES .
GUNNER'S
CONTROL
6. (G ) CHECK THAT SEAR INDICA. HANDLES
TOR LIGHT IS ON . SEAR
INDICATOR
a. f SEAR indicator light is on , LIGHT
00100
squeeze trigger switches on

2:45)
gunner's control handles and

continue firing .
ÝO
Oo
b. If SEAR indicator light is on ,

)(6
but 25.7m gun will not fire , on

go to troubleshooting task:
C
)(0O
25MM GUN STALLS OR

FAILS TO FIRE AND IS NOT
A HOT GUN , page 3.2.
c . If SEAR indicator light is not
0
on , go to step 7 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-297
YCO 2 A
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
WARNING
25mm gun cook.off
could kill or injure sol
diers . If gun is hot, do
not inspect feeder,
remove round, or recy.
cle gun. All soldiers
must leave vehicle for 30 minutes
before corrective action . Driver must 2..
not exit through driver's hatch .
NOTE
25mm gun barrel is considered hot
enough to cause cookoff if 100 rounds
Pich
7. REMOVE 25MM GUN GUARD .

GUARD AND GUN COVER , page
2.169.
8. (G) CHECK BOLT POSITION MISFIRE

INDICATOR . POSITION
a. If bolt position indicator has

EXTRACT
not cycled out of MISFIRE

AAN
position and 25mm gun is

cold , go to troubleshooting
task: 25MM GUN STALLS OR TE
von
FAILS TO FIRE AND IS NOT Vrien
A HOT GUN , page 3-2 .

b . If bolt position indicator has
not cycled out of MISFIRE
position and 25mm gun is BOLT POSITION
INDICATOR
hot , go to step 10.
9. OPEN 25MM GUN COVER . See
page 2.169.
2-298
GOLCULUTUTVU
I SHUP 27 D 2002
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
10. (C) TELL CREW AND DRIVER

THERE IS COOKOFF DAN
GER . TELL THEM THEY MUST
EXIT VEHICLE IMMEDIATELY.
See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
11. (G ) OPEN GUNNER'S HATCH

COVER . See task : OPEN /
CLOSE GUNNER'S HATCH
COVER , page 2-150 .
12. ( C) OPEN COMMANDER'S

HATCH COVER . See task :
OPEN / CLOSE COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER , page 2-145 .
1
13. (C) (G ) EXIT VEHICLE . STAY

CLEAR OF 25MM GUN BAR
REL AND CLIMB DOWN
FROM VEHICLE.
a. Stay away from vehicle for
30 minutes or until cookoff .
Make sure no one enters
aiming area.
b . After 30 minutes (25mm
gun is cold), go to trouble.
C
shooting task : 25MM GUN
STALLS OR FAILS TO FIRE
AND IS NOT A HOT GUN ,
page 3-2.
END OF TASK
2-299
Ay U
7 co4
27 CULPA
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN 25MM GUN IS IN COOKOFF

ZONE (BUT NOT IN MISFIRE)
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner (G ) Turret operating in power mode
Commander (C) (page 2-152 ) .
25mm gun has failed to fire and
References : bolt position indicator is in
TM 9-2250-252-10-1 COOKOFF DANGER ZONE after
more than 100 rounds have
been fired within 15 minutes
(page 2-277) .
WARNING
25mm gun could kill
Make sure 25mm
ZU gun is aimed in safe
direction . Be sure
no soldier or equipment is in the
line of fire .
25mm gun cookoll

could kill or injure
soldiers . If gun is
hot, co not inspect
feeder , remove
round , or recycle
gun . All soldiers must leave vehicle
for 30 minutes before corrective
action . Driver must not exit through
driver's hatch .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.300
0227 0JCE DO
Ꮓ ᏃLITOGA
Ꮓ Ꮓ
Vi DENDE 472 ST TM 9.2350-252.10.2
11
ICOOKOFF
DANGER
ZONE
‫ܪܘܘ‬
NOTE
25mm gun barrel is considered hot
s
1. (C) TELL CREW AND DRIVER le
Voo
THERE IS COOKOFF DANGER .
TELL CREW AND DRIVER THEY 1
MUST EXIT VEHICLE !
IMMEDIATELY .
See TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
2. INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD .

2.169 .
TURRET
POWER
ITURRET DRIVE
SWITCH
I SYSTEM SWITCH
su
w
3. (C) MOVE TUFRET DRIVE
è
SYSTEM SWITCH TO OFF.

SWITCH TO OFF .
Ꮩ ᏝᏝ Ꮫ Ꮭ Ꮩ Ꭷ ᏘᏃ ᏅᎩ Ꮖ Ꭺ
AR
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
OTM
5. (G ) OPEN GUNNER'S HATCH
COVER . See task : OPEN / CLOSE
GUNNER'S HATCH COVER ,
page 2-150 .
6. (C ) OPEN COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER . See task :
OPEN / CLOSE COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER , page 2-145 .
7. (G) (C) EXIT VEHICLE. STAY
CLEAR OF 25MM GUN BARREL,
AND CLIMB DOWN FROM
VEHICLE .
a . Stay away from vehicle for 30

minutes or until cookoff .
Make sure no one enters aim .
ing areas . See troubleshoot .
ing task : 25MM GUN STALLS
OR FAILS TO FIRE AND IS
NOT A HOT GUN , page 3-2 .
END OF TASK
2-302
COCOCOCOCCUEA
TIM 9.250.252.10-2
UNLOAD 25W GUN FEEDER
DESCRIPTION
This task covers : Prepare 25mm Gun Feeder For Unloading ( page 2
303) . Remove AP Link Eject Chute From 25mm Gun
Feeder ( page 2-306 ) . Unload AP Ammo From 25mm
Gun Feeder ( page 2.307) . Remove HE Lirik Eject
Chute From 25mm Gun Feeder ( page 2-369) . Unload
HE Ammo From 25.7m Gun Feeder ( page 2-311 ) .
Fiemove 25mm Ammo From 25mm Gun Feeder
( page 2-313 ) . Remove 25mm Ammo from 25mm Gun
Feceiver ( page 2-313).
INITIAL SETU
Tools : References :
Handcrank assembly (ite . 5. App B) TN. 9.2350-252.10.1
14mm ratchet wrench (ltem 63, App B) Equipment Conditions :
Flai -tip screwdriver , 38 inch
(item 64 , App E 25mm gun fesder loaded
( page 2-246 ) .
Personnel Required : Vehicle parked
Gunner (TNI 9.2350-232-10-1 )
Heps : ( + )
PREPARE 251 ?!! GU ?! FEEDER FOR UNLOADING

1.? Friis
h.ccc ...al firing o !
Cu7 COL ! d kill or
Ir.jüre soiviera . ! :25
suro ARIZ -SAFE - F.E .
SE Switch is in
SAFE.
1. MOVE AP.M.SAFE -PESET M

0.136)(
SWITCH TO RESET, THEN TO

0:0
SAFE .
0).(:
AF...1.1.1.1957 SHITCH!
GO TO NEXT FAGE 2.363

TM 9.2380.252.10-2
3. FEMOVE 25 ! 11.1 GUN GUARD

AND OPEN CUN COVER . See
task : OPERATE 25 !UN GUN
page 2.169 .
‫ܪ ܘܗ‬
TURRET
WAPNING
POWER
Hands can be
SWITCH
crushed it gun rotor
moves . Turn turret JA IAN
SSY
power oil before you SOC
ASF
reach into gun rotor.

U()ID
‫مع‬
TO OFF
VILA !!ING IoTANUAL SAFE HANDLE

Accidental lirinig oi
Salt
25.mm gun could kil !

or injure sc ! diera .
liiele SUTC menival
SAFE oncle is in
SAFE.

TO SAFE POSITION .
2.33
1: 9 : 23 : 3.252.10.2

ACCESS DOORS. See task :
OPERATE COAX HACHINE GUN
ACCESS DCORS : page 2.172 .
AP LINK
EJECT CHUTE
HE LINK
EJECT CHUTE
7. DISCONNECT AP AND HE
LINKS FROM LINKS IN AP
AND HE LIIS EJECT CHUTES .
L'SE SCREV.DRIVER TO PRY
LINKS APAFT IF NECESSAFY .
VAP AND SE
LINKS
E. CLOSE COAX MACHINE GUN

ACCESS COOAS . Soo task :
OPEFATE COAX MACHINE GUN
ACCESS DOORS , page 2.172 .
CO TO NEXT PACE 3.305

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
REMOVE AP LINK EJECT CHUTE FROIN 25M . GUN FEEDER
AP LINK
EJECT CHUTE
25 " . M GUN
FEEDER
WARNING
Hand's can be
crushed it çun rotor
moves . Turn turret AR LINK
power off before
you reach into gun
rotor .
LATCH
9. REMOVE AP LINK EJECT

CHUTE FROM 25MM GUN
FEEDER .
a . Squeeze latches and puli AP IAP LINK
TEJECT CHUTE
link eject chute to right ,
away from 25mm gun AP LINK
feeder . EJECT CHUTE JOURNAL
b. Release latches .
c . Disconnect AP link in AP link
eject chute from AP link com .
ing out of 25mm gun feeder.
Use screwdriver to pry links
apart, if necessary.
d . Pull AP link ejeo : chute up
and left to reinove chrute from
journal . O
C AP
e . Remove AP link eject chute C LINKS
from 25mm gun area . I
f. Remove and discard AP AP LINK
links from AP link eject EJECT CHUT :
chute .
2.306
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
FEED SELECT
10. PUL ! OUT FEED SELECT SOLE SOLENOID KROS
NO ! O KNOE 70 HE POSITION .
UNLOC AP AW10 FRON. 251,1 GUN FEEDER
CAUTION
Empty ammo links can jan 25mm
gun feeder if links do not alina in
siripper rail , Guide empty ammo
links on lo stripper rail while ammo
is being unicaded from 25.7m gun
feeder.
NOTE
It may be necessary to move forwarder
back arciorth ic release upper clutch UPPER FEED
Corride kaos . SHAFT EXTENSION
UPFEF CLUTCH 14MIM
Upper ciu ! ch override kr.cb should be
OVERSIDE KNO3 RATCHET
checked to make sure it goes back in WRENCH
aiter 2570.m sun iceder is unicadec .
11. UNLOSOAPAMO FROM

251VW GUIS FE DES .
a Piace 14mm ratchet wrench
on upper iced shaft extension
wiiti wrench handle up and to
richt.
b . Puil oli and rold upper cluich 25MRI GUN
overrice knes . FEEDER
GO TO NEXT FAGE 2-307

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
114PM
RATCHET
WRENCH
c . Guide AP ammo links onto

stripper rail while unloading
25mm gun feeder. 125MM GUN
FEEDER
d . Turn 14mm ratchet wrench left
until last round of AP ammo APATO
is clear of eeder . ! * LINKS
ni
© LAST
STRIPPER FAIL
ROUND
AP ANMO
CHUTE
LLC
e. Press AP forwarder release
lever as needed to release ten .
sion on links in AP ammo AP FORWARDER
RELEASE LEVER
chute .
UPPER CLUTCH
TAMM
OVERRIDE KNOB
RATCHET
f. Release upper clutch override WRENCH
knob .
g . Turn 14mm ratchet wrench left

knob is seated .
h . Remove 14mm ratchet

wrench .
2.308
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
FEMOVE KE LINX EJECT CHUTE FROM 2574M GUY FEEDER

12. MANUALLY DEPRESS 250 in
GUN TO MAXIM . DESES .
SION . See task : OPERATE TUR
RET MANUALLY, page 2-439.
06
13. REMOVE HE LINK EJECT

CHUTE FROM 25MM GUN
FEEDER
a . Squeeze latches and pull HE

link eject chute to righi ,
HE LINK
away from 25mm gun 25MM GUN EJECT
feeder . FEEDER CHUTE
LATCH
HE LINK
EJECT
ICHUTE
*
LACS
251AM GUN
FEEDER
b. Felease latches .
c. Disconnect KE links in HE
PE
link eject chute from He link LIKS
coming out of 25mm gun HE LIL ! K
feeder. EJECT CHUTE
CO TO NEXT Price
2.30S
TIM 9.2350-252.10.2
d . Pull HE link eject chute

down and left , and remove
chute from journal .
21
e. Turn HE link eject chute
and pull out of 25mm gun
receiver area .
JOURNAL
HE LINK
EJECT
CHUTE
f . Remove and discard HE

links from chute. O 으 Qu НЕ
LINKS
me
s
HE LINK
EJECT CHUTE
FEED SELECT
SOLENOID KNOB
oo
14. PUSH IN FEED SELECT SOLE

2-310
Ti 9.2350-252.10.2
UNLOND HE ANMO FROM:1 25/1 ! CDIY FEEDEF
CAUTION
Empty emito iinks can jam 25r1m .
Sun feeder i lijks do nei clinic in
strippe : raii . Cuice empty' amino
links on : o stripporrall while ammois
beirg unloaded f : om 25 mm gun
iseder.
NOTE
It may be necessary to move forwarder 1
tack and forth to release lower clutch co

cherride knob .
Lower clutch overrica knos shou ! be

civecked to make sure it goes book in LCWER CLUTCH
afte : 250.m gun fceder is loaded . OVEERIDE KNOB
25MM GU ?
FE : DES
73. UNLOAD HE AMVO FROM
25VM GUN FEELER
a. Place 14mm ratchet wrench

on lov'er feed shait exten
sion with wrench handie
straight down .
b . Pull out and hold lover LOWER

ciutch override inob . FEED 14.1N RATCHET
SHAFT PENCH
EXTENSION
GO TO ; !EXTRACE 2.311
Til 3.235.5-252-10-2
114MM RATCHET
WRENCH
c . Guide HE ammo links onto

strippe ? rail while unloading
25mm gun feeder.
25MM GUN
d . Turn 14mm ratchet wrench left LAST FEEDER
until last round of HE ammo ROUND
is clear of feeder.
STRIPPER HE AMMO
RAIL LINKS
HE AMMO
CHUTE
e . Press HE forwarder release

lever as needed to release ten
sion on links in HE ammo
chute .
HE FOF WARCER
f. Release lower clutch override RELEASE LEVER
knob . LOWER CLUTCH
CVERRIDE KNOB
14NM RATCHET
g . Turn 14mm ratchet wrench left
until lower clutch override WRENCH
knob is seated .
h . Remove 14mm ratchet

wrench
16. REMOVE 25MV CUN FEEDER .

See page 3-34 .
2.312
TI.1 9.2330.152.10.2
REMOVE :51H AIMO FROM 25 :0013 GUI ! -
WARNING
Soldiers couid bo
killed or injured by
ammo. Make sura all
ammo is ramicvad
Immediately .
17. PUSH IN AND HOLD TIMER

RELEASE ROD.
NOTE
!! worm chait nut can not be iurned
manually , then use handcrank assem .
biy to turn manual drive gear hub to
the le! until you hear two clicks .
13. TURN WORM SHAFT NUT TO

LEFT UNTIL YOU HEAR TVO
CLICKS . WORM
SHAFT
19. RELEASE TIMER RELEASE INUT
ROD .
TINER RELEASE
ROD
FANDCF1K
A23日 !!
GO TO TEXT SACS
¿: 3 : 3
TM 9.2250-252-10-2
WARNING
i cartridge explo .
sion could kill or
injure soldiers. Han.
dle ammo with care .
Do not bump prim .
ers against any hard
surface .
WORM
NOTE SHAFT
If handcrank assembly was used in INUT
step 18 , continue to turn handcrank
assembly until round drops into help.
er's hand .
HANDCRANK
ASSEMELY
20. CONTINUE TO TURN WORM
SHAFT NUT UNTIL ROUND
DROPS INTO HELPERS HAND .
21. TIME 25MM GUN FEEDER . See

page 2-240 .
WOBV
SHAFT
NUT
ROUND
2.314
TM 9.2350.232.10-2.
PEMOVE 25MM AIMO FROM GUN RECEIVE
22. F.EVOVE AMMO FROM FACE FORVARD EJEST PCM

OF BOLT .
23. CHECK CHAMBER FOR

AMO.
a. If airmo is found in cham
ber , rernove amirio .
CHADOR
24. CHECK FORWAD EJECT
POF FOR AMATO .
a . If ammo is four.d in iorliard FACE OF EOLI
eject port , remove armo .
END OF TASK
2.315
TM 9-2250-252-10-2
UNLCAD ! STOY 2517 HE AMBAO
INITIAL SETUP

14mm ratchet wrench Vehicle parked
(Item 83, App B ) Cina S.2350-252-10-1 )
MASTER POVER switch . ON
Personnel Required : (TM S.2350-252-10-1 )
Gunner
Helper ( 5 )
References :
TM 9.2350-252-10-1
1. REMOVE HE LINK EJECT

CHUTE FROM 25MM GUN
FEEDER . See task : UNLOAD
25MM GU'N FEEDER ,
page 2.303 .
2. UNLOAD HE AMMO FRO1.1

25MM GUN FEEDER . See task :
page 2.303 .
3. TEAVERSE TUFFET TO HE
LOAD POSITION ( 2150 MILS ).
See task : OPERATE TL'RCET IN
FOWER MODE , page 2.152 .
4. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK .

See task : OPEFATE TUSSET
TRAVEL LOCK . pag . 2.141 .
2.315
Til 3.2350.252.10.2
0
TURRET
DRIVE
SYSTE ! .1
SWITCH
Sino
5. " OVE TUFFE DRIVE SYSTEM
SV . TCH TO OFF
(6
(10.)!
6. MCVE TURRET POWER SWITCH
*(3.
TO OFF
TURIST
POVE ?
SWITCH
7. ( - ) OPEN TURRET SHIELD

DOOP . Segiak: OPERATE TUR .
FET SHIELD DCOR , 2.139 . HE AO
CA !! DOOR FEA
CAN
HANDLE
GI
.
E. FENIJUE FE 2.41.13 CAN D.30 .
2.. Turn hangia to right .

b . Femove Foamna cei door
irost: Hibairro Ce .
GO TO DATE.CE
(
2.07
k8 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
A cartridge explo:
sion could kill or
injure soidiers . Han .
dle ammo with care.
be
Dorot bump prim .
€ !! against any hard
Suriace .
PE FEED
O.9. UNLOAD HE ALLO FROM HS SHAFT CHUTE
FEED CHUTE .
a . Place 14.7m raichist wiench on
shaft of HE forwarder, with
wrench handle to the left .
b . Put upward pressure on 14mm

ratchet wrench and pull HE
release handle to the right . 14MM RATCHET
WRENCH
c . Hold FE release handie to НЕ

FELELSE
right while rooving ? 4mm .
ratchet wrench to straight HALO!:
down position .
c . Let go Ci HE re ! case handle
and turn 14nm ratchet wrench
right untii PE : 3 ! easa randis
pops back into place .
e . Remove 14mm ratchet wiench 1141V.M . RATCHET
from shaft . Hoherchi
f. Sepeat sieps a thru e above
until only it's rounds are
visible in Heleed chute .
23
T. 9.2350-252.16.2
His
‫م‬ ‫مرز‬
‫یر‬
Ft
10. MOVE PE AIAMO ONTO LOAD HE ‫د‬
CHUT :
INGR : IL . FORWARDEP. 25 ?
SHAFT ACCESS
a. Remove 25mm 21.070 C27 DOOR
door from HE ammc cari.
LOADING
b. Peach into HE ammo can FAIL
and grasp round nearest HE
forwarder.
c . Pull round onto loacing rail

while releasing las : IVO
founds fcrm AS feed chute .
d . Instal : 25mm 2.777.CO.
door ori HE am :70 02.7 . 1 HE AMO
FOUNT CAN
‫بشار‬
11. (H ) PULL AMMO EELT FROM
HE AM!! :10 CAN . STRETC- AND
PLACE AMMO BELT CI
VEHICLE FLOOP.
HE AMINO
r CAN
NOT
IT HEround 5.123ricirel : -..eirimlink , ; 3ET
A : xA
sto ; pullin : H' . Proi'nd . Hir ! " ;rd is
frez by twistinsaricá plii:::, : ,: 011 15
round it sama ti :.70.
12. ( H) REMOVE 15TH Fia !!,, ..

a . Stari 2 : encoi CITTOKE :
resi : si turist and coin : 15
rounds .
b. Full 15 : 1. und fic . In 5 : 1 POV : .. 17H POU !
c ? TO NEAT PRE 2.319

TM 9.2350.252.10 .
RIGHT SIDE
13. ( H ) SEPARATE LINKS.
Il
MAMMO BELT
a. Lift right side of ammo belt DOUBLE
and pull out single link from LINK
double link .
SINGLE
( LINK
LEFT
SIDE
AMMO ALINEMENT
SELT GROOVE
14. ( H) PLACE LOOSE ROUND IN
EMPTY DOUBLE LINKS.
[ LOOSE
DOUBLE ROUND
a . Aline alinement groove on
loose round with alinement LINK
tang on double link.
b. Press down on round until it
is fully seated .
NOTE ALINEMENT TANG

Last ammo belt may have less than
15 HE rounds.
AMMO BELT
15. REPEAT STEPS 12 THRU 14

CE
DDD
UNTIL ALL AMMO IS

AAAAAA
SI
23 ‫)ن‬
‫دران‬
SEPARATED INTO 15 ROUND

)
BELTS .
1 15
SEPARATOR
16. STOW FIRST 15 ROUNDS OF
AMMO IN HE AMMO BOX.
a. Unlatch and open armo box

lid .
AMMO
b. Remove separator from HE BOX LID
ammo voz . HE AMMO BOX
2.320
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
NOTE
Large inserts should be used . Se sure
that round nurnber matches insert
number . 0
‫کار می‬ rs CT
c . Hold separator with projectile ‫ساری‬ ) ‫ای در‬

side up and place first ammo
belt in numbered inserts. SEPARATOR
Place rounds 1 thru 4 in
middle of separator and
rounds 5 thru 15 in outer
inserts.
INSEPT:
AMINO
EELT
NOTE
Notch in center of separator must
aline with mating tab in body of HE
arirno box .
d. Turn separator and ammo ТАЗ

belt upside down and insert NOTCH
into HE ammo box with
HE
noich and is alined .
AMMO
Зcx
15
ANNO
COX LD
e . Close ärid latci tie cilling

box lid ,
LATCH
CO TO NEXT PAGE
2.32-1
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
SEPARATOR
17. STOW SECOND 15 ROUNDS OF

AMMO IN HE AMMO Box .
a. Turn HE ammo box upside

down .
b. Un ! atch and open second HE

ammo box lid .
HEA!!!, 0
c . Pemove separator from FE BOX LID
ammo box .
d . Repeat steps 16c , d , and e
above to load second 15
rounds .
HE ANO COX
HANDLE
18. INSTALL HE AMMO CAN
DOOR
a . Place FE ammo can door on

HE azimio can .
b . Turn handle left .
19. STOW HE AW.10 . See HE AMMOL

CAN DOOS
Tlvi 9.2350-252-10.1 .
20. ( H ) CLOSE TURRET SHIELD

DOOP . See tesk : OPERATE
.
(

page 2.139 . HE AMO
CAN
2.322
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
If you enter turret
with turret power on,
you may be injured
or killed . Do not
enter turret while
turret power is on .
Keep turret shield door closed and
latched while turret power is on .
PIA Lupas : OFM
21. MOVE TURRET POWER MED SSM
Do O ano suso
SWITCH TO ON . to .

SWITCH TO ON .
TURRET
TURRET
23. RELEASE TUP.P.ET TRAVEL DRIVE
POWER
LOCK . See task : OPERATE SYSTEM
SWITCH
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK , SWITCH
page 2-141 .

MILS . See task : OPERATE TUR
RET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2-152.
TURRET
25. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK . TURRET DRIVE
See task : OPERATE TURRET POWER SYSTEM
SWITCH SIVITCH
27. MOVE TURSET DRIVE SYSTEM

s.si
SWITCH TO OFF . STA
TO
MOVE TURRET POWER

. >
SWITCH TO OFF .
28. ( H ) OPEN TUPRET SHIELD

DOOR . See task : OPERATE
TURSET SHIELD DOOR ,
page 2-139.
END OF TASK
2.323
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
UNLOADISTOW 25MM AP AMMO
INITIAL SETUP
Tools: Equipment Conditions :

14mm ratchet wrench Vehicle parked
( Item 83, App B ) ( TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
MASTER POWER switch ON
Personnel Required : CTM 92350-252-10-1 )
Gunner
Helper ( H )
References :
TM 9.2350-252.10.1
1. REMOVE AP LINK EJECT

CHUTE FORM 251..M GUN
FEEDER . See task : UNLOAD
25MM GUN FEEDER ,
page 2.303 .
2. UNLOAD AP AMMO FROM

25MM GUN FEEDER . See task :
page 2-303 .
3. TRAVERSE TUPAET TO AP
LOAD POSITION ( 2150 MILS ) .
See task : OPERATE TURRET IN
POWER MODE , page 2-152 .
2-324
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TURRET
DRIVE
SYSTEM
15:
SWITCH
‫ܐܐ‬.
'
BUL
o
w
}
€
( )
E

SWITCH TO OFF .
TURRET
POVER
SWITCH
1960
SSIM
SW
10
6. MOVE TUFFET POWER SWITCH
TO OFF . 0 . TIE
HANDLE
7. ( H ) OPEN TURRET SHIELD

DOOR . See task : OPERATE TUR .
RET SHIELD DOOR , page 2.139 .
6. FEMOVE AP AMMO CAN DOOR .
2. Turn handle to right .

b. Femove AP ammo can doc !
from AP ammo can .
AP
AP AMNO
CAN
Amino
CAN DOCR
GO TO TEXT PAGE
2.325
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
WARNING
A cartridge explo .
sion could kill or
injure soldiers . Han .
Do not bump prim.
surface .
9. UNLOAD AP AMMO FROM AP

FEED CHUTE .
a . Place 14mm ratchet wrench on
shait of AP forwarder, with AP
SHAFT
FORWARDER
wrench handle to the right .
AP
b . Put upward pressure on
14mm ratchet wrench , and RELEASE
HANDLE
pull AP release handle to the
left .
14MM
!B
RATCHET
WRENCH
c . Hold AP release handle to left

while moving 14mm ratchet AP
PELEASE
wrench to straight down HANDLE IAP
position . FEED
CHUTE
d . Let go of AP release handle
and turn 14mm ratchet wrench
left until AP release handle
pops back into place .
e. Repeat steps a thru d above 14 : M
RATCHET
until on ! y two rounds are
visible in AP feed chute . IWRENCH
2.326
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
AP
AP FEED
FORWARDER CHUTE
SHAFT
10. ( H) MOVE AP AMMO ONTO

LOADING RAIL.
a . Reach into AP access area

and grasp round nearest AP
forwarder.
b. Pull round onto loading rail

while releasing last two
rounds from AP feed chute.
c . Remove 14mm ratchet
LOADING 14MM
wrench from shaft of AP ROUND
RAIL RATCHET
forwarder. WRENCH
11. ( H) PULL AMMO BELT FROM

AP AMMO CAN . STRETCH AND
PLACE AMMO BELT ON
VEHICLE FLOOR. AMMO
BELT
AP AMMO CAN
‫ܐܝܬ‬
---
...
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.327
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOTE
11 AP round does not release from link ,
stop pulling AP round . AP round is
freed by twisting and pulling up on AP
round at same time.
pray
Cras
12. (H) REMOVE 15TH ROUND .
a. Start at end of ammo belt
nearest turret and count 15
rounds .
b . Pull 15th round from link. 15TH ROUND 14TH ROUND
RIGHT SIDE
AMMO BELT
SINGLE
LINK
DOUBLE E
13. (H) SEPARATE LINKS . LINKI
a. Lift right side of ammo belt

and pull out single link from Tin
double link.
LEFT SIDE
AMMO BELT
LOOSE ALINEMENT
ROUND GROOVE
14. (H) PLACE LOOSE ROUND IN
ALINEMENT
EMPTY DOUBLE LINK .
TANG
a. Aline alinement groove on EI
loose round with alinement TO
tang on double link.
b. Press down on round until it
is fully seated .
DOUBLE LINK
2.328
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
NOTE AMMO BELT

Last ammo belt may have less than 15
AP rounds .
1
15. REPEAT STEPS 12 THRU 14

UNTIL ALL AMMO IS
SEPARATED INTO 15 ROUND 1
1332 15
BELTS.
Poli
cia
SEPARATOR
16. STOW FIRST 15 ROUNDS OF

AMMO IN AP AMMO BOX.
AMMO
a. Unlatch and open ammo box BOX LID
lid .
b. Remove separator from AP
ammo box . AP AMMO
BOX
OOOO
or
NOTE
Large inserts should be used. Be sure
Ooi
OPORC
that round number matches insert
number . SEPARATORS
c. Hold separator with projectile

side up and place first ammo
belt in numbered inserts.
Place rounds 1 thru 4 in
middle of separator and
rounds 5 thru 15 in outer INSERT
inserts.
AMMO
BELT
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.329
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
NOTCH
NOTE
Notch in center of separator must
aline with mating tab in body of AP
ammo box .
d. Turn separator and ammo

belt upside down and insert
into AP ammo box with notch TAB
and tab alined .
LATCH
AP AMMO
BOX LID
e. Close and latch AP ammo

box lid .
LATCH
SEPARATOR
b
17. STOW SECOND 15 ROUNDS OF

e
AMMO IN AP AMMO BOX.
a. Turn AP ammo box upside

down.
b. Unlatch and open second AP
ammo box lid .
AP AMMO
c. Remove separator from AP BOX LID
ammo box .
d. Repeat steps 16c, d, and e
above to load second 15
AP AMMO
rounds . BOX
2.330
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
HANDLE
Di
18. INSTALL AP AMMO CAN DOOR.
a . Place AP ammo can door on
AP ammo can . IAP AMMO
b . Turn handle left . ICAN DOOR
AP
ANNO
CAN
19. STOW AP AMMO . See

TM 9-2350-252.10-1 .
20. (H) CLOSE TURRET SHIELD

DOOR . See task: OPERATE
TURRET SHIELD DOOR,
page 2-139.
16: C
TES
WARNING
om
If you enter turret
with turret power on,
you may be injured
or killed . Do not
enter turret while
turret power is on.
Keep turret shield door closed and
latched while turret power is on.
21. MOVE TURRET POWER Sis'in A

ệ
. sw .
SWITCH TO ON .

SVJITCH TO ON .
23. RELEASE TURRET TRAVEL TURRET TURRET

LOCK . See task: OPERATE POWER DRIVE
TURRET TRAVEL LOCK , SWITCH SYSTEM
SWITCH
page 2.141 .
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

MILS . See task : OPERATE TUR
RET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2-152 .

TRAVEL LOCK , page 2-141 . TURRET
TURRET DRIVE
26. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYS. POWER SYSTEM
TEM SWITCH TO OFF. SWITCH SWITCH

SWITCH TO OFF. D :
Siv
28. ( H ) OPEN TURRET SHIELD

DOOR . See task : OPERATE
(! )
1)(0
...
page 2-139 .
END OF TASK
2.332
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
LOAD/ RELOAD COAX MACHINE GUN AMMO

INITIAL SETUP

Helper (H) (TM 9.2350-252-10-1)
References : (page 2.16)
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM
TM 9-2350-252-10-1
switch OFF ( page 2-16)
ARM -SAFE- RESET switch in
SAFE (page 2-21 )
WARNING
coax machine gun
ITI
could result in death

or injury . Make sure
ARM.SAFE - RESET
switch is in SAFE.
NOTE
Step 1 is done if LO AMMO indicator
light on weapon control box flashes.
Then step 6 is done .
LATCH
1. OPEN FORWARDEP. ACCESS

DOOR .
a . Squeeze two latches at bot .

tom of forwarder access door.
Forwarder access door will
spring open .
FORWARDER ACCESS
DOOR
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.333
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
b. Remove all debris from coax

ammo box .
2. OPEN COAX MACHINE GUN COAX AMMO BOX

C
2184
V 42
TE
CHARGER HANDLE
WARNING
coax machine gun
soldiers . Make sure
manual safety is in
SAFE .
3. SET MANUAL SAFETY ON COAX

MACHINE GUN .
a . Pull charger handle back
firmly.
b. Push manual safety up to " S " MANUAL SAFETY
position .
2-334
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
sym
ona
4. OPEN COVER ASSEMBLY AND
FEED TRAY
uta
a. Push in two latches .
LATCHES
b. Open cover assembly.
c. Release two latches. FEED
TRAY
d . Open feed tray. COVER
ASSEMBLY
UTILITY
5. INSPECT CHAMBER FOR LIGHT
ROUND. USE UTILITY LIGHT AS
NEEDED.
Info
the
in
a. If there is no round in CHAMBER

chamber, go to step 6.
b. If there is a round in cham
ber, see troubleshooting task:
COAX MACHINE GUN FAILS
TO FEED AND IS NOT A HOT
GUN , page 3-27.

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
6. UNSTOW AND OPEN FOUR

7.62MM CANS . See
TM 9-2350-252.10-1 .
WARNING
A cartridge explo
slon could kill or in .
ammo with care . Do
not bump primers
against any hard
surface .
NOTE AMMO BELT

End of ammo belt with double link
always goes in coax ammo box first .
End with single link goes last.
7. LOAD AMMO BELT IN FIRST
LINK
SECTION OF COAX AMMO
BOX
a. (H) Remove one ammo belt
( 100 rounds) and inspect
ammo belt for alinement and
damaged links . Pass ammo
belt to gunner .
you
AMMO BELT
COAX
AMMO
BOX
ood
b. Point rounds away from you . wod SECOND
Feed ammo belt , double link I ROW
first , into first section of
coax ammo box until first
row is filled.
c . Fold ammo belt over to make
DOUBLE LINK
second row .
2.336
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
AMMO
BELT
d . Fold ammo belt back and

forth in first section of coax
ammo box . Leave end of
ammo belt outside of coax
ammo box .
COAX
AMMO FIRST SECTION
BOX
LOADED
8. LINK AMMO BELTS .
AMMO
a. Insert first round of new BELT
ammo belt into loaded ammo USINGLE
ILINK
belt . Check that round is
alined . NEW
AMMO
BELT
b . Fold ammo belt back and
forth until first section of JAMMO
| BELT
coax ammo box is filled to
guide . GUIDE
c. Repeat step a above as

needed to complete steps 9
and 10 . COAXI
AMMO
BOX FIRST SECTION
9. LOAD SECOND AND THIRD

SECTIONS OF COAX AMMO
AMNO
BOX. BELT
a . Guide ammo belt over guide .
b. Guide ammo belt straight
down wall to bottom of
second section . SECOND
SECTION

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
C. Fold ammo bet back and AMMO

forth until second section of BELT
GUIDE
coax ammo box is filled to
guide .
d . Repeat steps a thru c above ooooo
to load third section of coax pood
ammo box.. COAX
AMMO
BOX
THIRD
10. LOAD TOP AREA OF COAX SECTION
AMMO BOX .
AMMO BELT
a. Guide ammo belt back
across all three sections
and fold back and forth .
00001
b. Form three layers of ammo

on top of coax ammo box
over the three sections .
COAX
AMMO
BOX
CHUTE
FO00000)
NOTE 50000002
If you are loading , go to step 12. If you
are reloading , go to step 11 .
AMMO
11. LINK LOADED AMMO BELT TO

BELT I
AMMO BELT IN CHUTE.
a. Insert first round of ammo

belt in chute into loaded
LOADED
ammo belt .
AMMO
b. Go to step 16 . BELT
2.338
TM 9.2350-252. 10-2
FORWARDER
IAMMO
BELT
12. CLOSE FEED TRAY .

IAMMO
FEED TRAY
13. INSTALL AMMO BELT ON BELT
FEED TRAY
a . Place end of ammo belt up
to forwarder . Turn forwarder
to left until first round rests
on cartridge stop on feed
tray.
CARTRIDGE STOP
14. CLOSE COVER ASSEMBLY .
COVER
a. If cover assembly doesn't ASSEMBLY
close , press ammo flat on
feed tray .

GUN ACCESS DOORS ,
page 2.172 .
FORWARDER
ACCESS
DOOR ©
16. CLOSE FORWARDER ACCESS

DOOR .
END OF TASK
2.339
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions (cont ) :

Gunner Turret operating in power mode
Commander ( page 2-152 )
ARM - SAFE - RESET switch in
References: SAFE ( page 2-21 )
TM 9.2350-252.10.1 ISU and coax machine gun
boresighted ( page 2.183 )
Equipment Conditions : Coax machine gun zeroed
( page 2.232 )
MASTER POWER switch ON Coax machine gun loaded
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 ) ( page 2-333)
WARNING
Live ammo can kill

ॐ get area . Make sure

Noise from vehicle

or weapons could
damage hearing of
soldiers in or near
vehicle . Use ear .
plugs and other
gun is operated . Read warning at
front of manual .
1. OPEN COAX MACHINE GUN AC

CESS DOORS . See task: OPER
ATE COAX MACHINE GUN AC
CESS DOORS , page 2-172 .
2.340
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
:1༡
TURRET
POWER
!
SWITCH
2. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE pene

TURP !
SYSTEM
DANS TM
ABORT
SYSTEM SWITCH TO OFF. O o O SW Dan

SWITCH TO OFF.
TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
Pa
ro
wa
W
4. CHECK POSITION OF
MANUAL SAFETY ON COAX
MACHINE GUN .
MANUAL
a. If manual safety is in safe
SAFETY
position with " S " showing ,
push manual safety down to
firing position . Go to step 6 .
MANUAL
SAFETY
b. If manual safety is in firing
position with " S " not
showing , go to step 5.

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CHARGER
COAX MACHINE GUN
HANDLE
5. CHARGE COAX MACHINE
E
GUN .
D
N
225)
a . Pull charger handle back
E
W
until bolt locks to the rear.
WARNING
Gases from weapons
are poisonous. Close
coax machine gun
access doors before
you fire coax
machine gun .
6. CLOSE COAX MACHINE GUN TURRET

ACCESS DOOR . See task : POWER TURRET DRIVE
OPERATE COAX MACHINE GUN SWITCH SYSTEM SWITCH
ACCESS DOORS , page 2-172.
7. (C) MOVE TURRET POWER CON

AB .
a
SWITCH TO ON .
o
)
8. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH TO ON .
MA
7.62
POO
00:10
BUTTON
T
)1,0
0
ove
0

0
O
2.342
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
not look at sun
€ through ISU
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
NOTE
Status indicator on reticle in gunner's
eyepiece should read 7.62 .
10. LOOK INTO GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE .
11. FIND RANGE OF TARGET

USING FANGE FINDER IN
RETICLE.
a. Traverse turret and / or elevate RETICLE
STADIA
or depress coax machine gun LINE
TARGET
as needed to center target
between stadia line and base .
line in reticle . See task :
OPERATE TURRET IN
POWER MODE , page 2.152 .
b . Read range of target a: point

BASELINE
04
where target touches both
stadia line and baseline .
.
01310
22 20 20
12. TURN RANGE CONTROL ‫ܙܕ ܐܘ ܐܐ‬

IRANGE
KNOB TO RANGE ESTIMATED CONTROL
IN STEP 11 . IKNOB

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
l!l
5 .
RETICLE
13. CENTER TARGET IN RETICLE .
a. Traverse turret and / or elevate

or depress coax machine gun
as needed to center target in
reticle . See task : OPERATE
TURRET IN POWER MODE , 041
page 2-152.
WARNING War
weapon can kill or
injure soldiers .
=
Weapon will fire it

you press trigger
switch when ARM .
SAFE -RESET switch is in ARM. Take
care not to depress trigger switch
accidentally . Make sure spring is
installed on turret traverse
handwheel handle .
.
.)
O

SWITCH TO ARM .
ARM.SAFE- RESET
SWITCH
2-344
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
WARNING
An open bolt explo.
sion could kill or
injure soldiers . If
gun mistires , stop OOC
firing . Follow mis .

fire procedures .
Cookoft of live round could kill or
Injure soldiers . If machine gun is TRIGGER
hot, do not inspect tray , remove SWITCHES
round , or recharge gun . Close
machine gun access doors and
keep closed.
NOTE
If LO AMMO indicator light on weapon
control box flashes , you can push LO
AMMO OVRD button and fire the
remaining ammo. You can also stop GUNNER'S
firing and reload . CONTROL JTRIGGER
HANDLES SWITCH
Machine gun barrel is considered hot
enough to cause cookoffit 100 rounds
have been fired in 2 minutes . PALM
SWITCH
15. FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN . TURRET

TRAVERSE
a. Squeeze trigger switches HANDWHEEL
on gunner's control handies COMMANDER'S
or trigger switch and palm CONTROL
switch on commander's HANDLE
control handle . Press trig .
ge ! on turret traverse hand.
wheel if turret is in manual
TA
mode . TRIGGER
b . If gun fails to fire or misfires ,

go to task : IMMEDIATE
ACTION WHEN COAX
MACHINE GUN FAILS TO
FIRE , page 2-347.
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
WARNING
coax machine gun
soldiers. Make sure
ARM.SAFE RESET
switch is in SAFE
after you fire coax machine gun. ARM.SAFE- RESET SWITCH
16. MOVE ARM - SAFE-RESET
love
C
0)
lo(0
SAFE .
(0
(O)
Oo
PATEO
۴۲ ‫مهر‬ TUACE DAN м

Done $ S70M ABORT o

SWITCH TO OFF.
18. AFTER FIRING IS COM

PLETED , CLEAR COAX TURRET DRIVE
MACHINE GUN . See task : SYSTEM SWITCH
CLEAR COAX MACHINE GUN ,
page 2-354 .
END OF TASK
2.346
E I SAHS T JV4
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN COAX MACHINE GUN

FAILS TO FIRE
INITIAL SETUP

Commander (C) MASTER POWER switch ON
Gunner (G) (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
References : (page 2-16)
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM
TM 9.2350-252-10-1
switch ON ( page 2-16)
WARNING
coax machine gun
soldiers . Check that
ARM.SAFE - RESET
switch is in SAFE.
ARM.SAFE -RESET SWITCH
1. (G) MOVE ARM -SAFE-RESET
OTO
SWITCH TO SAFE.
o
O
2. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYS. TO

1)(0
TEM SWITCH TO OFF .

NOTE
have been fired in 2 minutes . JARE UAPE DRIVE
POWEP SYSTEM ALOR
3. TELL DRIVER AND CREW on o s'abono
THERE IS A COAX MISFIRE .

a. If coax gun is in cookoft con .
dition , go to step 4.
b. If coax gun is not in cookoff TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
condition , go to step 5 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.347
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

WARNING MACHINE GUN MACHINE GUN
Cookoft of live ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR
round could kill or
machine gun is hot
do not inspect tray ,
remove round , or
recharge gun. Close machine gun
access doors and keep closed.
4. KEEP COAX MACHINE GUN
ACCESS DOORS COMPLETELY
CLOSED FOR 30 MINUTES
UNTIL COAX MACHINE GUN IS
NOT HOT ENOUGH TO COOK.
OFF AMMO .

UN

WARNING
coax machine gun
may result in death or
injury. Do not charge
coax machine gun
until you are ready to
fire.
6. (G ) PULL CHARGER HANDLE

BACK UNTIL BOLT LOCKS TO
THE REAR .
fails
a. If coax machine gun fial to COAX
charge , see troubleshooting MACHINE
task : COAX MACHINE GUN IGUN
FAILS TO FEED AND IS NOT
A HOT GUN , page 3-27 .
b . If coax machine gun charges ,
go to step 7 to fire manually ,
or go to step 8 to fire in CHARGER
power mode . HANDLE
2.348
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
Newd
rt
ad
O
WARNING
te a
.
o
Live ammo can kill or
k
No
injure soldiers .
get area. Make sure no
soldier or obstacle is
in line of fire . Clear tar.
get area of all troops.
Rounds may be fired

into open hatches wuo
and cause death or wca
injury. Close driver se
and cargo hatch cov.
ers before you fire
coax machine gun.
COAX MACHINE GUN
7. FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN .
a. Pull manual trigger.

b . If coax machine gun does not
fire , see troubleshooting task :
GUN , page 3.27 .
WARNING
Gases from weap .
ons are poisonous . MANUAL
Close coax machine TRIGGER
gun access doors
TURRET DRIVE
before you fire coax
SYSTEM SWITCH
machine gun in
power mode .
8. CLOSE COAX MACHINE GUN ' se DAN

Dani STIM ABOA
ACCESS DOORS . See task : SWOO
CE
9. TURN TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM

SWITCH TO ON .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.349
JE
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
weapon can kill or
injure soldiers . ARM.SAFE -RESET
Weapon will fire if SWITCH
you press trigger
switch when ARM .
SAFE.RESET switch is in ARM .
Take care not to depress trigger
13)(0
switch accidentally . @O
00:
Ch
;
10. (G ) MOVE ARM -SAFE -RESET
SWITCH TO ARM . © .0
)0'-(O
WARNING
Live ammo can kill
房 get area . Make sure

cle is in line of fire.
Rounds may be
fired into open
hatches and cause COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
death or injury .
Close driver and HANDLE
cargo hatch covers
before you fire coax machine gun.
11. (C) SQUEEZE PALM SWITCH TRIGGER
AND TRIGGER SWITCH ON SWITCH
COMMANDER'S CONTROL
HANDLE .
a. If coax machine gun does not PALM
fire , see troubleshooting task : SWITCH
GUN , page 3.27 .
END OF TASK
2.350
ECOCUF WUJUD
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
IMMEDIATE ACTION TO STOP RUNAWAY COAX

MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner (G) Turret operating in power mode
Commander (C) (page 2-152)
Coax machine gun continues
References: firing when trigger is released
TM 92350-252-10-1
IŲ
WARNING
Runaway coax
machine gun could
kill or injure soldiers . 9,035,5
Keep coax machine
gun aimed down
range.
1. KEEP COAX MACHINE GUN

POINTED DOWN RANGE, AND
TELL DRIVER TO STOP VEHICLE.
See TM 9.2350-252-10-1. TVARI I DRM TM
DENE SUSTOM 1439
a suso
@
OO
2. (C) MOVE TURRET POWER L.
GO
a re
SWITCH TO OFF.
TURRET POWER SWITCH

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
3. (C) STOP COAX MACHINE GUN

FROM FIRING .
a. Grasp 7.62mm ammo belt at

7.62mm ammo box . Twist
ammo belt and hold it until
coax machine gun stops firing.
WARNING
Cookolt of live
round could kill or 7.62MM 7.62MM
injure soldiers . If AMMO
coax machine gun is
hot , do not inspect
feed tray , remove
ay
BELT
AMMO
BOX
round , or recharge coax machine

gun . Close coax machine gun
access doors , and keep closed .
NOTE
If coax machine gun is hot , steps 4

thru 7 should be done . li coax machine
gun is not hot , go to step 8 .
4. (C) TELL CREW AND DRIVER
THERE IS COOKOFF DANGER .
2.352
.
sti.
TM 9.2350.252.10.2

MACHINE GUN MACHINE GUN
ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR
5. MAKE SURE THAT THE GUN
ACCESS DOORS ARE KEPT
COMPLETELY CLOSED . DO
NOT OPEN THE GUN ACCESS
DOORS AND RECHARGE THE
WEAPON .
in ss
ssa Wy
6. KEEP THE FEED TRAY
FEED TRAY
CLOSED . DO NOT INSPECT OR
REMOVE ROUNDS .
7. WAIT 30 MINUTES UNTIL COAX

MACHINE GUN IS NOT HOT
ENOUGH TO CAUSE A COOK
OFF CONDITION .
8. CLEAR COAX MACHINE GUN .

See page 2-354 .
9. UNLOAD 7.62MM AMMO . See
page 2-359 .
10. NOTIFY ORGANIZATIONAL

MAINTENANCE .
END OF TASK
2.353
AR P
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAR COAX MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner TURRET POWER switch ON
(page 2-16)
References : MASTER POWER switch ON
( TM 9.2350-252.10-1 )
TM 9.2350-252.10.1
TM 9.1005-313.10 Coax machine gun installed
(page 3.97)
Coax machine gun loaded
( page 2-333)
WARNING
Cookoft of live
round could kill or
machine gun is hot
do not inspect tray ,
remove round , or
recharge gun . Close machine gun
access doors and keep closed.
Live ammo can kill or

injure soldiers .
get area. Make sure no
soldier or obstacle is
in line of fire . Clear tar.
get area of all troops.
NOTE
Coax machine gun barrel is consid .
ered hot enough to cause cookoft if
100 rounds have been fired in 2 min .
utes .
2.354
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

2. PULL CHARGER HANDLE BACK
FIRMLY
a. If all ammo has been fired ,
COAX MACHINE GUN
gun boit will be in forward
position . Pull back firmly on
charger handle to charge
coax machine gun . yra
b . If all ammo has not been
uma
tol
fired gun bolt will be to the o
rear . Coax machine gun is C
already charged . !!!

!
CHARGER
Produt
SzI15 os HANDLE
‫ހ‬.‫ހ‬ ‫ިހ‬
‫ިހިިހ‬ ެ‫ފ‬
ި‫ހިހ‬
WARNING
coax machine gun MANUAL
could kill or injura SAFETY
M manual safety is in
saie position with
" S " showing
NOTE
" S " on manual salety will be visible on
top of coax machine gun when locked
in sale position .
3. MOVE MANUAL SAFETY UP TO
SAFE POSITION .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
You
4. OPEN COVER ASSEMBLY .
COVER
a. Press in two latches . ASSEMBLY
b . Open cover assembly .

c . Release two latches . LATCHES
FORWARDER
KNOB
Ta
NOTE
If ammo has been left in coax machine FORWARDER
FEED TRAY
gun , go to step 5. If all of ammo has
been fired , go to step 6.
5. REMOVE AMMO BELT FROM
FEED TRAY
a. Turn forwarder knob right to

back ammo belt through
forwarder until ammo belt is
clear of feed tray . AMMO.BELT
2-356
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FEED TRAY
WN
117
,
1, 0
UTILITY LIGHT
o
o
CHAMBER
6. OPEN FEED TRAY .
7. CHECK THAT CHAMBER IS

CLEAR OF AMMO . USE UTILITY
LIGHT AS NEEDED . FEED TRAY
a. If chamber is clear of ammo,
de
go to step 8 .
b . If ammo is present in
chamber, remove ammo. See
TM 9.1005-313-10 .
8. CLOSE FEED TRAY .

Close
COVER
ASSEMBLY
LATCHES
9. CLOSE COVER ASSEMBLY .
a. Press in two latches .
b . Close cover assembly.

c . Release two latches .

d ew st
ad n o
d e
an not O
G
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
A
T
ެ‫ލ‬ެ‫ހ‬ާ‫އަރހަލ‬
ި‫ހ‬
ެ‫ފާހިވ‬
‫میرا‬
‫ز‬
‫یورر‬
MANUAL
SAFETY
NOTE
" F " on manual safety will be visible
under coax machine gun receiver
when locked out of safe position .
iii
10. MOVE MANUAL SAFETY
DOWN TO FIRE POSITION .
NOTE
Coax machine gun should be dry fired
twice to check that no ammo is left in
coax machine gun. COAX
CHARGER HANDLE MACHINE
11. DRY FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN
GUN .
a. Squeeze trigger.
b. Keep hold of charger handle
and let bolt assembly return
to forward position slowly . ‫ހަނ‬
‫ަރކެހ‬ ‫ިލައ‬
12. PULL CHARGER HANDLE BACK ި‫ިފަހ‬ ‫މެހ‬
ި‫ިވެދ‬
FIRMLY .
‫ހ‬
ު‫ަފަހ‬
TRIGGER
13. REPEAT STEP 11 .

GUN ACCESS DOORS,
page 2-172.
END OF TASK
2.359
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
UNLOAD 7.62MM AMMO
INITIAL SETUP
Materials/ Parts : Equipment Conditions :

7.62mm ammo cans (4 minimum ) MASTER POWER switch OFF
(TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
Personnel Required : TURRET POWER switch OFF
Gunner ( page 2-16)
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch
Helper ( H )
OFF ( page 2-16)
References : Coax machine gun cleared
( page 2-354 )
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 Turret shield door open
( page 2-139)
LATCHES
FORWARDER
ACCESS
DOOR
1. OPEN FORWARDER ACCESS

DOOR
a. Squeeze two latches on for COAX
warder access door. For. AMINO
FORWARDER
warder access door will BELT
KNOB
spring open .
2. CLEAR COAX AMMO FOR.
WARDER .
a. Turn forwarder knob to right
COAX
to back coax ammo belt
AMMO
through coax ammo
E
FORWARDER
forwarder.
N
b. Pull coax ammo belt from COAX

coax ammo forwarder. Fold AMMO
coax ammo belt into coax BOX
ammo box.
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FORWARDER
ACCESS
DOOR
LATCHES
3. CLOSE FORWARDER ACCESS
DOOR .
a. Squeeze two latches on for
warder access door.
b . Close forwarder access door.
c . Release two latches .
NOTE
A fully loaded coax ammo box holds
about 800 rounds of 7.62mm ammo .
You will need at least four empty
7.62mm ammo cans to unload a full
7.62MM
coax ammo box .
AMMO
4. UNSTOW EMPTY 7.62MM CAN
AMMO CANS . See LID
TM 9.2350-252-10-1.
5. (H ) OPEN EMPTY 7.62MM

AMMO CANS .
a . Pull up on latch and raise lid
on 7.62mm ammo can .
LATCH
WARNING
A cartridge explo.
sion could kill or
injure soldiers . Han.
Do not bump prim.
surface . COAX
7.62MM
6. REMOVE ABOUT 100 ROUNDS AMMO
BOX
AMMO
OF 7.62MM AMMO FROM
COAX AMMO BOX.
a . Reach into coax ammo box
and lift out about 100
rounds of 7.62mm ammo .
2.360
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
AMMO
BELT
b. Twist ammo belt to separate DOUBLE

about 100 rounds of 7.62mm LINK
ammo and hand to helper. END
t
mi
7.62MM
NOTE AMMO
Each 7.62mm ammo can will hold AMMO CAN
about 220 rounds. BELT
7. (H) STOW 100 ROUND BELT

IN 7.62MM AMMO CAN .
a . Put double link end of 100
round belt into 7.62mm
ammo can first .
EMPTY
b. Fold ammo belt back and SINGLE
forth into 7.62mm ammo LINK
can .
8. Fill AND CLOSE 7.62MM AMMO

CAN .
a. Repeat steps 6 and 7 to fill ao
7.62mm ammo can . DOUBLE
LINK
b. (H) Close lid and snap down LID
latch on 7.62mm ammo can . LATCH
9. UNLOAD REMAINING 7.62MM

AMMO FROM COAX AMMO
BOX AND STOW IN 7.62MM
AMMO CANS .
7.62MM
a . Repeat steps 6 thru 8 until AMMO
coax ammo box is empty. CAN
10. STOW 7.62MM AMMO CANS .

See TM 9.2350-252.10 1.
END OF TASK
2-361
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
OPERATE TOW LAUNCHER IN POWER MODE
INITIAL SETUP
Gunner
1. MOVE MASTER POWER

SWITCH TO ON .
.
101
MIT
je
O.
MASTER
(0)
POWER
All
SWITCH
BIM
2. MOVE TURRET POWER SWITCH POWER
TURRET DAVE
SYSTEM
‫מו‬
ABORT
TO ON .
CA o
대대
3. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM simo
SWITCH TO ON .
TURRET
POWER TURRET DRIVE
SWITCH SYSTEM SWITCH
OC
TURRET TRAVERSE
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER

POWER POSITION .

e

position . er
c . Release pushbutton . PUSHBUTTON
2-362
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Soldiers on top of
vehicle in path of
moving TOW
launcher could be
killed or injured .
Check top of vehicle.
Make sure no soldiers or equipment
Oo
are in path of moving TOW launcher.
CAUTION
TOW elevation drive motor can get
damaged if you squeeze palm
switches for more than 10 seconds .
If LAUNCHER UP indicator light
does not come on in 10 seconds ,
release palm switches . Notify
organizational maintenance. LAUNCHER UP
INDICATOR LIGHT
o)
5. RAISE TOW LAUNCHER .
a . Move LAUNCHER UP- DN
or
switch to UP .
LAUNCHER
UP.DN
SWITCH
PALM
SWITCHES
b . Squeeze palm switches blir

TOMHauncher stows against
trauelcat light couly
ll .
turret
a
GO
cor
on
A
*T
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.363
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
PALM
NOTE SWITCHES
Each line on elevation indicator
equals 10 mils . Each number on eleva.
tion indicator equals 100 mils .
R.GO ELEVATE TOW LAUNCHER.

A
T a . Squeeze and hold palm
switches .
b. Rotate gunner's control
handles toward you until
TOW launcher reaches
desired position or stops .
c . Center gunner's control GUNNER'S
handles and release palm
CONTROL
switches . HANDLES
NOTE
PALM
Gat maximum depression (-180 mils),
See
SWITCHES
elevation indicator pointer will be
T about 1 inch below number 10 .
B. DEPRESS TOW LAUNCHER .

switches .
b . Rotate gunner's control

handles away from you until
TOW launcher reaches
desired position or stops . С.
c . Center gunner's control
handles and release palm
switches GUNNER'S
CONTROL
HANDLES
2.364
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Soldiers on top of
vehicle in path of
moving TOW
launcher could be
killed or injured
Check top of vehicle.
Make sure no soldiers or equipment
are in path of moving TOW launcher.
CAUTION
TOW elevation drive motor can get
damaged if you squeeze palm
switches for more than 10 seconds .
If LAUNCHER UP indicator light
does not come on in 10 seconds ,
release palm switches . Notity
organizational maintenance . LAUNCHER UP
INDICATOR LIGHT
EUS
8. LOWER TOW LAUNCHER .
Ver
a . Move LAUNCHER UP- DN
switch to DN .
LAUNCHER
UP.DN
SWITCH
PALM
SWITCHES
b. Squeeze palm switches until

TOW launcher stows against
turret .
END OF TASK
2.365
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
FIRE TOW MISSILES
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions (cont):

Gunner or Commander Weapon system boresighted
Driver (page 2.183)
Ballistic sight cover doors
References : open (page 2-32)
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 Cargo hatch cover closed
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Equipment Conditions : Driver's hatch cover closed
(TM 9.2350-252-10-1)
Vehicle parked Commander's hatch cover closed
(TM 9.2350-252-10-1 ) (page 2.145)
Hand brake set Gunner's hatch cover closed
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 ) ( page 2-150)
Turret operating in power mode Dust cover removed
(page 2-152) ( page 2.37)
TOW missiles loaded
(page 2-387)
WARNING
Noise from vehicle
could damage hear.
ing of soldiers in or
near vehicle. All
crew members should
use earplugs and
other hearing protectors when vehicle
or gun is operated . Read waring at
front of manual .
2.366
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOTE
Firing TOW missile from a tilted vehicle
can cause TOW missile to miss target.
Do not fire TOW missile if air bubble is
touching left or right side of outer ring
(red line) of slope indicator.
1. CHECK SLOPE INDICATOR . SAFE

ZONE
a . If air bubble is touching left
or right side of outer ring ( red
line ) , do not fire TOW missile .
Tell driver to move vehicle to
level ground . See AIR
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 . BUBBLE
VO
SLOPE SAFE
RED LINE
INDICATOR ZONE
0.3
NOTE
Night firing procedure begins with step
2. Day firing procedure begins with step
8. Night vision controls need 10 min .
utes to cool down after NIGHT VISION
PWR switch is moved to ON . WIH NIGHT VISION ON
P
OFF
W
BIH BPT CON BISIT
2. MOVE NIGHT VISION PWP. T
SWITCH TO ON AND WAIT 10

NIGHT VISION
MINUTES . PWR SWITCH

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
CLEAR
NIGHT DAY
3. MOVE SENSOR SELECT I SENSOR

NEUTRAL
SWITCH TO NIGHT . SELECT
SWITCH
4. TURN CON KNOB TO ADJUST NIGHT VISION ON
P P
CONTRAST. OFF

BRIGHTNESS . $ BH
BRT KNOB
BAT
CON KNOB
ާ‫ނިކޯކޯލ‬-
CON BR SIT
o
Se
NOTE
A freewheeling effect will be noticed if
FOCUS
O
position .
KNOB
6. TURN FOCUS KNOB TO FOCUS

IMAGE IN GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE .
2.368
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOTE
은
WIH position NIGHT VISION PLRT
switch shows as red image on black
background in gunner's eyepiece. BIH
position of NIGHT VISION PLRT switch
shows as black image on red back .
ground .
7. MOVE NIGHT VISION PLRT WH NIGHT VISION
SWITCH TO WIH OR B/ H AS 6 OFF
DESIRED . BM BAT 0:
CON
R
BASIT
a . If firing TOW missiles at night ,

go to step 9. NIGHT VISION
PLRT SWITCH
ཏུ་
WARNING
111
Looking at sun
through ISU could
not look at sun
through ISU .
CLEAR
8. MOVE SENSOR SELECT SWITCH
TO NEUTRAL OR CLEAR AS NIGHT DAY
REQUIRED .
NEUTRAL
NOTE
MAG switch must be in HIGH or TOW
system will not work . SENSOR HIGH LOW
SELECT
9. MOVE MAG SWITCH TO HIGH SWITCH
UNTIL IT CLICKS .
MAG
task : OPERATE TOW
MAG SWITCH
LAUNCHER IN POWER MODE ,
page 2-362 .
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
al
NOTE
TOW
TOW system will perform a self- test
when TOW button is pressed. This sell. BUTTON
test will last for about 12 seconds , and
TOW TEST indicator light should then
go out .

O
2
LANCE MSSF MEE
ota
12. CHECK TOW AND TOW TEST PC

PA SE
INDICATOR LIGHTS .
a. Check that TOW indicator
light comes on and stays TOW
on . INDICATOR
LIGHT
b. Check that TOW TEST in.
dicator light comes on and
goes out after 12 seconds .
c. If both indicator lights work

properly , go to step 14 .
OC
MASINET
LATI
d . If TOW indicator light does
not stay on , or TOW TEST Pht Sa
indicator light does not go
out after 12 seconds , go to TOW TEST INDICATOR
step 13 . LIGHT
2.370
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
13. CHECK TOW CONTROLS .

ITOW
a . Press TOW button again , TOW INDICATOR
and then press TOW TEST BUTTON ILIGHT
button .
b . If TOW indicator light stays UT
on and TOW TEST indicator

light goes out after 12
Toh
G
seconds, go to step 14 . AC
MSS :53
c . If TOW indicator light does

not stay on , or if TOW TEST
indicator light stays on , do
not fire TOW missile . Notify ITOW TEST
organizational maintenance . TOW TEST INDICATOR
BUTTON LIGHT
14. CHECK THAT ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTS ON ANNUNCIATOR
BOX ARE OFF .
a . I TOW CKT OPEN , NO FIRE

ZONE , and OPEN HATCH TOW CKT OPEN OPEN HATCH
annunciator lights are off , ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
go to step 15 . LIGHT LIGHT
b . If TOW CKT OPEN annun

ciator light is on , notify
organizational maintenance . TC EK !
OPEN
CPLN
MAC
25 FOR MANUAL
DRIVE
AMMC S * NOFF ! 24 ‫ا ب‬ DRIVE
c . If NO FIRE ZONE annun. REVEPC : ZCE MA6 MALA
ciator light is on , check

cargo hatch cover to make
sure it is closed . If it is clos .
ed and NO FIRE ZONE an. NO FIRE ZONE
ANNUNCIATOR ANNUNCIATOR
nunciator light remains on , BOX
LIGHT
notify organizational
maintenance .
d . If OPEN HATCH annun. OPEN HATCH
ANNUNCIATOR
ciator light is on , check all
LIGHT
hatch covers to be sure they
are closed . If all hatch
covers are closed and OPEN TOW CXI OPEN 25 FDF
CPE MAC DRIVE
HATCH annunciator light re. AMMS NC FIRE 25 GUN DEVE
mains on , notify organiza REVERSE ZONI

©
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
If you fire TOW mis.
sile with any TOW
control box annun .
ciator light on , you
can lose control of
TOW missile . Sul
diers can be killed or injured . Equip. TOW
ment can get damaged . Do not fire CONTROL
ANNUNCIATOR
TOW missile if any TOW control box BOX
LIGHTS
annunciator light is on.
15. CHECK THAT ANNUNCIATOR CF
LIGHTS ON TOW CONTROL

BOX ARE OFF .
Tom
a . If any annunciator light is LANCE
on , do not fire TOW missile .
Notify organizational
or S.
maintenance .
NOTE
In night firing , night image will appear in
gunner's eyepiece . In day firing , clear
image will appear in gunner's eyepiece .
16. LOOK INTO GUNNER'S GUNNER'SY

EYEPIECE . EYEPIECE
a . If TOW appears on status

indicator, go to siep 17 .
b . If TOW does not appear on
status indicator , notity
30
STATUSI
INDICATOR
2.372
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
NOTE
Second TOW missile must not be
selected while TOW missile is in flight.
Otherwise, first TOW missile will abort.
MISSILE TUBE 2
INDICATOR LIGHT
MISSILE TUBE 1
17. PRESS BUTTON OF MISSILE INDICATOR LIGHT
TUBE 1 OR MISSILE TUBE 2.
a. If MISSILE TUBE 1 or MIS UT
SILE TUBE 2 indicator light

flashes , missile tube 1 or 2
is empty . Load TOW mis . ON TOW
LAUNCHER MSSII
siles . See task : LOADI
THCP C
RELOAD TOW LAUNCHER ,
- SP
page 2-387 .
MISSILE TUBE 1 MISSILE TUBE 2

BUTTON BUTTON
WARNING
T!!
Э(.і
weapon can kill or 2 Dj
injure soldiers .
Weapon will fire if
you press trigger
switch when palm
switches are squeezed . Take care not
to press trigger switch accidentally.
Make sure spring is installed on tur.
ret traverse handwheel handle .
ARM - SAFE.RESET
SWITCH
OLO
o
o
O
18. MOVE ARM -SAFE - RESET

SWITCH TO ARM .
6

TM 9-2350-252-10-2
19. CENTER RETICLE CROSSHAIRS RETICLE CROSSHAIRS

ON TARGET .
a . Traverse turret and / or ele. TARGET
vate or depress TOW

launcher as needed . See
task : OPERATE TOW
LAUNCHER IN POWER
MODE , page 2-362 .
WARNING T
Noise from TOW
missile firing could
damage soldiers '
hearing . All crew STATUS INDICATOR
members should use
earplugs and other
hearing protectors when TOW mis.
siles are fired . Read warning at front
of manual .
TOW backblast
soldiers . All vehicle
personnel must be
inside vehicle when
TOW missile is fired .
Close all hatches and ramp . Keep
everyone at least 246 feet (75 meters)
from TOW blast area.
TOW missile may explode when it
touches trees or bushes . TOW mis.
sile explosion could kill or injure sol.
diers . Do not fire TOW missile
through trees or bushes .
11 TOW missile wire touches water,
you could lose control of TOW mis.
sile . Loss of control could cause
death or injury. Do not fire TOW mis.
sile over body of water so large that
wire touches or drags in water.
2.374
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
IIF
B
1975
WARNING
It TOW missile or
TOW missile wire
touches electric
power lines, soldiers
could be killed or
injured. Do not fire
TOW missiles over electric power lines.
20. SQUEEZE AND HOLD TRIG

GER AND PALM SWITCHES
ON GUNNER'S CONTROL TRIGGER
HANDLES . SWITCHES
a. If TOW missile does not fire

in 5 seconds , squeeze trig .
ger again . If missile still
does not fire , see task :
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN
TOW MISSILE HANG FIRES /
MISFIRE , page 2-377.
b . When TOW missile fires,
continue to squeeze palm
PALM
switches on gunner's con SWITCHES
trol handles .
GUNNER'S
CONTROL HANDLES
21. TRACK TARGET WITH GUN
NER'S CONTROL HANDLES
UNTIL TOW MISSILE
IMPACTS .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.375
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
1740
ņ1C
WARNING
Aborting TOW mis.
sile in an unsafe area
soldiers . Check path
of TOW missile for
soldiers and equip.
ment before you abort TOW missile.
TOW ABORT
SWITCH
22. ABORT TOW MISSILE IF
WT
REQUIRED
IAC !! DAME Ton
PONER SOSTOM ASOS
a. If TOW missile flight path is OSW .
safe , move TOW ABORT ©

©
switch up .
b . If TOW missile flight path is
not safe , go to step 23.
GUNNER'S
CONTROL HANDLES
23. WITH GUNNER'S CONTROL

HANDLES , GUIDE TOW MIS.
SILE TO SAFE AREA UNTIL
TOW MISSILE IMPACTS .
24. FIRE SECOND TOW MISSILE.

REPEAT STEPS 17 THRU 23.
END OF TASK
2-376
8754 TM 9.2350-252-10-2
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN TOW MISSILE

HANG FIRESIMISFIRES
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner (G ) Vehicle stopped
Commander (C) ( TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Driver ( D) Turret operating in power
Helper ( H ) (2) mode ( page 2-152)
Driver's hatch cover closed
References : (TM 9.2350-252-10-1)
TM 9.2350-252-10.1 Cargo hatch cover closed
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
Ramp raised
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
Gunner's hatch cover closed
( page 2-150)
STAB switch OFF ( page 2-17)
TOW missile just misfired
WARNING
Mistired TOW mis .
siles could kill or
injure soldiers . All
vehicle personnel
must stay inside of
vehicle for 30 minu.
test after firing attempt . Close ramp
and all hatch covers . Keep everyone
at least 246 feet (75 meters) from
TOW blast area .
1. (C) TELL CREW OVER

INTERCOM TOW MISSILE HAS
MISFIRED AND ANOTHER
ATTEMPT WILL BE MADE TO
FIRE TOW MISSILE . See task :
OPERATE INTERCOM SYSTEM ,
page 2.173 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
377
2.377
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
albi
[दा
WARNING
NI
TOW missile could
kill or injure soldiers.
Make sure ARM .
SAFE -RESET switch
is in SAFE.
O
2. (G) MOVE ARM - SAFE- RESET
o
o

SAFE.
O
5
ARM.SAFE -RESET ANNUNCIATOR

SWITCH LIGHTS
TOW BUTTON
3 ‫یا زد‬ UP
DA TOK
LANCER eystra
3. (G ) PRESS TOW BUTTON . TR -1
Tch
TEST • sở
a. If any annunciator light on
TOW control box or
annunciator box comes on,
MANUAL
go to step 4 . TON OK
OPEN
OPEN
MATCH
2 : FOR
MALS DRIVE
MO FIRE 25 GUN DRIVE

b. If no annunciator lights come AMMO SE
HEVERSE ZONE HAUS
on , go to step 11 .
ANNUNCIATOR
BOX
2.378
GCUOVUUUUUU
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
o
4. (G) MOVE ARM -SAFE -RESET
SAFE.
ARM - SAFE- RESET

LO) SWITCH
てし、
22.2
‫مو‬ TURACI DANE TON

5. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYS POWER SISTEM ASCOT
O SWOO
TEM SWITCH TO OFF. !

SWITCH TO OFF.
7. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR. TURRET JTURRET DRIVE

POWER ( SYSTEM SWITCH
SHIELD DOOR, page 2-139 . SWITCH
8. (G) (C) EXIT TURRET FOR

30 MINUTES.
9. CLOSE TURRET SHIELD DOOR .

SHIELD DOOR , page 2-139.
10. (C) NOTIFY ORGANIZATIONAL

MAINTENANCE OF TOW MIS.
FIRE CONDITION .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
‫شاہ‬
p7112
.
MISSILE
TUBE
BUTTONS
UP
11. (G ) RESELECT MISFIRED TOW
MISSILE.
a. Press MISSILE TUBE button DN 2
LAUNCHER SS I T.EE
that was selected when TOW
TRC CI
missile misfired . Oh
TEST DI SI
WARNING
weapon can kill or
Injure soldiers .
Weapon will fire if
you press trigger
switch when palm
switches are squeezed. Take care
not to press trigger switch acciden
tally. Make sure spring is installed on
turret traverse handwheel handle.
Ol
©(O).
o
5()
12. (G) MOVE ARM -SAFE -RESET

SWITCH TO ARM .
ARM.SAFE -RESET
SWITCH
2-380
LEA
SEAT
r
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
*
WARNING
TOW backblast
soldiers. All vehicle
专 personnel must be
inside vehicle when
TOW missile is fired .
Close all hatches and ramp. Keep
everyone at least 246 feet (75 meters)
from TOW blast area.
TOW missile may explode when it

touches trees or bushes. TOW mis.
sile explosion could kill or injure sol.
diers . Do not fire TOW missile
through trees or bushes.
a
IT TOW missile wire touches water,
you could lose control of TOW mis.
sile . Loss of control could cause
death or injury. Do not fire TOW mis.
2 16000
siles over body of water so large that

wire touches or drags in water.
11 TOW missile or
TOW missile wire
touches electric
power lines, soldiers
could be killed or TRIGGER
injured . Do not fire SWITCHES
TOW missiles over electric power
lines.
13. (G) SQUEEZE AND HOLD PALM

SWITCHES , THEN SQUEEZE
AND HOLD TRIGGER
SWITCHES .
a. If TOW missile fires , end of
immediate action .
b. If TOW missile does not fire
in 5 seconds , select and fire PALM
SWITCHES
other TOW missile.
7 H
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
c . If second TOW missile does

not fire , repeat steps 1 , 2 ,
and 5 thru 10 .
d . If second TOW missile does
fire, go to step 14 .
WARNING
TOW missile could
c
POH0?
K
o
Make sure ARM

SAFE -RESET switch
o1)(
O"☺
OT(A
is in SAFE.
14. (G ) MOVE ARM -SAFE -RESET

SWITCH TO RESET, THEN
SAFE. ARM SAFE RESET
SWITCH
WARNING
Firing of TOW mis .
sile could kill or
injure soldiers . Make
sure TOW missile is
kept pointed away
from friendly troops
so that no equipment is damaged or
C personnel hurt.
15. (D) IF TRAVERSING TURRET

CAN DIRECT LINE OF FIRE
TOWARD FRIENDLY TROOPS,
REPOSITION VEHICLE AWAY
FROM EQUIPMENT OR PER
SONNEL.
6A JEFUEO4OF004
2.382
TESTFEET TM 9-2350-252-10-2
16. (G) IF NEEDED , TRAVERSE TUR

RET TO 6400 MILS. See task :
MODE, page 2-152.
TAT TURRET DRM TOW

POWER SYSTEM ABORT
17. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYS SWO
TEM SWITCH TO OFF.
IN IN
SWITCH TO OFF.
TURRET
POWER TURRET DRIVE
19. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR .
SWITCH SYSTEM SWITCH
See task: OPERATE TURRET
SHIELD DOOR, page 2-139 .
20. (G) (C) EXIT TURRET. STAY IN

SQUAD AREA FOR 30 MINUTES.
21. CLOSE TURRET SHIELD DOOR .

C
SHIELD DOOR , page 2-139 .
22. AFTER 30 MINUTES , OPEN TUR

RET SHIELD DOOR . See task:
OPERATE TURRET SHIELD
DOOR , page 2-139.
os
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
23. (G ) (C) RE - ENTER TURRET.

Tja : 01/5
24. (C) MOVE TURRET POWER DONE SOSTEN
TO
A
SWITCH TO ON . o swo
MO)
25. (C) MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYS Sind some
L
other
TEM SWITCH TO ON .
WARNING TURRET
Firing of TOW mis . POWER ITURRET DRIVE
sile could kill or SYSTEM SWITCH
SWITCH
injure soldiers. Make
sure TOW missile is
kept pointed away
from friendly troops
so that no equipment is damaged or
personnel hurt.
26. (D) IF TRAVERSING TURRET

CAN DIRECT LINE OF FIRE
TOWARD FRIENDLY TROOPS,
REPOSITION VEHICLE TO
DIRECT LINE OF FIRE AWAY
FROM EQUIPMENT OR PER.
SONNEL . See
TM 92350-252-10.1 .
27. (G) TRAVERSE TURRET TO 1600

OR 4800 MILS. See task : OPER
ATE TURRET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2-152 .
28. (G) ELEVATE TOW LAUNCHER TURRET

TO MAXIMUM ELEVATION . See POWER
task : OPERATE TOW LAUNCHER SWITCH
X TUDO OENE TOU
29. (C) MOVE TURRET POWER 5 : 57CM
o o SWOO
ABORT
SWITCH TO OFF.
JO
(0)i
(5 )
6 s'NO
2.384
EULUCULEUTEL
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Misfired TOW mis .
siles could kill or in
jure soldiers . Wait
30 minutes after
last firing attempt
before you unload
missile . Follow all orders carefully .
30. (H ) ( D) EXIT VEHICLE 人民区

THROUGH RAMP ACCESS
DOOR . See TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
31. (D) CLIMB ON TOP OF HULL.

TOW
LOCK HANDLE
LAUNCHER
32. (D) UNLOCK TOW LAUNCHER .

a. Push and hold lock handle to
left .
b. Pull loading handle down .
Release lock handle.
WARNING LOADING
Firing of TOW mis. HANDLE
sile could kill or
injure soldiers .
Equipment could be TOW MISSILE
damaged. While car
rying misfired TOW
missile, keep body away from front
and rear of encased missile . Do not
drop missile .
33. ( D) ( H ) REMOVE MISFIRED TOW

MISSILE FROM TOW
LAUNCHER .
a. Hold TOW missile by edges
REAR FLANGE
of rear flange.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.385
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
b. Carefully pull TOW missile

straight out of TOW launcher.
c. If TOW missile does not come
out , go to step 36 .
d . Hand TOW missile to helper.
e. Have helper place TOW mis
sile on ground.
TOW MISSILE
34. (H ) MOVE MISFIRED TOW MIS.
SILE TO SAFE PLACE .
a. Move misfired TOW missile at
least 650 feet ( 200 meters)
from vehicles , buildings , per
sonnel , and equipment.
b. Position TOW missile so if
TOW missile fires , neither
backblast nor TOW missile
will strike vehicles , buildings , FLAG
personnel , or equipment .
35. (H -2) PUT CLEARLY VISIBLE

STAKE AND FLAG AT MISFIRED
TOW MISSILE LOCATION .
36. NOTIFY CHAIN OF COMMAND

OF EXISTENCE AND LOCATION
? ..
STAKE
OF MISFIRED TOW MISSILE .
END OF TASK
2-386 GO TO NEXT PAGE
AUTOCEDUOLUE
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LOADIRELOAD TOW LAUNCHER
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : References:

Gunner TM 9.2350-252-10-1
Helper ( H )
Equipment Conditions:
(page 2-152)
1. TRAVERSE TURRET TO TOW

LOAD POSITION (5950 MILS) . See
task: OPERATE TURRET IN
TIE

task: OPERATE TOW LAUNCHER
3. ELEVATE TOW LAUNCHER TO

500 MILS . See task: OPERATE
TOW LAUNCHER IN POWER
MODE, page 2-362.
TURRET POWER SWITCH
SWITCH TO OFF .
IM
è
SW
TO OFF .
6. (H) MOVE MASTER POWER

SWITCH TO OFF. See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 . TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH

TM 9.2350-252.10-2
7. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK.

8. ( H ) OPEN CARGO HATCH ‫نو‬

buce
COVER TO MID POSITION . See ta
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
TOW
NOTE LAUNCHER
Top load TOW missiles , go to step 9.
To reload TOW missiles , go to step 15.
9. ( H) REMOVE DUST COVER.

a. Pull dust cover from top of
TOW launcher .
b . Pull three snap fasteners
from bottom of TOW DUST COVER
launcher .
mu
ie r
SNAP FASTENERS
LOCK
HANDLES
10. ( H) PREPARE TOW LAUNCHER

FOR LOADING .
a. Push and hold two lock
handles to left .
b. Pull down two loading LOADING

handles. HANDLES
2.388
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
11. ( H ) REMOVE ANY OBSTRUC

TIONS OR DEBRIS FROM TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES .
0197 TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES
going
CAUTION
TOW missile and CGE system could
be damaged if umbilical connector
is extended down into TOW launch
er when TOW missile is loaded . If
extended umbilical connector can .
not be withdrawn, do not load TOW
missiles . Notify organizational
maintenance .
12. ( H ) CHECK THAT UMBILICAL

CONNECTORS DO NOT EX.
CP(
TEND DOWN INTO TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES .
a . If umbilical connector ex
tends down into TOW
launcher tube , go to step 13.
UMBILICAL CONNECTOR
b. If umbilical connector does

not extend down into TOW
launcher tube , go to step 18 .

‫تار‬
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
‫ וז‬15
13. WITHDRAW UMBILICAL CON .
:
NECTORS FROM TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES .
a . ( H ) Move MASTER POWER
पसा
switch to ON . See
TM 9-2350-252-10.1 .
b. Move TURRET POWER
switch to ON .
(
(1)
TURRET POWER
SWITCH
ARM - SAFE
RESET SWITCH
C. Move ARM - SAFE - RESET

switch to RESET , then to
Ooo
toi)
SAFE .
():0
( )
)0
sos ! as
d . Move TURRET POWER sw
switch to OFF .
(0)
)(۱۰
e . ( H ) Move MASTER POWER

switch to OFF . See
TM 9-2350-252-10.1 . TURRET POWER
SWITCH
2.390
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
f . If umbilical connector still

extends down into TOW
launcher tube , do not load
TOW launcher . Notify
g . If umbilical connector JUMBILICAL
withdraws, go to step 18. ICONNECTOR
LOADING
HANDLE TOW
14. IF SPENT TOW MISSILE
LAUNCHER TUBE
CASING HANGS UP IN TOW
LAUNCHER TUBE , PULL DOWN
HARD ON LOADING HANDLES
TO ALINE LUG CHANNELS.
15. (H ) PULL SPENT TOW MISSILE

CASING FROM TOW
LAUNCHER TUBE .
a. If spent TOW missile casing TOW LUG

comes out of TOW launcher, MISSILE CASING CHANNEL
go to step 17 .
b. If spent TOW missile casing
does not come out of TOW
launcher tube, go to step 16.
16. WITHDRAW UMBILICAL
CONNECTORS FROM TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES . REPEAT
STEP 13.
a. If umbilical connectors do
not withdraw from TOW
launcher tubes, notify
17. (H) DISCARD SPENT TOW

MISSILE CASING .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
Handle TOW missiles with extreme
care to avoid damage to plastic dia.
phragm at each end of TOW missile.
If a TOW missile with damaged dia.
phragm is loaded and tired , it could
misfire . Restow damaged TOW mis.
siles and turn them in to chain of
command.
18. (H) (IFV ONLY) UNSTOW TOW O

MISSILES FROM VERTICAL
STOWAGE .
a. Turn cam lever.
CAM LEVER
TOP
STOWAGE
CONE
b. Raise top stowage cone to TOW

lock position. MISSILE
c . Lift TOW missile clear of
TOW stowage well .
TOW
STOWAGE
WELL
2.392
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW MISSILE
fon
STRAP
19. (H) (IFV ONLY) UNSTOW TOW

MISSILES FROM HORIZONTAL
STOWAGE.
a. Pull down latch on strap at
each end of TOW missile.
b. Remove TOW missile from
upper missile rack .
LATCH
UPPER
5 MISSILE
RACK
c. Raise upper missile rack

and lock into latch .
LATCH

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
TO STRAP
TOW MISSILE
LATCH
d. Pull down latch on strap at

each end of TOW missile
on lower missile rack.
e . Remove TOW missile from
lower missile rack .
TOW MISSILE
LOWER
MISSILE
RACK LATCH
UPPER MISSILE RACK

STRAP
20. (H) (CFV ONLY) UNSTOW TOW
MISSILES FROM HORIZONTAL
STOWAGE.
a. Pull down latch on strap at
each end of two TOW
missiles on upper missile
rack. Remove two TOW
missiles .
TOW MISSILE
2.394
TM 9-2350.252.10.2
UPPER
MISSILE
V RACK
C
LATCH
b . Release latch at each end

of upper missile rack.
TOW MISSILE
LCO
MIDDLE LATCH
MISSILE LOWER
RACK MISSILE
RACK
c . Remove two front TOW
missiles from middle
missile rack.
d . Release latch on strap at
each end of rear TOW
missile on middle missile
rack. Remove TOW missile.
e. Repeat steps b, c, and d

above to remove TOW
missiles from lower missile TOW MISSILE STRAP
rack.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.395
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
( CO
NOTE
CLAMP
Forward handling rings and electrical
connector covers must be saved for
later use if untired TOW missiles are
unloaded from launcher.
FORWARD
21. (H) REMOVE FORWARD HANDLING
HANDLING RING FROM NOSE RINGS
END OF TOW MISSILE.
a. Release clamp and remove
forward handling ring . Save
forward handling ring until
TOW missiles are fired.
E
22. ( H) REMOVE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR COVER FROM
TOW MISSILE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR. SAVE COVER
UNTIL TOW MISSILES ARE
FIRED
WARNING
Damaged TOW mis.
sile can hang fire. ELECTRICAL
农 Soldiers could be
killed or injured. Ex:
cept in combat
situation , do not
load TOW missile If either end is
CONNECTOR
COVER
damaged or if humidity indicator on

rear diaphragm is pink .
NOSE END
DIAPHRAGM
23. INSPECT TOW MISSILE FOR
DAMAGE .
a. Inspect nose end diaphragm

for damage . 2013
2.396
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ma
b. Inspect rear diaphragm for HUMIDITY INDICATOR
damage.
c . Inspect humidity indicator
for pink color. If pink, do
not load TOW missile.
Report to chain of
command. REAR
DIAPHRAGM
:-1.pdf
LUG CHANNELS
GE
24. LUG CHANNELS IN THE TOW

LAUNCHER CAN GET OUT OF
ALINEMENT AND BLOCK TOW
MISSILE LOADING . IF TOW
MISSILE MEETS RESISTANCE
ABOUT HALFWAY INTO TOW
LAUNCHER , PULL DOWN HARD LOADING TOW
ON LOADING HANDLE TO HANDLES LAUNCHER
REALINE LUG CHANNELS . ELECTRICAL
TOW
LAUNCHER CONNECTOR
25. ( H) LOAD TOW MISSILE INTO

TOW LAUNCHER .
a. Lift TOW missile out of cargo
hatch nose end first , with
electrical connector at top.
CARGO
TOW HATCH
MISSILE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

b. Slide lugs on sides of TOW
missile nose end into TOW LUG
launcher lug channels . CHANNEL LUG
ou
C. Carefully slide TOW missile
all the way into TOW TOW
launcher .
MISSILE
LOADING
HANDLE TOW MISSILE
d. Hold TOW missile in TOW
launcher and push up loading
handle until it locks .
26. (H) CLOSE CARGO HATCH

COVER. TELL GUNNER THAT
CARGO HATCH COVER IS
CLOSED . See
TM 9.2350-252.10-1.

SWITCH TO ON .
See TM 92350-252-10-1.
NOTE
When turret power is turned on , TOW
CC
indicator light may remain on. This

does not mean that TOW has been
selected. TOW button must be pushed
to select TOW .
7
28. MOVE TURRET POWER S ; :(
SWITCH TO ON .
€

SWITCH TO ON .
TURRET TURRET DRIVE
POWER SYSTEM SWITCH
SWITCH
2-398
C
TM 9.2350.252.10.2

MILS : See task : OPERATE
page 2-152.

task: OPERATE TOW
page 2-362.
END OF TASK
2.399
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
UNLOAD TOW LAUNCHER
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Turret operating in power
Helper ( H ) mode (page 2-152) .
References:
TM 9.2350-252.10.1

LOAD POSITION (5950 MILS) . See
‫؟ا‬،‫ن‬

IN POWER MODE , page 2-362 .
3. ELEVATE TOW LAUNCHER TO TURRET

500 MILS . See task : OPERATE POWER
TOW LAUNCHER IN POWER SWITCH
MODE , page 2-362 .
TA ' DEME
$ 57[ M AB
SWITCH TO OFF .
s' '

TO OFF. TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
6. ( H ) MOVE MASTER POWER
SWITCH TO OFF . See
TM 9-2350-252.10-1 .
2.400
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
7. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK.

8. ( H ) OPEN CARGO HATCH

COVER TO TOW LOAD POSI
TION . See TM 9.2350-252.10-1 .
CAUTION
Handle TOW missiles with care to
avoid damaging plastic diaphragms : -ipin
at each end of TOW missile . If dam .
aged TOW missile is loaded and
fired , it could misfire . Stow all dam . 12
aged TOW missiles , and turn them
in to chain of command .
TOW MISSILE LOCK HANDLE REAR

DIAPHRAGM
9. INSPECT REAR END OF TOW
MISSILES FOR DAMAGE .
ono
a. Check rear diaphragms for

tears or other damage.
10. UNLOAD TOW MISSILE FROM

TOW LAUNCHER .
a . Push lock handle to left and LOADING HANDLE
then hold lock handle . TOW LAUNCHER
b. Pull loading handle down.

Release lock handle . If
loading handle does not go
all the way down , do steps 11
thru 16. If loading handle
does go all the way down , do
steps c and d below . Then go
to step 17.
c . Carefully pull TOW missile
out of TOW launcher .
d . Lower TOW missile through
cargo hatch to floor of TOW MISSILE JCARGO
squad compartment . THATCH

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
11. ( H ) MOVE MASTER POWER TURRET

SWITCH TO ON . See POWER
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 . SWITCH

SWITCH TO ON . $
lo)
☺☺
G
76
ARM.SAFE -RESET SWITCH
O.
) ) (
0
O).(
(0)
10
SWITCH TO RESET , THEN TO

SAFE. WAIT 10 SECONDS .
OM
STEM AS
SWOO

(O)
SWITCH TO OFF .
15. ( H ) MOVE MASTER POWER

SWITCH TO OFF . See TURRET
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 . POWER SWITCH
NOTE
If loading handle still does not come
down after step 16 , notity organiza .
16. UNLOAD SECOND TOW

MISSILE FROM TOW
LAUNCHER . REPEAT STEP 10.
2.402
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOSE END
DIAPHRAGM
17. PREPARE TOW MISSILE FOR
oferi
STOWAGE .
NI !
a. Check nose end diaphragm
for damage .
b. Install forward handling ring CLAMP
on TOW missile and close
clamp .
FORWARD HANDLING
RING
c . Install electrical connector

cover and turn it to locked
position .
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
COVER
18. STOW TOW MISSILES . See

TM 9.2350-252-10-1 .

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TOW LAUNCHER
19. INSTALL DUST COVER ON

TOW LAUNCHER .
‫ܕܼܝ‬
a . Fasten dust cover to bottom
with
‫ܐ‬.‫ܡ‬
‫ܨ‬
of TOW launcher.
b. Stretch dust cover up and
over rear of TOW launcher . DUST
COVER
c . Press top edge of dust cover
onto top of TOW launcher.
DUST
20. (H ) CLOSE CARGO HATCH COVER
COVER AND TELL GUNNER
THAT CARGO HATCH IS
CLOSED. See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
21. ( H ) MOVE MASTER POWER TURRET POWER SWITCH

SWITCH TO ON . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
۱ ‫عنتر‬ : TOU
22. MOVE TURRET POWER S STEM ABOST
asmeDO
SWITCH TO ON .

SWITCH TO ON .
24. TRAVERSE TURRET TO 6400 TURRET DRIVE

MILS. See task: OPERATE SYSTEM SWITCH
page 2-152.

task: OPERATE TOW
page 2-362 .
END OF TASK
2-404
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LOAD/ STOWIRELOAD SMOKE GRENADES
DESCRIPTION
This task covers: Load and Stow Smoke Grenades (page 2-405) .
Reload Smoke Grenades ( page 2-409) .
INITIAL SETUP
Materials / Parts : References :

Rubber caps (8 ) TM 9-2350-252-10-1
( App C )
Smoke grenades ( 16) Equipment Conditions :
(App C)
Vehicle parked
Personnel Required : (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Gunner
Helper ( H )
LOAD AND STOW SMOKE GRENADES

-
‫ا)ر‬
TUDO OEN ! Ton

S STM ABA
NOTE O SWOO
This task must be done upon receipt

of smoke grenades . There is no inte .
rior stowage for smoke grenades .
1. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM TURRET

SWITCH TO OFF . ITURRET DRIVE
POWER SYSTEM
2. MOVE TURRET POWER SWITCH ISWITCH SWITCH
TO OFF .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

SWITCH TO OFF. See
TM 9-2350-252.10-1.
+
SMOKE GRENADE
STOWAGE BIN
De
4. (H) OPEN RIGHT SIDE SMOKE

GRENADE STOWAGE BIN .
a. Unlatch and open right side

smoke grenade stowage bin .
b. Check that inside is free of
debris.
5. (H) REMOVE FOUR RUBBER

CAPS FROM RIGHT SIDE
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES . RUBBER
CAP
a. Remove rubber cap from each
grenade launcher tube.
b . Check that each grenade
launcher tube is free of
damage or debris .
GRENADE
LAUNCHER
TUBE
2-406
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Heat could set oft
smoke grenades and
injure or kill soldiers .
Do not place smoke
grenades on hot sur
faces .
NOTE
There are four smoke grenades in
each ammo box .
AMMO
BOX SMOKE
6. UNPACK EIGHT SMOKE GRENADE
GRENADES FROM TWO AMMO
BOXES.
a. Uniatch and open two ammo 그

boxes .
b. Carefully remove packing

materials . Lift out smoke
grenades one at a time .
SMOKE
GRENADE
7. ( H) STOW FOUR SMOKE METAL

GRENADES IN RIGHT SIDE END
SMOKE GRENADE STOWAGE
BIN . SMOKE
GRENADE
a. Carefully insert four smoke STOWAGE
grenades , one at a time, into BIN
smoke grenade stowage bin
with metal ends down .
SMOKE
GRENADE
STOWAGE
BIN
b. Close and latch smoke
grenade stowage bin .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Electrical trouble
could cause smoke
grenades to launch
and kill or injure sol.
diers . Make sure
TURRET POWER
and SMOKE GRENADE
LAUNCHER switches are OFF
SMOKE
before you load smoke grenades. GRENADE
METAL
Do not place any part of your body END
in front of smoke grenade launch.
ers .
8. (H) LOAD FOUR SMOKE

GRENADES INTO RIGHT SIDE
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES.
a. Carefully insert four smoke GRENADE
grenades, one at a time, into LAUNCHER
grenade launcher tubes with SMOKE
TUBE
metal ends down. GRENADE
b. Gently push on each smoke

grenade until you feel two
clicks. This tells you that
smoke grenade is seated
securely on firing pin.
C. Turn each smoke grenade one
half turn to insure good
electrical contact .
RUBBER
CAP
9. (H) INSTALL FOUR RUBBER

CAPS ON RIGHT SIDE GRENADE
LAUNCHER TUBES. GRENADE
LAUNCHER
I TUBE
2.408
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
10. (H) STOW FOUR SMOKE

GRENADES IN LEFT SIDE
BIN . LOAD FOUR SMOKE
GRENADES IN LEFT SIDE
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES.
REPEAT STEPS 4 THRU 9.
LEFT SIDE
RELOAD SMOKE GRENADES SMOKE GRENADE
STOWAGE BIN
11. PREPARE VEHICLE FOR
RELOADING SMOKE
GRENADES . REPEAT STEPS 1 SMOKE
THRU 3. GRENADE
12. (H) REMOVE FOUR SMOKE

GRENADES FROM RIGHT SIDE
BIN .
a. Unlatch and open smoke
grenade stowage bin.
!
b. Remove four smoke

grenades , one at a time , from
smoke grenade stowage bin. METAL c
END fi
13. RELOAD FOUR SMOKE NEEDED

GRENADES IN RIGHT SIDE
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES . RIGHT SIDE
SMOKE GRENADE
REPEAT STEPS 8 AND 9 .
STOWAGE BIN
14. (H) UNSTOW AND RELOAD

FOUR SMOKE GRENADES IN
LEFT SIDE GRENADE
LAUNCHER TUBES . REPEAT
STEPS 12, 8, AND 9 .
END OF TASK
2.409
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
LAUNCH SMOKE GRENADES
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions (cont):

Gunner Rubber caps removed from
smoke grenade launchers
References: TURRET POWER switch ON
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 (page 2-16)
Squad FAN CONTROL switch
Equipment Conditions: OFF (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
MASTER POWER switch ON
Smoke grenade launchers (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
loaded ( page 2-405)
WARNING
Smoke grenades
explode and burn.
Handle them with
care . Except when
using your hand to
load grenade laun.
cher, never put any part of your
body in front of loaded launcher
tubes. You could be hurt or killed.
Check that soldiers are clear of
firing lines when launching
grenades.

COVER . See task: OPEN /CLOSE
GUNNER'S HATCH COVER,
page 2.150 .
COVER. See task: OPEN/CLOSE
COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER,
page 2.145 .
3. CLOSE CARGO HATCH COVER .
See TM 9.2350-252-10 1.
4. CLOSE DRIVER'S HATCH
COVER. See TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
2.410
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
m20.
915
401
5. MOVE GRENADE LAUNCHER
SWITCH TO ON . TRIGGER INDICATOR
LIGHT
NOTE TRIGGER
BUTTON
Before firing smoke grenades , insure
rubber caps have been removed and
stowed.
0
6. PRESS TRIGGER BUTTON TO
FIRE SMOKE GRENADES .
a . Check that TRIGGER
indicator light is on. If
TRIGGER indicator light is
not on , go to step 7 . GRENADE
b. If TRIGGER indicator light is LAUNCHER
on , go to step 8. SWITCH
7. TAKE IMMEDIATE ACTION IF

SMOKE GRENADES FAIL TO
C
FIRE. See task: IMMEDIATE

O
ACTION WHEN SMOKE

GRENADES FAIL TO LAUNCH ,
page 2-413.
8. MOVE GRENADE LAUNCHER

SWITCH TO OFF .
GRENADE LAUNCHER
SWITCH
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.411
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
9. AS SOON AS TACTICAL
SITUATION PERMITS , CHECK
THAT ALL SMOKE GRENADES
HAVE FIRED .
a. If one or more smoke
grenades are still in smoke
grenade launchers, take
immediate action. See task:
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN
SMOKE GRENADES FAIL TO
LAUNCH , page 2-413.
b. If all smoke grenades have
fired , reload smoke grenade
launchers as required by
mission. See task:
LOAD/STOWIRELOAD SMOKE
GRENADES , page 2-405 .
END OF TASK
2.412
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
IMMEDIATE ACTION WHEN SMOKE GRENADES

FAIL TO LAUNCH
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner (G) Turret operating in power
Commander (C) mode (page 2-152)
Helper ( H ) (2) Grenade launcher trigger
Driver ( D) pressed , but smoke gre.
nades not launched
References : (page 2-410)
TM 9.2350-252.10-1 Rubber caps removed from
smoke grenade launchers
WARNING
If misfired smoke
grenades launch
Cuis . during unloading ,
soldiers in the area
could be killed or
injured. Keep turret
pointed down range until grenades
are removed.
NOTE
A misfire is the failure of a smoke gre.
nade to launch from grenade launcher
tube .
1. (C) USING INTERCOM , TELL
DRIVER TO DRIVE VEHICLE TO
A SAFE AREA. VEHICLE MUST
BE AT LEAST 410 FEET ( 125
METERS ) FROM NEAREST
VEHICLE , BUILDING ,
PERSONNEL, OR EQUIPMENT.
See TM 92350-252-10-1 .

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
2460
1
PHA
GRENADE
LAUNCHER SWITCH
2. (G) MOVE GRENADE LAUNCHER

SWITCH TO ON .
O
3. (G) FIRE SMOKE GRENADES .
a. Press TRIGGER button.
()0
O
TRIGGER BUTTON
PERISCOPES
b. Look for smoke through

periscopes .
4. (C) OPEN COMMANDER'S

HATCH COVER. See task : OPEN /
CLOSE COMMANDER'S HATCH
COVER, page 2-145 .
2.414
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
NOTE
Smoke does not mean that all eight
smoke grenades have fired . Check
smoke grenade launchers for misfired
smoke grenades .
5. (C) CHECK SMOKE GRENADE
L'icon
LAUNCHERS FOR MISFIRED
hermula
SMOKE GRENADES .
a . Stand on commander's seat to
にな
inspect smoke grenade
launchers. Raise seat if D
necessary .
COMMANDER'S
SEAT
SMOKE
b. If smoke grenade launchers GRENADE
are empty , task is completed .
LAUNCHER SMOKE
GRENADE
LAUNCHER
c . If you see smoke grenades

in smoke grenade launchers,
go to step 6.
SMOKE
6. (D ) HAVE TWO HELPERS LEAVE GRENADE
VEHICLE . See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.415
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
自 7. (C) MOVE TURRET POWER

SWITCH TO OFF.
SIN ' TUREN
$ 57CM
OCSO
Tu
AB
SINO
8. ( D) MOVE MASTER POWER
SWITCH TO OFF . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1. TURRET
POWER
WARNING SWITCH
Misfired smoke
grenades could kill
or injure soldiers if
mishandled . Very
carefully hand
smoke grenades to
helper standing outside vehicle.
Heat could set off
smoke grenades
and kill or injure
soldiers . Do not
place smoke
grenades on hot 19
surfaces.
It misfired smoke
grenades launch
during unloading , GRENADE
soldiers could be
LAUNCHER
killed or injured . Do
TUBE
not place any part of
your body in front of smoke grenade
launchers .
9. ( H) REMOVE MISFIRED SMOKE

SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER .
a. Hold smoke grenade from the SMOKE

side . Carefully pull and twist GRENADE
smoke grenade ieft and
remove from grenade launcher
tube .
2.416
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ISMOKE
GRENADE
b. Pass smoke grenade to

SMOKE GRENADE
helper standing on ground .
LAUNCHER
c. Repeat steps a and b above
until all misfired smoke
grenades are removed from
smoke grenade launcher.
10. ( H) REMOVE MISFIRED SMOKE

GRENADES FROM LEFT SIDE
SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER .
REPEAT STEP 9.
11. (H) TELL GUNNER THAT SMOKE

SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS GRENADE
ARE CLEAR OF MISFIRED
SMOKE GRENADES AND THAT
HELPERS ARE CLEAR OF
TURRET
12. ( H) MOVE SMOKE GRENADES

TO A WELL- MARKED SPOT AT
LEAST 650 FEET (200 METERS)
FROM NEAREST VEHICLE ,
BUILDING , PERSONNEL , OR
EQUIPMENT .

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
3. NOTIFY CHAIN OF COMMAND

OF EXACT LOCATION, TYPE ,
AND NUMBER OF SMOKE GRE .
NADES LEFT AT SAFE LOCA .
TION .
$ 14 . NOTIFY ORGANIZATIONAL
MAINTENANCE THAT SMOKE
GRENADE LAUNCHERS ON
YOUR VEHICLE HAVE
MALFUNCTIONED .
END OF TASK
GE
2.418
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
UNLOAD/ STOW SMOKE GRENADES
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Vehicle stopped
Helper ( H ) (TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
Hand brake set
References :
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
TM 9.2350-252-10-1
‫شاور‬
แ)
NOTE
If smoke grenade launchers have been
fired , but not reloaded , only steps 1
thru 3 apply . Eight smoke grenades
are left stowed in smoke grenade
stowage bins . Empty grenade roo
launcher tubes are capped . DOMER
TURPE DANS
SOSTCM
TON
ABORT
SWO A

SWITCH TO OFF . ed on

TO OFF . TURRET
TURRET DRIVE
POWER
SYSTEM SWITCH
SWITCH

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
WARNING
Electrical trouble
could cause smoke
grenades to launch
and kill or injure
TURRET POWER
and SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER
switches are OFF before you load
smoke grenades. Do not place any
part of your body in front of smoke
grenades launchers .
Heat could set off

smoke grenades
and kill or injure
soldiers . Do not SMOKE GRENADE
place smoke STOWAGE BIN
grenades on hot GRENADE
surfaces. LAUNCHER
TUBE
3. (H ) INSTALL EIGHT RUBBER

CAPS ON GRENADE LAUNCHER
TUBES .
4. (H ) UNLATCH AND OPEN RIGHT

SIDE SMOKE GRENADE STOW
AGE BIN .
5. (H ) REMOVE FOUR RUBBER RUBBER

CAPS FROM RIGHT SIDE GRE CAP
NADE LAUNCHER TUBES .
2-420
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
SMOKE
GRENADE
6. (H) REMOVE FOUR SMOKE

GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES . GRENADE
SMOKE LAUNCHER
a . Hold smoke grenade from GRENADE TUBE 1
side. Carefully pull and twist
smoke grenade from grenade
launcher tube .
SMOKE
GRENADE
METAL END
7. (H) STOW FOUR SMOKE
GRENADES IN RIGHT SIDE
BIN .
a. With metal end pointing down,
១
carefully insert smoke

grenades , one at a time , into
smoke grenade stowage bin .
b. Close and latch smoke
grenade stowage bin .
SMOKE GRENADE
STOWAGE BIN

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
RUBBER
CAP
8. (H) INSTALL FOUR RUBBER
CAPS ON RIGHT SIDE GRENADE
LAUNCHER TUBES .
9. (H ) REPEAT STEPS 4 THRU 8 TO

UNLOAD , AND STOW SMOKE
GRENADE
GRENADES ON LEFT SIDE OF LAUNCHER
TURRET. TUBE
END OF TASK
2-422
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SHUT DOWN TURRET
INITIAL SETUP

Commander (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Turret operating in power
References: mode ( page 2.152)
TM 9-2350-252-10-1
-7
CT
17
f
*
2000
PALM
SWITCHES
1. ELEVATE OR DEPRESS GUN

ROTOR TO O MILS .

switch(es) on gunner's control
control handle.
b. Rotate and hold gunner's or GUNNER'S
commander's control handle(s) COMMANDER'S
CONTROL
back or forward until gun rotor CONTROL
HANDLES
reaches O mils . HANDLE
c. Center gunner's control PALM

handles or commander's SWITCH
control handle and release
palm switch(es) .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.423
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
PALM
SWITCHES
6400 MILS .

switch(es) on gunner's control
control handle.
GUNNER'S
b. Turn gunner's control handles COMMANDER'S
CONTROL CONTROL
or commander's control HANDLES
HANDLE
handle to left or right . Turret
will traverse left or right.
PALM
SWITCH
TURRET
POSITION
INDICATOR
AZIMUTH
至 INDICATOR
c . Note position of turret on

azimuth indicator or turret 63% od 100
position indicator while

traversing turret .
2-424
TM 9.2350-252-10-2 1
TURRET
POSITION
INDICATOR
6350
PALM SWITCHES
AZIMUTH
INDICATOR
d . When turret azimuth indicator

is at 6400 mils and turret
position indicator is at 12 ,
center gunner's control han GUNNER'S
dles or commander's control CONTROL
handle . Release palm HANDLES
COMMANDER'S
switch (es ) .
CONTROL
PALM HANDLE
SWITCH
T.
‫وک‬
?
f
ៗन
WARNING
A soldier in turret
opening could be
turret moves. Turret
travel lock must be TRAVEL
LOCK
locked when you en.
ter or exit turret.
LEVER
3. SET TURRET TRAVEL LOCK IN

LOCKED POSITION .
a. Push travel lock lever to
LOCKED position.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.425
1
1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MT
TURRET
TRAVERSE
ab DRIVE
SELECT LEVER
PUSHBUTTON

DRIVE SELECT LEVER TO /
MANUAL POSITION .
select lever left to MANUAL
position .
c . Release pushbutton .
TURRET
TRAVERSE
HANDWHEEL
a
‫نم‬
OO ใๆ
TRAVEL
LOCK
LEVER
5. TURN TURRET TRAVERSE

HANDWHEEL SLOWLY WHILE
PUSHING ON TRAVEL LOCK
LEVER TO INSURE THAT TEETH TEETH
MESH .
2-426
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
2.44
‫ربنا‬
::
STAB
SWITCH
6. MOVE STAB SWITCH TO OFF.
‫او‬ TURRE ! DAME TO
onja
Ponia $ STEM ABORT
7. MOVE TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM OSW
SWITCH TO OFF .
JIM

TO OFF .
TURRET TURRET
POWER DRIVE SYSTEM
SWITCH SWITCH
Terima
༤ ན བན
9. CLOSE BOTH BALLISTIC SIGHT

COVER DOORS.
a. Push down two ballistic sight BALLISTIC SIGHT
cover doors until doors lock in COVER DOORS
closed position .
1
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
WARNING
When moving hinge
latch handle, com. .
KBS mander's
hurt
hands
you .
and
hatch
cover can fall and
Keep
head
atl
clear.
10. UNLOCK HINGE LATCH

HANDLE .
TOP HOLES
a . Press pushbutton and PUSHBUTTON
from bottom holes .
b . Press pushbutton and install

quick release pin in top
holes .
BOTTOM
WARNING HOLES
QUICK
Commander's hatch RELEASE
cover can swing and PIN
injure you . Make
U sure you support
commander's hatch
cover with one hand
before pushing hinge latch handle
down . COMMANDER'S
HATCH
NOTE
COVER
If commander's hatch cover is in
LEVEL position , step 11 should be
done . If commander's hatch cover is
not in LEVEL position , step 12 should
be done .
11. MOI E COMMANDER'S HATCH

COVER TO POP - UP POSITION .
a . Hold hatch cover handle in
one hand to support com .
mander's hatch cover . Push
hinge latch handle down HATCH COVER HINGE
HANDLE LATCH
with other hand .
HANDLE
2.428
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
COMMANDER'S
HATCH.COVER
0
0
b . Pull commander's hatch
cover to LEVEL position ,
and release hinge latch han
dle .
HINGE
LATCH
HANDLE
HATCH
PIN LEVER
c . Move hatch pin lever to left , COMMANDER'S

and swivel commander's
HATCH COVER
hatch cover to POP-UP
position .
d . Move hatch pin lever back to
right .
La

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
Mode
If commander's hatch cover is
closed when in LEVEL position,
hatch pin lever mechanism can get
HATCH
damaged . Make sure commander's COVER
hatch cover is in POP UP position
before closing. HANDLE

COVER.
a. Grasp hatch cover handle

with one hand .
COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER
b . Pull down on hinge latch

handle with other hand , and
release commander's hatch
cover .
HINGE
LATCH
HANDLE
COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER
c. Pull commander's hatch
cover down to CLOSED
position , and release hinge
latch handle .
2.430
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TOP HOLES
PUSHBUTTON
d . Press pushbutton , and
from top holes .
e . Press pushbutton , and ATH
install quick release pin in
bottom holes . BOTTOM
HOLES
QUICK
RELEASE
PIN
IGUNNER'S
THATCH COVER
TOP
QUICK HOLES
RELEASE
PIN
HINGE
13. RELEASE GUNNER'S HATCH LATCH
COVER FROM LOCKED POSI PUSHBUTTON HANDLE
TION .
a . Press pushbutton , and

from top holes .
b . Press pushbutton , and

install quick release pin in
bottom holes .
PUSHBUTTON
c . Pull up hinge latch handle . QUICK BOTTOM
RELEASE HOLES
PIN

TM 9-2350-252-10-2
HATCH
GUNNER'S
COVER
HATCH COVER
HANDLE
COVER.
a. Grip hatch cover handle and
pull gunner's hatch cover
closed .
b. Check that hatch cover latch
is locked .
IHATCH
COMMANDER'S
COVER
2 RADIO
LATCH
F
171
15. MOVE POWER SWITCH ON
COMMANDER'S RADIO TO OFF .
POWER SWITCH
GUNNER'S
RADIO
!
clo
16. MOVE POWER SWITCH ON POWER SWITCH

GUNNER'S RADIO TO OFF.
2.432
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
va
POWER
CKT BKR
INTERCOM
SWITCH AMPLIFIER
VO ,
D
ITUD
17. MOVE POWER CKT BKR

SWITCH ON INTERCOM
AMPLIFIER TO OFF . இ
660
INSIDE
TURRET
18. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR.
SHIELD
a. Push inside turret shield door DOOR
latch down and slide turret | LATCH
OUTSIDE
shield door open .
TURRET TURRET
SHIELD SHIELD
DOOR
JJ
DOOR
LATCH
00U0
L
Ij

shield door open .

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
‫مامامااا‬
LIGHT
SELECTOR
19. TURN TWO WHITE DOME SWITCH
LIGHTS OFF .
a. Press blackout release

button . Turn light selector
switch past stop to off
position . BLACKOUT
DOME
20. TURN TWO BLACKOUT DOME LIGHT
LIGHTS OFF . WHITE
a . Turn light selector switch DOME
against stop to off position . LIGHT BLACKOUT
RELEASE BUTTON
END OF TASK
2-434
0
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Section IV . OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL

CONDITIONS
TASK INDEX
Task Page Task Page

Operate Ring Sight ... 2-436 Gain Access to Turned
2-438 Turret in an Emergency . . 2-467
Operate Vane Sight
Immediate Action to Stop
Operate Turret Manually 2-439 2-468
Runaway Engine
Fire 25mm Gun Manually ... 2-449 Operation in Extreme
Dry Cycle 25mm Gun .. 2-457 Cold ... , 2-470
Fire Coax Machine Gun Operation in Extreme

Manually 2-462 Heat ... 2-475
Immediate Action to
Override Hatch Switches ... 2-465

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
OPERATE RING SIGHT
INITIAL SETUP

Commander Commander's hatch cover open
(page 2-145)
(page 2-152)
NOTE
Turret may be traversed and elevated in FRONT
MANUAL or in POWER mode. RING
SIGHT
1. RAISE FRONT RING SIGHT.

00):
APERTURE
RING
2. RAISE APERTURE RING .
2-436
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
3. LOCATE TARGET USING FRONT OUTERMOST

RING SIGHT. RING
a. Traverse turret until target is

located between front ring
sight crosshairs and
outermost ring . See task:
MODE, page 2.152 .
FRONT
RING
SIGHT
CROSSHAIRS
a
TARGET
OUTERMOST
RING CENTER
NOTE FRONT CROSSHAIRS
Weapons should be fired before target RING SIGHT
reaches center crosshairs in front ring
sight and pointer post in aperture ring.
4. TRACK TARGET FROM
OUTERMOST RING TO CENTER
POINTER
CROSSHAIRS ON FRONT RING
POST
SIGHT AND POINTER POST IN
APERTURE RING.
APERTURE
RING
APERTURE
FRONT RING
RING SIGHT
5. LOWER APERTURE RING .
6. LOWER FRONT RING SIGHT.
//
END OF TASK
2-437
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
OPERATE VANE SIGHT
INITIAL SETUP

Commander
(page 2-152)
Commander's hatch cover open
(page 2.145)
NOTE
Commander uses vane sight to quickly
aline turret with target.
1. TRAVERSE TURRET TO ALINE

TARGET WITH VANE SIGHT. See
POWER MODE, page 2.152.
2. DETERMINE ELEVATION OF
TARGET.
a. Look through vane sight . Aline

rods of rear sight between two
wires of front sight and with
center of target .
FRONT OF
b. If rods aline between bottom
TIEM
VANE SIGHT 360 MILS

wires and with center of
target , elevation of target is WIRES 180 MILS
0 mils .
c. If rods aline between middle

wires and with center of
target , elevation is 180 mils. RODS O MILS
d . If rods aline between top wires

and with center of target , REAR OF
elevation is 360 mils . VANE SIGHT
END OF TASK
2-438
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY
DESCRIPTION
This task covers:

Traverse Turret Manually ( page 2-465). Operate 25mm
Gun Manual Elevation (page 2-467). Operate TOW
Manual Lift , Raise TOW Launcher ( page 2-468 ).Operate
TOW Manual Elevation (page 2-470) . Operate TOW
Manual Lift , Lower TOW Launcher ( page 2.446) .
INITIAL SETUP

14mm ratchet wrench TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM
(Item 83, App B) switch OFF (page 2.16 )
TURRET POWER switch OFF
Personnel Required : (page 2-16)
ARM - SAFE -RESET switch in SAFE
Gunner
(page 2-21 )
TRAVERSE TURRET MANUALLY

CASTW
WARNING
If turret is operated
O
with turret shield OOO
door open , soldiers

could be killed or
injured . Close and
latch turret shield TURRET TRAVERSE
door before you operate turret. DRIVE SELECT
LEVER
DRIVE SELECT LEVER TO PUSHBUTTON
MANUAL POSITION .

02
position .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.439
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
2. RELEASE TRAVEL LOCK. See

task: OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL
LOCK, page 2-141 .
SPRING
3. REMOVE SPRING FROM
HANDLE. HANDLE
4. TRAVERSE TURRET MANUALLY .

TURRET
a. Turn turret traverse handwheel
TRAVERSE
forward to traverse turret to
HANDWHEEL
right.
TURRET TRAVERSE
b. Turn turret traverse handwheel DRIVE SELECT
back to traverse turret to left.
PUSHBUTTON LEVER
5. SET TRAVEL LOCK . See task:

OPERATE TURRET TRAVEL
LOCK, page 2-141 .

POWER POSITION .
b . Move turret traverse drive
position . SPRING
7. INSTALL SPRING ON HANDLE .
a. Turn turret traverse hand
wheel so that handle is at TURRET HANDLE
TRAVERSE
top . HANDWHEEL
b. Install spring on handle.
2.440
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATE 25MM GUN MANUAL ELEVATION
‫ܢ‬
{
CAUTION
Linkage between TOW and gun ele.
vation systems can be damaged if
gun elevation handwheel is turned
while both levers are in MANUAL
position . Never turn gun elevation
handwheel with both TOW eleva.
tion drive select lever and gun ele.
vation drive select lever in MANUAL
position .

POSITION .
b . Move gun elevation drive
position .
GUN ELEVATION
PUSHBUTTON
DRIVE SELECT
LEVER
SPRING
...d
27
HANDLE

HANDLE .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUN ELEVATION
HANDWHEEL
10. MANUALLY ELEVATE AND

DEPRESS 25MM GUN .
a. Turn gun elevation handwheel
back to elevate 25mm gun .
b . Turn gun elevation hand .
wheel forward to depress
25mm gun .
GUN
ELEVATION
HANDWHEEL
11. INSTALL SPRING ON HANDLE.

a. Turn gun elevation hand.
wheel so that handle is for.
ward .
SPRING
b . Install spring on handle . HANDLE

POSITION .
b . Move gun elevation drive
GUN ELEVATION
position . DRIVE SELECT
PUSHBUTTON
c . Release pushbutton . LEVER
2.442
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
OPERATE TOW MANUAL LIFT, RAISE TOW LAUNCHER
CAUTION
Linkage between TOW and gun ele.
vation systems can be damaged if
gun elevation handwheel is turned
while both levers are in MANUAL
position. Never turn gun elevation :) :)
handwheel with both TOW eleva.
tion drive select lever and gun ele. 2013
vation drive select lever in MANUAL 3 :7 )
position.

SELECT LEVER TO MANUAL TOW ELEVATION DRIVE
POSITION SELECT LEVER

position .
PUSHBUTTON
SPRING
A.
HANDLE

HANDLE .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUN
ELEVATION
HANDWHEEL
15. MANUALLY DEPRESS TOW

LAUNCHER TO CLEAR STOW
PIN FROM SADDLE .
a. Turn gun elevation hand.
wheel forward until it will no
longer turn .
Hile
2
SADDLE
STOW PIN
b . Check that stow pin is clear

of saddle .
2.444
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
16. MANUALLY RAISE TOW

LAUNCHER TO FIRING
POSITION .
a. Place 14mm ratchet wrench
on TOW MANUAL LIFT drive
shaft .
b . Turn TOW MANUAL LIFT
drive shaft clockwise until TOW MANUAL
TOW launcher is fully LIFT DRIVE
SHAFT
elevated .
c . Remove 14mm ratchet
wrench .
GUN
ELEVATION
OPERATE TOW MANUAL ELEVATION HANDWHEEL
MAYOR
Hawamu
NOTE
Elevation of TOW launcher to 500 mils
vu
is done for loading or unloading of

NA
TOW missiles .
17. MANUALLY ELEVATE TOW TOW LAUNCHER

LAUNCHER .
a . Turn gun elevation hand .
wheel back to elevate TOW
launcher
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.445
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
18. MANUALLY DEPRESS TOW

LAUNCHER
a. Turn gun elevation hand . ‫عضده‬

wheel forward to depress
TOW launcher .
GUN
ELEVATION
HANDWHEELT
OPERATE TOW MANUAL LIFT, LOWER TOW LAUNCHER
TOW
LAUNCHER
19. LOWER TOW LAUNCHER TO

STOWED POSITION .
a. Pull TOW MANUAL LIFT
release handle out and let
u
TOW launcher lower itself

into stowed position .
HANDLE
GUN
ELEVATION
HANDWHEEL
Platon
20. ELEVATE TOW LAUNCHER TO

MOVE STOW PIN INTO
SADDLE .
‫لضمه‬
somwa
a. Turn gun elevation hand .

wheel back until it will no
longer turn .
2.446
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
tele
2
TOW LAUNCHER
SADDLE
b. Check that stow pin has ISTOW

moved into saddle . PIN
도
WW
2)
S ') ) 」 O

POSITION .
a . Press and hold pushbutton .
select lever right to POWER TOW ELEVATION PUSHBUTTON
position . DRIVE SELECT
c . Release pushbutton . LEVER

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
GUN ELEVATION
HANDWHEEL
22. INSTALL SPRING ON HANDLE .

a. Turn gun elevation hand. SPRING
wheel so that handle is HANDLE
forward .
b. Install spring on handle .
END OF TASK
2.448
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
FIRE 25MM GUN MANUALLY
INITIAL SETUP

Handcrank assembly Turret in MANUAL mode
( Item 5 , App B) (page 2-439)
Personnel Required : ( page 2.246 )
Gunner
Commander
WARNING
Live ammo can kill
get area . Make sure
WARNING
and damage equip.
ment while manually
firing 25mm gun . Do
not operate turret in
POWER mode while
manually firing 25mm gun.
WARNING
Gun gases are poi.
sonous. If tactical sit.
uation permits, open
commander's and
gunner's hatch cov.
ers before firing
25mm gun .

TM 9.2350-252.10.2
WARNING
Noise from vehicle
or weapons could
damage hearing of
AL soldiers in or near
vehicle . Use ear .
plugs and other
front of manual .

AND OPEN GUN COVEP. See
page 2.169 .
SAFE

TO FIRE POSITION .
MANUAL SAFE
HANDLE
2.450
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
hen
SEAR
NOTE
Sear retractor lever is locked when RELEASE
you hear a click .
3. LOCK SEAR RETRACTOR LEVER .

a . Press sear release .
b. Push hard on left side of sear
retractor lever until locked .
c . Release sear release . FEED SELECT

SOLENOID KNOB
4. SELECT AP OR HE AMMO AS
REQUIRED.
a. Push in feed select solenoid
knob to select AP ammo or
pull out feed select solenoid
knob to select HE ammo .
SEAR
RETRACTOR
LEVER
5. INSTALL HANDCRANK
ASSEMBLY ON MANUAL DRIVE
GEAR HUB .
a. If ISU is working , go to step 8.

MANUAL
‫ܐܐ‬
DRIVE HANDCRANK
GEAR HUB ASSEMBLY

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

COVER . See task : OPEN / CLOSE
COMMANDER'S HATCH
COVER , page 2.145 .
7. USE RING SIGHT TO ENGAGE

TARGET . See task : OPERATE
RING SIGHT , page 2-436 .
WARNING
Your knuckles could
be injured when turn .
ing handcrank as .
sembly . Be sure
hands clear 25mm
gun guard opening
and 25mm gun receiver when manu.
ally firing 25mm gun.
NOTE
25mm gun will fire every nine turns of
handcrank assembly .
Gunner and commander must work
together during manual firing of 25mm
gun .
If 25mm gun feeder is fully loaded,
25mm gun will fire when bolt position
indicator reaches FIRE position . If HAND
25mm gun feeder is not fully loaded , CRANK
25mm gun will dry fire. Bolt position ASSEMBLY
indicator will stop in MISFIRE posi .
tion .
8. FIRE 25MM GUN .
a . Turn handcrank assembly to

the right .
b . Locate strikes of rounds .
25MM GUN
2.452
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
c . Tell gunner to elevate or

depress 25mm gun and tra
verse turret as needed . See
task : OPERATE TURRET
MANUALLY, page 2-439 .
d . When firing is completed ,

go to step 15 .
e . If 25mm gun does not fire .

go to step 9 . 25MM GUN
a . Push and hold feeder han . Ar
dle latch down .
b. Raise feeder handle up .
C. Release feeder handle FEEDER HANDLE

latch . Feeder handle should
be locked up FEEDER HANDLE
LATCH

LEVER .
a. Push in hard on right side

of sear retractor lever until
you hear a click .
ISEAR
RETRACTOR
LEVER

TM 9.2350.252.10.2

RELEASE.
SEAR
RELEASE
12. LOWER FEEDER HANDLE .
LUTA
a. Push and hold feeder latch
handle down .
c. Release feeder handle

FEEDER
latch . Feeder handle should HANDLE
be locked down . FEEDER HANDLE
LATCH
HANDCRANK
ASSEMBLY
13. CYCLE BOLT OUT OF MIS

FIRE POSITION .
a . Turn handcrank assembly

right one- half turn . Release
sear release. ‫ܐܐ‬
2.454
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
HAND
CRANK
ASSEMBLY
Loon
b . Keep turning handcrank
assembly until bolt locks in
SEAR position . Bolt posi
tion indicator will stop in
SEAR position .
BOLT POSITION
NOTE
INDICATOR
If last round was a mistire , live round
will be present in eject tube .
14. CYCLE 25MM GUN UNTIL
25MM GUN FIRES .
a. Lock sear retractor lever.
b . Repeat step 8.
c . If 25mm gun does not

fire at end of second
cycle, see troubleshoot. ‫!) ܐܐ‬
ing task : 25MM GUN 25MM
STALLS OR FAILS TO GUNI
SEAR
FIRE AND IS NOT A HOT
RETRACTOR
GUN , page 3.2 . LEVER

TM 9-2350-252.10-2
toon
15. WHEN FIRING IS COM
BOLT POSITION
PLETED , CYCLE BOLT POSI
TION INDICATOR TO SEAR INDICATOR
POSITION AND REMOVE
HANDCRANK
HANDCRANK ASSEMBLY.
ASSEMBLY
END OF TASK
2-456
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
DRY CYCLE 25MM GUN MANUALLY
INITIAL SETUP

Handcrank assembly Turret in MANUAL mode
(Item 5 , App B )
1 ( page 2-439)
25mm gun feeder unloaded and
Personnel Required : cleared (page 2-306 )
Gunner

2.169 .
SEAR
RELEASE
NOTE
Sear retractor lever is locked when
you hear a click .
2. LOCK SEAR RETRACTOR
LEVER .
a . Press sear release .
b . Push hard on left side of sear

retractor lever until locked .
c . If lever does not lock , notify SEAR

organizational maintenance . RETRACTOR
LEVER

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MANUAL
DRIVE
GEAR HUB
3. INSTALL HANDCRANK
ASSEMBLY ON MANUAL DRIVE
GEAR HUB .
WARNING
Your knuckles could
be injured when tum HANDCRANK
Ali ing handcrank assem

bly. Be sure hands
clear 25mm gun guard
opening and 25mm
gun receiver when dry cycling 25mm
ASSEMBLY
gun.
NOTE
25mm gun will dry cycle every nine
turns of handcrank assembly.
Handcrank assembly will be hard to HAND
turn when bolt position indicator pas. CRANK
ses through FIRE position. ASSEMBLY
Handcrank assembly will stop turning
when bolt position indicator is in MIS.
FIRE position.
4. DRY CYCLE 25MM GUN .
a. Turn handcrank assembly to

the right .
25MM GUN
2.458
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FEEDER HANDLE
pere
latch down .
b . Raise feeder handle up .
locked up .
FEEDER HANDLE
LATCH

LEVER
a. Push in hard on right side of

sear retractor lever until you
hear a click .
b . If you do not hear a click ,

notity organizational SEAR
maintenance . RETRACTOR
LEVER

RELEASE .
SEAR
RELEASE

TM 9.2350.252.10-2
FEEDER HANDLE
.ನಾಯಿ
8. LOWER FEEDER HANDLE .
latch down .
b . Lower feeder handle down .
I
locked down . FEEDER HANDLE
LATCH
9. CYCLE BOLT OUT OF MISFIRE

POSITION .
a . Turn handcrank assembly

right one- half turn . Release
sear release .
HANDCRANK
ASSEMBLY
HT
(y
O
SEAR
RELEASE
b . Keep turning handcrank

assembly until bolt locks in
SEAR position . Bolt position
101
)
indicator will stop in SEAR

.1
position .
BOLT POSITION
INDICATOR
2.460
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
10. REMOVE HANDCRANK

ASSEMBLY .
11. CLOSE GUN COVER AND

See task : OPERATE 25MM
GUN GUARD AND GUN HANDCRANK
COVER , page 2.169 . ASSEMBLY
END OF TASK
2.461
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN MANUALLY
INITIAL SETUP

Commander (TM 9.2350-252-10-1)
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM
References: switch OFF
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 (page 2-16)
(page 2-16)
7.62mm ammo loaded
(page 2-333)
Turret operating in manual
mode ( page 2-439)
Coax machine gun installed
(page 3.97)
WARNING
Live ammo can kill
☆ get area . Make sure

WARNING
Manual firing of
coax machine gun
with turret in power
4 mode could injure

soldiers . DO not
operate turret in
power mode when you fire coax
machine gun manually .
2.462
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Noise from vehicle
or weapons could
damage hearing of
Urin soldiers in or near
vehicle . Use ear .
plugs and other
front of manual .
WARNING
Rounds may be
fired into open
hatches and cause
BU death or injury .
Close driver and
cargo hatch covers
before you fire coax machine gun .
WARNING
tia
Firing coax machine
gun at the same
time 25mm gun is
fired could result in
injury . Do not fire ‫الله‬
coax machine gun

[]
when 25mm gun is being fired.

ACCESS DOORS. See task :
GUN ACCESS DOORS,
page 2.172 .
WARNING
ITnv
coax machine gun
may result in death or
injury. Do not charge
‫روز‬
‫ہ‬
‫درفرررد‬
‫وز‬
coax machine gun

until you are ready
fire .
CHARGER HANDLE
2. CHARGE COAX MACHINE GUN .
COAX MACHINE
a . Pull charger handle back until GUN
bolt locks to the rear .

Now art
GO
TA
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
e
Noé t
COVER. See task: OPEN / CLOSE
COMMANDER'S HATCH COVER,
page 2.145.
NOTE
Elevation of ISU mirror will lock in
position when turret power goes off
for any reason. Commander may have
to use ring sight to engage target.
4. USE RING SIGHT TO ENGAGE
2:
TA21N
TARGET. See task: OPERATE
RING SIGHT, page 2-436 .
le b
innio
NOTE
ii,n
Gunner and commander must work
together during manual firing of coax
machine gun .
5. FIRE COAX MACHINE GUN . COAX MACHINE GUN

a. Pull manual trigger.
b. Locate strikes of rounds .
c . Tell gunner to traverse turret
and elevate or depress coax
machine gun as needed to hit
target. See task: OPERATE
TURRET MANUALLY, 5
page 2.439 .
MANUAL
d. If coax machine gun fails to TRIGGER
fire, see task: IMMEDIATE
ACTION WHEN COAX
MACHINE GUN FAILS TO
FIRE, page 2-347 .
6. AFTER FIRING IS COMPLETED,
CLEAR COAX MACHINE GUN .
See task: CLEAR COAX
MACHINE GUN , page 2-354 .
END OF TASK
2-464
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
IMMEDIATE ACTION TO OVERRIDE HATCH SWITCHES
INITIAL SETUP

Cross-tip screwdriver, No. 2 Turret operating in power
(Item 60 , App B) mode (page 2-152)
Gunner
WARNING
Moving turret or fir.
ing weapons with
hatch interlock over.
ride switch ON and
hatch covers open
soldiers.
Weapons can fire into open

hatches . Noise from 25mm gun can
damage hearing. Noise, heat, and
blast from firing TOW can kill or
injure soldiers . 25mm gun barrel
can hit soldiers or open hatch .
Brass ejected from firing weapons
can injure soldiers .
When hatch interlock override
switch is ON :
Do not fire guns unless all hatch

covers are closed or in POP- UP
position . Do not fire TOW unless
all hatch covers are closed . Move
hatch interlock override switch
to OFF before you leave turret.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2-465
o
o
o
7
Q
2
27
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
NOTE
It hatch interlock override switch can
be moved without removing hatch
interlock override switch guard, go to
step 2.
1. REMOVE HATCH INTERLOCK
OVERRIDE SWITCH GUARD
MIC
a. Remove screw , washer, and
hatch interlock override switch
HATCH
guard . Use cross -tip
screwdriver . INTERLOCK
OVERRIDE SA
2. TURN ON HATCH INTERLOCK SWITCH EC
T
OVERRIDE SWITCH .
3. REPORT FAULTY HATCH
INTERLOCK OVERRIDE HATCH
INTERLOCK SCREW
SYSTEM TO ORGANIZATIONAL WASHER
MAINTENANCE. OVERRIDE
SWITCH
GUARD HATCH
4. WHEN FAULTY HATCH
INTERLOCK OVERRIDE INTERLOCK
OVERRIDE
SYSTEM IS REPAIRED , MOVE SWITCH
IT TO OFF.
5. INSTALL HATCH INTERLOCK

OVERRIDE SWITCH GUARD .
a. Install hatch interlock override

switch guard , washer , and
screw . Use cross-tip
screwdriver. Lae
A r
HATCH
INTERLOCK
SCREW
OVERRIDE
SWITCH WASHER
GUARD
END OF TASK
2.466
TM 9-2350-252.10.2
GAIN ACCESS TO TURNED TURRET IN AN EMERGENCY
INITIAL SETUP

Soldier Engine stopped
(TM 9 2350-252-10-1)
References : Commander's hatch cover
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 closed (page 2-145)
Gunner's hatch cover closed
(page 2.150)
Turret in any position except
6400 mils
WARNING
If you enter turret
with turret power
on , you may be
號 injured or killed. Do
not enter turret
while turret power is
on . Keep turret shield door closed
and latched while turret power is TURRET
on . SHIELD
DOOR
#
1. OPEN TURRET SHIELD DOOR.
a. Push outside turret shield door
latch down and slide turret
shield door open. DOOR
LATCHI
shield door latch locks turret TURRET
shield door open . SHIELD
DOOR !
2. PULL HARD AND QUICK ON
EMERGENCY RELEASE CABLE DOOR
TO RELEASE COMMANDER'S
HATCH COVER .
LATCHI
EMERGENCY
편
RELEASE CABLE
Wha
END OF TASK
2.467
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
IMMEDIATE ACTION TO STOP RUNAWAY ENGINE
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Engine running away
Driver (D)
References:
TM 9-2350-252.10-1
NOTE
If vehicle is not moving when runaway
condition exists, go to step 2.
1. (D) STOP VEHICLE .

a. Press down hard on brake
pedal and hold .
2. (D) TURN OFF FUEL CONTROL .

See TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
111
MILS . See task : OPERATE TUR .
RET IN POWER MODE ,
page 2.152.
BRAKE
PEDAL
2.468
JOU JE T 27 F J3 24 TM 9.2350-252-10-2
4. TURN OFF MAIN FUEL MAN.

UAL SHUTOFF VALVE .
a. Turn main fuel manual shut.
off valve to right .
6400 MILS. See task : OPERATE
page 2-152 .
6. (D) MOVE GEAR SELECTOR TO
NEUTRAL . See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
7. (D) SET HAND BRAKE. See

TM 9.2350-252-10-1 .
MAIN FUEL MANUAL
SHUTOFF VALVE
END OF TASK
2.469
h
W
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD
DESCRIPTION
This task covers: Operation of turret components and weapons systems

during extremely cold weather.
INITIAL SETUP
Materials /Parts: Personnel Required :

Tarpaulin (Item 74, App B) Gunner
WARNING
Contact with cold
metal can cause
frostbite . Do not
touch cold metal
with bare skin .
CAUTION
Turret motors and drives can get
damaged if turret is operated in
extremely cold temperature . Do not
operate turret in extremely cold
temperature without running
engine and personnel heater.
NOTE
Turret interior and exterior should be
kept dry and free of debris.
Turret power drains batteries quickly
in extreme cold .
1. OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY

WHEN ENGINE IS NOT
RUNNING . See task: OPERATE
TURRET MANUALLY ,
page 2-439.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.470
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
2. PERFORM PREVENTIVE MAIN .

TENANCE CHECKS AND SER.
VICES ON A REGULAR BASIS .
See page 2-39.
WARNING
Soldiers can be
gun is fired when
TU barrel is obstructed
by ice . Make sure
25mm and coax
machine gun barrels are clear of ice
obstructions before firing .
3. MANUALLY DEPRESS 25MM

GUN TO -15 MILS WHEN NOT
IN USE . See task : OPERATE
TURRET MANUALLY, page 2.439.
BALLISTIC SIGHT
COVER DOORS
4. KEEP BALLISTIC SIGHT COVER

DOORS CLOSED WHEN ISU IS
NOT IN USE .
Til
TARPAULIN
5. KEEP TARPAULIN ON VEHICLE

WHEN VEHICLE IS NOT IN USE. OD15
0
GO TO NEXT PAGE
2.471
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
97 OOC
GUNNER'S RUBBER
6. KEEP RUBBER CAPS ON EYEPIECE CAP
COMMANDER'S AND GUNNER'S
RUBBER
EYEPIECES WHEN ISU IS NOT
CAP
IN USE.
‫يبدا‬
‫ الج‬.
COMMANDER'S
EYEPIECE
ISU
WARNING
On bright, snowy
days sunshine re SENSOR
flecting off snow SELECT
can harm your eyes . SWITCH
Sensor select switch
should be set to
NEUTRAL when using ISU on bright, CLEAR
snowy days.
NIGHT DAY
7. SET SENSOR SELECT SWITCH

TO NEUTRAL POSITION WHEN NEUTRAL
USING ISU ON BRIGHT, SNOWY
DAYS.
2-472
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
a
NOTE
Commander's and gunner's eye .
pieces , unity windows , and peri .
scopes can fog up and cloud your
view . You should not breathe on them .
8. CHECK THAT BOTH ISU

WINDOWS ARE FREE OF ICE,
SNOW , AND FROST .
a. If they are free of ice , snow ,
and frost , go to step 9. FAN
b . If they are not , use FAN DEFOGGER
DEFOGGER switch with
covers closed to melt ice HIGH LOW
formations before firing
missile. OFF
9. USE FAN DEFOGGER SWITCH

IF ISU FOGS UP. FAN DEFOGGER
SWITCH
NOTE
TOW missile may miss target it fired at
temperatures less than -25 °F ( - 31 ° C).
TOW missile may miss target if target
cannot be seen or tracked through ISU.
10. FIRE TOW MISSILE ONLY

WHEN TEMPERATURE IS
GREATER THAN – 25 ° F
( -31 °C) AND TARGET CAN BE
SEEN OR TRACKED THROUGH
ISU . See task : FIRE TOW
MISSILES , page 2-366 .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
TOW missile may be damaged if
electrical connectors get wet when
TOW launcher is unloaded. Install
covers on electrical connectors
after unloading TOW launcher so
that connectors do not get wet.
11. REPLACE ELECTRICAL

CONNECTOR COVER AFTER
UNLOADING TOW LAUNCHER .
See task: UNLOAD TOW
LAUNCHER , page 2-400 .
WARNING
Soldiers can be
smoke grenades are
fired when ice is
holding grenades in
launchers . Do not
fire smoke grenades when gre.
nades are held in launcher tubes by
ice .
12. CHECK GRENADE

LAUNCHER TUBES FOR ICE
BUILDUP. KEEP RUBBER
CAPS ON GRENADE
LAUNCHER TUBES UNTIL
READY FOR FIRING .
END OF TASK
2.474
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
OPERATION IN EXTREME HEAT
DESCRIPTION
This task covers : Operation of turret components and weapons systems

during extremely hot weather, with or without high
humidity .
INITIAL SETUP
Materials /Parts: Personnel Required:

Tarpaulin (Item 74 , App B) Gunner
WARNING
Very hot metal sur.
faces can burn you.
Wear heat protec .
16
tive mittens when
you touch metal sur.
faces that have
been in sunlight.
CAUTION
Turret electrical motors may over:
heat when operating under severe
conditions . II DRIVE MALF annun.
ciator light comes on, shut down
turret electrical systems. Let sys.
tems cool for at least 3 minutes
before recycling power to turret.
NOTE
Mold , mildew, and fungus grow very
quickly on glass , rubber, and leather in
hot, humid weather. Keep all glass,
rubber, and leather surfaces clean and
dry in hot, humid weather.
GO TO NEXT PAG
2.475
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
1. PERFORM PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND
SERVICES ON A REGULAR
BASIS . See page 2-39.
BALLISTIC SIGHT
2. KEEP BALLISTIC SIGHT COVER
COVER DOORS
DOORS CLOSED WHEN ISU IS
TARPAULIN
NOT IN USE.
3. KEEP TARPAULIN ON VEHICLE

> WHEN VEHICLE IS NOT IN USE.
GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
HO
RUBBER
4. KEEP RUBBER CAPS ON
CAP
COMMANDER'S AND GUNNER'S
EYEPIECES WHEN ISU IS NOT COMMANDER'S
IN USE . EYEPIECE
2.476
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Looking at sun
through ISU may
not look at sun
through ISU . Check
position of sun
through ISU unity window before
using isu.
5. CHECK POSITION OF SUN ISU
THROUGH ISU UNITY WINDOW UNITY
BEFORE USING ISU . WINDOW GUNNER'S
EYEPIECE
SENSOR
SELECT
WARNING SWITCH
Glare can harm your
eyes . Set sensor
select switch on ISU CLEAR
Q
to NEUTRAL when
you use ISU on DAY
NIGHT
bright, sunny days.
6. SET SENSOR SELECT SWITCH
TO NEUTRAL POSITION WHEN
2
NEUTRAL
USING ISU ON BRIGHT, SUNNY

DAYS .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
Hot gun parts can
burn you. Gun parts
stay hot much
longer in hot
weather . Wear heat
protective mittens
when you work on guns after firing .
NOTE
TOW missile may miss target if fired at
temperatures above 140° F (60 ° C).
TOW missile may miss target it target
cannot be seen or tracked through
ISU .
7. FIRE TOW MISSILE ONLY WHEN

TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN
140 ° F (60 °C) AND TARGET CAN
BE SEEN OR TRACKED
THROUGH ISU . See task: FIRE
TOW MISSILES , page 2-366 .
CAUTION
TOW missile may be damaged if
electrical connectors get wet when
TOW launcher is unloaded . Install
covers on electrical connectors
after unloading TOW launcher so
that connectors do not get wet .
8. REPLACE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR COVER AFTER
UNLOADING TOW LAUNCHER .
See task : UNLOAD TOW
LAUNCHER , page 2-400 .
END OF TASK
2.478
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CHAPTER 3
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Section I. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
GENERAL
The TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE lists two common malfunctions found

while operating 25mm gun and coax machine gun.
The TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE has three divisons: MALFUNCTION ,
TEST OR INSPECTION , and CORRECTIVE ACTION . The MALFUNCTIONS,
or symptoms, are numbered in sequences through the TROUBLE.
SHOOTING TABLE. A MALFUNCTION will bring you to the TROUBLE
SHOOTING TABLE.
The TEST OR INSPECTION is a step you take to isolate the MALFUNCTION .

Each TEST OR INSPECTION has a CORRECTIVE ACTION . These are the
" if " statements which tell you what to do when the MALFUNCTION is not
fixed .
When you think you have solved the problem, go back to MALFUNCTION
and recheck all steps. Check that original MALFUNCTION is no longer
there .
The manual cannot list all possible malfunctions, nor all tests and inspec
tions, and corrective actions. If a malfunction is not listed, or is not correc
ted by the listed corrective action, notify your supervisor.
The TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX is below . Note that the
MALFUNCTIONS are listed in alphabetical order.
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX

COAX MACHINE GUN Page
Fails to feed and is not a hot gun 3-27
25MM GUN
Stalls or fails to fire and is not a hot gun .. 3.2
GO TO NEXT PAGE 3.1

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
25MM GUN SYSTEM
1. 25MM GUN STALLS OR FAILS TO FIRE AND IS NOT A HOT GUN .
NOTE
25mm gun is hot if 100 or more rounds
have been fired within 15 minutes.
Move TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch to OFF.

Move TURRET POWER switch to OFF.
alb
5
.
CTED
U
oii,
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM SWITCH TAA

POWER
TURREDAME
SYSTEM
TON
ABCAT
OS O
o
TURRET POWER SWITCH
3.2
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove 25mm gun guard and open gun cover. See task:
OPERATE 25MM GUN GUARD AND GUN COVER, page 2-169 .
WARNING
Reaching into rotor
when turret power is
on can result in
injury to soldiers .
Turn off power
before reaching into
rotor.
gun could kill or
injure soldiers .
Make sure manual
safe handle is at
SAFE .
Move manual safe handle to SAFE. INS
MANUAL
SAFE
HANDLE
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.3
)
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
བ།
a Su
tr
LOCKPIN
Remove
Remove u
250 Feeder see task totood 25mm Gun Ferrar
۴۹ ‫ممتد‬
Step 1. Check that lockpin is not jammed . 3-34
Push No. 4 cross-tip screwdriver in lockpin and release .
a. If lockpin does not spring back out , notify organizational
maintenance .
b. If lockpin is not jammed , go to step 2 .
3.4
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
lo 0009
CABLE LOCKRING
Step 2 . Check lockring and cable for loose connection .

a. If lockring or cable is loose , notify organizational mainte
nance .
b. If lockring or cable is not loose , go to step 3 .
NOTE
Il 25mm gun stalls or fails to fire in AP
mode , steps 3 through 7 must be
done .
11 25mm gun stalls or fails to fire in HE
mode , steps 8 thru 12 must be done .
Open coax machine gun access doors . See task : OPERATE
COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS , page 2-172 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.5
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE (cont)

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3. Check that AP ammo links are not jammed in plenum .
a. If AP ammo links are jammed in plenum , separate AP

ammo links and push them out of plenum .
13
PLENUM
(
‫ިހ‬.‫ވެހ‬.”ި‫ދ‬
ި‫ހިކ‬ ‫ހ‬
AP AMMO LINKS
ެ‫ިފެހ‬
Close coax machine gun access doors. See task : OPERATE

COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS , page 2-172 . Go to
step 13.
b . If AP ammo links are not jammed in plenum , go to step 4 .
3.6
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 9. Check that HE ammo links are not binding in HE link eject chute.
a . If HE ammo links are binding in HE link eject chute,
25mm gun will stop.
g
li l
wi
HE LINK
wo
EJECT CHUTE
HE AMMO LINK
Manually depress 25mm gun to maximum depression . See task :

OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY, page 2-439.
Remove HE link eject chute from 25mm gun feeder.

Squeeze laiches , and pull HE link eject chute to right , away from
25mm gun feeder. Release latches.
On
25MM GUNV LATCH
FEEDER HE LINK
EJECT CHUTE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Disconnect HE ammo links in HE link eject chute from HE ammo

link coming out of 25mm gun feeder.
HE AMMO LINKS HE LINK

EJECT CHUTE
Pull HE link eject chute down and left , and remove HE link eject
chute from journal.
Turn HE link eject chute, and pull out of 25mm gun receiver area.
12
JOURNAL
HE LINK
EJECT CHUTE
3.16
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove and discard HE ammo links from chute .
HE
AMMO
LINKS
la
ze
HE LINK
EJECT CHUTE
b . If HE ammo links are not binding , close coax machine gun

access doors . See task: OPERATE COAX MACHINE GUN
ACCESS DOORS, page 2-172 . Go to step 10 .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.17
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 10. Check that He feed chute latches at 25mm gun feeder
and HE forwarder are latched .
a . If HE feed chute latches are not latched , latch HE feed

chute latches. See task: INSTALL 25MM GUN FEEDER ,
page 3-83 . Go to step 13.
25MM GUN
FEEDER
HE FEED
CHUTE
HE FEED HE FEED
CHUTE CHUTE
LATCHES LATCHES
HE
FORWARDER
3.18
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
b . If HE feed chute latches are latched , go to step 11 .
HE FEED
CHUTE
LATCHES
OTT
HE FEED
CHUTE
LATCHES
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.19
TM 9.2350.252.10-2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
25
12MM GUN SYSTEM (cont )
Step 11. Check that HE feed chute has no binding ammo, or broken or
separated ammo belt . Check that loading rails do not have link
tabs binding against chute guide before stripper rail .
Unzip three zippers on chute cover.
a. Manually depress 25mm gun to maximum depression . See

task : OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY, page 2-439 .
HE FEED
1 CHUTE
CHUTE
GUIDE
LOADING
RAILS
LINK
STRIPPER TABS
RAIL
CHUTE
AMMO BELT COVER
litetnimi ZIPPERS
3.20
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
b. If HE feed chute has binding ammo, or broken or separated

ammo belt , or loading rails have binding link tabs :
Unload HE rounds from feeder. See task : UNLOAD 25MM
GUN FEEDER , page 2-303 .
Load HE rounds in feeder. See task : LOAD 25MM GUN

FEEDER , page 2-246 .
c. If HE feed chute has no binding ammo , or broken or separated

ammo belt , or loading rails have no binding link tabs , zip three
zippers on chute cover. Go to step 12 .
AMMO
BELT
LOADING LULUI
RAILS
ZIPPERS
THE FEED
1 CHUTE
LINK
TABS CHUTE
COVER

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 12. Check that HE forwarder is not jammed .
Put 14 mm ratchet wrench on HE forwarder shaft of HE
forwarder.
Turn 14 mm ratchet wrench to left one-quarter turn .
HE
HE FEED CHUTE FORWARDER
SHAFT
14MM
RATCHET
WRENCHI
НЕ
FORWARDER
a . If ammo forwards into HE feed chute, go to step 13 .
НЕ
1FORWARDER
HE FEED
CHUTE
3.22
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
a. If ammo forwards into AP feed chute, go to step 13 .
b. If ammo does not forward into AP feed chute , reach into

ammo access area of AP ammo can . Move ammo belt to
check that ammo is not binding in AP ammo can .
O
AP FEED G
AP AMMO A
CHUTE T
CAN
AMMO ACCESS
AREA
If ammo is binding . traverse turret to AP LOAD position . See

task: OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE, page 2-152.
Have helper unload AP ammo from AP ammo can. See task:
LOAD/ RELOAD 25MM AP AMMO , page 2-267 .
Make sure rounds are even and damaged rounds are
replaced.
Have helper load AP ammo. See task: LOAD / RELOAD 25MM
AP AMMO, page 2-267.
Load 25mm gun feeder. See page 2-246.
Go to step 13.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.13
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 8. Check that HE ammo links are not jammed in plenum .

a. If HE ammo links are jammed in plenum , separate HE
ammo links and push them out of plenum .
4,4
PLENUM
GAY
HE AMMO LINKS
)1
19/
Close coax machine gun access doors. See task: OPERATE

COAX MACHINE GUN ACCESS DOORS, page 2.172 .
Go to step 13 .
b. If HE ammo links are not jammed in plenum , go to step 9.
3.14
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
b. If ammo does not forward into HE feed chute, turn handle on

ammo can access door to right . Move ammo can access door
to right . Reach into ammo access area of HE ammo can .
Move ammo belt to make sure ammo is not binding in HE
ammo can . Check side slope retainer for free movement . Go
to step 13.
HE FEED AMMO
AMMO CAN
CHUTE BELT
ACCESS DOOR
HANDLE
HE AMMO
CAN
SIDE SLOPEI
RAILS
RETAINER
Place ammo can access door on HE ammo can , and turn handle
to left .
If ammo is binding . traverse turret to HE LOAD position . See

task : OPERATE TURRET IN POWER MODE, page 2.152 .
Have helper unload HE ammo from HE ammo can . See task:
LOAD / RELOAD 25MM HE AMMO, page 2.254 .
Make sure rounds are even and damaged rounds are
replaced .
Check rails for dirt, and clean if dirty.
Have helper load HE ammo . See task: LOAD /RELOAD 25MM
HE AMMO , page 2-254 .
Load 25mm gun feeder. See page 2-246 .
Go to step 13.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.23
TM 9.2350-252. 10.2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Depress 25mm gun to – 10 mils . See task :
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY, page 2-439 .
Step 13. Check that bolt position indicator is in SEAR position .

BOLT
POSITION
INDICATOR
Soo ' CE :
Vitor
ano
a. Press sear release.
SEAR
RELEASE
3-24
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
b . If bolt position indicator is not in SEAR but is before COOK

OFF ZONE, insert handcrank assembly and turn crank to
right until bolt position indicator is in SEAR.
COOKOFF ZONE
AC
EXTR
Ø
l
l
ov
HANDCRANK
ASSEMBLY
BOLT POSITION
INDICATOR
Fire 25mm gun . See page 2-277 .

If gun fires, end troubleshooting.
If gun does not fire , or sear retractor lever does not stay in
SEAR position , notify organizational maintenance .
c . Press sear release.
pre SEAR
RELEASE

TM 9.2350-252. 10-2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
d . If bolt position indicator is not in SEAR and has stopped

between MISFIRE and SEAR, insert handcrank assembly and
turn handcrank to right until bolt position indicator is in
SEAR .
oro )
--
HANDCRANK
ASSEMBLY BOLT POSITION
INDICATOR
Fire 25mm gun. See page 2-277.

If gun does not fire, notify organizational maintenance.
e. If bolt position indicator is in SEAR, fire 25mm gun. See

page 2.277.

If gun does not fire, notify organizational maintenance.
3-26
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM
2. COAX MACHINE GUN FAILS TO FEED AND IS NOT A HOT GUN .

NOTE
Charger handle is held to prevent for
ward movement of bolt . Coax machine
gun is hot it 100 rounds or more have
been fired within 2 minutes .
Hold charger handle . Pull back on charger handle until you feel ten
sion , and open cover assembly . Check and note if malfunction
exists . Pull back charger handle .
retur my
ned
CHARGER
HANDLE
ARE
COVER
ASSEMBLY
COAX
MACHINE GUN

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM (cont)
Move manual safety to safe (S).

apr
eua
men
t
MANUAL
SAFETY
‫ار‬
Open feed tray .
Step 1. Check that chamber is clear of ammo.

a . If chamber is not clear of ammo, remove ammo
from chamber.
FEED TRAY
CHAMBER
ca
3.28
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. Check that both feed chute latches are secure .
a . If feed chute latches are not secure, latch feed chute

latches .
FEED
с CHUTE
kru
una
n
!!!!
FEED
!!
CHUTE
LATCH
FEED
CHUTE
LATCH
CH
FEED TI
myrn
CHUTE
en
,
‫ހ‬4
‫ހެހ‬
ެ‫ެހ‬ ެ‫ހ‬
‫ހެހ‬ ‫ެކ‬
ެ‫ެވ‬

TM 9.2350-252. 10-2

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
COAX MACHINE GUN SYSTEM (cont)
Step 3. Check that ammo is alined in feed chute .
a. If ammo is misalined, realine ammo.
FEED
CHUTE
TA
DE T
a
n
ld!! s
‫دراورد‬
‫موزر‬
El
A.
A
A.
7.62MM AMMO BELT

>1
E1
LE
Step 4. Check that feed chute is not broken .
a. If feed chute is broken, notify organizational

maintenance .
FEED
CHUTE
)1
3-30
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Squeeze two latches , and open forwarder access

door. Unload 7.62mm ammo. See page 2-359. LATCH
FORWARDER
ACCESS
DOOR
AMMO
FORWARDER COAX AMMO BOX
Step 5. Check that rounds are alined evenly in 7.62mm ammo belt.
a . If 7.62mm ammo belt contains any misalined rounds, aline

them with other rounds in 7.62mm ammo belt .
Load / reload coax machine gun ammo. See page 2-333 .

Fire coax machine gun . See page 2-340.
If gun fires , end troubleshooting .
If gun still does not feed , see TM 9.1005-313-10 for further
troubleshooting steps .
b . Check for free movement of ammo forwarder. If it does

not move , remove ammo from chute . Identify and
correct malfunction of ammo .
10
14
110
ul
A
7.62MM AMMO BELT
11
END OF TROUBLESHOOTING
3.31 (3.32 blank)

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
Section II . MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
TASK INDEX
Task Page Task Page

Remove 25mm Gun Clean/Inspect/Lubricate
Feeder ... 3-34 Coax Machine Gun ......... 3.96
Remove 25mm Gun Install Coax Machine Gun... 3.97

Barrel ... 3-39
Clean ISU .. 3.101
Remove 25mm Gun
Receiver ... 3-41 Clean Optical Glass
Surfaces ... .. 3.104
Remove Track and Bolt
Assembly . 3-44 Clean/Inspect TOW
Launcher . 3-106
Disassemble Track and Bolt
Assembly .. 3-48 Clean/Inspect Smoke
Grenade Launchers . 3-112
Clean/Inspect/Lubricate
25mm Gun ... 3.52 Remove Ring Sight
Assembly 3.114
Assemble Track and Bolt
Assembly 3-69 Clean Front Ring Sight .... 3.116
Install Track and Bolt Install Ring Sight
Assembly . 3.73 Assembly 3.117
Install 25mm Gun Replace Antenna Mount

Receiver ... 3.77 Covers ... 3.119
Install 25mm Gun Barrel .... 3.80 Check Turret Emergency

Batteries .. 3.120
Install 25mm Gun
Feeder .. 3-83
Remove Coax Machine

Gun .... 3.91
3.33
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REMOVE 25MM GUN FEEDER
INITIAL SETUP

Helper (H ) (TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
References :
TM 9-2350-252-10-1
1. UNLOAD 25MM GUN FEEDER.

See page 2-303.
LATCHES
2. REMOVE AP FEED CHUTE

FROM 25MM GUN FEEDER. A
a . Squeeze two latches together

and remove AP feed chute
from front guide pin hole . FRONT GUIDE
PIN HOLE
AP FEED
CHUTE
b . Push AP feed chute to left

Am
away from 25mm gun

feeder.
25MM GUN
FEEDER
3.34
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
3. REMOVE HE FEED CHUTE

FROM 25MM GUN FEEDER .
a . Squeeze two latches together .
and remove HE feed chute

from front guide pin hole .
b. Push HE feed chute to left LATCHES
aviay from 25mm gun feeder. HE FEED
CHUTE
GUN TO 200 MILS . See task :
page 2-439 .
voita
FRONT GUIDE
1
PIN HOLE
25MM GUN
FEEDER
5. PULL OUT DRIVE SHAFT HAN . S

DLE .
a . Push in lock button .
b . Pull out drive shaft handle as
DRIVE
far as it will go.
SHAFT
c . Release lock button . HANDLE LOCK BUTTON

TM 9.2350.252.10.2
०००
CAUTION
25mm gun feeder can be damaged
if it is dropped. Use both hands when
removing 25mm gun feeder. FEEDER
HANDLE
6. ( H) RAISE FEEDER HANDLE.
latch down .
b. Raise feeder handle up.

c. Release feeder handle latch .
locked up
FEEDER
HANDLE LATCH
25MM GUN
FEEDER
7. WITH RIGHT HAND , GET A

FIRM GRIP ON FEEDER HAN .
DLE . SLIDE OUT 25MM GUN rs
FEEDER ABOUT 12 INCHES.
FEEDER
HANDLE
3.36
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
8. LOWER FEEDER HANDLE.

a. Push and hold feeder handle Ta
latch down . FEEDER
HANDLE
c. Release feeder handle latch . FEEDER
Feeder handle should be HANDLE LATCH
locked down .
STEPPED
SPACER 25MM GUN
9. WITH LEFT HAND, GET A FEEDER
FIRM GRIP ON STEPPED
SPACER . LIFT AND PULL
25MM GUN FEEDER FROM
25MM GUN RECEIVER .
25MM GUN
RECEIVER
25MM GUN
WARNING
FEEDER
Soldiers could be
ammo . Make sure all
ammo is removed
immediately . C
10. REMOVE 25MM GUN FEEDER
FROM TURRET TO SQUAD
AREA . HAVE HELPER ASSIST .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.37
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
11. IF AMMO IS PRESENT IN 25MIM

GUN FEEDEP., UNLOAD 25MM
GUN FEEDER , page 2.303 .
12. STAND 25MM GUN FEEDER ON
END ON FLAT SURFACE. 25MM GUN
FEEDER
WAPNING
Soldiers could be
ammo . Make sure all
ammo is removed
immediately .
13. PUSH IN DRIVE SHAFT

HANDLE ON 25MM GUN
RECEIVER .
a. Push in lock button .
b. Push in drive shaft handle as ILOCK
DRIVE BUTTON
far as it will go .
SHAFT
c. Release lock button . HANDLEI
END OF TASK
3.38
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REMOVE 25MM GUN BARREL
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Engine stopped
Helper ( H ) (TM 9.2350 252.10.1)
Turret shut down ( page 2-423)
References : 25mm gun feeder removed
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 ( page 3-34 )
1. LOWER TRIM VANE. See

TM 92350-252-10-1.
2. TAKE POSITIONS TO REMOVE

25MM GUN BARREL.
a. Climb on top front of vehicle .
b. Stand on right side of 25mm
gun barrel near rotor
extension .
c . ( H) Stand on left side of
25mm gun barrel .
WARNING ROTOR 25MM

Gun barrel assem . EXTENSION GUN BARREL
bly could burn you.
Wear heat protec .
tive mittens when
you handle 25mm
gun barrels and hot
gun parts . 10
3. UNLOCK 25MM GUN BARREL.

25MM GUN BARREL
a. Pull out and hold 25mm gun
RELEASE LATCH
barrel release latch .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.39
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
b. ( H ) Hold 25mm gun barrel ALINE ARROW

with both hands and rotate
25mm gun barrel to left until
ALINE arrow is on top.
c . Release gun barrel release

latch .
GUN BARREL
RELEASE LATCH
25 MM GUN
CAUTION BARREL
25mm gun barrel is easily damaged.
Slide 25mm gun barrel straight out
of rotor extension .
4. REMOVE 25MM GUN BARREL.

a . ( H ) Move to front of 25mm
gun barrel to share weight
distribution .
ROTOR
EXTENSION
b. Slide 25mm gun barrel straight
out of rotor extension .
25MM
GUN BARREL
c . Carry 25mm gun barrel slowly

and carefully down vehicle to
trim vane .
5. PLACE 25MM GUN BARREL ON

TRIM VANE. 125MM
GUN BARREL
TRIM VANE
END OF TASK
3.40
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
REMOVE 25MM GUN RECEIVER
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Turret shut down
Helper ( H ) (2) ( page 2-423)
Vehicle parked
( TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
References :
25mm gun feeder removed
TM 9.2350-252-10-1 (page 3-34)
25mm gun barrel removed
(page 3-39)

GUN TO 200 MILS ELEVATION .
See task: OPERATE TURRET
MANUALLY, page 2-439 .
25MM GUN
a
s RECEIVER
2. UNLOCK 25MM GUN RECEIVER.

a. Pull anti- rotation latch handle
toward you to unlock 25mm ANTI - ROTATION
gun receiver. LATCH HANDLE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25 MM GUN
WARNING AS RECEIVER
25mm gun receiver
weighs 92 lbs and
can cause back injury
it handled improperly.
Be sure to use two
helpers to remove
receiver. Follow instructions properly.
CAUTION
25mm gun receiver could slide out
as soon as you twist it . Use both
hands and two helpers to remove
25mm gun receiver .
3. FEMOVE 25MM GUN RECEIVER OPENING

FROM TRUNNION . HAVE HELP .
ERS ASSIST . LOCKING
LUG
a . Rotate 25mm gun receiver to
left as far as possible to aline
locking lug with opening .
25MM GUN
RECEIVER
b . Pull 25mm gun receiver
straight out of trunnion . Sup.
port 25mm gun receiver with
both hands . Have helper
assist . TRUNNION
REAR END
25MM GUN
RECEIVER
4. REMOVE 25MM GUN RECEIVER
FROM TURRET .
‫عي‬
a . Have helper in squad area

support rear end of 25mm
gun receiver .
3.42
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
BARREL SUPPORT END
b . Have helper in turret exit tur.

ret while holding barrel sup.
port end of 25mm gun
receiver.
25MM GUN
RECEIVER
END OF TASK
3-43
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REMOVE TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner 25mm gun feeder removed
( page 3-34)
25mm gun receiver mounted
in vehicle ( page 3.77)
(page 2-16)
C
NOTE
Procedure for removing track and bolt
assembly from 25mm gun receiver in
turret or on workbench is the same .

HANDLE.
a. Push in lock button.
DRIVEN
b. Pull out drive shaft handle . SHAFT LOCK
c. Release lock button . HANDLE BUTTON
3.44
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SEAR
RELEASE
2. CYCLE BOLT OUT OF SEAR

POSITION .
a. Push up and hold sear

release .
DRIVE )
SHAFT
HANDLE
b. Turn drive shaft handle until

bolt moves to rear of 25mm
STJE
gun receiver.
c . Release sear release.
BOLT
25MM GUN
WARNING RECEIVER
Chain can move and
crush your fingers
18 in sprockets . Use
care when
remove track and
bolt assembly.
you
3. MOVE BOLT TOWARD

BREECH .
DRIVE
a. Turn drive shaft handle left
SHAFT
( towards gunner), and move HANDLE
bolt carrier forward until rear
of bolt is 1/2 inch (12.70 mm )
from outside edge of chain. CHAIN
ain
1121
BOLT
CARRIER
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3-45
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TRACK LATCH
HANDLE
4. REMOVE TRACK AND BOLT

ASSEMBLY.
a . Push down on track latch
handle until it is all the way
down.
SEAR
RELEASE
b . Push and hold sear release.
c. Grasp bolt carrier and pull 5 .

straight out .
d . Release sear release.
BOLT
CARRIER
3.46
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TRACK AND
BOLT ASSEMBLY
e . Litt track and bolt assembly

out of 25mm gun receiver.
f. Place track and bolt assem .
bly on smooth clean surface.
25MM GUNV
RECEIVER
END OF TASK
3.47
TM 9-2350-252 . 10-2
DISASSEMBLE TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner 25mm gun track and bolt
assembly on workbench
(page 3-44)
BOLT
CARRIER
1. HOLD REAR OF BOLT CARRIER

WITH RIGHT HAND FINGERS
AND THUMB . KEEP FINGERS
CLEAR OF CHAIN .
CHAIN
BOLT
2. WRAP FINGERS OF OTHER CARRIER
HAND AROUND OUTSIDE OF
CHAIN AT LOWER LEFT
SPROCKET .
3. MOVE CHAIN TO RIGHT UNTIL

BOLT CARRIER IS AT REAR OF
TRACK.
a . Turn lower left sprocket to
right with left hand thumb. LOWER
LEFT
SPROCKET CHAIN
3.48
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
BOLT CARRIER
b. Control movement of chain with

left hand fingers .
c . Pull bolt carrier back slowly .
LOWER CHAIN
LEFT
SPROCKET
4. REMOVE BOLT CARRIER FROM

TRACK .
BOLT
a . Place right hand on top and CARRIER
wrap fingers around bolt car
rier. Keep fingers clear of
chain .
CHAIN
b. Continue to turn lower left

sprocket and move chain to BOLT CARRIER
right . Slider on chain master
link will move towards center
of cross slot in bolt carrier.
SLIDER
CROSS SLOT
TRACK
CHAIN
CHAIN
MASTER
LINK
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.49
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BOLT
CARRIER
C. Pull bolt carrie ! free when

slide ! reaches either left or
righi of cros's slot.
NOTE CROSS SLIDER

Used wiping cloth can be used to SLOT
protect hand . Wrap cloth around
bolt before grasping it. EJECTOR ARM
5. UNLOCK BOLT FROMM FOP .

WAPD LOCKING POSITION .
a. Hold bolt carrie: by ejector

arr : witti cross slot down ,
and rear o bolt carrier
poirites toward you . BOLT BOLT CARRIER
MANUAL COCs
SAFE HANDLE
b . Move mianua! SAFE handle to
FIRE position.
ក
c . Slide bolt carrie ! to rear of
BOLT CARRIER
track
is
d . Piapidly slide bolt carrie :
forward and 0.1 ch track to
unlock talt
TRACK
3.50
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
6. PLACE BOLT HEAD ON EDGE FIRING

OF WORK SURFACE WITH PIN
EJECTOR OFF WORK SLEEVE FIRING
SURFACE. KEEPER PIN
SLEEVE
7. PUSH DOWN ON FIRING PIN
SLEEVE .
CAUTION
Firing pin sleeve keeper is small
and can be lost. Handle firing pin
sleeve keeper with care.
EJECTOR
BOLT
8. REMOVE FIRING PIN SLEEVE HEAD
KEEPER . USE FINGERTIPS .
FIRING
PIN
-
SLEEVE
FIRING
9. PULL FIRING PIN SLEEVE UP PIN
AND OUT OF BOLT. ASSEMBLY
BOLT
10. PULL FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY
OUT OF BOLT.
CAM
11. TURN BOLT CARRIER OVER PIN
AND REMOVE CAM PIN .
UN
BOLT
CARRIER
BOLT
CARRIER
12. REMOVE BOLT FROM BOLT

CARRIER BOLT
END OF TASK
3.51
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN / INSPECTILUBRICATE 25MM GUN
DESCRIPTION
This task covers : Clean 25mm Gun Barrel ( page 3-59) . Inspect 25mm
Gun Barrel ( page 3-62) . Lubricate 25mm Gun Barrel
(page 3-56) . Clean 25mm Gun Feeder (page 3-57) .
Inspect 25mm Gun Feeder (page 3-57) . Lubricate
25mm Gun Feeder ( page 3-58) . Clean 25mm Gun
Receiver (page 3-59) . Inspect 25mm Gun Receiver
( page 3-60) . Lubricate 25mm Gun Receiver (page 3.
63) . Clean Track and Bolt Assembly (page 3-65) .
Inspect Track and Bolt Assembly (page 3-65) .
Lubricate Track and Bolt Assembly ( page 3-66) .
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : Materials /Parts (cont):

Oval brush ( Item 22 , App D) GMD grease ( Item 16 , App D )
25mm chamber brush Lubrication ( PL.S)
( Item 4 , App B ) (Item 21 , App D)
25mm bore brush Lubrication oil ( LAW)
( Item 3. App B) ( Item 20 , App D)
25mm cleaning rod assembly
( Item 6 , App B Personnel Required :
Gunner
Materials /Parts:
Rifle bore cleaner (RBC) Equipment Conditions:
( Item 13 , App D )
Dry cleaning solvent PD -680 25mm gun system
( Item 11 , App D) disassembled (page 3-48)
Small arms cotton swab
( Item 25 , App D)
Wiping rag
( Item 27 , App D)
3.52
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN 25MM GUN BARREL
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could poi .
this manual .
NOTE
Special attention should be given to
gun barrel support bearing and lock:
ing lugs .
When cleaning solvent is used
instead of RBC , you do not have to
remove cleaning agent. Parts can be
air dried or wiped dry with clean dry 25MM GUN
wiping rag . BARREL
1. CLEAN OUTSIDE OF 25MM GUN

BARREL.
a. Dip wiping rag in RBC.

b. Scrub dirt and rust from
ZO
outside of 25mm gun barrel ,
gun barrel support bearing , GUN BARREL
and locking lugs . SUPPORT BEARING
‫نده‬ LOCKING LUGS
‫س‬
25MM GUN
BARREL
2. APPLY RBC TO BORE .
a. Apply RBC to swab.

b. Put swab in swab holder of
EC
cleaning rod . ISWAB
c . Run cleaning rod through THOLDER
25mm gun barrel and back
out . BORE
d . Remove and discard swab .

SWAB
CLEANING ROD
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.53
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
3. LOOSEN CARBON DEPOSITS

FROM BORE . BORE BRUSH
a. Apply RBC to bore brush.

b. Screw bore brush onto CLEANING ROD
cleaning rod.
c. Push cleaning rod through
25mm gun barrel and pull out
until carbon deposits are
loosened .
d . Remove bore brush from
cleaning rod.
e. Clean chamber by repeating
steps a thru d above. Use
chamber brush . des
CHAMBER BRUSH
4. REMOVE CARBON FROM BORE.
a. Apply RBC to swab. 25MM GUN BORE

b. Put swab in swab holder of BARREL
cleaning rod .
c. Run cleaning rod through SWAB
25mm gun barrel and back ISWAB
CHAMBER
out .
THOLDER
d. Remove and discard swab.
e. Repeat steps a thru d above
until swabs that come out of
25mm gun barrel are clean .
CLEANING ROD
3.54
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
5. DRY BORE OF 25MM GUN BAR SWAB

REL.
SWAB HOLDER
a . Put clean , dry swab in swab
holder of cleaning rod .
b . Push cleaning rod down and
pull back through length of
25mm gun barrel .
CLEANING ROD
INSPECT 25MM GUN BARREL
6. CHECK OUTSIDE OF 25MM

GUN BARREL FOR CRACKS .
a. If 25mm gun barrel is cracked ,
maintenance .
7. CHECK MUZZLE BRAKE FOR

DAMAGE OR MISSING PIN .
PIN
a. If muzzle brake is loose
or broken , or if pin is 25MM GUN
missing , notify organ : I BARREL
izational maintenance . I
8. LOOK DOWN BORE AND
CHECK FOR BENDS IN 25MM
LOCKING
GUN BARREL.
LUGS
a. If 25mm gun barrel is bent, MUZZLE
notify organizational BRAKE
maintenance.
9. CHECK FOR PITS IN BORE OF

BORE
25MM GUN BARREL.
a. If bore is pitted, notify
10. CHECK FOR CRACKED OR

CHIPPED LOCKING LUGS.
a. If locking lugs are cracked or

chipped , notify organizational
maintenance.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.55
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
LUBRICATE 25MM GUN BARREL
11. LUBRICATE BORE . SWAB

a. Soak clean swab with PL-S . SWAB HOLDER
b . Put swab in swab holder of
cleaning rod .
c . Push cleaning rod down and
pull back through length of
25mm gun barrel . Discard
swab .
d. Remove excess oil with clean
swab on swab holder. Repeat CLEANING ROD
step c above .
12. LUBRICATE OUTSIDE OF 25MM

GUN BARREL.
a . Dampen wiping rag with

PL- S .
b . Rub PL-S on outside of 25mm

gun barrel .
c . Remove excess oil from
25mm gun barrel with clean
wiping rag.
CAUTION
If a grease other than GMD is used
during normal operations, 25mm
gun could be damaged. Only GMD GUN BARREL
should be used during normal QU SUPPORT BEARING
operations. I
13. PUT COAT OF GMD ON

LOCKING LUGS . USE OVAL
BRUSH .
14. PUT LIGHT COAT OF GMD ON

GUN BARREL SUPPORT
BEARING . USE OVAL BRUSH . LOCKING LUGS
3.56
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
CLEAN 25MM GUN FEEDER

WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn and could poi.
警 Ing on front page of

this manual .
CAUTION
Cleaning solvent can damage elec.
trical connectors and rubber and
plastic parts on 25mm gun feeder
assembly. Keep solvent away from BOLT POSITION
feed select solenoid, electrical con. INDICATOR
nector, and bolt position indicator
cover.
15. CLEAN SURFACES OF 25MM
GUN FEEDER.
a. Dip clean wiping rag in
cleaning solvent .
b . Clean exposed surface of FEED SELECT
25mm gun feeder with wip SOLENOID
ing rag . Keep cleaning sol.
vent away from feed select ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
solenoid , electrical cable , CABLE CONNECTOR
and bolt position indicator.
25MM GUN
INSPECT 25MM GUN FEEDER FEEDER
16. CHECK FOR CRACKS AND

BENT OR BROKEN PARTS OF
25MM GUN FEEDER .
a. If you find cracked , bent , or
broken parts , notify
LOCK
WIRE
17. CHECK FOR BROKEN LOCK
WIRE OR LOOSE SCREWS ON Le
25MM GUN FEEDER.
a. If you find broken lock wire or SCREWS
loose screws, notify
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.57
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
18. CHECK FOR DAMAGED ELEC.

TRICAL PARTS .
a. Check for cracked or broken
shielding on outside of elec
trical cable.
b. Check for bent or broken
pins on electrical connector.
c . If damage is found , notify
ELECTRICAL
LUBRICATE 25MM GUN FEEDER CABLE
SHIELDING
CAUTION
Lubrication oil can damage electri.
cal parts. Keep lubrication oil from PINS
feed select solenoid, electrical con.
nector, electrical cable, and bolt
position indicator cover.
SPROCKETS ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
ROTOR
19. LUBRICATE 25MM GUN BOLT POSITION
FEEDER SURFACES . INDICATOR
a. Put PL-S on clean wiping rag .
b . Put light coat of PL-S on
surfaces of 25mm gun feeder.
Keep PL- S off feed select
solenoid , electrical connector,
electrical cable , bolt FEED SELECT
position indicator, rotor, SOLENOID
and sprockets . ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
CABLE ! CONNECTOR
25MM GUN FEEDER
3.59
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN 25MM GUN RECEIVER
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
son you. Read warn.
this manual .
CAUTION
Cleaning agents can damage elec.
trical parts . Keep solvents from
sear solenoid , sear solenoid cable,
9
electrical connectors , and drive

motor .
NOTE
When cleaning solvent is used
instead of RBC , you do not have to DRIVE
remove cleaning agent. Parts can be MOTOR
air dried or wiped dry with clean dry
wiping rag .
SEAR )
SOLENOID
20. CLEAN SURFACES OF 25MM
GUN RECEIVER.
a. Put cleaning solvent on SEAR
clean wiping rag . SOLENOID
b. Clean exposed surfaces of CABLE
25mm gun receiver with ELECTRICAL
cleaning solvent. Keep CONNECTORS
solvent away from electrical CHAMBER
connectors, sear solenoid , BRUSH
sear solenoid cable, and drive
25MM GUN
motor.
RECEIVER
c. Dip chamber brush in clean ot
ing solvent .
ov
o
d . Clean chamber with
chamber brush . Let 25mm
gun receiver air dry or wipe CHAMBER
dry with clean , dry wiping
rag .

TM 9-2350-252-10-2
INSPECT 25MM GUN RECEIVER
21. CHECK FOR CRACKS , BENDS , Loco

OR BREAKS ON MECHANICAL
INTERLOCK ROCKER
ASSEMBLY , TRACK LATCH
SEAR
HOOK , AND SEAR .
a . If you find cracked , bent , or
broken parts , notify
MECHANICAL
organizational maintenance . INTERLOCK
22. CHECK FOR STRIPPED OR ROCKER
ASSEMBLY
BROKEN DRIVE SHAFT SPLINES
AND DRIVE GEAR SPLINES .
TRACK LATCH
a. If you find stripped HOOK
or broken drive shaft
DRIVE GEAR
splines , or drive gear
SPLINES
splines , notify organ :
izational maintenance . DRIVE SHAFT SPLINES
BREECH TAB
23. CHECK BARREL SUPPORT
AND BREECH TAB FOR
CRACKS , BENDS , AND LOOSE
olo
NUTS .
og
a. If you find cracks , bends or
loose nuts , notify organiza
BARREL SUPPORT
3.60
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Tooc
.
24
CHECK PISTON ROD .
a. If piston rod is not visible ,

notify organizational main
tenance .
PISTON ROD
| OF
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
25. CHECK FOR DAMAGED OR

BROKEN ELECTRICAL PARTS .
a. Check that protective hous.

ing around electrical con.
nectors is not cracked or
SEAR
damaged . SOLENOID
b. Check for cracked or broken
shielding on outside of sear SEAR SOLENOID
solenoid cable.
CABLE
c. Check for bent or broken
pins on electrical connec
tors.
d. If damage is found , notify PINS

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3-61
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
26. CHECK FOR OTHER CRACKS ,

BENDS , OR BROKEN PARTS .
a. If you find cracked , bent , or
broken parts, notify
LUBRICATE 25MM GUN RECEIVER
CAUTION
PLoS and GMD can damage
electrical parts. Do not let PL-S or
GMD get on electrical connectors,
sear solenoid, sear solenoid cable,
coo
or drive motor.
27. LUBRICATE MECHANICAL

INTERLOCK ROCKER ASSEM
BLY, DRIVE GEAR SPLINES ,
CHAIN GUIDES
DRIVE SHAFT SPLINES , REAR
TRACK, CHAIN GUIDES, AND
TRACK LATCH HOOK. MECHANICAL
W INTERLOCK
A
a. Put GMD on oval brush . ROCKER
ASSEMBLY
b . Place light coat of GMD
on all parts of mechanical ITRACK
interlock rocker assembly , ILATCH HOOK
drive gear splines , drive DRIVE GEAR
shaft splines , rear track , SPLINES
chain guides , and track DRIVE SHAFT
latch hook .
SPLINES
REAR TRACK
3.52
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
ca
28. LUBRICATE SURFACE OF
25MM GUN RECEIVER .
a. Dampen wiping rag with
PL-S .
b . Rub a light coat of PL-S over
surfaces of 25mm gun DRIVE
MOTOR
receiver. Keep PL-S away
from electrical connectors ,
sear solenoid , sear solenoid
cable , and drive motor.
SEAR
SOLENOID
CAUTION SEARV
When temperature is below -25 ° F SOLENOID
(32 ° C ), GMD can cause barrel sup. CABLE
ELECTRICAL
port bearing and breech locking CONNECTORS
lugs to stick. When temperature is
below -25 ° F (-32 ° C), use LAW on
barrel support bearing and breech BARREL
SUPPORT
locking lugs. fo
llBEARING
oo
o
29. LUBRICATE BARREL SUPPORT

BEARING AND BREECH
LOCKING LUGS .
a. If temperature is above
BREECH
- 25 ° F ( -32 °C), put heavy
.
coat of GMD on barrel LOCKING

LUGS
support bearing and breech
locking lugs. Use oval brush .
b. If temperature is below
- 25 ° F ( -32 ° C), put heavy
coat of LAW on barrel
support bearing and breech
locking lugs . Use oval brush.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.63
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
burn you and could
polson you. Read
warning on front FIRING CAM PIN
page of this manual. PIN
SLEEVE
Chain can move and KEEPER
crush fingers in
drive sprocket. Hold BOLT
曾 track assembly level

while
moving
lifting
assembly.
and
track
CARRIER
CAUTION
Preformed packings can be BOLT
damaged by cleaning solvent. Do
not soak track and bolt assembly in
cleaning solvent. Use wiping rag
only.
30. CLEAN TRACK AND BOLT

FIRING PINI
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
a . Apply cleaning solvent to
FIRING PIN
clean wiping rag . SLEEVE
b . Clean track assembly , firing
pin sleeve , firing pin sleeve
keeper, firing pin , bolt , bolt
carrier , and cam pin . TRACK
TRACK ASSEMBLY
c . Wipe dry with clean wiping
rag .
3-64
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
INSPECT TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
31. CHECK IF FIRING PIN MUST FIRING PIN

ASSEMBLY
BE REPLACED .
a. Check firing pin tip , spring , SPRING
and firing pin tang . If any
items are worn or broken , FIRING PINI
install a new firing pin when TANG
track and bolt assembly is FIRING PIN
assembled . TIP
b. Check the Weapon Record
Data Log DA Form 2408-4
- GOOD - BROKEN
for number of rounds fired .
Firing pin must be replaced
@
after every 8,000 rounds .
WARNING
Chain can move and
crush fingers in
drive sprocket. Hold
track assembly level
TRACK ASSEMBLY DRIVE
while lifting and SPROCKET
moving track
assembly. oy
32. CHECK TRACK ASSEMBLY
FOR DAMAGE TO CHAIN ,
DRIVE SPROCKET , IDLER
SPROCKET, FIRING PIN PAWL,
AND SAFETY PAWL . CHAIN SAFETY
IDLER PAWL
a. If any damage is found , SPROCKET
notify organizational mainte
nance .
FIRING
PIN PAWLI
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3-65
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
33. CHECK ANVIL FOR FOREIGN BOLT

OBJECTS AND LOOSENESS .
a. Carefully remove any foreign

object from anvil .
b . If object cannot be removed ,
nance .
c . If anvil is loose , notify

organizational maintenance . ANVIL
LUBRICATE TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
WARNING
Chain can move and
crush fingers in
drive sprocket. Hold
track assembly level
while lifting and
moving track
assembly .
CAUTION
Grease on face of bolt causes dirt to
collect in anvil. 25mm gun could fail TRACK RAILS
to fire . Do not lubricate face of bolt.
34. LUBRICATE NON -SLIDING

SURFACES OF TRACK RAILS
AND BOLT CARRIER .
a. Put PL-S on wiping rag .
b . Place light coat of GMD on
flat surfaces at both sides of
track rails . Use oval brush .
c . Lightly oil outside of bolt
carrier .
d . Remove excess oil from flat
surfaces at sides of track BOLTU
rails and outside of bolt car. CARRIER
rier .
3-66
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
CAUTION
When temperature is below - 25 ° F
( -32 ° C) , GMD can cause track
rails, slider, master link , and chain
to stick . When temperature is
below -25 ° F ( -32 ° C), use LAW on
track rails , slider, master link, and
chain .
FIRING PIN
NOTE FIRING PIN
SLEEVE
Step 35 is done it temperature is above
-25 ° F ( -32° C). Step 36 is done if
temperature is below -25 ° F
( -32 °C).
35. LUBRICATE TRACK AND BOLT BOLT BODY

CAM PIN
ASSEMBLY IF TEMPERATURE GROOVE
IS ABOVE -25 ° F ( -32 ° C).
a. Put light coat of GMD on fir
ing pin , firing pin sleeve ,
bolt body , cross slot , carrier
track (on bolt carrier ) , and
firing pin pawl . Use oval
brush , CROSS
SLOT CARRIER
FIRING
TRACK
PIN
36. LUBRICATE TRACK AND BOLT SLEEVE
ASSEMBLY IF TEMPERATURE KEEPER
IS BELOW -25 ° F ( -32 ° C) . FIRING PIN
a. Put light coat of LAW on fir PAWL
ing pin , firing pin sleeve ,
bolt body , cross slot , carrier
track (on bolt carrier), firing
pin pawl , cam pin groove ,
and firing pin sleeve keeper .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3-67
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FIRING PIN
SAFETY LINK PAWL
TRACK RAILS
b . Put light coat of LAW on SLIDER

track rails, slider, master link,
and chain . Use oval brush.
CAUTION
When temperature is below -25 ° F
-
( -32 ° C ), GMD can cause bolt lugs

to stick . When temperature is
below - 25 ° F ( -32 ° C ),use LAW on CHAIN MASTER LINK
bolt lugs.
NOTE
Step 37 is done if temperature is above
- 25 ° F ( -32 ° C).
-
Step 38 is done if temperature is

below - 25 ° F ( -32 ° C).
37. IF TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE BOLT LUGS
-25 ° F ( -32 ° C) , LUBRICATE
BOLT LUGS .
a . Put heavy coat of GMD on
bolt lugs . Use oval brush .
38. IF TEMPERATURE IS BELOW

-25 ° F ( -32 ° C) , LUBRICATE
BOLT LUGS .
a. Put heavy coat of LAW on
bolt lugs . Use oval brush .
END OF TASK
3.68
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
ASSEMBLE TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
This task cover: Assemble Bolt and Bolt Carrier ( page 3-69) .
Assemble Track and Bolt Assembly ( page 3-72 ) .
INITIAL SETUP
Materials /Parts : Equipment Conditions :

Wiping rag (Item 27, App D) Track and bolt assembly
disassembled (page 3-48)
Personnel Required : 25mm gun receiver cleaned ,
Gunner inspected for damage , and
Helper ( H) lubricated (page 3:52)
ASSEMBLE BOLT AND BOLT CARRIER CAM PIN

SLOT
BOLT
REAR
1. HOLD REAR TRACK OF BOLT TRACK
CARRIER WITH CAM PIN SLOT
FACING UP .
BOLT
CARRIER CAM PIN HOLE
2. SLIDE BOLT INTO BOLT CAR
RIER WITH CAM PIN HOLE
FACING UP .
CAM PIN
3. ALINE CAM PIN HOLE WITH
SLOT
CAM PIN SLOT . CAM PIN HOLE
BOLT
4. INSTALL CAM PIN . CAM PIN
HOLE
a. Place cam pin into cam pin
hole .
b. Push in cam pin until fully

seated in bolt. CAM PIN
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.69
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
5. PLACE BOLT HEAD ON EDGE

OF WORK SURFACE WITH
BOLT HEAD
EJECTOP OFF WORK WORK
SURFACE. SURFACE
NOTE EJECTOR
New firing pin must be installed it fir.
ing pin is worn , broken or 8,000 rounds
have been fired. (Item 29, App D). FIRING PIN
SLEEVE
6. SLIDE FIRING PIN INTO BOLT
WITH FIRING PIN TANG FAC.
ING REAR .
2c7um
FIRING PIN
TANG FIRING PIN
7. INSTALL FIRING PIN SLEEVE

OVER FIRING PIN AND INTO
BOLT.
BOLT
3.70
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
8. PUSH FIRING PIN SLEEVE

DOWN .
CAUTION
Firing pin sleeve key is small and BOLT
can be lost. Handle firing pin sleeve
key with care.
9. INSTALL FIRING PIN SLEEVE FIRING

KEY INTO FIRING PIN SLEEVE PIN
THROUGH BOLT. SLEEVE
a . Clean firing pin sleeve key

with wiping rag .
b. Insert and press firing pin
sleeve key into hole in bolt .
C. (H) Push down on rear of firing
pin sleeve until firing pin FIRING PIN
SLEEVE KEY
sleeve key pops into hole in
bolt .
10. LOCK BOLT IN FORWARD

POSITION . BOLT LUGS FIRING
PIN TANG
a. Hold rear of track carrier in
one hand .
b . Hold bolt lugs in other hand .

Pull bolt all the way to for
ward position until firing pin
tang locks .
BOLT
TRACK
CARRIER
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.71
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ASSEMBLE TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
BOLT
CARRIER
11. HOLD BOLT CARRIER IN

RIGHT HAND .
TRACK
ASSEMBLY
12. LIFT REAR OF TRACK

ASSEMBLY WITH LEFT HAND .
13. CENTER CUTOUT AREA

SLIDER
OF BOLT CARRIER
OVER SLIDER.
BOLT CARRIER
CUTOUTI
AREA
SLIDER
TRACK
14. ALINE BOLT CARRIER WITH
TRACK
15. MOVE SLIDER TO LEFT UNTIL

BOLT CARRIER BEGINS TO
MOVE FORWARD .
END OF TASK
3.72
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
INSTALL TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner 25mm gun receiver installed in
turret (page 3.77)
or
25mm gun receiver on
workbench (page 3-41 )
NOTE
Track and bolt assembly is installed
the same whether 25mm gun receiver
is on workbench or installed in turret .
This task shows 25mm gun receiver
installed in turret .

69
HANDLE .
a. Press in lock button .
Gry
b. Pull out drive shaft handle .

C. Release lock button.
DRIVE
SHAFT
LOCK BUTTON
HANDLE
2. PULL UP ON TRACK LATCH

121
HANDLE .
TRACK
LATCH
HANDLE

TM 9.2350-252.10-2
LOWER
LEFT
SPROCKET
TRACK
AND BOLT
3. POSITION TRACK AND BOLT ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY FOR INSTALLATION .
a. Hold lower left sprocket with T
left hand .
b. Hold rear of bolt carrier with
right hand .
c. Turn lower left sprocket to left
until rear of bolt carrier is
about 1/2 inch ( 12.70 mm) from
outside edge of chain .
CHAIN
BOLT
WARNING CARRIER
Chain can move and
crush fingers in
sprockets . Hold
track and bolt
assembly level
while lifting.
4. INSTALL TRACK AND BOLT

ASSEMBLY IN 25MM GUN
RECEIVER .
a. Hold lower left sprocket with
left hand so chain will not
move .
b. Lift track and bolt assembly. IY
LOWER
LEFT
CHAIN
SPROCKET
3.74
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
TRACK 25MM GUN

AND BOLT RECEIVER
ASSEMBLY
c . Place track and bolt assem.

bly in 25mm gun receiver.
SEAR
RELEASE
d. Press sear release .
TRACK
AND BOLT
ASSEMBLY
25MM
e. Push down and wiggle track GUN
and bolt assembly until it is RECEIVER
seated in 25mm gun receiver.
.
1. Release sear release .
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.75
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
5. PUSH DOWN HARD ON TRACK

LATCH HANDLE UNTIL TRACK
16
AND BOLT ASSEMBLY IS
LOCKED IN 25MM GUN
RECEIVER .
DRIVE
TRACK
SHAFT
LATCH
HANDLE
HANDLE
6. MOVE BOLT TO SEAR POSITION . BOLT

a. Turn drive shaft handle until
bolt moves to rear and locks in
SEAR position .
L
T
TRACK AND BOLT
ASSEMBLY
DRIVE
$
SHAFT HANDLE
7. PUSH IN DRIVE SHAFT HANDLE.

a. Press lock button .
b. Push in drive shaft handle.
c. Release lock button.
LOCK
BUTTON
END OF TASK
3.76
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
INSTALL 25MM GUN RECEIVER
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Turret shut down (page 2-423)
Helper (H) (2) 25mm gun guard removed and
gun cover unzipped and folded
back out of way (page 2.169)
25mm gun receiver in squad
area (page 3-41 )
DEN
1. PULL OUT ANTI - ROTATION

LATCH HANDLE AS FAR AS IT
WILL GO.

ROTOR TO 200 MILS. See task:
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY,
page 2-439. ANTI- ROTATION
LATCH HANDLE
3.77
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING AS
25mm gun receiver
weighs 92 lbs and
can cause back
injury if handled
improperly. Be sure
to use two helpers
to install receiver.
G
CAUTION
25mm gun receiver could be dam. BARREL SUPPORT END
aged if you drop it. Use two helpers
when you carry and install 25mm
gun receiver. Il pik
3. ( H ) (2) LIFT 25MM GUN
RECEIVER INTO TURRET. HI
牧气
a. (H.1 ) Enter turret holding
barrel support end of 25mm
gun receiver.
12
25MM GUNI
REAR END
RECEIVER
25MM GUN
RECEIVER
b . ( H.2) Support rear end of

25mm gun receiver.
3.78
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
RECOIL MECHANISM
HOUSING 25MM GUN
RECEIVER
4. INSTALL 25MM GUN RECEIVER

IN TRUNNION . HAVE HELPER
ASSIST.
a. Aline recoil mechanism
housing with opening in
trunnion ..
OPENING
b. Push 25mm gun receiver all

the way into trunnion . Have
helper in turret assist .
c . Rotate 25mm gun receiver to

right until it stops.
TRUNNION 25MM GUN
RECEIVER
5. LOCK 25MM GUN RECEIVER

IN PLACE.
a. Push anti-rotation latch
handles forward.

GUN TO O MILS . See task :
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY, JANTI-ROTATION 25MM GUN
LATCH HANDLE RECEIVER
page 2-439 .
END OF TASK
3.79
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
INSTALL 25MM GUN BARREL
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : References :
Oval brush ( Item 22 , App D ) TM 9.2350-252-10-1
Materials /Parts: Equipment Conditions :

GMD grease (Item 16, App D) Turret shut down ( page 2-423)
Wiping rag ( Item 27, App D) Vehicle parked
(TM 9.2350-252-10.1 )
Personnel Required : Trim vane lowered
Gunner (TM 9-2350-252-10-1 )
Helper (H) 25mm gun receiver installed
(page 3-77)
25mm gun barrel removed
(page 3.39)
WARNING
Sharp edges can cut
hands . Use rags or
brush to lubricate .
1. CLEAN AND GREASE 25MM

GUN BARREL AND SUPPORT ‫نده‬ 25MM
‫ران‬GUN BARREL
BEARING
a . Wipe off all old grease from LOCKING

locking lugs and support LUGS
bearing . Use wiping rag .
b . Put a heavy coat of new
GMD grease on locking
lugs and support bearing .
SUPPORT BEARING
TE
Use oval brush .
3.80
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
2. CLEAN AND GREASE GUN

BARREL SUPPORT ASSEMBLY .
a . Wipe off all old grease from
gun barrel support assembly
in rotor extension . Use wiping
rag .
b . Put a heavy coat of new ROTOR

GMD grease on gun barrel EXTENSION
support assembly until
grooves are full of grease .
Use oval brush .
WARNING GROOVES
You can be hurt if
GUN BARREL
gun barrel assembly
from your SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
slips from
hands . Clean your
hands before you
gun barrel
ROTOR
assembly . 25MM
EXTENSION
GUN
CAUTION BARREL ALINE
25mm gunbarrel is easily damaged . ARROW
Slide 25mm gun barrel straight into
gun barrel support assembly.
GUN BARREL
3. (H) INSTALL 25MM GUN SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
BARREL.
a . Lift and carry 25mm gun bar.

rel to top front of vehicle .
25MM
b. Place gun barrel support GUN BARREL
assembly in rotor extension
with ALINE arrow on top .
c . Slide 25mm gun barrel
straight into gun barrel sup
port assembly as far as it will
go .
GUN BARREL
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.81
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
WARNING
If gun barrel is not
locked in place, sol.
R or injured . Make sure

gun barrel is locked
and does not tum.
LOCK
ARROW
4. LOCK 25MM GUN BARREL.

a . Turn 25mm gun barrel in
direction of lock arrow until
you hear loud click . 25MM
GUN BARREL
b. Look at gun barrel release 25MM

latch . When 25mm gun barrel GUN BARREL
is locked , you should not be
able to see the word
UNLOCK on gun barrel
release latch .
c . Check that 25mm gun barrel UN

LO
CK
is locked by turning it in the
opposite direction of lock
IGUN BARREL
arrow .
RELEASE LATCH
END OF TASK
3.82
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
INSTALL 25MM GUN FEEDER
INITIAL SETUP
Materials/Parts: References:
Lint-free cloth ( Item 14 , App D) TM 9-2350-252-10-1

Helper ( H ) (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
25mm gun feeder removed
( page 3.34 )
1. TIME 25MM GUN FEEDER . See

page 2.240 .
25MMI
GUN AP FEED
COVER CHUTE
2. CLEAR 25MM GUN ROTOR AREA
OF OBSTRUCTIONS .
a. Push AP and HE feed chutes
to left , and out of 25mm gun
rotor area.
b. Fold 25mm gun cover back out
of way . IGUN
POWER
c . Push gun power cable down HE FEED
CABLE
and out of way. CHUTE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2

HANDLE .
a. Push in lock button and hold .
b . Pull out drive shaft handle as
far as it will go .
2G
C. Release lock button .
DRIVE LOCK
SHAFT BUTTON
HANDLE
25MM GUN BOLT
4. CHECK THAT 25MM GUN BOLT

IS IN SEAR POSITION .
a. If 25mm gun bolt is not in
SEAR position , position 25mm
gun bolt in SEAR position . See
1
page 2-243 .
3-84
TM 9.2350-252-10-2

GUN TO 200 MILS . See task :
page 2-439 .
6. ( H) RAISE FEEDER HANDLE.

a . Push and hold down feeder
handle latch .
IC
b . Raise feeder handle up .
c. Release feeder handle latch .
locked up
FEEDER
THANDLE
7. POSITION 25MM GUN FEEDER FEEDER
ON 25MM GUN RECEIVER . HANDLE LATCH
a . ( H ) With right hand , get a firm

grip on feeder handle .
b. (H ) With left hand , get a firm
grip on stepped spacer . Lift 25MM GUN
and pass 25mm gun up to FEEDER
gunner.
c. With left hand , get a firm grip
on stepped spacer.
d. With right hand , get a firm grip
on feeder handle . Position
25mm gun feeder on right
knee .
STEPPED
只
25 MM GUN
FEEDER
SPACERN
e . Lift up and place front of
25mm gun feeder on 25mm
gun receiver and guide rail .
f. Push in 25mm gun feeder until
it stops .
FEEDER
GUIDE RAIL
HANDLE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
8. LOWER FEEDER HANDLE . I FEEDER

a. Push and hold feeder handle HANDLE
latch down .
b. Lower feeder handle down.

c. Release feeder handle latch.
Feeder handle should be zory
FEEDER
locked down .
HANDLE
9. LOCK DRIVE SHAFT HANDLE. LATCH
a. Push in and wiggle lock

button .
b. Push in drive shaft handle as
far as it will go.
c . Release lock button .
ILOCK
BUTTON
GUN TO 50 MILS. See task : DRIVE SHAFT
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY, HANDLE
page 2-439 .
HE FEED
CHUTE
25MM
GUN
FEEDER
Coo
11. INSTALL HE FEED CHUTE ON FRONT

25MM GUN FEEDER. GUIDE
PIN
a. Insert front guide pin into
front pin hole. FRONT
PIN
b. Squeeze two latches together HOLE
and move to right until
latches rest in slots. LATCH
HOLE
C. Aline two feed chute latches FEED
over latch holes. CHUTE
LATCH
d . Lift two latches from slots ,
squeeze together, move to
left and release . LATCH SLOT
3.86
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
:1
‫اراد‬ FRONT FRONT

GUIDE PIN PIN HOLE
12. INSTALL AP FEED CHUTE ON

25MM GUN FEEDER.
ē
a. Insert front guide pin into
front pin hole.
?程
125MM GUN
b. Squeeze two latches together AP FEED I FEEDER
and move to right until CHUTE
latches rest in slots.
C. Aline two feed chute latches
over latch holes . ILATCH
FEED HOLE
d. Lift two latches from slots, CHUTE
squeeze together, move to LATCH
left and release .
LATCH SLOT
NOTE
AP LINK
AP link
link eject
eject chute
chute. APislink
longer than
eject HE 25MM GUN EJECT CHUTE JOURNAL
chute
extends down from top of 25mm gun FEEDER
feeder.
13. INSTALL AP LINK EJECT

CHUTE ON 25MM GUN
FEEDER. Ill
i
a. Push eject end of AP link
eject chute through journal . EJECT END

TM 9-2350.252.10.2
b. Hold AP link eject chute in

right hand with thumb and
PIN
index finger over two link HOLE
eject chute latches .
c . Aline two pins on AP link
eject chute with two holes on
25mm gun feeder .
ces
d . Squeeze open two link eject pre
chute latches and push pins
into holes . Release link eject
chute latches . AP LINK
LINK EJECT
e. Check AP link eject chute to EJECT CHUTE
CHUTE
be sure it is properly LATCH
attached . AP LINK
EJECT
CHUTE
14. DEPRESS 25MM GUN TO
O MILS . See task: OPERATE
1K!
TURRET MANUALLY ,
page 2-439 .
25MM GUN
EJECT
FEEDER END
‫ܪܘ ܘ‬
15. INSTALL HE LINK EJECT

CHUTE ON 25MM GUN
FEEDER
a . Push eject end of HE link JOURNAL
HE LINK
eject chute through journal .
EJECT CHUTE
3-88
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
b. Hold HE link eject chute in LINK EJECT

left hand with thumb and 25 MM GUN CHUTE LATCH
FEEDER
index finger over two link
eject chute latches.
c . Aline two pins on HE link
eject chute with two holes on
25mm gun feeder.
d. Squeeze open two link eject
chute latches and push pins
into holes . Release link eject
chute latches .
PINS
HOLES
HE LINK
EJECT
CHUTE
e. Check HE link eject chute to

be sure it is properly
attached .
HE LINK
EJECT
CHUTE
16. ( H ) RAISE FEEDER HANDLE.

a. Push and hold down feeder
handle latch.
b. Raise feeder handle up.
C. Release feeder handle latch.
FEEDER
locked up . FEEDER HANDLE
HANDLE LATCH
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.89
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
17. CHECK CABLE PLUG AND

RECEIVER JACK FOR DIRT ,
CORROSION , MOISTURE , AND
DAMAGE .
a. If cable plug or receiver jack

is dirty or moist , wipe with
clean , lint -free cloth .
7
b. If cable plug or receiver jack
is corroded or damaged ,
CABLE 11
PLUG
nance .
RECEIVER
18. INSTALL GUN POWER CABLE
JACK
ON RECEIVER JACK.
IGUN
a. Aline cable plug with POWER
receiver jack .
ICABLE
b . Push and wiggle cable plug
into receiver jack . Turn cable
plug to right until locked .
19. (H) LOWER FEEDER HANDLE. FEEDER

a. Push and hold down feeder HANDLE
handle .
c. Release feeder handle latch.
locked down .
FEEDER
20. CLOSE GUN COVER AND HANDLE
INSTALL 25MM GUN GUARD. LATCH
page 2.169.
END OF TASK
3.90
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REMOVE COAX MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Turret shut down (page 2-423)
1. MANUALLY ELEVATE COAX

MACHINE GUN TO 200 MILS. See
task: OPERATE TURRET
MANUALLY, page 2-439.

ACCESS DOORS. See task:
ACCESS DOORS, page 2-172.
WARNING
coax machine gun
U soldiers . Make sure
manual safe handle
is in SAFE.

gun could kill or injure soldiers.
Clear gun of ammo before you
remove gun from vehicle.
3. CLEAR COAX MACHINE GUN .

See page 2-354.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.91
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
A.
CAUTION
Solenoid cable could be damaged
when you remove coax machine
gun. Remove solenoid cable plug
from plenum jack before you
C
remove coax machine gun .
NOTE
"
ި‫މ‬
‫ރަކަހ‬
There are two configurations for the
coax machine gun. If solenoid is
installed on the gun, go to step 4. If SOLENOID
solenoid is installed to gun mount , go CABLE PLUG
PLENUM
to step 5. JACK
4. REMOVE SOLENOID CABLE
PLUG FROM PLENUM JACK.
a. Turn solenoid cable plug left
until threads clear plenum
jack.
b. Remove solenoid cable plug
from plenum jack .
3.92
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REAR MOUNT
D D
DD D"
NOTE
Procedures to disconnect rear mount
handle from pin hole are the same for
both configurations .
REAR
5. DISCONNECT REAR MOUNT MOUNT
PIN HANDLE FROM MOUNT
PIN HOLE.
a . Pullirear mount pin handle
down and clear of mount pin
hole .
b. Turn rear mount pin handle

forward and out of way .
MOUNT
REAR
PIN
MOUNT
HOLE
PIN
HANDLE

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
begy
nner
PLENUM
ALINEMENT LUGS
NOTE
If solenoid is installed on gun, go to
CRADLE
step 6. If solenoid is installed on gun
mount , go to step 7 .
6. REMOVE COAX MACHINE GUN
FROM PLENUM .
a. Push in release latch .
RELEASE LATCH
/
b . Pull out coax machine gun
until alinement lugs are clear
of cradle .
c . Pull coax machine gun back
and out of plenum .
d . Place coax machine gun on

turret floor .
e . Go to step 8.
COAX MACHINE GUN
3.94
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
BRACKET
A
m
w
a
y
ROTOR
COAX QUICK PLENUM

MACHINE RELEASE
GUN PIN
7. REMOVE COAX MACHINE GUN

FROM PLENUM .
a. Push in release latch .
b. Pull out coax machine gun
CRADLE TM
until quick release pin is
clear of cradle .
RELEASE LATCH 0
c . Remove quick release pin
from bracket and install in
rotor.
d . Pull coax machine gun back
and out of plenum .
e. Place coax machine gun on た、
turret floor.

COAX MACHINE GUN

G
END OF TASK
3.95
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN / INSPECT/ LUBRICATE COAX MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner Coax machine gun removed
(page 3.91 )
References :
TM 9.1005-313-10
1. FIELD STRIP, CLEAN , INSPECT,

AND LUBRICATE COAX
MACHINE GUN . See
TM 9-1005-313-10 .
END OF TASK
3.96
TIM 9.2350-252-10-2
INSTALL COAX MACHINE GUN
INITIAL SETUP

Gunner MASTER POWER switch OFF
(TM 9.2350-252.10.1 )
References :
TM 9-2350-252-10-1
1. MANUALLY ELEVATE GUN

ROTOR TO 200 MILS. See task:
OPERATE TURRET MANUALLY,
page 2-439 .

WARNING
coax machine gun
soldiers . Clear coax
machine gun before
you install it in vehi .
cle .
If gun barrel is not

locked in place , scl .
or injured . Make sure
gun barrel is locked
and does not tum.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.97
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOTE
There are two configurations for coax
machine gun. If firing solenoid is
installed on the gun , go to step 3. If tir.
ing solenoid is installed on the gun
mount, go to step 4.
3. MOUNT COAX MACHINE GUN .
a. Place coax machine gun in
plenum with gun barrel point.
ing forward and trigger to
right .
b. Aline alinement lugs with cra.
dle slots .
c. Push coax machine gun in all
the way .
d . Check that coax machine gun
is fully seated by pulling on
rear of coax machine gun .
e . Check that alinement lugs are GUN BARREL
locked in position by pulling
on rear of coax machine gun .
f. Go to step 5.
COAX
MACHINE GUN
.‫ހ‬.ެ..‫ހ‬
‫އ‬ ‫ކ‬ ަ‫ރ‬
PLENUM
‫ހދ‬.ީ
ALINEMENT
LUGS
TRIGGER
CRADLE SLOTS
16
3.98
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
4. MOUNT COAX MACHINE GUN .

a. Place coax machine gun in
plenum with gun barrel point .
ing forward and trigger to the
right .
b. Remove quick release pin
from rotor . Insert quick
release pin in bracket .
c . Push coax machine gun in all BRACKET
COAX
the way . GUN
MACHINE
BARREL
d . Check that coax machine gun GUN
is fully seated by pulling on
rear of coax machine gun . ROTOR
e . Check that quick release pin
is locked in position by pul .
ling on rear of coax machine
gun .
QUICK PLENUM
RELEASE
TRIGGER PIN
NOTE
There are two configurations for coax REAR
machine gun . Procedure for joining MOUNT
and securing rear mount to gun is the
same .
5. JOIN AND SECURE REAR

MOUNT TO COAX MACHINE
GUN .
a. Pull mount pin handle down .

b . Move rear mount left and
aline rear mount with mount
pin holes in coax machine
MOUNT COAX
gun . PIN
MOUNT MACHINE
c . Push mount pin handle up HOLE PIN GUN
until it is fully seated . HANDLE
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.99
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SOLENOID PLENUM
CABLE PLUG JACK
NOTE
If firing solenoid is installed on coax
machine gun , go to step 6. If firing
solenoid is installed on gun mount, go
to step 7 .
6. INSTALL SOLENOID CABLE
PLUG ON PLENUM JACK .
a. Place solenoid cable plug on
plenum jack .
b . Turn solenoid cable plug to
right to secure .

END OF TASK
3.100 I
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
CLEAN ISU
INITIAL SETUP
Materials /Parts: References :

Small arms cotton swabs TM 9.2350-252-10-1
(Item 25 , App D )
Denatured alcohol Equipment Conditions :
(Item 15 , App D) Engine stopped
Clean water
(TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
Gunner
NIGHT SIGHT DOOR

CONTROL HANDLE
1. RAISE BOTH BALLISTIC SIGHT

COVER DOORS.
a . Pull down on day and night
sight door control handles .
WARNING
Antireflective
coating on all
cle
infrared optics
contains thorium
羅 fluoride which is
slightly radioac .
tive . The only potential hazard
involves ingestion (swallowing or DAY SIGHT DOOR
inhaling) of this coating material. CONTROL HANDLE
Dispose of broken lenses, etc., in
accordance wi : h AR 385.11.
GO TO NEXT PAGE
3.101
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CAUTION
ISU window and eyepiece surface
coatings are easily damaged . Use
extreme care to protect them from
dirt, dust, fingerprints, and humidity
whenever possible. Do not breathe
on ISU window and eyepiece
surfaces . Use only approved
materials and procedures for
cleaning ISU windows and
eyepieces.
Outside ISU night window may fail
to work if you use anti-fogging kit.
Do not use anti-fogging kit on
outside ISU night window .
NOTE
During freezing weather, ISU windows
and eyepieces may be cleaned with
cleaning solution mixed with clean
warm water.
2. CLEAN ISU WINDOWS (OUT
SIDE VEHICLE) .
a. Remove dust and dirt from ISU
windows . Use clean water.
b. Clean ISU windows. Use
cotton swabs and alcohol .
c . Flush off alcohol . Use clean
water .
d . Dry ISU windows by wiping

lightly in a single direction
with clean cotton swabs.
ISU WINDOWS
3.102
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
ISU UNITY WINDOW
OOOO
3. CLEAN ISU UNITY WINDOW

AND EYEPIECES ( INSIDE
VEHICLE ).
a. Clean grease and dirt from GUNNER'S EYEPIECE
gunner's eyepiece,
COMMANDER'S EYEPIECE
commander's eyepiece, and
ISU unity window. Use cotton
swabs and alcohol .
4. CLOSE BOTH BALLISTIC SIGHT

COVER DOORS .
a . Push down ballistic sight

cover doors until doors lock
in closed position . BALLISTIC SIGHT
COVER DOORS
END OF TASK
3.103
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN OPTICAL GLASS SURFACES
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : Personnel Required:

Artist's brush (Item 1 , App D) Gunner
MaterialsiParts: References :
Lens tissue (Item 18, App D) TM 9-2350-252.10.1

Lens Cleaning solution
(Item 17, App D) Equipment Conditions :
Engine stopped (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Turret shut down ( page 2-423)
1. REMOVE DUST AND DIRT FROM

OPTICAL GLASS SURFACES.
a. Sweep dust and dirt from
optical glass surfaces . Use
artist's brush .
2. PREPARE LENS TISSUE.

a. Fold lens tissue in half three
times , parallel to short side.
b. Moisten one end of lens tissue

with lens cleaning solution.
3.104
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
3. REMOVE OIL AND GREASE

FILMS .
a. Hold lens tissue along first
finger. Gently rub optical glass
surfaces in a circular motion.
b. Discard dirty lens tissue.
c. Repeat steps 2, 3a, and 3b as
necessary to clean optical
glass surfaces .
4. DRY OPTICAL GLASS

SURFACES.
a. Fold lens tissue as in step 2a.

Do not moisten tissue.
b. Dry optical glass surfaces by
wiping gently in a circular
motion .
c. If any film is left on optical

glass surfaces , repeat steps 2
thru 4.
END OF TASK
3.105
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
CLEAN / INSPECT TOW LAUNCHER
INITIAL SETUP
Materials !Parts : References :
Wiping rag ( Item 27 , App D) TM 9-2350-252-10-1

Rifle bore cleaner (RBC)
( Item 13 , App D) Equipment Conditions:
TOW launcher
Personnel Required:
unloaded ( page 2.400)
(TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Turret operating in power
mode ( page 2-152)

LOAD POSITION (5950 MILS). See
12
task : OPERATE TURRET IN


3. DEPRESS TOW LAUNCHER TO

- 100 MILS . See task: OPERATE
TOW LAUNCHER IN POWER
MODE, page 2-362 . TURRET POWER SWITCH
0401

SWITCH TO OFF . BIA TURRET DAM
POWER SYSTEM ABORTTI
o O som
TO OFF.
6. MOVE MASTER POWER SWITCH

TO OFF. See TM 9.2350-252-10-1. TURRET DRIVE
SYSTEM SWITCH
3.106
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
“รีม
TOW
LAUNCHER STRIPS
it
7. REMOVE DUST COVER . NO BOX ?
a. Pull top edge of dust cover

from top of TOW launcher.
b. Pull snap fasteners from DUST COVER
bottom of TOW launcher.
8. INSPECT DUST COVER FOR TOW LAUNCHER

DAMAGE.
a. Inspect snap fasteners.
b. Inspect strips on TOW
launcher and dust cover.
‫بانک‬
c. Inspect dust cover for rips or
holes.
d. If dust cover is damaged ,

.b
maintenance.
ut
WARNING SNAP FASTENERS DUST COVER

Solvent fumes can
burn and could poi.
son you. Read wam.
TOW LAUNCHER
this manual .
9. CLEAN TOW LAUNCHER

TUBES .
a. Clean inside of TOW

launcher tubes with wiping
rag .
TOW LAUNCHER TUBES
b . Dry inside of TOW launcher
tubes with clean wiping
rag .

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW
LAUNCHER
10. INSPECT TOW LAUNCHER FOR

DAMAGE .
a. If TOW launcher is damaged ,

maintenance . TOW LAUNCHER
TUBE
11. CHECK THAT UMBILICAL
CONNECTORS DO NOT
EXTEND DOWN INTO TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES . a
a. If umbilical connector
extends down into TOW
launcher tube, go to step 12 .
b. If umbilical connector does
not extend down into TOW
launcher tube, go to step 13 . UMBILICAL
CONNECTOR
12. REMOVE UMBILICAL
CONNECTORS FROM TOW
LAUNCHER TUBES.
a. Move MASTER POWER
switch to ON . See
Hote
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
ls
JUMBILICAL
CONNECTOR
TURRET
POWER
SWITCH
IMA UAE ' DAME Thou

POWER SYSTEM ACA
SWOO
CAS
b. Move TURRET POWER
)0(
so
switch to ON .
3.108
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
FOTO
0
0
O
on()
c. Move ARM -SAFE -RESET
switch to RESET , then to
SAFE. Wait 10 seconds.
ARM.SAFE- RESET
SWITCH
Var ! TURAE DAN TO

d . Move TURRET POWER POWER S STEM
switch to OFF.
e. Move MASTER POWER
switch to OFF. See
TM 9-2350-252-10-1.
G E S 0
11
TURRET POWER SWITCH
f. If umbilical connectors still

extend down into TOW
launcher tubes, notify
organizational maintenance. PC
UMBILICAL
CONNECTOR
13. INSPECT LOADING HANDLES
AND HANDLE LOCKS FOR
DAMAGE. HANDLE
LOCKS
a. Check that handle locks lock LUG CHANNEL
loading handles in place.
b. Check that loading handles
pull down and aline lug
channels.
c. Check that lug channels are

blocked when loading
handles are locked.
LOADING TOW
d . If loading handles or handle
HANDLES LAUNCHER
locks are damaged , notify
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
14. INSTALL DUST COVER.

a . Install snap fasteners on
bottom of TOW launcher .
tu
b. Stretch dust cover up and
t
over rear of TOW launcher. SNAP FASTENERS
c. Press top edge of dust

cover onto top of TOW
launcher.
sre Com
DUST
COVER
TOW MANUAL
LIFT RELEASE
15. INSPECT TOW ELEVATION HANDLE
SYSTEM FOR DAMAGE .
a. Pull out and hold TOW
MANUAL LIFT release handle
and let TOW launcher lower
itself all the way down.
b. If TOW launcher does not
lower all the way down, notify
3.110
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
16. MANUALLY ELEVATE TOW

LAUNCHER UNTIL TOW
LAUNCHER STOPS IN STOWED TOW
POSITION . See task : OPERATE LAUNCHER
TURRET MANUALLY ,
page 2-439 . LEITE
6400 MILS. See task: OPERATE
page 2-152.
END OF TASK
3.111
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
CLEAN /INSPECT SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : Personnel Required:

25mm bore brush Gunner
( Item 3 , App B)
25mm cleaning rod assembly References :
(Item 6 , App B ) TM 9-2350-252-10-1
Materials /Parts:
Equipment Conditions :
Rifle bore cleaner ( RBC) Vehicle parked
( Item 13 , App D) (TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Wiping rag ( Item 27 , App D) Turret shut down (page 2-399)
Pipe cleaner ( Item 12 , App D) Smoke grenade launchers
unloaded (page 2-395)
g
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBE

RUBBER CAP
1. REMOVE RUBBER CAPS FROM

GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES .
n
2. CLEAN DRAIN HOLES .

IDRAIN
a . Use pipe cleaner to get into HOLE
drain hole at bottom of
each grenade launcher
tube .
b . Loosen and push out any

dirt or debris from drain PIPE CLEANER
holes .
3.112
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
WARNING
Solvent fumes can
son you . Read warn. BORE BRUSH
this manual . CLEANING ROD
3. CLEAN INSIDE OF GRENADE

LAUNCHER TUBES.
a. Put RBC on 25mm bore brush.
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBE
b. Screw bore brush onto
cleaning rod.
c . Clean inside of grenade
launcher tubes . Use 25mm
bore brush .
d . Dry with clean wiping rag .

NOTE ELECTRICAL
Report any damaged grenade FIRING PIN
launcher tubes to organizational
maintenance .
4. INSPECT GRENADE LAUNCHER

TUBES FOR DAMAGE .
a . Check smoke grenade launch GRENADE

er for crushed or bent LAUNCHER RUBBER CAP
grenade launcher tube . TUBE
b. Check that electrical firing

pin is not corroded .
c . Check that grenade launcher

tube is secure on smoke
grenade launcher.
5. INSTALL RUBBER CAPS ON
GRENADE LAUNCHER TUBES . SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHER
END OF TASK
3.113
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REMOVE RING SIGHT ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP

( TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
References :
TM 9.2350-252.10.1 (page 2-16)
OG O
I C T APERTURE
P FRONT
SIGHT
RING
SIGHT
1. FOLD DOWN APERTURE SIGHT

10
00
AND FRONT RING SIGHT. 5
2. REMOVE REAR RING SIGHT

REAR
APM FROM REAR BRACKET.
BRACKET REAR
a. Press pushbutton and hold in . RING
SIGHT
b. Remove quick release pin from ARM
rear bracket and rear ring
sight arm.
QUICK
RELEASE
PIN PUSHBUTTON
3.114
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
FRONT RING
3. REMOVE FRONT RING SIGHT
ARM FROM FRONT BRACKET. FRONT SIGHT ARM
BRACKET
a. Press pushbutton and hold in.
QUICK
b. Remove quick release pin from RELEASE
front bracket and front ring PIN
sight arm.
4. FOLD AND STOW RING SIGHT
PUSHBUTTON
ASSEMBLY.
END OF TASK
3.115
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CLEAN FRONT RING SIGHT
INITIAL SETUP
Materials /Parts: References :
Lint -free cloth TM 9.2350-252.10.1

(Item 14 , App D)
Scrubbing soap ( Item 23, App D) Equipment Conditions :
Personnel Required : Engine stopped

(TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
Gunner
Hf U
D UC
CAUTION
Sight glass can be clouded or
scratched by strong or gritty
cleaners. To clean front ring sight,
use mild mixture of soap and water
only.
1. WIPE FRONT RING SIGHT

WITH MILD MIXTURE OF
SOAP AND WATER .
FRONT
2. WIPE FRONT RING SIGHT
DRY WITH LINT FREE o RING
SIGHT
CLOTH .
END OF TASK
3.116
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
INSTALL RING SIGHT ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP
Personnel Required : Equipment Conditions

(TM 9.2350-252-10-1 )
References: TURRET POWER switch OFF
TM 9-2350-252-10-1 (page 2-16
CAUTION
Front ring sight is easily scratched
and broken . Use care when you FRONT RING QUICK
handle front ring sight. Do not touch SIGHT ARM
face of front ring sight. RELEASE
PIN
1. INSTALL FRONT RING SIGHT
ARM .
a. Aline hole in front ring sight
arm with holes in front
bracket .
b. Press pushbutton and hold in .

c. Push quick release pin through
holes in front bracket and
front ring sight arm .
FRONT
d. Release pushbutton . BRACKET PUSHBUTTON

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REAR RING
SIGHT ARM
QUICK
RELEASE
PIN
2. INSTALL REAR RING SIGHT
ARM .
a. Aline hole in rear ring sight

arm with holes in rear bracket.
b. Press pushbutton and hold in .

c. Push quick release pin through
holes in rear bracket and rear
ring sight arm .
d. Release pushbutton. REARL
BRACKET ! PUSH BUTTON
END OF TASK
3.118
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
REPLACE ANTENNA MOUNT COVERS
INITIAL SETUP

Open end wrench , 9/16 inch Engine stopped
( Item 79, App B) (TM 9.2350-252.10-1 )
References:
TM 92350-252-10-1
NOTE
There are two antenna mounts on
vehicle . One is on rear of turret and
one is on right side of turret. The pro
cedure for replacing either antenna
mount is the same . Antenna mount on
rear of turret is shown here.
1. REMOVE ANTENNA MOUNT
COVER .
a. Remove four screws from

antenna mount cover. Use
9/16 inch open end wrench .
b . Remove antenna mount
cover . ANTENNA
MOUNT
2. INSTALL ANTENNA MOUNT COVER
COVER . SCREW
a. Place antenna mount cover
16
on antenna mount . Aline

ME
screw holes .
ce
b . Install four screws on r
antenna mount cover. Use
9/16 inch open end wrench .
END OF TASK
3.119
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
CHECK TURRET EMERGENCY BATTERIES
INITIAL SETUP
Tools : Personnel Required :

Flashlight Gunner
Socket wrench ratchet handle ,
1/2 inch drive ( Item 36 , App B ) References :
Socket , 7/16 inch ( Item 67 , App B) TM 9-2350-252-10-1
Materials !Parts : Equipment Conditions:

Wiping rag ( Item 27 , App D ) Engine stopped
( TM 9-2350-252-10-1)
1. RAISE GUNNER'S SEAT. See

task: ADJUST GUNNER'S/
COMMANDER'S SEATS ,
page 2-144 .
SCREW
WASHER
bobobolan
我
。了
llal
TURRET FLOOR
PLATE
2. REMOVE LEFT REAR TURRET

FLOOR PLATE.
a. Remove four screws , washers,

and left rear turret floor plate
o
from turret . Use socket and

socket wrench .
3.120
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
WARNING
Battery posts and
cables touched by
metal objects can
poly short circuit and

burn you or injure
you . Use
when you work with tools or other
caution
BATTERY
HOLD
BATTERY
DOWN
metal objects. Do not wear jewelry
when you work on electrical system.
NOTE
Terminal posts and clamps are pro.
tected by rubber covers which are not
illustrated here . öd0000
3. CHECK BATTERY HOLD DOWN .
a. Grasp battery hold down with oc

both hands , and try to move Te
it .
b . If batteries move or seem
dose, report to organiza ITERMINAL
tional maintenance . POST
CLAMP
4. CHECK BATTERY CONNEC
TIONS .
a. Check that each clamp is all
the way down on terminal
post .
CLAMP
b . Try to twist each clamp with
50
thumb and first two fingers . A

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
c . Check to see if cables are

securely connected to clamp.
d . If any clamp or connection is
loose , report to organiza.
CABLE
WARNING
Gas from batteries can explode and

Injure you. Do not allow sparks or
flames near batteries. Do not smoke
near batteries. Battery acid can burn
or blind you. Do not get acid on your
skin or eyes .
5. CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE

LEVEL.
OK LEVEL FILLER CAP
a. Remove filler cap from each
battery cell .
BATTERY CELL
b. Using a flashlight , look down
into each battery cell and
check for " eye shape ".
c . If you don't see " eye shape" in
each battery cell , battery
electrolyte level is low . Notify ILOW
organizational maintenance . LEVEL
d . Put filler cap back on each
battery cell .
3.122
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
SCREW
WASHER
6. INSTALL LEFT REAR TURRET

FLOOR PLATE .
a. Install left rear turret floor

plate, four washers, and
screws on turret floor. Use
socket and socket wrench .
7. ADJUST GUNNER'S SEAT. See

task: ADJUST GUNNER SI
COMMANDER'S SEATS, TURRET FLOOR
page 2-144 . PLATE
END OF TASK
3.123
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
SCOPE
This chapter tells you where to find maintenance instructions for auxiliary
equipment .
COAX MACHINE GUN
See TM 9-1005-313-10 .
ANIGRC- 160 RADIO
See TM 11-5820-498-12.
AN / PRC.77 RADIO
See TM 11-5820-667-12.
AN /VRC-46 RADIO
See TM 11-5820.401.12 .
4.1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CHAPTER 5
AMMUNITION
GENERAL
WARNING
Ammo can explode
If ammo is damaged
or exposed to elec.
tric sparks and high
heat. Do not use
damaged ammo. Do
not drop or bump ammo. Keep
ammo away from electric sparks
and high heat.
CAUTION
Ammo can jam in weapons If ammo
is dirty or greasy. Keep ammo clean
of dirt and grease.
NOTE
For care, handling, preservation , and
destruction of ammo, in addition to the
following, also refer to TM 9.1300-206 .
CAP.E Keep ammo clean of dirt and grease. Do not use

damaged ammo.
HANDLING Keep ammo away from electric sparks and high heat .
Do not drop or bump ammo.
PRESERVATION Do not open sealed ammo containers until you are

ready to use ammo.
PACKING Pack unused ammo in its original container. Use that

ammo first the next time you fire .
5.1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
25MM AMMO
AUTHORIZED CLASSIFICATION IDENTIFICATION FUZE

(see picture)
HEIT High -explosive, Yellow M758

M792 incendiary
tracer
Dummy Dummy Gold projectile None

M794
TP.T Target practice, Blue projectile None

M793 tracer
APDS -T Armor-piercing, Black tip None

M791 discarding sabot ,
tracer
NUMBER 600 rounds stowed , 300 ready , 900 total IFV

AUTHORIZED : 1200 rounds stowed , 300 ready, 1500 total CFV
BRASS
TIP GOLD
he ‫الر‬
HEIT YELLOW DUMMY
London BLACK
BLUE SABOT
TP.T APDS.T
?
5.2
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
7.62MM AMMO
AUTHORIZED ROUNDS IDENTIFICATION

( see picture)
Cartridge, 7.62mm , Ball , None

M59 or M80
Cartridge, 7.62mm , Tracer, Orange tip

M62
Cartridge, 7.62mm , Armor. Black tip

piercing , M61
Cartridge, 7.62mm , Dummy , None

M63
NUMBER 1400 stowed , 800 cartridges ready ,

AUTHORIZED : 2200 total for IFV
3400 stowed , 800 cartridges ready,

4200 total for CFV
M59 M61 BLACK

M80
4 TO 1
COMBAT MIX
個
M63
M62 ORANGE
5.3
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
MISSILES
WARNING
Soldiers can be
killed or injured it
launcher motor fires
accidentally. Equip.
ment can get dam .
aged . Make sure
electrical connector cover stays
secure until missile is used .
CARE Keep missiles dry. See that missiles are always free
from grease and oil . Make sure electrical connector
cover stays secure until missile is used .
WARNING
Damaged TOW mis.
siles can misfire and
Do not load and fire
damaged missiles .
Do not drop or dam .
age missiles . Take care not to dent
missile case. Take care not to dam.
age missile diaphragms .
CAUTION
Missiles can fail to fire. Protect mis.
siles from moisture. Do not load mis.
siles it humidity indicator shows
pink .
HANDLING Do not drop or damage missiles in any way. Missile

case must not be dented . Missile diaphragms should
not be torn or damaged during handling .
5.4
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
NUMBER
The following table lists missile siowage forine IFV and
AUTHORIZED CFV .
IFV CFV
TOW 2 in launcher 2 in launcher
TOW 5 stowed , any 10 TOW stowed

DRAGON combination NO DRAGON
LAW 3 stowed 3 stowed
TOTAL 10 15
5.5
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
MISSILES (cont) TOW MISSILE

ELECTRICAL LAUNCH
CONNECTOR COVER CONTAINER
DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM
MISSILE
HANDLING improper or careless handling may damage missile ,
AND STORAGE causing it to malfunction when launched .
WARNING
launcher motor can
Equipment can get
damaged. Do not re
move missile from
launch container .
Do not attempt to remove missile from its launch

container .
WARNING
Damaged TOW mis.
siles can misfire and
kill or injure soldiers .
Do not load and fire
damaged missiles .
Do not drop or dam.
age missiles . Take care not to dent
missile case . Take care not to dam.
age missile diaphragms .
Do not drop or mishandle missile .

5-6
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
CAUTION
Missiles can fail to fire. Protect mis.
siles from sun, weather, and mois.
ture. Do not use missile if 30 days
have passed since front cap was re
moved . Retum missile to supply
point If 30 days have passed since
front cap was removed.
Protect missiles during storage from sun, weather , and

moisture .
Launch- ready life of a TOW missile is 30 days from time

front cap has been removed . If 30 days have been
exceeded , return missile to supply point .
MISSILE Proper procedures for inspection and uncrating are as

INSPECTION follows :
AND
UNCRATING Check wooden container for damage caused by rough
handling .
5.7
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
11 !SSILE
INSPECTION
AND UNCAATING
(cont)
NOTE
See pictures on page 5-9.
Check for proper markings .
NOTE
See table on pages 5-10 thru 5-13.
Check TOW markings with shipping documents .
Check humidity indicator. If pink , missile may be

degraded . Return missile to ammo supply point .
During combat situations , missiles with pink humidity

indicators or damaged diaphragms may be fired .
Cut and remove steel bands . Open wooden overpack .
Check aft diaphragm . If plastic diaphragm is broken ,

do not fire missile . Return to ammo supply point .
Check launch container markings .
5-8
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
COLOR CODE
CONTAINER TOP
FOAM SPACERS
MISSILE CONTAINER HUMIDITY

INDICATOR
VIEWING
PORT
5.9
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW MISSILE COLOR CODING SHIPMENT AND STORAGE DATA
NOMEN GUIDED GUIDED GUIDED

CLATURE MISSILE MISSILE MISSILE
SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE
ATTACK , ATTACK , ATTACK ,
BGM -71A BGM - 71A.1 BGM - 710
National 1410-00-087-1521 | 1410-01-007-2507 | 1410-01-106-8514

Stock Number
( NSN )
Part Number 10189999 11500160 13060893
Basic Color Olive Drab Olive Drab Olive Drab

of Missile
Color of White White White

Data Markings or or or
On Missile Yellow Yellow Yellow
Color Code * Four 2 inch * Four 2 inch * Four 2 Inch

Marking of Yellow Squares . Yellow Squares , Yellow Squares .
Warhead 90 ° Apart 90 ° Apart 90 ° Apart
( Nose End )
Color Code * Four 2 inch * Four 2 inch * Four 2 inch

Marking of Brown Squares , Brown Squares . Brown Squares .
Launch Motor 90 ° Apart 90 ° Apart 90 ° Apart
Basic Color Olive Drab or Olive Drab or Olive Drab or

of Wooden Unpainted Unpainted Unpainted
Overpack
Container
* Squares may be replaced by 2 inch solid stripes of the color

indicated .
5-10
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
NOMEN . GUIDED GUIDED

CLATURE MISSILE MISSILE
PRACTICE , PRACTICE ,
( INERT ( INERT
WARHEAD , WARHEAD ,
LIVE MOTOR ) , LIVE MOTOR ) ,
BTM - 71A BTM - 71A - 1
National 1410-00-087-1527 1410-01-007-2508

Stock Number
( NSN )
Part Number 10190149 11500162
Basic Color Olive Drab Olive Drab

of Missile
Color of White White

Data Markings
On Missile
Color Code * Four 2 inch * Four 2 inch

Marking of Blue Squares , Blue Squares ,
Warhead 90 ° Apart 90 ° Apart
( Nose End )
Color Code * Four 2 inch * Four 2 inch

Marking of Brown Squares , Brown Squares ,
Launch Motor 90 ° Apart 90 ° Apart
Basic Color Olive Drab or Olive Drab or

of Wooden Unpainted Unpainted
Overpack
Container
* Squares may be replaced by 2 inch solid stripes of the color

indicated .
5.11
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
TOW MISSILE COLOR CODING SHIPMENT AND STORAGE DATA

(cont)
NOMEN . GUIDED GUIDED GUIDED

CLATURE MISSILE MISSILE MISSILE
SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE
ATTACK , ATTACK , ATTACK ,
BGM - 71A BGM - 71A - 1 BGM - 710
Color Code Black 4 Inch Black 4 Inch Black 4 Inch

Marking Squares On Squares On Squares on
Wooden Corners Corners Corners
Overpack
Color of White or White or White or

Data Marking Black Black Black
On Wooden
Overpack
CC Marking Rocket Ammo Rocket Ammo Rocket Ammo

On Wooden With Explosive With Explosive With Explosive
Overpack Projectile Projectile Projectile
CC Placard Explosive Explosive Explosive
Style
Quantity. 1.1 1.1 1.1

Distance
Classification
Storage E E E
Compatibility
Group
Explosive А. A
D
Hazard Class
5.12
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
NOMEN GUIDED GUIDED

CLATURE MISSILE MISSILE
PRACTICE , PRACTICE
( INERT ( INERT
WARHEAD , WARHEAD
LIVE MOTOR ) , LIVE MOTOR ) .
BTM -71A BTM - 71A - 1
Color Code Blue 4 inch Blue 4 inch

Marking Squares On Squares On
Wooden Corners Corners
Overpack
Color of White or White or

Data Marking Black Black
On Wooden
Overpack
CC Marking Rocket Ammo Rocket Ammo

On Wooden Class A Class A
Overpack Explosive Explosive
CC Placard Explosive Explosive
Style
1.1
1.1
Quantity :
Distance
Classification
Storage с с
Compatibility
Group
Explosive A A
Hazard Class
5.13
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
SMOKE GRENADES
WARNING
Smoke grenades
can explode and kill
or injure soldiers.
Handle grenades
with care. Do not
drop or throw gre .
nades. Do not use damaged gre
nades. Keep grenades away from
electric sparks and high heat. Keep
containers sealed until you are
ready to use grenades .
CAUTION
Smoke grenades can fail to fire.
Keep grenades free of dirt and
grease. Do not let firing contacts be
damaged.
CARE Keep grenades clean of dirt and grease . Do not use

damaged grenades.
HANDLING Keep grenades away from electric sparks and high

heat . Do not drop or throw grenades. Do not let firing
contacts be damaged .
PRESERVATION Keep containers sealed until you are ready to use the
grenades .
PACKING Pack unused grenades in original containers . Use those

grenades first the next time you fire .
5-14
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
AUTHORIZED ROUND IDENTIFICATION
Grenade Launchers , Smoke See picture

Screening RP, L8A1 /A3
NUMBER 8 grenades ready, 8 stowed, 16 total for IFV
AUTHORIZED: 8 grenades ready, 8 stowed , 16 total for CFV
METAL HEAD
GREN O
SC LSA
RUBBER CASE
HB I
CR
5.15
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This appendix lists all forms , field manuals , and technical manuals refer.
enced in this manual .
FORMS
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Work

Sheet .... DA Form 2404
Quality Deficiency Report, Category 2 ... ... SF 368
Recommended Changes to DA Publications DA Form 2028
REGULATIONS
Safety ionizing protection AR 385-11
FIELD MANUALS
First Aid for Soldiers FM 21-11
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
Expendable Items ( Except Medical Class V ,

Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items) . CTA 50-970
TECHNICAL MANUALS
Ammunition and Explosive Standards TM 9.1300-206

Destruction of Conventional Ammunition
and improved Conventional Munitions
to Prevent Enemy Use TM 750-244-5-1
A.1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
APPENDIX A ( cont )
TECHNICAL MANUALS (cont)
General Ammunition TM 9.1300-200

Hand Receipt Covering Contents of Components
of End Item (COEI) , Basic Issue Items (B11),
and Additional Authorization List (AAL) for
Fighting Vehicle , Infantry , M2 (2350-01-048-5920)
and Fighting Vehicle , Cavalry, M3
(2350-01-049-2695) TM 9-2350-252-10- HR
Procedures for Destruction of Electronics
Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use TM 750-244-2
Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive
Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use ... , TM 750-244-6
Operating and Organizational Maintenance
Manual , Radio Set , AN / VRC-46 ..... TM 11-5820-401-12
Operator's Manual : Fighting Vehicle ,
Infantry, M2 (2350-01-048-5920 ) and
Cavalry, M3 (2350-01-049.2695) , Hull .. TM 9-2350-252-10-1
Operator's Manual : Machine Gun , 7.62mm ,
M240 ( 1005-0-025-8095) and Machine
Gun , 7.62mm M240C ( 1005-01-085-4758) TM 9-1005-313-10
The ArmyMaintenance Management System (TAMMS )..... TM 38-750
A.2
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
APPENDIX B
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE

ITEMS LISTS
Section 1. INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the
IFV and CFV to help you inventory items required for safe and efficient
operation .
GENERAL
The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are divided into
the following sections :
a . Section II. Components of End Item . This listing is for informationa!

purposes only , and is not authority to requisition replacements . These
items are part of the end item , but are removed and separately packaged
for transportation or shipment . As part of the end item , these items must
be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred between proper
ty accounts . Illustrations are furnished to assist you in identifying the
items .
b . Section III. Basic Issue Items . These are the minimum essential
items required to place the IFV and CFV in operation , to operate it , and to
perform emergency repairs . Although shipped separately packaged , Bll
must be with the IFV and CFV during operation and whenever it is
transferred between property accounts . The illustrations will assist you
with hard -to- identify items . This manual is your authority to request'req .
uisition replacement BII , based on TOE /MTOE authorization .
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular

listings :
a . Column (1 ) - Illustration Number ( Illus . No.). This column indicates the

number of the illustration in which the item is shown .
B.1
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
INTRODUCTION (cont)
b . Column (2) · National Stock Number . Indicates the National stock

.
number assigned to the item and will be used for requisitioning purposes .
c . Column ( 3) Description . Indicates the National item name and , if
required , a minimum description to identify and locate the item . The last
line for each item indicates the FSCM ( in parentheses ) followed by the
part number . If item needed differs for different models of this equipment ,
the model is shown under the " Usable On " heading in this column . These
codes are identified as :
Code Used On
J63 IFV only
J38 CFV only
d . Column (4 ) Unit of Measure ( U / M ) . Indicates the measure used in

performing the actual operational /maintenance function . This measure is
expressed by a two- character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g. , ea , in , pr ) .
e. Column ( 5) Quantity Required ( Qty RC ") . Indicates the quantity of
the item authorized to be used with /on the equipment .
B.2
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Section II . COMPONENTS OF END ITEM
Sta
r 3
Cl
im
n.
1 2. 4 5 6
)
(1 ) ( 2) ( 3) ( 4) (5)
DESCRIPTION
ILLUS . NATIONAL STOCK Usable OTY
NO. NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Code UIM RQR
1 254001-0984559 BOX, VEHICULAR ACCESSORIES EA 2

STOWAGE (EXTERIOR)
(81361) D13-12-40
2 1005_01-086 1400 GUN , AUTOMATIC, 25MM , M242 WIBII EA 1

CONSISTING OF (INTERIOR)
3 1005 01.121-2391 BRUSH , BORE, 25MM EA 1
(19200) 12524014
4 1005 01.121.2399 BRUSH , CHAMBER, 25 MM EA 1
( 19200) 12524013
5 1005 01.119 7269 CRANK HAND EA 1
(19200) 12524015
6 1005 01.119 7865 ROD ASSEMBLY, CLEANING , 25MM EA 1
( 19200 , 12524020
NI
582001-056 0992 INSTALLATION . HARNESS , J38 EA 1

ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
(INTERIOP)
(80063, PPL -5233
EA
NI 5820010547175 INSTALLATION . HARNESS J63 1

ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
(INTERIOR
(80063, PPL -5234
B.3
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM ( cont )
‫کہ‬
UL
)
(
a
a
1 8 9 10 11 12
(1 ) (2) (3) (4 ) (5 )
DESCRIPTION
ILLUS. NATIONAL STOCK Usable OTY
NO . NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Code UIM ROR
7 6550-00-704-3549 PERISCOPE , M17 (INTERIOR EA 10

( 19207, 7043549
8 6650-00.344.4643 PERISCOPE , M27 ( INTERIOR ) EA 1

( 19200, 7633132
9 PERISCOPE . 15 ° UP.LOOK ( INTERIOR ) J63 EA 7

( 19207 ) 12294254 J38 EA 5
10 6650-01-098.7386 PEPISCOPE . 20° UP.LOOK ( INTERIOR ) EA 2

( 19200 ) 12297131
11 4030-00.162.7545 SHACKLE . ANCHOR (2 IN FRONT EA 4

TOVING EYE , 2 IN REAF TOWING
EYE )
( 192077 12328570
12 5855-01.105.7793 VIEWER DRIVER'S NIGHT VISION EA 1
(80058; ANIVVS2 73
B.4
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
Section III . BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
13 14 15 16 17
18 19
(1 ) (2) (3) (4) (5)
DESCRIPTION
ILLUS. NATIONAL STOCK Usable QTY
13 1005-01-12COLAS ADAPTER ASSEMBLY, BORESIGHT, EA 1

25MM (TOOL BAG )
( 19200) 12524010
14 4930-00 288 1511 ADAPTER, GREASE GUN COUPLING , EA 1

FLEXIBLE.12 IN . LONG (POWER
UNIT COMPARTMENT TOOL BAG )
(19207, 6300333
15 4930-00-204-2550 ADAPTER , GREASE GUN COUPLING , EA 1

6 IN . LONG (TOOL BAG )
(19207, 5349744
16 511000.2932336 AX , SINGLE BIT. 4 LB HEAD . 31 IN . EA 1

HANDLE (EXTERIOP ., TOP LEFT)
(81346) GGGA -926
17 254000-670-2459 BAG ASSEMBLY, PAMPHLET J38 EA 6

WO
(DPIVER'S STATION ) J63 EA 3

( 19207, 11676920
18 5140-004736256 BAG . TOOL SATCHEL 19 IN . LONG . EA 3

6 IN . WIDE . & 1/2 IN . HIGH (POWER
UNIT COMPARTMENTI
( 19207) 11655579
19 CONVERSION V.:T , M2400 EA 1

( 19207 , 123CE278
B-5
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (cont )
20 21 22 ) 23 24 25
(1) (2 ) (3 ) (4) (5 )
DESCRIPTION
20 5120 -DO - 224.1390 CROWBAR. 59 IN . LONG (EXTERIOR EA 1

TOP LEFT)
(81348) GGG.B.101
21 511000-595 € 229 CUTTER, WIRE ROPE , HAND EA 1
OPERATED WINSULATED HANDLES
(POWER UNIT COMPARTMENT
TOOL BAG
( 19207) 11655981
EA
22 763001.125 0532 DIAGRAM , STRAP LOCATION ( IN 138 1

PAMPHLET BAG )
(19207) 12307494
23 7610-01-115-4995 DIAGRAM , STRAP LOCATION ( IN J63 EA 1

PAMPHLET BAG )
(19207) 12307177
24 2536-00-075-8292 DRIFT PIN . TRACK (EXTERIOR. LEFT EA

HULL SLOPE )
(80064 2590157
EA
25 5120002437320 EXTENSION , SOCKET WRENCH , RIGID , 1

1/2 IN . SQ DR, 5 IN . LONG (TOOL
BAG )
(81348) GGG.W.641
B.6
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
nt
mme
Fra
27
31
26
28
29 30
32
(1) (2) (3) (5
ILLUS . NATIONAL STOCK

DESCRIPTION
Usable
ངབ་ )༠
OTY
26 4270-00555-8837 EXTINGUISHER, FIRE , VAPORIZING EA 2

UQUID (LEFT REAR INTERIOR
ABOVE SPONSON , RIGHT FVID ,
INTERIOR ABOVE HEATER)
( 18876 ) 10596569 1
27 511000 1560059 FILE, HAND , SMOOTH , 10 IN . LONG EA 1
TOOL BAG )
(81348) GGG.F -00325
28 4730-00-050 4208 FITTING , LUBRICATION , STRAIGHT J38 EA 7

(POWER UNIT COMPARTMENT J63 EA 6
TOOL BAG )
(96906 ; MS150031
29 5 : 24-7083799 FIXTURE, TRACK CONNECTING EA 2

(EXTERIOR. TOP REAR )
( 19207) 7083799
30 6230-002648261 FLASHLIGHT, 8 IN . LONG (DRIVER'S EA 2

STATION , RIGHT WALL)
(BOCE3) MX391U
31
753001 065-0166 FOLDER , EQUIPMENT PECORD . 8 IN . EA 1

BY 10 IN . (IN PAMPHLET BAG)
( 2034) 439861
32 DA FORM 2408 SEA FORMS EQUIPMENT RECORD FOLDER EA 1

( IN PAMPHLET BAG )
B.7
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
36 37
33 34 35 38
(1 ) (2) (3) (4) (5)
DESCRIPTION
33 512C0C - 961-6545 HAMI.EP , HAND, MACHINISTS, BALL EA 1

PEEN , 2 LB HEAD WIFIBERGLASS
HANDLE TOOL BAG)
(81348; GGG - H -86
34 5120.00 243 2957 HAMMER HAND , SLEDGE. EA 1

BLACKSMITH DEL- FACED
(EXTERIOR , LEFT FWD
(81348) GGG - H -86
35 5120-00-288-6574 HANDLE . MATTOCK.PICK, 36 IN LONG EA 1

(EXTERIOR, TOP REAR)
( 8 :348, NN -H0033
36 5120-00-230-6385 HANDLE , SOCKET WRENCH , RATCHET EA 1

1/2 IN . SQ DR, 9 IN . LONG (TOOL
BAG )
(81348) GGGW -641
37 512000709_4072 HANDLE SOCKET WRENCH , SLIDING EA 1
T 3/4 IN . SQ DR, 17 IN . LONG (TOOL

BAG)
(81348 ) GGG -W641
38 254000706-8219 HOOK TOW CABLE (TOOL BAG) EA 4

( 192077 7068219
B-8
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
NOV DO NA
1
39 40 42
43
41
(1 ) (2) (3) (4 ) (5)
DESCRIPTION
39 4933.00930 1957 KIT, BORESIGHT, 7.62MM GUN EA 1

(INTERIOR, TURRET FWD)
( 19204) 1186583 CONSISTING OF:
4933-00-930-8951 1 EA ADAPTER, BORESIGHT
( 19204) 11686592
4933.00-930 1958 1 EA CASE, CARRYING
( 19204; 11686584
4933-00-930-8952 1 EA STREAMER , RED
( 19204) 5910791
4933-00-867-6607 1 EA TELESCOPE , BORESIGHT
( 19204) 7799773
40 6545 00-922.1200 KIT, FIRST AID . MOTOR VEHICLE EA 1

(TURRET SHIELD, RIGHT PANEL)
( 19207, 57K34012
41 251001-120 2893 KIT, WINDSHIELD (INTERIOR, LEFT EA 1
STOWAGE)
( 19207) 12298236
42 2590-01-114-7396 KIT, REPAIR, WATER BARRIER EA 1

( EXTERIOR . LEFT STOWAGE BOX)
( 19207) 12307367
EA
43 5120-00221-1536 KNIFE , PUTTY , 1 1/4 IN . WIDE BLADE , 1

FLEXIBLE (TOOL BAG)
(81348) GGG -K -00481
B.9
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
46
U12
48 49
44
47 T
45 50
)
4
(
)
5
(
(1 ) (2) (3)
DESCRIPTION
44 4930-00-253-2478 LUBRICATING GUN , HAND, LEVER EA 1

OPERATED, 15 OZ (POWER UNIT
COMPARTMENT, RIGHT SIDE)
( 10001) 1008370
45 LO 92350-252-12 LUBRICATION ORDER (AUTO ) EA 1
46 TM 92350-252.10-1 MANUAL OPERATOR (AUTO) EA 1

( 19207)
47 TM 92350-252-10-2 MANUAL OPERATOR (TURRET) EA 1
(19207)
48 5120-00-2432395 MATTOCK, PICK UNIT, WIOUT HANDLE EA 1
(EXTERIOR , LEFT FWD SIDE
OBLIQUET
(81348) GGG -H -506
49 8415-01-092-0039 MITTEN . HEAT PROTECTIVE . PR 4
( POWER UNIT COMPARTMENT
TOOL KIT)
( 19207) 11655982
50 4930-00-252-8868 OILER, HAND, 6 OZ (POWER UNIT EA 1

COMPARTMENT, LOWER FWD CELL)
(81348) GGGO 591
B - 10
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
56
6‫܀ ܀ ' ܀‬51

52
53
54
55
57
)
4
(
(1 ) (2) (3) ( (5)
DESCRIPTION
51 534000-682.1645 PADLOCK, BRASS OR BRONZE . KEY EA 2

OPERATED W12 KEYS (INTERIOR,
LEFT REAR WALL
(96906) MS356476
EA
52 531500-706-9195 PIN , GROOVED, HEADLESS, 4 1/2 IN . 4
LONG BY 1 1/2 IN . DIA ( TOOL KIT)
( 19207) 7069795
53 531500 350 4326 PIN , LOCK, 3 IN . LONG (TOOL KIT) EA 8

( 19207) 5213744
54 5120-00-278-0352 PLIERS, SLIP JOINT, ANGLED NOSE, EA 1
MULTIPLE TONGUE AND GROOVE,
10 IN . LONG
(81348) GGGP471
55 5120-00-223-7397 PLIERS , SLIP JOINT, STRAIGHT NOSE, EA 1

INSULATED HANDLES, 8 IN . LONG
(TOOL BAG )
(19207) 5214421
56 4730-00-042-9674 PLUG , PIPE ( INTERIOR , RIGHT FWD ) EA 2

( 80064) 2623132-3
57 8465-00-261-4998 POCKET , AMMUNITION MAGAZINE J38 EA

( 19207) 7052436
B.11
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS ( cont )
59
60 61 63 (64
62 ( 63
58
(1 ) (2 ) ( 3) (4 ) (5)
DESCRIPTION
ILLUS . NATIONAL STOCK Usable OTY
NO . NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Coce UIM ROR
58 5210-00-234.5223 RULE , STEEL , MACHINIST'S . 6 IN . EA 1

LONG , 3/4 IN . WIDE (TOOL BAG )
(81348) GGG - R - 791
59 5120-00-234-8913 SCREWDRIVER , CROSS.TIP PHILLIPS , EA 1
NO . 4,8 IN LONG (TOOL BAG )
(81348 ) GGG.S.121
60 5120-00-224.7375 SCREWDRIVER , CROSS.TIP PHILLIPS , EA 1
NO . 4.8 IN . LONG TOOL BAG )
( 81348 ; GGG.S.121
61 5120-00-236-2140 SCREWDRIVER , FLAT.TIP , 1/8 IN . WIDE BLADE . EA 1

5 IN LONG
(81348) GGG.S.121
62 5120-00-278 1283 SCREWDRIVER. FLAT.TIP . 31/16 IN WIDE EA 1
BLADE. 6 IN LONG (TOOL SAG )
(81348) GGG.S - 121
63 512000-598-8502 SCREWDRIVER , FLAT.TIP . 1/4 IN . WIDE EA 1

BLADE, 1 1/2 IN LONG (TOOL BAG)
(81346) GGG.S.121
64 5120-00 763-8061 SCREWDRIVER , FLAT - T ! P . 3/8 IN WIDE EA 1

BLADE, 12 IN , LONG ( TOOL BAG )
(81348) GGG.S 121
B.12
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
65 66 67 68 69 ( 70
(1 ) (2) (3) (5)
DESCRIPTION
NO . NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Code U /M ROR
65 5120-00-293-3336 SHOVEL, HAND , ROUND POINT, EA 1

D STYLE HANDLE (EXTERIOR, LEFT
SIDE SLOPE)
(81348) GGG - S - 326
66 5120-00237-0982 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH, 1/2 IN . SQ EA 1

DR, 3/8 IN. 12 PT OPENING (TOOL
BAG )
(81348) GGGW641
67 5120-00-189 7924 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH , 1 :2 IN . SQ EA 1

DR, 7/16 IN . 12 PT OPENING (TOOL
BAG )
(81348) GGG.W -641
68 5120.00-237-0984 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH , 1/2 IN . SQ EA 1

DR , 1/2 IN . 12 PT OPENING (TOOL
BAG )
(81348) GGG -W641
69 5120-00 189 7932 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH , 1/2 IN . SQ EA 1

DR, 9/16 IN . 12 PT OPENING (TOOL
BAG)
(81348) GGG.W641
70 5120.00 189 7946 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH , 1/2 IN . SQ EA 1
DR , 5/8 IN . 12 PT OPENING (TOOL
BAG )
(81348) GGG.W 641
B.13
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
0
( 70 (72) (73
( ) 74 75 76
)
5
(
)
11
(2 ) ( 3)
DESCRIPTION
71 5120-00 169 7985 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH , 1/2 IN . SQ EA 1

DR. 3/4 IN 12 PT OPENING (TOOL
BAG)
(81348) GGG - W -641
72
5120-00189 7934 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH . 1/2 IN . SQ EA 1

DR, 718 IN . 12 PT OPENING (TOCL
BAG)
(81348) GGG -W641
73 EA 1
5120 00 1816813 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENCH , 314 IN. SQ
DR, 15/16 IN . 12 PT OPENING TOOL
BAG)
(81348) GGG - W -641
74 2540-00-587-2532 TARPAULIN, POLYMINE NYLON, 17 FT EA 1

BY 12 FT (EXTERIOR, TOP
STOWAGE
( 19207) 10936264
EA
75 401000-202-2425 WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLY, TOW CABLE 1

( EXTERIOR RAMP,
( 19207) 7360553
76 5120.00-264-3796 WRENCH , ADJUSTABLE . 1 5/16 IN . MAX EA 1
OPENING. 12 IN. LONG (TOOL BAG)

(81348) GGG.W -631
B.14
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
(17) ( 78 ( 79 80 (81 82 83 84
)
4
(
(1 ) (2) (3) (5)
DESCRIPTION
ILLUS . NATIONAL STOCK Usable QTY
77 5120-00-277-2307 WRENCH , OPEN END , 5/16 IN . AND 3'8 EA 1

IN . , 3 5/8 IN . LONG (TOOL BAG)
(81348) GGG.W 636
78 5120-00.187.7123 WRENCH , OPEN END , 7/16 IN . AND 112 EA 1

IN . , 4 1/2 IN . LONG (TOOL BAG )
(81348) GGG.W.636
79 5120-00-2932134 WRENCH , OPEN END , 9:16 IN . AND EA 1
11/16 IN . , 6 IN . LONG (TOOL BAG)

(81348) GGG.W -636
80 5120.00-2243102 WRENCH , OPEN END , 5/8 IN . AND 3/4 EA 1

IN . , 7 IN . LONG (TOOL BAG )
(81348) GGG - W -636
81 5120-00 187.7130 WRENCH , OPEN END , 13/16 IN . AND 718 EA 1

IN . , 8 1/2 IN LONG (TOOL BAG )
(81348) GGGW -536
EA
82 5120-00-2931324 WRENCH OPEN END. 1 3/8 IN . , 11 12 1

IN . LONG TOOL BAG )
(81343) GGG -W1636
83 512001.117.3604 WRENCH , RATCHET, 14MM (TURRET EA 1

SHIELD STOWAGE)
(19207) 12235165
BA
EA
5120008832163 WRENCH . SOCKET HEAD KEY HEX 1

DRIVE . 964 IN ITOOL EAG )
(8 : 346) GGG.K.275
B.15
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
APPENDIX C
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of
the IFV and CFV .
GENERAL
This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the IFV and the
CFV , and that do not have to be turned in with it . These items are all
authorized to you by CTA , MTOE , TDA , or JTA .
EXPLANATION OF LISTING
National stock numbers , descriptions , and quantities are provided to help

you identify and request the additional items you require to support this
equipment . The items are listed in alphabetical sequence by item name
under the type document (i.e. , CTA , MTOE , TDA , or JTA) which authorizes
the item( s) to you . If the item you require differs between serial numbers of
the same model , effective serial numbers are shown in the last line of the
description . If item required differs for different models of this equipment ,
the model is shown under the " Usable On" heading in the description col .
umn . These codes are identified as :
Code Used On
J63 IFV only

J38 CFV only
C.1 (C-2 blank)

TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Section II . ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
(1 ) (2) (3) (4 )
DESCRIPTION
NATIONAL STOCK Usable OTY
NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Code UIM AUTH
6665-00-935-6955 ALARM , CHEMICAL AGENT , M - 8 VG WI EA 1

ACCESSORIES (81361) 05-15-4444
6665-00-859 2215 1 EA ALARM UNIT , CHEMICAL M42E1

(81361) 05-15-4826
6135-00-935-8738 4 EA BATTERY, DRY CELL BA3202
53 15-00-450 3528 1 EA BATTERY, DRY CELL. BA3517
6005-00-8592201 1 EA DETECTOR KIT, CHEMICAL M43
(81361) D5-15-4400
6665-00-853-2215 1 EA REFILL KIT , CHEMICAL AGENT,
AUTOMATIC ALARM , M229
EA
5020-00-086-7651 ANTENNA , AT-78A!PRC (SQD LOR ONLY J38 1
(80058 ) AT-784 /PRC
1240-00-9303833 BINOCULAR , 7X50 , M17A1 WICASE EA 1

( 19200) 10547052
1240.00-930-3837 1 EA CASE BINOCULAR
EA
6145-00-226-8812 CABLE, TELEPHONE. 2 CONDUCTOR. WD 1/TT, 1
1320 FT (2 EA PLT LDR VEH ONLY
(81349) WD 1/ TT
CARTRIDGE. 25MM . 300 READY ROUNDS 1200 J38 EA 50

STOWAGE ROUNDS , 30 ROUNDS CAN CON.
SISTING OF ANY COMBINATION OF THE
FOLLOWING TYPES:
1305-01-092-0428 CARTRIDGE, 25MM , M791, APOST

(19200; 12013720
1305-01-094.1635 CARTRIDGE. 25MM , M792, HEI-T
(19200; 120 : 3722
1305-01 092-0429 CARTRIDGE, 25MM , M793 , TP.T
( 19200) 12013724
30
CARTRIDGE, 25MM . 300 HEADY ROUNDS . 600 J63 EA

STOWAGE ROUNOS . 30 ROUNDS / CAN CON.
SISTING OF ANY COMBINATION OF THE
FOLLOWING TYPES:
C-3
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ( coni )
(1) (2) (3) (4 )
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Code UN AUTH
1305.01-092-0428 CARTRIOGE . 25NN 179 : APOS.T

(19200) 12013720
1305-01-094-1035 CARTRIDGE , 25MM , M792 . HEIT

( 19200 ) 12013722
1305-01-092-0429 CARTRIDGE. 25MM , M793 TP.T

( 19200 , 12013724
1305-00-926-3930 CARTRIDGE, 5.55 MM , M193 BALL WICLIPS JBE EA
N
)
WITH MAGAZINE FILLERS AND BANDO
LIERS . 840 ROUNDS CAN
( 19200) 10523632
CARTRIDGE . 5.56MM WICLIPS . MAGAZINE J63 EA 8

FILLERS AND BANDOLIERS 840 ROUNDS
CAN IN ANY COMBINATION OF THE
FOLLOWING TYPES.
1305-00-926 3930 CARTRIDGE. 5.56MM , M193 Band

( 19200) 10523632
1305-10-926-3929 CARTRIDGE . 5.56MM , M190. TRACER
(19200 10532793
EA
1305-00-892-2330 CARTRIDGE 7.62MM , 200 ROUNDS CA 22

( 19200) 10521998
52 : 6-00434.3644 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY EQUIPMENT EA

TSEC KY.57
(9E230 ) ON241700
EA
4230-00 720 1618 DECONTAMINATION APPARATUS. POS 45 : 5

1 1/2 QT
(81361) D5-51-269
6665-00903_4765 DETECTOR KIT, CHEMICAL AGENT . EA 1

ANM15A2A
(81361) ANN1542A
6665-00-138-7998 DETECTING SET . MINE PTBL METALLICANO J3e EA 1

NON METALLIC (SOD LOE VE ONLY
(07669) 4D6
C-4
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
)
4
(
(1 ) (2) (3)
DESCRIPTION
NATIONAL STOCK Usable QTY
6650-00 144.7655 DETECTOR SET, MINE , ANIPSS11,PTDL, J38 EA 1

METALLIC (SOD LDR VEH ONLY
(81349) MIL - D 23359
8345-00 375-0223 FLAG SET, M238 (CMDR ONLY

(81349) MIL -F40045
137000 752-8060 FLAPE. SURFACE TRIP, M49A1 J63 EA 13

( 10001) B00231305
EA
1370-00 752-8060 FLARE. SURFACE TRIP, M49A1 J38 10
( 10001; 800231305
5855-10 150 1820 GOGGLES , IMAGE INTENSIFICATION , AN /PVS - 5 J63 EA 1

(80058) ANIPVS - 5
5855-00 150 1820 GOGGLES , IMAGE INTENSIFICATION , AN /PVS- 5 J38 EA 2

(80058) AN / PVS5
EA
133000 133.8244 GRENADE . HAND, FRAGMENTARY ,M -67 J38 8
( 19202) 9235492
1330-002198557 GRENADE . HAND, INCENDIARY, TH3, MODEL EA 4

AN / M14
(813E1) C1317-3
133000 289585 ; GRENADE. HAND, SMOKE EA 4
(81361) D13-1937
1330000200504 GPENADE. SMOKE SCREENING , RP, UKILPA1 EA 16

(K7312) TWIAGF
1310-00 724-8081 GRENADE . 40MIN , M406 J63 EA 6

( 19203) M -40 €
141000-087.1521 GUIDED MISSILE. SURFACE ATTACK , J63 EA 7

BGM.71A , TOW (3 EA MAY BE
DRAGON MISSILES)
(18876, 10189999
1401-00087.1521 GUIDED MISSILE . SURFACE ATTACK , J38 EA 12

BGM.71A . TOVI
( 18976, 10189939
8345-00 174 6565 GUIDON . SWALLOW TAILED , AERIAL LIASON , J63 EA 1

ORANGE PED . VS.171GVX
( 8 : 349, MIL.P.40051
C.5
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ( cont )
)
4
(
(1) (2 ) (3)
DESCRIPTION
NATIONAL STOCK Usable СТУ
5965-00043 3460 J63 EA 1

HEADSET , ELECTRICAL H-2510
(81134) H - 251U
HELMET , COMBAT VEHICLE CREWMAN'S , EA 5

DH.132 , AVAILABLE IN THE FOLLOWING
SIZES :
8415-OC 094.2684 HELMET, COMBAT VEHICLE CREWMAN'S .

DH.132 , LARGE
(81377) 72F2510-3
8415-00.034.2691 HELMET, COMBAT VEHICLE CREWMAN'S .

DH.132. MEDIUM
(81377) 72F25102
8415-00-094-2679 HELMET , COMBAT VEHICLE CREWMAN'S ,

DH: 132 , SMALL
(81377) 72F25101
581001-026-9621 INSTALLATION KIT. ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT EA 1

FOR TSECIKY -57
EA
1375-00-047.3751 KIT , DEMOLITION . EXPLOSIVE. NON . J38 1

METALLIC ( SCO LDR VER ONLY
(19203, F3 1627
104001070 1213 LAUNCHER . GEENADE, SMOKE SCREENING . EA 1
RP . 1257
(8136 1 ) 13 12.129
CONSISTING OF .
5340-01-095 0297 8 EA CAP . DISCHARGER

(81361) C131265
104001-095 0091 2 EA DISCHARGER, GRENADE
(813E1) E1312.90
101000 179.6447 LAUNCHER. GRENADE , 40MM , M203. WBI: EA 2

( 19264: 118 € 703
CONSISTING OF :
1010-00483 1155 1 EA SIGHT GRENADE LAUNCHER

( 19204 ) 1230252
C.6
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
(1 ) (2 ) (3) (4 )
DESCRIPTION
100 % -01-085-4758 MACHINE GUN , 7.62MM , M240C ; WIBIL EA 1

( 19200 ) 11825004
CONSISTING OF:
100501-044.1026 1 EA BARREL ASSEMBLY

(19200) 11825985
1005-01-038 6025 1 EA CASE , SPARE BARREL
(19200) 11826275
4933 01-033.1510 1 EA EXTRACTOR, RUPTURED CARTRIDGE
CASE
( 19200) 1182626A
100500-60 %-7710 MACHINE GUN , 7.62MM , M60; WIBII EA 1
(19204; 841399
CONSISTING OF :
100 %-00-608 5001 1 EA BARREL ASSEMBLY

( 19204; 7269027
1005 00 791-5420 1 EA CASE, CARRYING
( 19204, 7915420
4933-00-652-9950 1 EA EXTRACTOR , RUPTURED CARTRIDGE
CASE
( 19205; 7790052
84 : 5-01092-0039 1 EA MITTEN , HEAT PROTECTIVE
( 19237) 11655982
5120-00-461.1075 1 EA WRENCH , SCREWDRIVER
( 19204, 8448458
1005-00-921-5004 MAGAZINE, CARTRIDGE, 30 ROUND, 5.56MM EA 60

(19204) BALBE 70
EA
TM 9.100 % 243 10 MANUAL OPERATOR'S, M16A1 1
TM 91005- 309 10 MANUAL OPERATOR'S , M231 J63 EA 1
TM & 1005 313 10 MANUAL, OPERATOR'S , M2400 EA 1
1345.00 926 3950 MINE . ANTIPEPSONNEL, M18 (CLAYMORE) EA 2

( 19203) 8895116
EA
1345 00 529 7303 MINE. ANTIPERSONNEL, M16A1 (BOUNDING ) J63 3

( 19203, 8798365
C.7
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (cont )
)
4
(
(1 ) (2) (3)
DESCRIPTION
MINE , ANTITANK. M21 J63 EA 2

1345-00-7294253
(19203, 8231341
EA
8970-00577-4513 MEAL. COMBAT, INDIVIDUAL 12 MEALS / CASE J63 1 1/2
(81349) MIL - M - 35048
MEAL. COMBAT, INDIVIDUAL, 12 MEALS /CASE 138 EA 4

8970-00 577-4513
(81349, MIL -M.35048
1006-00-710-5599 MOUNT , TRICOD . MACHINE GUN , 7.62MM , EA 1

M122 WIPINTLE AND TRAVERSING UNIT
( 19205 ) 7790723
NIGHT VISION SIGHT, CONSISTING OF ANY J38 EA 1

COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES:
5855-00-629.5334 NIGHT VISION SIGHT , INDIVIDUAL SERVED

WEAPONS. ANIPUS 4. WIIMG
(80083 SM -D650300 1
5855-00-6295343 NIGHT VISION SIGHT , INDIVIDUAL SERVED

WEAPONS. AN PUS 4 , WO ! IMG
(80063) SM - D -8503002
5855-00-906-093 NIGHT VISION SIGHT , AN.TVS 4 ( PLT LDR

VE ONLY
(80058) AN TVS - 4
EA
NIGHT VISION SIGHT. CONSISTING OF ANY J63 2

COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES:
5855-006295334 NIGHT VISION SIGHT , INDIVIDUAL SERVED

WEAPONS. AN ; PVS 4 WIIMG
(80063) SM -D850300-1
5855-00-6295343 NIGHT VISION SIGHT , INDIVIDUAL SERVED

WEAPONS , AN :PVS 4 , WIOING
(80063) SM -D6503002
5810-01-026-9621 POWER SUPPLY, HYP.57.TSEC, FOR EA 1

TSECIKY.57
( 98230 ) ON241780
C -8
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
)
4
(
(1 ) (2 ) ( 3)
DESCRIPTION
NATIONAL STOCK Usable QTY
RADIAC METER, IM - 174FD J38 EA 1

6065-00-856-8037
(80058 IM . 174PD
6665-00-069 2906 RADIAC SET , TACTICAL MONITORING , EA 1

VEHICLE
(80058, AN VDR -1
RADIO SET , AN'PRC -77 J38 EA 1

5820-00-930-3724
(80058) AN PRC- 77
RADIO SET , CONSISTING OF ANY OF THE EA 2
FOLLOWING TYPES :
5820-00-223-7473 RADIO SET , AN /GRC160

(80058) AN / GRC 160
5820-00-223-7433 RADIO SET, AN VRCHO

(80058, AN / VRC46
EA
RADIO SET , CONTROL GROUP , ANIGRA-39 J38 1
5820-00-889.3860
(80058, ANIGRA - 39
RANGE FINDES , LASER, AN GVS- 5 EA 1

1240-01-062-3543
(80058 , AN GVS - 5
5805-00407.7722 REEL EQUIDMENT , CE: 11

(80063) CE : 11
CONSISTING OF:
3895-00 127-0939 CRANK REEL EA 1
(80063 SM - C -333569
REEL UNIT , CABLE . HAND RL :39B EA 1
3895-00-498-8343
(80063) SCDL - 333544
SLING , BAG AND CARRYING CASE , EA 1
8465-00498 7992
32 IN LONG
(80063) SM.D - 333573
8465-00498 7991 SLING , BAG AND CARRYING CASE EA 1
(80063) SN.D - 330575

TELEPHONE SET TA : 1 /PT EA 1
5805-00-521-1320
(80063) CDL - 168899
C.9
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (cont )
(1 ) (2) (3) (4)
DESCRIPTION
1005-00-073-9421 RIFLE 5.50MM M16A1 J63 EA 9
0)
( 19204) 844-500
1005-00073-9421 RIFLE , 5.561.11 . M16A1 J38 EA 5

( 19204, 8448520
1340 00 782-5346 ROCKET , M72A2 LAW EA 3

( 19203) 9210276
SET, SPARE PARTS FOR 5.56MM M23 : FIRING J63 EA 1

PORT WEAPON
CONSISTING OF :
1005-000814579 BOLT ASSEMBLY EA 2

( 19200) 9327073
) 8465-00-781-9564 CASE, MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT , EA 1
SMALL ARMS
(81349) MIL -C 43737
1005-00992.7294 PIN , BOLT CAM EA 2
( 19204) 8448502
1005-00999 1509 PIN , FIRING EA 2
(19204) 8448504
SET, TOOLS AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT FOR J63 EA 1
M240C MACHINE GUN , M50 MACHINE GUN .

M16A1 RIFLE , M231 FIRING POFT WEAPON ,
M242 25MM GUN CONSISTING OF .
1605 00 694.1662 BUFFER, CLEANING ROD EA 1
( 19205) 7268275
1005-00793-6761 HANDLE ASSEMBLY , CLEANING ROD EA 1
( 19204) 725EA5
1005-00-083.3994 ROD , CLEANING , SWAB , HOLDER TIP , EA
32 IN LONG
( 19204) 8436777
1005-00-726-6109 ROD , CLEANING , SMALL ARMS , EA 5
11 IN , LONG
(19205) 725E 109
EA
1005-00-726-6110 SWAB HOLDER SECTION , SMALL, ARMS 1

CLEANING ROO
( 19205) 7266110
C.10
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
)
4
(
(1 ) (2) ( 3)
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER FSCM and Part Number On Code U/M AUTH
SET, TOOLS AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT FOR J3E EA 1

M16A1 RIFLE . M240C MACHINE GUN M50
NACHINE GUN M203GL, M242 25MM GUN
CONSISTING OF:
1005-00-694.1662 BUFFER , CLEANING ROD EA 1

(19205) 7268275
1005-00-793-6761 HANDLE ASSEMBLY , CLEANING ROD EA 1
( 19204) 77266115
1005-00-089 3994 ROD, CLEANING, SWAB, HOLDER TIP, EA 3
32 IN . LONG
(19204; 8436777
1005-00-726-6109 ROD, CLEANING , SMALL ARMS, EA 5
11 IN . LONG
(19205: 7266109
1005-00-726-6110 SWAB HOLDER SECTION , SMALL ARMS EA 1
CLEANING ROD
( 19205) 7266110
SIGNAL ILLUMINATION J38 EA

1370-00-301.1131
( 19203) 8797996
7310-00-285-6155 STOVE, GASOLINE BURNER , HEAVY DUTY EA 1
(81349, MIL-S 10736
SUBMACHINE GUN , 5.56MM , M231 J63 EA 6

1005-01-081-4582
( 19200) 9327045
EA
5805 00-543-0012 TELEPHONE SET, TA.312/TP (PLT LDR VEH J38 1

ONLY)
(80063) SM.D 283351
EA
TELESCOPE, STRAIGHT, M49 WIE (SOD LDR J38 1

6650-00 5300960
111
AND PLT LDR VEH ONLY

( 19200) 6785630
TRACKER, GUIDED MISSILE, AN /TAS5 J63 EA 1

1430-01-04E - 9594
WIBACKPACK, BAG , BATTERIES, AND
CASES
( 80063) SM -C806917
1430-06-078-8340 TRACKER, INFRARED , GUIDED MISSILE. SU - 36 J63 EA 1

(18876 ) 5422779
EA
4933-00-481.3671 WRENCH AND GAGE COMBINATION

( 19204) 844838
C.11
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
APPENDIX D
EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
SCOPE
This appendix lists expendable supplies and materia ! s you will need to
operate and maintain the IFV and CFV . These items are authorized to you
by CTA 50-970, Expendable Items (except Medical, Class V, Repair Paris ,
and Heraldic Items) .
EXPLANATION CF COLUMNS
a. Column 1.Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the

listing and is referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the material
) (e.g. , "Dry cleaning solvent (Item 11 , App D )' ).
b. Column 2 -Level. This column identifies the lowest level of

maintenance that requires the listed item .
C- Operator/Crew
c. Column 3 -National Stock Number. This is the National Stock Numbe :

assigned to the item; use it to request or requisition the item .
d. Column 4 -Description. Indicates the Federal item name and , i
required, a description to identify the item . The last line for each item
indicates the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer ( FSCM ) in parentheses
followed by the part number.
e. Column 5 -Unit of Measure ( U /M ). Indicates the measure used in

performing the actual maintenance function . This measure is expressed by
a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g. , ea , in, pr) . If the unit of
measure differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue
that will satisfy your requirements.
D.1 ( D.2 blank)

1
TM 9.2350-252.10-2
Section II . EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
(1 ) ( 2) (3) (4) ( 5)
ITEM NATIONAL DESCRIPTION
NUMBER LEVEL STOCK NUMBER FSCM & PART NUMBER UIM
1 с 8020-00-257-0382 BRUSH ARTISTS EA

(81562 50382
2 с 9150-00 1900907 AUTOMOTIVE GREASE (GAA ) EA

( 1 LE CAN
(81349, MIL-C.10924
3 с 1005-00903 1296 BRUSH , CLEANING, BORE , EA

5.56MM
( 19204) 11686340
с 1010-00-474-5466 BRUSH , CLEANING , BORE , EA

40MM
( 19205) 7790665
5 с 1005-00-5564174 BRUSH , CLEANING , BORE, EA

7.62MM
( 19204) 5564174
6 с 1005 00 999 1435 BRUSH , CLEANING , CHAMBER , EA

5.56MM
( 19204) 8432358
7 с 1005 006103115 BRUSH , CLEANING , CHAMBER . EA

7.62MM
( 19205) 7790452
EA
8 С 1005 00 350-4100 BRUSH , CLEANING , RECEIVER .

7.62MM
( 19204) 8448460
9 с 100500-494-6602 BRUSH , CLEANING , TOOTH , EA
7 IN . LONG
(19204) 8448462
10 с 1005 01-033-3925 BRUSH , GAS CYLINDER EA

(B0897) 3052004839
11 с 6850200-264.9037 DRY CLEANING SOLVENT QT

(81348) PD -680
D.3
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST ( cont )
(1 ) ( 2) (3) (4) (5)

NUMBER LEVEL STOCK NUMBER FSCM & PART NUMBER UM
12 с 9920-06-292-9946 CLEANER , PIPE, 6 IN LONG . EA

36 PKG
(19203) 840507
13 с 6850-00-224.6657 CLEANER , RIFLE BORE (RBC ), EA

6 OZ CAN
(81349, MIL -C -372
14 с 7920-00-044-9281 CLOTH , LINT- FREE (51200) LB

MIRACLEWIPELOO1
15 с 681000 205-6786 DENATURED ALCOHOL OZ

(81348) OE -00760
EA
16 с 9150.00 754.2595 GREASE , MOLYBDENUM
DISULFIDE , 1 LB CAN
(81349) MIL -G -21164
17 с 7930-00-664-6910 LENS CLEANING SOLUTION СО

(81348) 79550
18 С 6640.00 285-4694 LENS TISSUE
19 с 9150.008993522 LUBRICATING OIL , SEMI - FLUID EA

( LSA ) , 4 OZ BTL
(81348) MIL·L -46000
C
20 9154-92.989 LUBRICATION OIL (LAW CN

(79550) BRAYC0855
21 с 9150-00-458-0075 LUBRICATION ( PL.S ) CN

(81348) W -L -800
22 с 8020-00-297 6657 OVAL BRUSH EA

(96906 ) MS 16866
c
23 7930-00 253-0779 SCRUBBING SOAP GL

(58536) AA 44
D.4
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
(1 ) (2) ( 3) ( 5)
NUMBER LEVEL STOCK NUMBER FSCM & PART NUMBER U/ M
24 с 1005009124248 SWAB , SMALL ARMS COTTON , EA

1 1/4 IN . BY 1 1/4 IN . ,
1000 /PKG
( 19204) 11686408
25 с 1005 00 288-3565 SWAB , SMALL ARMS COTTON , EA

2 1/2 IN . BY 2 1/2 IN . ,
1000 /PKG
( 19204) 5019316
26 с 1010-00-474-5465 THONG , BORE BRUSH , EA

24 IN LONG
( 19205) 7790631
27 с 7920 OC 205-1711 WIPING RAG LB

(58536 ) A - A -531
EA
28 с 5120.00.889 2163 WRENCH , SOCKET HEAD KEY
HEX DRIVE
(81348) GGG.K-2163
29 C 1005-01-088-4376 FIRING PIN EA

ASSEMBLY ( 19200 ) 12524325
D-5
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
APPENDIX E
STOWAGE GUIDE
Section 1. INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This appendix shows where to stow equipment in turret of IFV and CFV . For
other stowage, see TM 9-2350-252-10-1 .
GENERAL
This stowage guide is divided into the following sections :

Section II . TURRET STOWAGE
E.1 ( E - 2 blank)
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Section II . TURRET STOWAGE

1
7.com
La
SCREWDRIVER
CHANNEL LOCK
PLIERS
Tansa
HANDCRANK 14MM
ASSEMBLY RATCHET
WRENCH
LOWER FRONT VIEW

TURRET C
E-3
0
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
TURRET STOWAGE ( cont )
O
sle
0
6 G
7 A
6
C C
77 DI
U
25MM BORESIGHT
ADAPTER BAG
PAMPHLET BAG
TURRET LOWER RIGHT VIEW
5.4
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
22
AMPLIFIER
CVC HELMET
UPPER RIGHT VIEW

TURRET
E- 5
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
TURRET STOWAGE (cont)
FLAG SET
SECURITY COAX MACHINE GUN
EQUIPMENT SPARE BARREL
RADIO SET
FLASHLIGHT
RADIO SET
17
TURRET UPPER REAR VIEW
E-6
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
CVC GOGGLES
HELMET
COAX MACHINE GUN
BORESIGHT KIT RADIO SET
&
दिन
C
E. O
TURRET - UPPER LEFT VIEW

E:7
)
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Subject, Page Subject , Page
A A (cont)
Abbreviations, list AMMO SW REVERSE (annunciator
of(introduction ), 1-5 box) (description) , 2-26
Access doors, coax machine gun : Ammunition ( description ):
Operate, 2-172 General information, 5-1
Principles of operation, 1-24 Missiles , 504
Additional authorization list 7.62mm ammo , 5-3
(appendix C), C - 1 Smoke grenades , 5-14
After (A) operation checks ( PMCS): 25mm ammo , 5-2
Cautions , 2-124 AN /GRC - 160 radio
Coax machine gun, 2-125 (maintenance), 4.1
Smoke grenade launchers , 2-126 AN /PRC -77 radio
TOW missile launcher, 2-126 (maintenance) , 4.1
25mm gun , 2-125 AN / VRC -46 radio
Warnings, 2-124 (maintenance) , 4.1
Ammo : Annunciator box ( description ) :
AP, unload from 25mm gun AMMO SW REVERSE , 2-26
feeder. 2-307 DRIVE MALF, 2-26
Coax machine gun , MANUAL DRIVE, 2-26
load / reload, 2-333 NO FIRE ZONE , 2-26
HE, unload from 25mm gun OPEN HATCH , 2-26
feeder, 2-311 TOW CKT OPEN . 2-25
7.62mm , unload , 2-359 25 FDR MALF. 2-26
25mm ; 25 GUN MALF, 2-26
AP, load / reload , 2-267 Annunciator light system (location
AP, unload / stow , 2-324 and description) , 1.16
HE , load / reload , 2-235 Antenna mount covers ,
HE, unload / stow , 2-316 replace, 3-119
Remove from 25mm gun Antennas , radio (location and
feeder, 2-313 description ) , 1-14
Ammo can controls ( HE-AP AP :
selector switch) (description), 2-35 Ammo , 25mm :
Load / reload , 2-267
Unload ! stow , 2.324
Index 1
TM 9-2350-252.10.2
Subject , Page Subject , Page
A (cont) A (cont)
AP (cont): AZ knob (coax machine gun)
Ammo , unload from 25mm gun (description ) , 2-3
feeder, 2-307 Azimuth indicator and pointer
HI button and indicator light (commander's turret position
(weapon control box) indicators) (description) , 2-12
(description ) , 2-22
B
Link eject chute , remove from
25mm gun feeder, 2-306 BACK UP PWR (turret control box)
LO button and indicator light (description ) , 2-18
(weapon control box ) Backup sight:
(description ) , 2-22 Boresight , 2-220
SS button and indicator light Diopter scale (description ), 2-38
(weapon control box) Eyecup (description ) , 2-38
(description ) , 2-22 Eyepiece :
Appendix A ( references ) , A.1 Assembly (description ), 2-38
Appendix B (components of end Reposition , 2-225
item and basic issue items lists) , Flange joint (description ) , 2-38
B- 1 Lock lever (description ) , 2-38
Appendix C (additional Barrel, focus , ISU controls
authorization list ) , C - 1 (description):
Appendix D (expendable supplies Commander's , 2-27
and materials list ), D- 1 Gunner's , 2-29
Appendix E (stowage guide) , E- 1 Barrel , 25mm gun:
ARM -SAFE -RESET switch and Clean , 3-53
indicator light (weapon control Inspect , 3-55
box ) (description ), 2-21 Install , 3-80
Army materiel , destruction of to Lubricate , 3-56
prevent enemy use Post operation , 3-53
(introduction ) , 1-3 Remove , 3-39
Authorization list , additional Weekly service, 3.53
(appendix C) , C1 Basic issue items lists and
Auxiliary equipment , maintenance components of end item
(reference) : (appendix B) , B- 1
AN /GRC - 160 radio , 4.1 Batteries , turret, emergency :
AN / PRC -77 radio , 4.1 Check , 3-120
AN /VRC -46 radio , 4.1 PMCS M ), 2-128
Coax machine gun , 4-1
Ir.dex 2
!
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
B (cont) B (cont)
Before (B) operation checks Boresight backup sight , 2-220
(PMCS ) : BORESIGHT controls (gunner's
Cautions , 2-42 ISU controls) (description):
Coax machine gun system , 2-65 GUN , 2-31
Communications equipment and Night , 2-31
intercom , 2-72 TOW , 2-31
Turret: Boresight weapons system :
Exterior, 2-43 Coax machine gun, 2-194
Interior, 2-48 Night sight to day sight :
Manual operation , 2.70 Buddy method , 2-202
Shield door, 2-47 Convenient target
25mm gun system , 2-60 method , 2-199
Warnings, 2-42 TOW launcher. 2-209
Blackout covers , closelopen , 2-176 25mm gun , 2-183
Blackout release button Boresighting (safety
(description ): instructions), 2.137
Commander's lights , 2-6 BRT knob (gunner's ISU controls)
Gunner's lights , 2-7 (description ), 2-30
Bolt : Buddy boresight method (night
Carrier, assemble (track and bolt sight to day sight) , 2-202
assembly) , 3-69
Position indicator (25mm gun с
controls) (description), 2-34 Can controls , ammo (HE-AP

25mm gun ( position in SEAR
selector switch) (description ), 2-35
position) , 2-243 CGE (TOW control box)
Bolt and track assembly : (description ) , 2-25
Assemble , 3-69
Charger handle (coax machine gun)
Clean , 3-64
Disassemble , 3-48
Inspect , 365
Chute , 25mm gun feeder, remove:
AP link eject , 2-306
Install , 3-73 HE link eject , 2-309
Lubricate , 3-66
Circuit breaker switch , relay box
Post operation , 3-64 ( turret control box)
Remove , 3-44
(description), 2-16
Weekly service, 3-64
Index 3
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
C ( cont) C ( cont)
Clean : Coax machine gun (cont) :
Coax machine gun (inspect and Fails to feed and is not a hot
lubricate) , 3-96 gun (troubleshooting), 3-27
ISU , 3-101 Fails to fire ( immediate
Optical glass surfaces, 3-104 action ) , 2-347
Ring sight , front , 3-116 Feed system (principles of
Smoke grenade launchers operation ) , 1-26
(inspect) , 3.112 Fire , 2-340
TOW launcher (inspect) , 3-106 Fire manually, 2-462
Track and bolt assembly, 3-64 Inspect , 3-96
25mm gun ( inspect and Install , 3-97
lubricate) , 3.59 Location and description , 1-15
25mm gun (inspect and Lubricate , 3.96
lubricate ) : Maintenance , 4.1
Barrel , 3-53 Manual safety (description ), 2-3 1
Feeder, 3-57 Mounting (principles of
Receiver, 3-59 operation) , 1-27
Clear. PMCS (A) , 2-125
Coax machine gun, 2-354 PMCS (W ), 2.128
25mm gun , 2-138 Purpose , capabilities , and
Clearance system , deck , features , 1.9
PMCS (D) , 2-83 Remove , 3-91
Coax machine gun: Runaway, stop (immediate
Access doors: action) , 2-351
Operate, 2-172 System :
Principles of operation , 1-24 PMCS (B), 2-60
Ammo, load / reload , 2-333 Troubleshooting, 3-27
AZ knob (description), 2-3 Technical principles of
Boresight,2-194 operation , 1-26
Charger handle (description) , 2-3 Trigger (description ) , 2-3
Clean , 3-96 Zero, 2-232
Clear, 2-354 Cold weather, operation in (turret
Dry fire operation , components and weapons
PMCS (D), 2-110 systems) , 2-470
EL knob (description) , 2-3 Commander's / gunner's seats,
Equipment data, 1-18 adjust , 2-144
Index 4
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
C ( cont) C ( cont)
Commander's control handle Commander's lights
PMCS ( D) . 2-81 (description ) (cont):
Commander's controls ( location Service light :
and description ) , 1-15 Knob , 2-5
Commander's handstation Lenses , 2.5
(description ) : Utility light :
Control handle , 2-19 Blackout-white switch , 2-4
DRIFT button , 2-19 FLOOD-SPOT twist ring , 2-4
Fast turret switch , 2.19 OFF- DIM - BRIGHT switch , 2-4
Palm switch , 2-19 Signal button , 2-4
Trigger switch , 2-19 Commander's turret position
Commander's hatch controls indicators (description ):
(description ): Azimuth indicator and
Hatch cover : pointer, 2-12
Handle , 2-2 Slope indicator, 2-12
Latch , 2-2 Turret position indicator, 2-12
Hatch pin lever, 2-2 Communications equipment :
Hinge latch handle , 2-2 Intercom , PMCS (B) , 2-72
Quick release pin , 2-2 Data, 1-17
Commander's hatch cover: Components, major (location and
Cushioning pad . description ) , 1-14
PMCS W ), 2-130 Components of end item and basic
Hatch pin lever, PMCS (W ), 2.131 issue items lists (appendix B ), B- 1
Open / close , 2.145 CON knob (gunner's ISU controls)
Commander's intercom controls (description ) , 2-30
(description ) : Control assembly humidity
Amplifier, 2-10 indicator, electronic ,
MONITOR switch , 2-10 PMCS ( M ), 2-134
RADIO.INTERCOM switch , 2.10 Control box (description ):
VOLUME knob , 2-10 TOW , 2-24
Commander's ISU controls (focus Turret, 2-16
barrel) (description), 2-27 Weapon , 2-21
Commander's lights (description Control handle , commander's :
Blackout release button , Description , 2-19
Lighi selecior switch , 26 PMCS (D ), 2-81
Index 5
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
C ( cont ) D
Control handles . gunner's : Day sight cover handle (gunner's
Description , 2-20 ISU controls) (description ), 2-32
PMCS ( D ) , 2-82 Deck clearance system ,
Controls (description ): PMCS (D) , 2-83
Ammo can ( HE-AP selector Definition of task terms (how to
switch ) , 2-35 use this manual) , XV
Commander's, 1-15 Destruction of army materiel to
Gunner's , 1-15 prevent enemy use
Handwheel (gunner's ) , 2-15 (introduction ) , 1-3
Hatch : Diopter:
Commander's , 2-2 Eyepiece, adjust , 2-226
Gunner's , 2-1 Scale ( backup sight)
Intercom : (description ), 2-38
Commander's , 2-10 Dome lights (turret) , operate, 2-181
Gunner's , 2-11 DRIFT button :
ISU : Commander's handstation, 2-19
Commander's, 2-27 Gunner's handstation , 2-20
Gunner's , 2-28 DRIVE MALF (description):
Select lever, 2-14 Annunciator box, 2-26
25mm gun , 2-33 Turret control box 2-18
Controls, stabilization , Drive system , turret (principles of
PMCS (D), 2.119 operation), 1-23
Convenient target boresight Dry cycle 25mm gun
method (night sight to manually, 2-457
day sight) , 2-199 Dry fire operation of:
Cookoff zone but not in misfire, Coax machine gun ,
25mm gun (immediate PMCS (D), 2.110
actiori), 2-300 25mm gun , PMCS (D), 2.100
Cool down , ISU , PMCS (D) , 2-76 During (D) operation checks
Cover, 25mm gun guard and gun , (PMCS) :
operate , 2-169 Caution , 2-74
Cross reference list , nomenclature Commander's control
(introduction ), 1-4 handle, 2-81
Cushioning pad , PMCS (W ): Deck clearance system , 2-83
Hatch cover : Dry fire operation :
Commander's. 2-130 Coax machine gun , 2-110
Gunner's, 2-132 25mm gun , 2-100
Index 6
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
D (cont) E cont)
During ( D) operation checks End item and basic issue items
(PMCS) (cont) : lists , components of
Gunner's control handles , 2-82 (appendix B) , B-3
Indicator lights and gun Engine , runaway, stop (immediate
fans , 2-78 action ) , 2-468
ISU : Equipment :
Cooldown, 2-76 Auxiliary, maintenance , 4.1
Mirror control knob, 2-75 Communications and intercom ,
Operation , 2-88 PMCS (B), 2.72
Smoke grenade launcher Description and data:
operation, 2.114 Capabilities and features , 1-7
Stabilization controls , 2.119 Data, 1-17
TOW launcher operation , 2.115 Differences between
Turret power operation , 2-71 models , 1-16
Warning, 2-74 Location and description , 1-14
Dust cover, TOW launcher (exterion) Improvement recommendations
(description ), 2-37 ( EIR ) , reporting
(introduction), 1-3
E Location and description of
Ear protection guidelines , c major components , 1-14
Expendable supplies and materials
EIR , equipment improvement
recommendations, reporting list (appendix D) , D- 1
(introduction ), 1-3 Eyecup:
Backup sight (description ) , 2-38
Eject chute , 25mm gun feeder, Deflate / inflate, 2-227
remove :
AP link , 2-306 Eyepiece :
HE link , 2-309
Backup sight :
EL knob ( coax machine gun) Assembly (description) , 2-38
(description ), 2-3 Reposition , 2-225
Diopter, adjust, 2.226
Electrical system , turret (location
and description), 1-16 F
Electronic control assembly
humidity indicator, FAN DEFOGGER switch (gunner's
PMCS (M ) , 2-134 ISU controls) (description), 2-32
Emergency batteries , turret : FAN -LAMP TEST switch (turret
Check, 3120 control box) (description), 2.17
PMCS W ), 2-128
Index 7
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
F ( cont ) F (cont)
Fans , gun and indicator lights , Fire (cont):
PMCS ( D) , 2-78 Coax machine gun ,
Fast turret switch (description): manually, 2-462
Commander's handstation , 2.19 TOW missiles , 2-366
Gunner's handstation , 2-20 25mm gun , 2.277
FEED select solenoid knob (25mm 25mm gun , fails and is not a hot
gun controls) (description ), 2-34 gun (troubleshooting), 3-2
Feed system ( principles of 25mm gun , manually, 2-449
operation): First aid and warnings , summary, a
Coax machine gun , 1-26 Floor switch (gunner's intercom
25mm gun , 1-26 controls) (description) , 2-11
Feeder, 25mm gun : Focus barrel (description ) :
Clean , 3-57 Commander's ISU controls , 2-27
Inspect , 3-57 Gunner's ISU controls , 2-29
Install , 3-83 FOCUS knob (gunner's ISU
Load , 2-246 controls) (description), 2-30
Lubricate , 3-58 Forms ( references )
Post operation , 3-57 (appendix A) , A-1
Remove , 3-34 Forms and records, maintenance :
Time , 2-240 Introduction , 1-3
Weekly service, 3.57 PMCS , 2-39
Feeder, 25mm gun , unload : Front ring sight :
AP ammo , 2-307 Clean , 3-116
HE ammo , 2-311 Description , 1-13
Prepare , 2-303 Fuel manual shutoff valve , main
Remove : (description ) , 2-36
AP link eject chute , 2-306
HE link eject chute , 2-309 G
25mm ammo , 2-313 General information :
Field manuals ( references) Destruction of Army materiel to
(appendix A), A- 1 prevent enemy use , 1-3
Fire :
Hand receipt (.HR) manuals, 1-3
Coax machine gun , 2-340 Hearing protection , 1-4
Coax machine gun , fails List of abbreviations , 1-5
( immediate action ) , 2-347
Index 8
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
G (cont) G ( con :)
General information (cont ): Guard , 25mm gun :
Maintenance forms and Gun cover, operate , 2-169
records, 1-3 Principles of operation , 1-24
Nomenclature cross reference Gun , coax machine :
list , 1-4 Access doors :
Reporting equipment Operate, 2-172
improvement recommendations Principles of operation , 1-24
(EIR) , 1-3 Ammo, load / reload , 2-333
Turret: AZ knob (description), 2-3
Left front view , 1-1 Boresight , 2-194
Right rear view, 1-2 Charger handle (description), 2-3
Glass surfaces, optical , Clean , 2-93
clean , 3-104 Clear, 2-354
Grenade launcher, smoke : Dry fire operation ,
Clean / inspect , 3-112 PMCS ( D), 2-110
Equipment data, 1-19 EL knob (description) , 2-3
General information, 5-14 Equipment data, 1.18
Location and description , 1-15 Fails to feed and is not a hot
Operation , PMCS ( D), 2-114 gun (troubleshooting), 3-27
PMCS (A) , 2-126 Fails to fire (immediate
PMCS ( W ), 2-129 action ) , 2-347
Principles of operation , 1-27 Feed system (principles of
GRENADE LAUNCHER switch and operation) , 1-26
indicator light (weapon control Fire , 2-340
box) (description) , 2-23 Fire manually, 2-462
Grenades , smoke : Inspect , 3-96
Care , 5-14 Install , 3-97
Failure to launch ( immediate Location and description , 1-15
action ), 2-413 Lubricate, 3.96
Handling , 5-14 Maintenance , 4-1
Launch , 2-410 Manual safety (description ) , 2-3
Load and stow , 2-405 Mounting ( principles of
Packing , 5-14 operation) , 1-27
Preservation , 5-14 PMCS ( A) , 2-125
Reload , 2-409 PMCS M7, 2-128
Unload / stow , 2-419 Principles of operation , 1-26
Index 9
TM 9.2350.252.10-2
G ( cont ) G ( cont)
Gun , coax machine (cont): Gun , 25mm (cont ) :
Purpose , capabilities , and Purpose , capabilities , and
features , 1-9 features , 1-8
Remove , 3.91 Stalls and is not a hot gun
Runaway, immediate action to (troubleshooting), 3-2
stop , 2-351 Zero ( ISU ) , 2-228
System : Gun access doors , coax machine :
PMCS ( B) , 2-50 Operate, 2-172
Troubleshooting, 3-27 Principles of operation , 1-24
Trigger (description ) , 2-3 Gun barrel , 25mm :
Zero , 2-232 Clean , 3-53
Gun , 25mm : Inspect , 3-55
Bolt to SEAR position , 2-243 Install , 3-80
Boresight, 2.183 Lubricate , 3-56
Clean , 3-52 Post operation , 3-53
Clear, 2-138 Remove , 3.39
Cookoff zone but not in misfire Weekly service, 3-53
(immediate action), 2-300 Gun bolt , 25mm (position in SEAR
Description , 1-8 position) , 2-243
Dry cycle manually, 2-457 GUN BORESIGHT controls
Dry fire operation, (gunner's ISU controls)
PMCS (D), 2-100 (description ), 2-31
Equipment data, 1-17 Gun controls , 25mm (description ):
Fails to fire and is not a hot gun Bolt position indicator, 2-34
(troubleshooting) , 3-2 FEED select solenoid knob , 2-34
Fire , 2-277 Lower clutch override knob , 2-34
Fire manually, 2-449 Manual SAFE handle , 2-33
Inspect , 3.52 SEAR release, 2-33
Location and description , 1-14 SEAR retractor lever, 2-33
Lubricate , 3-52 Upper clutch override knob, 2-34
Manual elevation , operate, 2-441 Gun elevation (description ) :
Misfires ( immediate Drive select lever (select lever
action ) , 2-295 controls) , 2-14
PMCS (A), 2-125 Handwheel ( gunner's
PMCS W) , 2.128 controls) , 2-15
Principles of operation , 1-25 Indicator and pointer ( gunner's
turret position indicators ), 2-13
Index 10
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
G ( cont ) G (cont)
Gun fans and indicator lights , Gun rotor, elevate and depress
PMCS (D), 2-78 (power mode ), 2-158
Gun feed system ( principles of Gun system :
operation): Coax machine :
Coax machine , 1-26 PMCS ( B ) , 255
25mm , 1-26 Troubleshooting, 3.27
Gun feeder, 25mm : 25mm :
Clean , 3-57 PMCS ( B ) , 2-60
Inspect , 3-57 Troubleshooting, 3-2
Install , 3-83 Gunner's / commander's seats ,
Load , 2-246 adjust , 2-144
Lubricate , 3-58 Gunner's control handles :
Post operation , 3-57 Description , 2-20
Remove , 3-34 PMCS (D) , 2-82
Time, 2-240 Gunner's controls (location and
Weekly service, 3-57 description ), 1-15
Gun feeder, 25mm , unload : Gunner's handstation (description ) :
AP ammo , 2-307 Control handles , 2-20
HE ammo, 2-311 DRIFT button , 2.20
Prepare , 2-303 Fast turret switches, 2-20
Remove : Palm switches , 2-20
AP link eject chute , 2-306 Trigger switches , 2-20
HE link eject chute , 2-309 Gunner's handwheel controls
25mm ammo , 2-313 (description);
Gun guard , 25mm : Gun elevation handwheel, 2.15
Cover, operate , 2-169 Trigger switch , 2.15
Principles of operation , 1-24 Turret traverse handwheel , 2-15
Gun mounting , coax machine Gunner's hatch controls
( principles of operation) , 1-27 (description ) :
1 Gun receiver, 25mm : Hatch cover
Clean , 3-59 Handle , 2-1
Inspect , 3-60 Latch , 2-1
Install , 3.77 Hinge latch handle, 2-1
Lubricate , 3-62 Quick release pin , 2-1
Post operation , 3-59 Gunner's hatch cover:
Remove , 3-41 Cushioning pad ,
Weekly service, 3-59 PMCS (W ), 2.132
Open / close , 2-150
Index 11
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Subject , Page Subject, Page
G (cont) H
Gunner's intercom controls Hand receipt (-HR) manuals

(description ) ; (introduction ) , 1-3
Floor switch , 2-11 Handle , commander's control :
MONITOR switch , 2-11 Description , 2-19
VOLUME knob , 2-11 PMCS (D), 2-81
Gunner's ISU controls Handles, gunner's control :
(description ) : Description , 2-20
BRT knob , 2-30 PMCS (D) , 2-82
CON knob , 2-30 Handstation ( description ):
Day sight cover handle , 2-32 Commander's:
FAN DEFOGGER switch , 2-32 Control handle , 2-19
Focus barrel , 2-29 DRIFT button , 2-19
FOCUS knob, 2-30 Fast turret switch , 2-19
GUN BORESIGHT controls, 2-31 Palm switch , 2-19
ISU , 2-28 Trigger switch , 2.19
MAG switch , 2.28 Gunner's :
NIGHT BORESIGHT Control handles , 2-20
controls , 2-31 DRIFT button , 2-20
Night sight cover handle, 2-32 Fast turret switches, 2-20
NIGHT VISION PLRT Palm switches , 2-20
switch , 2-30 Trigger switches , 2-20
NIGHT VISION PWR switch , 2-30 Handwheel controls, gunner's
RANGE control knob , 2-29 (description) :
RET BRT knob, 2-28 Gun elevation , 2-15
SENSOR SELECT switch, 2-29 Trigger switch, 2-15
TOW BORESIGHT control , 2-31 Turret traverse , 2-15
Gunner's lights (description): Hang fires / misfires, TOW missile
Blackout release button , 2-7 (immediate action), 2-377
Light selector switch , 2.7 Hatch controls ( description ):
Gunner's turret position indicators Commander's :
(description ): Hatch cover handle, 2-2
Gun elevation indicator and Hatch cover latch , 2-2
pointer, 2-13 Hatch pin lever, 2-2
Slope indicator, 2-13 Hinge latch handle , 2-2
Turret position indicator, 2-13 Quick release pin , 2-2
Index 12
. TM 9.2350.252.10.2
H (cont)
H (cont)
Hatch controls (description ) (cont):
Gunner's : HE:
Hatch cover handle , 2.1 Ammo , 25mm :
Hatch cover latch , 2-1 Load / reload, 2-235
Hinge latch handle, 2-1 Unload / stow , 2-316
Quick release pin, 2-1 Ammo , unload from 25mm gun
Hatch cover: feeder, 2-311
Cushioning pad , PMCS WI: HI button and indicator light
Commander's, 2-130 (weapon control box)
Gunner's , 2-132 (description ), 2-22
Handle (description ): Link eject chute , remove from
Commander's hatch 25mm gun feeder, 2-309
controls , 2-2 LO button and indicator light
Gunner's hatch controls , 2-1 (weapon control box)
Hatch pin lever, commander's , (description ), 2-22
PMCS (W ), 2.131 SS button and indicator light
Latch (description): (weapon control box)
Commander's hatch (description ) , 2-22
controls , 2-2 HE-AP selector switch (ammo can
Gunner's hatch controls , 2-1 controls) (description ), 2-35
Open /close: Hearing protection
Commander's, 2-145 (introduction ), 1-4
Gunner's, 2-150 Heat , operation in extreme ( turret
HATCH INTERLOCK OVERRIDE components and weapon
switch (description), 2-8 systems), 2-475
Hatch pin lever: Helper (how to use) , xv
Commander's hatch controls , Hinge latch handle (description ):
Hatch controls:
description , 2-2
Commander's hatch cover, Commander's , 2-2
PMCS W ), 2.131 Gunner's , 2-1
Hatch switches , override How to use this manual :
(immediate action), 2-465 Definition of task terms, XV
Hatches (principles of Helper, xv
operation) , 1-23 Locational terms, xvi
Maintenance tasks , viii
Operation tasks , viii
Index 13
!
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
H ( cont ) I (cont)
How to use this manual (cont ): Intercom and communications
Preventive maintenance checks equipment , PMCS ( B) , 2-72
and services, xi Intercom controls ( description ):
Troubleshooting tasks , xiji Commander's :
Warnings , cautions , and Amplifier, 2-10
notes , XV MONITOR switch , 2-10
What's in the manual - front to RADIO -INTERCOM
back , v switch , 2-10
HR ( hand receipt) manuals VOLUME knob, 2-10
(introduction), 1-3 Gunner's :
Humidity indicator, electronic Floor switch , 2.11
control assembly, MONITOR switch , 2-11
PMCS ( M), 2-134 VOLUME knob , 2-11
Intercom system , operate, 2-173
1 INTERLOCK OVERRIDE switch ,
Indicator lights and gun fans , HATCH (description) , 2-8
ISU :
PMCS (D), 2-78
Inspect : Clean , 3-101
Coax machine gun (clean and Cooldown , PMCS (D), 2-76
lubricate) , 3.96 Description , 1-11
Smoke grenade launchers Operation , PMCS (D), 2-88
(clean ) , 3-112 Zero (25mm gun) , 2-228
TOW launcher (clean ) , 3-106 ISU controls ( description ):
Commander's :
Track and bolt assembly, 3-65 Focus barrel , 2.27
25mm gun ( clean and
Gunner's :
lubricate ) , 3-52
BRT knob , 2-30
25mm gun (clean and lubricate) :
CON knob, 2-30
Barrel , 3-55
Day sight cover handle, 2-32
Feeder, 3-57
FAN DEFOGGER switch , 2-32
Receiver, 3.60
Focus barrel , 2-29
Integrated sight unit ( ISU ) ( location FOCUS knob, 2-30
and description ), 1.11
GUN BORESIGHT
Intercom amplifier ( commander's
intercom controls) controls , 2-31
ISU , 2-28
MAG switch , 2-28
Index 14
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
I (cont) L ( cont)
ISU controls (description ) (cont): Launcher, TOW (cont ):
Gunner's (cont) : Exterior ( description ) :
NIGHT BORESIGHT Dust cover, 2-37
controls , 2-31 TOW manual lift release
Night sight cover handle , 2-32 handle , 2-37
NIGHT VISION PLRT Load / reload , 2-387
switch , 2-30 Location and description , 1.16
NIGHT VISION PWR Lower manually, 2-446
switch , 2-30 Operation . PMCS (D) , 2.115
RANGE control knob , 2-29 Power mode (operate in ), 2.362
RET BRT knob . 2-28 Raise manually. 2-443
SENSOR SELECT switch , 2-29 Unload . 2-400
TOW BORESIGHT Launcher, TOW missile :
control , 2-31 PMCS (A), 2.126
PMCS ( ), 2-129
J Launcher operation :
Smoke grenade , PMCS (D) . 2-114
K TOW , PMCS ( D) . 2-115
LAUNCHER UP- DN switch and
L
indicator light (TOW control box )
Launch smoke grenades , 2-410 Lever controls , select (description) :
Launcher, smoke grenade : Drive select lever:
Clean / inspect , 3-112 Gun elevation , 2-14
Equipment data, 1-19 TOW elevation , 2.14
Location and description , 1-15 Turret traverse , 2-14
Operation , PMCS (D ),2-114 Light selector switch (description ) :
PMCS (A), 2-126 Commander's lights , 2-6
PMCS W ), 2-129 Gunner's lights , 2.7
Principles of operation , 1-27 Light system , annunciator ( location
Launcher, TOW: and description) , 1-15
Boresight , 2.209 Lights :
Clean / inspect , 3-106 Commander's ( description ) . 2-4
Depress manually. 2-443 Gunner's ( description) , 2.7
Description , 1-10 Turret, operate :
Elevate manually, 2-445 Dome lights . 2-181
Service light , 2-177
Utility light , 2-179
Index 15
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
L ( cont) M
Machine gun , coax :

LO AMMO (weapon control box) Access doors :
(description) : Operate, 2-172
Indicator light , 2-23 Principles of operation , 1-24
OVRD button , 2-23 Ammo, load / reload , 2-333
Lcad : AZ knob (description), 2-3
AP ammo , 25mm , 2-267 Boresight, 2-194
Coax machine gun ammo Charger handle (description), 2-3
(reload) , 2-333 Clean, 3-96
Smoke grenades (stow), 2-405 Clear, 2-354
TOW launcher (reload), 2-387 Dry fire operation ,
25mm gun : PMCS (D), 2-110
Feeder, 2-229 EL knob (description ), 2-3
HE ammo , 2-235 Equipment data, 1-18
Location and description of major Fails to feed and is not a hot
components , 1-14 gun (troubleshooting), 3-27
Locational terms (how to use this Fails to fire ( immediate
manual ) , xvi action), 2-347
Lock : Feed system (principles of
Lever ( description ): operation ), 1-26
Backup sight , 2-38 Fire, 2-340
Turret travel , 2-9 Fire manually, 2-462
Turret travel : Inspect, 3-96
Operate , 2-141 Install , 3-97
Principles of operation , 1-23 Location and description , 1-15
Lower clutch override knob (25mm Lubricate , 3-96
gun controls) (description ) , 2-34 Maintenance , 4.1
Lubricate : Manual safety (description ), 2-3
Coax machine gun (clean and Mounting (principles of
inspect ) , 3.96 operation ), 1-27
Track and bolt assembly, 3-66 PMCS (A ), 2-125
25mm gun (clean and PMCS W ), 2-128
inspect ) , 3-52 Purpose, capabilities , and
25mm gun (clean and inspect): features, 1.9
Barrel , 3-53 Remove, 3-91
Feeder, 3-58
Receiver, 3-62
Index 16
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
M (coni) M ( cont)
Machine gun , coax (cont ): Manual , how to use (cont ) :
Runaway, stop (immediate Troubleshooting, xiii
action) , 2-351 Warnings , cautions , and
System : notes , XV
PMCS ( B ) , 2-65 What's in the manual - front to
Troubleshooting, 3-27 back , v
Technical principles of MANUAL DRIVE (description) :
operation , 1-26 Annunciator box , 2-26
Trigger (description ) , 2-3 Turret control box . 2.18
Zero , 2-232 Marivals:
MAG switch (gunner's ISU Field (references)
controls) (description ) , 2-25 (appendix A), A- 1
Main fuel manual shutoff valve Hand receipt ( HR )
(description ) , 2-36 (introduction ) , 1-3
Maintenance : Technical ( references)
Auxiliary equipment , 4.1 (appendix A), A.1
Checks and services, preventive Materials list and supplies .
(PMCS) , 2-39 expendable (appendix D) . D- 1
Forms and records : Misfires , immediate action :
Description , 1.3 TOW missile (hang fires), 2-377
Procedures 25mm gun , 2-295
(troubleshooting), 3-33 MISFIRE button (weapon control
PMCS , 2-39 box ) (description ) , 2-21
Instructions ( troubleshooting Missile :
procedures) , 3-1 Launcher. TOW :
Tasks (how to use ) , viii PMCS (A ) , 2.126
Major components (location and PMCS (W ). 2-129
description) , 1-14 System , TOW:
Manual , how to use : Equipment data , 1-19
Definition of task terms, XV Principles of operation , 1-24
Helper, xv TOW, hang fires ! misfires
Locational terms, xvi ( immediaie action ) , 2.377
Maintenance tasks . viii TUEE 1 and 2 buttons and
Operation tasks , viii indicator lights (TOW control
Preventive maintenance checks box ) (description). 2-24
and services. xi
Index 17
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
M ( cont ) N ( cont )
Missiles ( general information ): NO FIRE ZONE ( description ) :
Care . 5-4 Annunciator box , 2-26
Handling , 5-4 Turret control box , 2-18
Handling and storage . 5-6 Nomenclature cross reference list
Inspection and uncrating . 5-7 ( introduction ) , 1-4
Number authorized , 5.5
Smoke grenades , 5-14 O
TOW missile color coding OPEN HATCH (description ):
shipment and storage
Annunciator box , 2-26
data , 5-10
Turret control box , 2-18
Missiles , TOW , fire , 2.360 Operation :
MONITOR switch ( description ) : Tasks (how to use) , viii
Intercom controls :
Turret components and weapon
Commander's , 2-10
systems :
Gunner's , 2 11
in extreme cold , 2-470
Monthly ( M ) operation checks : In extreme heat , 2-475
Electronic control assembly Unusual conditions (task
humidity indicator, 2-134 index ) . 2-411
Mount covers , antenna, Usual conditions (task 1
replace , 3-119 index ) , 2-135

N
Operation , technical principles of
(turret and systems) , 1-23
NIGHT BORESIGHT controls Operation checks (PMCS):
(gunner's ISU controls) After (A), 2-124
(description) , 2-31 Before ( B ) , 2-42
Night sight cover handle (gunner's During ( D), 2-74
ISU controls ) (description ) , 2-32 Monthly (M ), 2-134
Night sight to day sight (boresight Weekly W ), 2-127
weapons system ) : Operator's controls and indicators
Buddy method , 2-202 (description ) :
Convenient target method, 2-199 Ammo can controls , 2-35
Night vision (equipment data), 1-17 Annunciator box , 2-26
NIGHT VISION (description) : Coay machine gun , 2-3
Gunner's ISU controls :
PLRT switch , 2-30
PWR switch , 2-30
Index 18
. TM 9.2350-252-10-2
O ( cont ) P ( cont )
Operator's controls and indicators Palm switch (commander's
(description) (cont ) : handstation ) (description ) , 2-19
Commander's : Palm switches ( gunners
Handstation , 2-19 handstation ) ( description ) . 2.20
Hatch controls , 2-2 Periscopes :
Intercom controls , 2-10
9 Location and description , 1.14
ISU controls , 2-27 Support sights ( purpose .
Lights , 2-4 capabilities , and features . 1-13
Turret position indicators , 2-12 Pin lever , hatch :
Gunner's : Commander's hatch controls
Handstation , 2-20 (description ), 2.2
Handwheel controls , 2-15 Commander's hatch cover ,
Hatch controls , 2.1 PMCS (W ), 2.131
Intercom controls , 2-11 PMCS ( preventive maintenance
ISU controls , 2.28 checks and services) . 2-39
Lights , 2-7 PNL LIGHT DIMMER knob
Turret position indicators . 2-13 (weapon control box )
Hatch interlock override , 2-8 (description). 2-21
Main fuel manual shutoff Position indicators (description )
valve , 2-36 Commander's turret , 2.12
Select lever controls , 2-14 Gunner's turret . 2-13
TOW control box , 2-24 25mm gun controls (bolt). 2-34
TOW launcher (exterior ), 2-37 Powe : mode :
Turret control box , 2-16 Operate TOW launche ' in , 2-302
Turret travel lock , 2.9 Operate turret in :
25mm gun controls , 2-33 Elevate and depress gun
Weapon control box , 2-21 rotor, 2-158
Optical glass surfaces, clean , 3-104 Traverse turret , 2-153
Override hatch switches STAB mode , 2.160
(immediate action ) . 2-465 Power operationi, turret ,
OVERRIDE switch , HATCH PMCS ( D) , 2.71
INTERLOCK (description) , 2-8 Preventive maintenance checks
and services (PMCS ):
P Alte : (A ) operation checks , 2-124
Before ( 6 ) operation checks. 2-42
Pad , hatch cover cushioning ,
PMCS W: During ( D) operation checks , 2-74
Commander's. 2-130 Maintenance forms and
Gunner's , 2-132 records , 2-39
Index 19
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
P (cont) R ( cont)
Preventive maintenance checks Receipt , hand (-HR) manuals
and services ( PMCS) (cont) : ( introduction ) , 1-3
Monthly ( M ) operation Receiver, 25mm gun :
checks , 2-134 Clean , 3-59
Procedures (how to use), 2-39 Inspect , 3-60
Weekly s operation checks , Install , 3-77
2-127 Lubricate , 3-62
Principles of operation , technical Post operation , 3-59
(turret and systems ) , 1-23 Remove , 3-41
Publications ( references) Weekly service, 3.59
(appendix A) , A- 1 Records and forms, maintenance :
PWR SUP (TOW control box) Description , 1-3
(description ) , 2-25 PMCS , 2-39
Reference list , cross , nomenclature
Q (introduction ) , 1-4
References (appendix A) , A- 1
Quick release pin (description) : Regulations (references )
Commander's hatch controls , 2-2
(appendix A), A-1
Gunner's hatch controls , 2-1 Relay box circuit breaker switch
R
(turret control box)
Radio : Reload :
AN /GRC - 160 (maintenance ), 4.1 Coax machine gun ammo, 2-333
AN / PRC-77 (maintenance ) , 4-1 Smoke grenades , 2-409
AN / VRC -46 (maintenance ) , 4.1 TOW launcher, 2-387
Antennas (location and 25mm :
description ), 1-14 AP ammo , 2-267
RADIO INTERCOM switch HE ammo , 2-235
(commander's intercom controls ) Reporting equipment improvement
(description ), 2-10 recommendations ( EIR)
Radio set (equipment data): (introduction ) , 1-3
AN /GRC - 160, 1-21 RET BRT knob (gunner's ISU
AN / PRC-77, 1-21 controls ) (description ) , 2-28
AN /VRC -46, 1-20 Ring sight :
Radios ( principles of Assembly :
operation ), 1-27 Install , 3-117
RANGE control knob (gunner's ISU Remove , 3.114
controls ) (description ) , 2-29
Index 20
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
R ( cont ) S ( cont)
Ring sight (cont): SENSOR SELECT switch ( gunner's
Front : ISU controls) (description) , 2-29
Clean , 3-116 Service light :
Description , 1-13 Commander's lights:
Location and description , 1-14 Knob , 2-5
Operate , 2-436 Lenses , 2-5
Rotor, gun , elevate and depress Turret, operate , 2-177
(power mode), 2-158 7.62 button and indicator light
Runaway, immediate action (weapon control box )
to stop : (description ) , 2-23
Coax machine gun , 2-351 7.62mm ammo:
Engine , 2-468 General information , 5-3
Turret, 2-168 Unload , 2-359
Shield , turret (principles of
S operation), 1-24
SAFE handle , manual (25mm gun Shutoff valve, main fuel manual
controls) (description), 2-33 (description ) , 2-36
Safety, manual (coax machine gun) Sight unit , integrated (ISU)
(description) , 2-3 (description ), 1-11
Safety instructions for weapons : Slope indicator (description ) :
Commander's turret position
Boresighting , 2-137
Clear 25mm gun, 2-138 indicators , 2-12
Gunner's turret position
Safe weapons conditions , 2-137
indicators , 2-13
SEAR ( description ):
Indicator light (weapon control Smoke grenade launcher.
box), 2-21 Clean / inspect , 3-112
Release (25mm gun Equipment data , 1-19
controls) , 2-33 Location and description , 1-15
Retractor lever (25mm gun Operation , PMCS (D) , 2-114
controls) , 2-33 PMCS (A), 2-126
SEAR position ( position 25mm gun PMCS (W ), 2.129
bolt), 2-243 Principles of operation , 1-27
Smoke grenades:
Seats , gunner's / commander's , Care , 5-14
adjust , 2-144
Select lever controls (description ): Failure to launch (immediate
Gun elevation drive , 2-14 action ) , 2-413
TOW elevation drive , 2-14 Handling , 5-14
Turret traverse drive , 2-14 Launch , 2410
Index 21
TM 9.2350.252.10.2
S ( cont ) S ( cont)
Smoke grenades ( cont ): Switch (description ) (cont ) :
Load and stow , 2-405 LAUNCHER UP- DN , 2-24
Packing . 5.14 MAG (gunner's ISU
Freservation , 5-14 controls) , 2-28
Reload . 2-409 MONITOR :
Unload / stow . 2-419 Commander's intercom
STAB mode , operate turret ( power controls, 2-10
mode ) , 2-160 Gunner's intercom
STAB switch and indicator light controls, 2.11
(turret control box ) NIGHT VISION PLRT, 2-30
(description ), 2.17 NIGHT VISION PWR , 2-30
Stabilization controls . RADIO-INTERCOM
PMCS ( D ), 2-119 (commander's intercom
Stalls and is not a hot gun , 25mm controls), 2-10
gun (troubleshooting ) , 3-2 Relay box circuit breaker, 2-16
Stow smoke grenades : Sensor select , 2-29
Load . 2-405 STAB and indicator light , 2-17
Unioad . 2419 TOW abort, 2.17
Stowage guide (appendix E) , E.1 Trigger (gunner's handwheel
Supplies and materials list , controls ) . 2-15
expendable (appendix D) , D.1 Turret drive system , 2.16
Switch (description ): Switches , hatch . override
ARM -SAFE -RESET (weapon (immediate action) , 2-465
control box) , 2-21
FAN DEFOGGER (gunner's ISU T
controls ) , 2-32 Task terms, definition of (how to
FAN -LAMP test , 2-17
use this manual), xv
Ficor Igunner's intercom Technical manuals (references)
controls ) , 2-11 (appendix A) , A- 1
GRENADE LAUNCHER (weapon
Technical principles of operation
control box) , 2-23 (turret and systems) , 1-23
HATCH INTERLOCK Terms, task , definition of (how to
OVERRIDE , 2-8 use this manual ), XV
HE -AP selector (ammo can
Time 25mm gun feeder, 2-240
controls ) , 2-35 TOW ( description):
INTERCOM - RADIO
Abort switch (turret control
(commander's controls ) . 2-10 box) , 2-17
Index 22
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
T ( cont) T (cont)
Tow ( description ) (cont ): TOW launcher (cont ) :
BORESIGHT control (gunner's Operation . PMCS ( D) . 2-115
ISU controls) , 2.31 Power mode ( operate in ) , 2-362
Button and indicator light (TOW Raise manually. 2-443
control box), 2-24 Unload , 2-400
CKT OPEN (annunciator TOW manual :
box) , 2-26 Elevation , operate , 2-445
Elevation drive select lever Lift , operate :
(select lever controls), 2-14 Lower TOW launcher, 2446
MANUAL LIFT release handle Raise TOW launcher, 2-443
(launcher exterior), 2-37 TOW missile:
TEST button and indicator light Color coding shipment and
(TOW control box) , 2-24 storage data , 5-10
TOW control box (description) : Hang firesimisfires (immediate
CGE . 2-25 action ), 2-377
LAUNCHER UP-DN switch and Launcher :
indicator light , 2-24 PMCS (A) , 2.126
MISSILE TUBE 1 and 2 buttons PMCS (W , 2-129
and indicator lights , 2-24 System ( principles of
PWR SUP, 2-25 operation ) , 1-24
TOW button and indicator TOW missiles :
light , 2-24 Equipmeni data , 1-19
TRCKR , 2-25 Fire , 2-366
TOW launcher : Track and bolt assembly :
Boresight , 2-209 Assemble , 3-69
Clean / inspect , 3-106 Clean , 3-64
Depress manually, 2-443 Disassemble . 3-48
Description , 1-10 Inspect , 3-65
Elevate manually, 2-445 Install , 3.73
Exterior (description ) : Lubricate , 3-66
Dust cover, 2-37 Post operation , 3-64
TOW manual lift release Remove , 3-44
handle, 2-37 Weekly service. 3-64
Load / reload , 2-387 Travel lock , turret :
Location and description , 1-14 Description , 2-9
Lower manually, 2-446 Lever (description), 2.9
Operate , 2-141
Principles of operation , 1-23
Index 23
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
T (cont ) T (cont)
Traverse turret : Turret (Cont) :
Manually, 2-417 Electrical system (location and
Power mode , 2-153 description ), 1-16
TRCKR (TOW control box) Emergency batteries :
(description ) , 2-25 Check , 3-120
Trigger (description ): PMCS W ), 2-128
Coax machine gun , 2-3 Equipment data, 1-17
Switch : Exterior, PMCS ( B) , 2-43
Commander's Indicator light and POWER
handstation , 2-19 switch (control box)
Gunner's handwheel (description) , 2-16
controls , 2-15 Infantry fighting vehicle (IFY
Switches ( gunner's (description), 1-1
handstation), 2-20 Interior, PMCS ( B) , 2-48
TRIGGER button and indicator Location and description of
light (weapon control box) major components , 1-14
(description) , 2-23 Manual operation ,
Troubleshooting: PMCS ( B), 2-70
Procedures (maintenance Power operation , PMCS ( D), 2-71
instructions), 3-1 POWER switch and indicator
Symptom index , 3.1 light (control box)
Tasks (how to use) , xiii (description), 2-16
Turned turret, gain access in an Runaway, stop (immediate
emergency, 2467 action ) , 2-168
Turret: Shut down , 2-423
Cavalry fighting vehicle (CFV) Stabilization system
(description), 1-1 (description ) , 1-12
Control box (description), 2-16 Stowage (stowage guide)
Door, shield (operate), 2-139 (appendix E), E-3
Drive and stabilization system Systems (technical principles of
(description ), 1-12 operation) , 1-23
Drive system , switch and Travel lock , operate , 2-141
indicator light (control box) Travel lock lever (description ), 2.9
(description), 2-16 Traverse ( power mode), 2-152
Traverse drive select lever (select
lever controls)
(description ), 2-14
Index 24
T ! 3.2350-252-10-2
T (cont) T ( cont )
Turret ( cont ) : Turret lights . Opera: e :
Traverse handwheel ( gunner's Dome lights , 2.181
handwheel controls ) Service light , 2-177
(description ), 2-15 Utility light , 2.179
Traverse manually , 2-439 Turret position indicators
Turned, gain access in an (description ) :
emergency, 2-467 Commander's :
Turret, operate : Azimuth indicator and
In power mode : pointer, 2-12
Elevate and depress gun Siope indicator, 2-12
rotor, 2-158 Turret position indicator, 2-12
STAB mode , 2-160 Gunner's
Traverse turret , 2-153 Gun elevation indicator and
Manually: pointer, 2-13
Elevate TOW launcher, 2-445 Slope indicator, 2-13
Elevate 25mm gun , 2441 Turret position indicator, 2.13
Lower TOW launcher (TOW Turret shield door:
lift ) , 2-446 Operate from :
Raise TOW launcher (TOW Inside of turret 2.140
lift) , 2-443 Squad area. 2.139
Traverse turret , 2-417 PACS ( 6) , 2-47
Turret control box (description ): 25 FDR MALF ( annunciator box )
BACK UP PWR , 2-18 (description ) , 2-26
DRIVE MALF, 2-18 25 GUN MALF (annunciato ! box )
FAN -LAMP TEST switch , 2017 (description ), 2-25
MANUAL DRIVE , 2-18 25mm ammo ( general
NO FIRE ZONE , 2-18 information ) , 5-2
OPEN HATCH , 2-18 25mm AP ammo :
Relay box circuit breaker Load / reload , 2-257
switch , 2-16 Unload / stow , 2-324
STAB switch and indicator 25mm gun:
light , 2-17 Boresight . 2.183
TOW ABORT switch , 2-17 Clean , 3.52
TURRET DRIVE SYSTEM switch Ciear. 2-138
and indicator light , 2-16 Cookoff zone but not in misfire
TURRET POWER switch and (immediate action) , 2.300
indicator light , 2-16
Index 25
TM 9.2350-252.10.2
I ( cont) T ( cont)
25 mm gun (cont ) : 25 mm gun controls
Dry Cycle manually, 2-457 (description ) (cont ) .
Dry fire operation , Lower clutch override knob . 2.34
PMCS (D) , 2-100 Nanual SAFE handle , 2 : 3
Equipment data . 1-17 SEAR release , 2-33
Fails to fire and is not a hot gun SEAR retractor lever. 2.33
(troubieshooting), 3-2 Upper clutch override knob . 2.34
Fire , 2-277 25mm gun feed system (principes
Fire manually. 2-449 of operation ), 1-26
Inspect , 3-52 25mm gun feeder:
Location and description , 1-14 Clean / inspect, 3.57
Lubricate , 3.52 Install , 3-83
Manually elevate , 2-441 Load . 2-246
Misfires (immediate Lubricate , 3.58
action) , 2-295 Post operation , 3.57
PMCS (A) , 2-125 Remove . 3-34
PMCS M ), 2-128 Time , 2-240
Principles of operation , 1-25 Weekly service . 3-57
Purpose , capabilities , and 25mm gun feeder, unload :
features, 1-8 AP ammo , 2-307
Stalls and is not a hot gun HE ammo . 2.311
(troubleshooting ) , 3-2 Prepare , 2-303
Zero ( ISU) , 2.228 Remove :
25mm gun barrel : AP link eject chute , 2-305
Clean , 3-53 HE link eject chute , 2-309
inspect , 3-55 25mm ammo , 2-313
Install , 3-80 25mm gur guard :
Lubricate , 3-56 Gun cover, operate . 2-169
Post operation , 3-53 Principles of operation , 1-24
Remove, 3-39 25mm gun receiver:
Weekly service , 3-53 Clean , 3-59
25mm gun bolt ( position in SEAR Inspect , 3-60
position ) , 2-243 Install , 3-77
25mm gun controls (description ) : Lubricate , 3-62
Bolt position indicator, 2-34 Post operation , 3-59
FEED select solenoid knob , 2-34 Remove , 3-41
Weekly service , 3-59
Index 26
TM 9.2350-252-10-2
Subject, Page Subject, Page
T (cont) U (cont)
25mm gun system : Use this manual , how to (cont ):
PMCS (B), 2-60 Warnings , cautions , and
Troubleshooting, 3-2 notes , XV
25mm HE ammo : What's in the manual - front to
Load / reload, 2-254 back, v
Unload / stow , 2-316 Usual conditions, operation under
( task index), 2-121
U
Utility light:
Unload : Commander's lights
7.62mm ammo , 2-359 (description):
Smoke grenades, 2-419 Blackout -white switch , 2-4
TOW launcher, 2-400 FLOOD-SPOT twist ring, 2-4
25mm ( stow): OFF- DIM - BRIGHT switch , 2-4
AP ammo, 2-324 Signal button, 2-4
HE ammo, 2-316 Operate (turret), 2-179
Unload 25mm gun feeder:
V
AP ammo, 2-307
HE ammo, 2-311 Vane sight:
Prepare, 2-303 Location and description, 1-14
Remove: Operate, 2-438
AP link eject chute, 2-306 Ventilation system , turret
HE link eject chute, 2-309 (principles of operation) , 1-27
25mm ammo, 2-313 Vision equipment , night
Unusual conditions , operation (equipment data ), 1-17
under (task index), 2-435 VOLUME knob ( description ):
Upper clutch override knob (25mm Commander's intercom
gun controls) (description), 2-34 controls, 2-10
Use this manual , how to: Gunner's intercom controls, 2-11
Definition of task terms, XV
Helper, xv W
Locational terms, xvi
Maintenance tasks , viii Warnings and first aid , summary, a
Weapon control box (description ):
Operation tasks, viii AP HI button and indicator light ,
Preventive maintenance checks
2-22
and services, xi
AP LO button and indicator
Troubleshooting tasks , xiii
light , 2-22
Index 27
TM 9-2350-252-10-2
W ( cont) W ( cont)
Weapon control box (description) Weekly (W ) operation checks
(cont): (PMCS):
AP SS button and indicator Cautions, 2-127
light , 2-22 Coax machine gun , 2-128
ARM -SAFE -RESET switch and Commander's hatch cover:
indicator light, 2-21 Cushioning pad, 2-130
GRENADE LAUNCHER switch Hatch pin lever, 2-131
and indicator light , 2-23 Gunner's hatch cover
HE HI button and indicator cushioning pad, 2-132
light , 2-22 Smoke grenade launcher, 2-119
HE LO button and indicator TOW missile launcher, 2-129
light , 2-22 Turret emergency batteries, 2-128
HE SS button and indicator 25mm gun , 2-128
light , 2-22 Warnings, 2-127
LO AMMO indicator light , 2-23
х
LO AMMO OVRD button , 2-23
MISFIRE button , 2-21
PNL LIGHT DIMMER knob , 2-21 Y
SEAR indicator light , 2-21
7.62 button and indicator
Z
light , 2-23
TRIGGER button and indicator Zero :
light , 2-23 Coax machine gun , 2-232
Weapons, safety instructions: ISU and 25mm gun, 2-228
Boresighting , 2-137
Clear 25mm gun , 2-138
Safe weapons conditions , 2-137
Weapons system , boresight:
Coax machine gun , 2-194
Night sight to day sight :
Buddy method , 2-202
Convenient target
method , 2-199
TOW launcher, 2-209
25mm gun, 2-183
Index 28
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
MITTEE WITH THIS PUBLICATION
BAON DONTOURNSCHEE ADHESS

THAN 10 20 5 HP PFE HENRY JAMES
DOPT 15017 / 7 ON THIS CO A 26 EAT
Frif ♡ CAREFiL ) TERIT
01 Fornit 411 ) DOM IT
FORT KNOX , KY 40 : 2 !
18 / CAPE SENT
3 JAN 1984
DA CAIONUMDEE PB. CA ' CA CASE PUB . OMPLE OPERATORS MANUAL
TM 9.2350.252.10.2 JULY 1984 IFV CFV , TURRET
BE CIC DIADO :S
IN THIS SPACE TELL WMA ' IS WRONG
AGE AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT
NC GAAN No
2-153 Stepla . Step, says to mare

move
itgun srautalare's to left , and
say to mae gun
guard latch to rigua
2-197
SStep 65. Step says to select
ä tarvet 100 meters away .
It should be 1000 meters .
Crange to 1000 metars .
3-2 Turret DriveSwitch is

Drive
Storn in " av " pasition and it
should be shown in "OFF "
Pastion . Have Suitch to
" OFF " 7707.
GRAS OP S JA -ECE
HENRY JAMES, FE( 247344.17 Henres James

DANFOARS 2025-2 Asia
ACOSTE
ONS pS 16oC
RESUELA
HANSON
MAKEASAAB
ARC .
Dimie
CUA
ANCE OAMAT
SOMETHING WEITE
WEITG WITH THIS PUBLICATION,
SACM IPRINT YOUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADORESS :
THE JOT DO ! THE
DOPE ABOLT IT ON THIS
FOR Y CAREFUL TEAR 17
OUT FOLD IT AND PRIP IT
78 177 / 1 / DATE SENT
CASION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE

OPERATOR'S MANUAL,
TM 9.2350-252.10.2 JULY 1984 IFVICFV, TURRET
DIA.ONERE IS
IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
AGE ،، ‫اهرة‬ AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:
NO GAA NO
' VAM GARSE COMO ANO ' ONE MAE SGN HERE
. RM , 2028-2
‫ووهم‬ - : ۱۰:۰۶
DA FO AAR OBSOLETE
PS1
CCUENCA
O SI ! WANTS TO KNOW ABCU CUA
, MAREA CARBON COPOS IMIC
ANO GIVE IT TO YOUR WE * DOJACTERS
WITH THIS PUBLICATION ?

SOMOS ? WOTE
FROM (PAINT YOUR UNIT SCOMP.EE ADCAESS
THE DO ĐÓg 5 1HP
DOPF ABOUT IT ON THIS
FORM CAREFIILI TERIT
01'T FOLD IT 4111 DROP IT
Is } } } i! DATE SEMT
Put ICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE

OPERATOR'S MANUAL ,
TM 9.2350.252.10.2 JULY 1984 IFVICFV, TURRET
BE EXACT APOINT WERE IS
IN TWS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
AGE Guar AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:
NO GRA MO
RINID YAME GAADE ce lilil ANC Hilos NUMAI SGN MERE
FOAM PROST.O.S
2028-2 PS 16 YOLA OUTSI! WANT : ICANN ABUJA
DA , 1 U 19 ARI OBSOLETE
HiCOMFOAIO , MAREA CALACA COD . Dimic
AN GIVE IT TO CURADO JAQES
REVERSE OF DA FOAM 2021-2
PERIORATED
ALONG
TLAN
LINE
1
POSTAGG ANO ECSAID
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 1
DOD 14
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE SOO
1
1
Commander 1
1
US irmy Armament Marerie ! Readiness Command
ATTN CESARMAS
ROCK is and , Illinois 6 : 299
1
1
1
.
INC " : WITH THIS PUBLICATIONS

FAN
PRINT VOUE UN'S COMP.EEADDRESS
THE 1 : ! ? H }
DOPL 45 ? TIT THIS
FOF2 ( 461F !!!! THAN 17
01T FOUit 111 DROP IT
1711 DATESEN
ruth CAON NUMBER PUB ... " OM DATE PUBLICATIO TITLE

OPERATOR'S MANUAL .
TM 9.2350.252.10.2 JULY 1964 IFVICFV, TURRET
BI * S
IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
PAGE FIGURE AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT
MC GAAR NC
SURE
DA , SCAN 2628-2 A COSCICE

Huur MA..La .
AN
AEVERSE OF DA FONV 2021.3 1
PERIORATED
ALONS
TLAN
LME
CLIO
UNT'S ACCESS
V SOLO Inca
-
POSTAGE AND FEES PAID

DOD 319
OMICIAL BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE 8300
Commander
US Army Armament Materiel Readiness Command
ATTN . OPSAP - MAS
Rock Isiand , Illinois 61299
)
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
LINEAR MEASURE SQUARE MEASURE
1 centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 001 Melers = 0 3937 inches 1 So Centimele! = 100 SC Mailimere's = C15 : Sonines
1 Mere ' = 10C Centime : e's = 1000 Mitme:e's = 39 37 inches 1 So Nele ' = 10000 Sc Centimeters = 106 SC Em
1 Kriometer : 1000 Merers = C 62 : Mhes : SC kiismere ' = 1.000 000 SC Mere's = CSE Scies
WEIGHTS CUBIC MEASURE

1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograns = 1000 Milligrarr.s = 0.035 Ounces 1 Cu Censimeler = 100C CU Nitimerers = COE Cu inches
1 kilograr = 1000 Grams : 22 LD 1 Cu Mele' = 1.000.000 Cu Cerimeters = 35 3 : Cu Fee:
1 Me !nc Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Negagram = 11 Short Tons
LIQUID MEASURE TEMPERATURE
1 Millibie ! = C00 : Lilers = 00328 Fluid Ounces sig f . 32) = 0

1 liter = 1000 Milliliters = 39.82 Fivic Cunces 212 ° Fahrenheit is equivalent IC 100 Celsius
9 Fanrennet is equivalen : : c 32 2 Celsius
32 Farrenner is equivalen : to 0.Ceisius
mg C - 32 = ' F
Huslyphoto
3
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
15
TO CHANGE TO MULTIPLY BY
14
Inches Centimeters 250
Fee: Wele's
Yaros Nere's C4
Miles Kilome : ers 1609
13
COMPARISON
MEASURING
--
Scuare Inches Souare Centimeters 645
SCALEFON
Soud'e Feet Scuare Mere's 0293
Soua'e Yarc : Square Melers C526
PARTS
12
Souare Miles Square kilometers 2530 FOR
OT
ONLY
USE
Acres Souare Hectometers 0435
N
.
Cubic Fee: Cubic Melers ocie

Cubic Yards Cubic Meters C 765
Fluid Ounces Millimeters 29593
Pints Liters C 473
Quans Liters 0946
10
Gallons Liters 3785

Ounces Grans 28 349
Pounds Kilograms 0454
.
c
Snor Tens Mein ons C3

Inch.sounds Centimele kilograms 1 152
Foot- pounds Meierwilograms 0136
Pounas per Scuare Inch Kilopascals 6 295
Miles de Galion Kilometers per Lite C 425
A
Mies per hour Kiicme : e's per hou ! 169

3
TO CHANGE TO MULTIPLY BY
Cenlimeters ineres 0:24

lyutupylay
Meiers Fee: 3 :*
Me: e's Ya'cs 1594
9
Kilome! e's
kurperuluwa
Mies CE2
Square Centime ! e's Scware inches C : 55
Scuare Mere's Scuare Fee 5050
2
9
Saua'e Me ! e's Souare Ya'cs

fremp
Souare kicme!e's Scuare Mes C 3

CAUTION
Square recome: ers Acres

Cubic Meters Cubic Fee ! 35
Cubic Meles Cutie Ya'cs 305
Mithliters Fluid Ounces 0034
Liters Pinis 2.3
3
Liters Cuas
INCHES
135
Liters Ga ons C25
1
Grams Ounces
Kilograms Dauncs
I2 M
Metric Tons Srce cres 1

C
centimeter.iogiams ircnuncs OBE:

Melelograms FCS DELICS 2233
Kiicpasca's founesse Scuare Inc
Kilomee's cerkte Mies pe . Daca 2354
Kilome ! e's be cu Mes ce '
• U . S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1984-544-429/ 10147

M2 Bradley M3 Turret Operators Manual TM 9-2350-252-10!2!1984

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

M2 Bradley M3 Turret Operators Manual TM 9-2350-252-10!2!1984

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

ADVANCE TM 9-2350N -252-10-2 LIB

CHECKS & SERVICES 2-39

FIGHTING VEHICLE, CAVALRY, M3

X004830286 JULY 1984

The antireflective coating on all

Cleaning solvent is poisonous and can burn. Continued exposure to sol.

EARPLUGS Only standard issue earplugs are acceptable . All of the

dismounted squad soldiers must be trained in how to use them . Since

DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION Use of two hearing protection

EAR PROTECTION GUIDELINES

1. Must wear DH - 132 at all times .

2. Must wear DH.132 plus earplugs for operations exceeding 14 miles

4. Must close hatch for TOW firing .

1. Must wear DH - 132 at all times .

3. Hatches may be open at all times .

REMAINING SQUAD AND RIDERS

Wearing earplugs in addition to your DH.132 helmet or headset can actu .

If you enter turret when turret power

If turret is operated when turret

Soldiers near moving turret or guns

Gases from weapons could poison

Looking at sun through integrated

Accidental firing of 25mm gun could

Accidental firing of weapons during

A cartridge explosion could kill or in.

You could be injured by moving

An open bolt explosion could kill or

Accidental firing of coax machine

Accidental firing of coax machine

Soldiers on top of vehicle in path of

Accidental firing of TOW missile

TOW backblast could kill or injure

Misfired TOW missiles could kill or

Reaching into rotor when turret

Electrical trouble could cause

If mishandled , misfired smoke gre.

If misfired smoke grenades fire dur.

Heat could set off smoke grenades

For artificial respiration and first aid , see FM 21.11 .

Reporting Errors and Recommending

You can help improve this manual . If you find

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL V

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION .. 1.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS ( cont )

CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2.1

CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY

CHAPTER 5 AMMUNITION 5-1

) APPENDIX A REFERENCES A.1

APPENDIX B COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND

APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ..C.1

APPENDIX D EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND

APPENDIX E STOWAGE GUIDE E.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont )

ALPHABETICAL INDEX Index 1

METRIC CONVERSION CHART

iii (iv blank ) ,

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WHAT'S IN THE MANUAL FRONT TO BACK

CHAPTER 2 covers descriptions and functions of all controls and indica.

CHAPTER 3 covers troubleshooting and maintenance procedures author.

CHAPTER 4 covers maintenance of auxiliary equipment on the vehicles .